Dr. A. ASHO Dr. A. ASHOK I.A.S

Dr. A. ASHOKCommissioner & Secretary Intermediate

Telangana State, Hyderabad

Commissionerate of Intermediate Education,State Institute of Vocational Education

Telangana State Board of Intermediate Vidya Bhavan: Nampally: Hyderabad

Dr. A. ASHOK I.A.S

Commissioner & Secretary Intermediate Education,

Telangana State, Hyderabad

Commissionerate of Intermediate Education,State Institute of Vocational Education,

&

Telangana State Board of Intermediate EducationVidya Bhavan: Nampally: Hyderabad

P a g e | 1

Commissioner & Secretary Intermediate

Commissionerate of Intermediate Education,

Education

STATE INSTITUTE OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION,O/O COMMISSIONERATE OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION,

TELANGANA STATE, HYDERABAD

EDITORIAL

Commissioner of

Commissioner of

Commissioner of

Dr. V.V. RAMANA RAO

Commissioner of

Smt K.S.VIJAYA VALLI

Commissioner of

STATE INSTITUTE OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION,

O/O COMMISSIONERATE OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION,TELANGANA STATE, HYDERABAD

EDITORIAL TEAM

Sri K. VISHWESHWAR Lecturer, SIVE,

Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad.

Smt G.MADHAVI Lecturer, SIVE,


Sri B.RAMESH Reader, SIVE,


Dr. V.V. RAMANA RAO Lecturer, Gurukulam,


ADVISIOR

Smt K.S.VIJAYA VALLI

Deputy Director, Commissioner of Intermediate Education,

Telangana, Hyderabad.

P a g e | 2

STATE INSTITUTE OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION, O/O COMMISSIONERATE OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION,

P a g e | 3

FROM THE EDITORIAL DESK

The Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education Offers Vocational courses in six major disciplines: Agriculture, Business and commerce, Engineering and Technology, Health and Para medical services, Home science and Humanities for students at +2 level. There are immense opportunities for trained manpower in a developing economy like India’s, especially in the agriculture, manufacturing and social services sector. A properly planned and effectively implemented vocational education system will enable the unemployed youth to take up some useful employment.

The State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE] functioning in the Commissionerate of Intermediate Education under the guidance of our Commissioner of Intermediate Education has prepared this academic organizer for all those pursuing vocational courses at intermediate level. The organizer gives a detailed plan of coverage of topics of all papers including practical’s in a systematic way. The month wise plan of distribution of topics corresponding to the number of working days helps both the teacher and the taught to reach their goal. Details of OJT programme and number of days to be spent on OJT is also mentioned which helps the student to plan and work for the experience. Student evaluation to be done in the form of Assignments’, Monthly Unit tests and other examination details are also incorporated in the organizer which helps the students to prepare in advance for better results

The editorial Staff of SIVE and Gurukulam had worked hard in designing the action plan, conducting meetings with subject experts, preparation of draft etc., all within a short time to deliver the book. We welcome suggestions for improvement of this book for the benefit of the students.

Sri K.Vishweshwar, Dr.V.V.Ramana Rao and Sri S.Ram Mohan Rao played the key role of compiling, editing and document setting in Microsoft word of all these streams of information is landable.

We also thank the TS, BIE for supporting in printing and publishing this

organizer.

Editors

P a g e | 4

TELANGANA STATE BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION TELEPHONE DIRECTORY

Name Designation Office Fax Mobile

Sri Kadiam Sri Hari Hon'ble Dy. CM, Minister of Education & Chairman

23459922 23459921

Smt. Ranjeev R Acharya, IAS

Prl. Secy& VC 23459297 23459287 98490-25704

Dr. A. Ashok , IAS Secretary 24603315 24603314 99515-98555

M. Veerabhadraiah, IAS (R)

Legal Consultant 94404-40985

OFFICERS WORKING IN COMMISSIONERATE OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION, TELANGANA, HYDERABAD

Dr. A. Ashok Commissioner 24655915 24655927 (fax)

K.S. Vijayavalli Deputy Director 24655916 9440816030 9848166452

S. Venkataiah (FAC) RJD IE Warangal 0870-2544332 0870-2563467 9440816022

B.Ramesh Reader, SIVE 9440816025

K. Vishweshwar Lecturer, SIVE 24732475 9298550425

G. Madhavi Lecturer ,SIVE 24655917 8501958899

Dr. V.V. RamanaRao Lecturer , Gurukulam 8106966326

TS BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION, OFFICERS NUMBERS

Abdul Mukthader COE 24732369 95814-76669

Dr. M.J. Susheel Kumar

JS(E-I&II, Voc, Accts) 24601010 24655027 98483-09007

Abeda Sultana Spl. Officer (Urdu) /DS (Voc)

98484-43985

T. Sarala Devi Reader. ERTW 96661-04983

Y. Srinivas JS/DS (Admn) 98481-55121

L. Bheem Singh DS (Acad) 98487-81809

Dr. P. Mohan Reddy

DS (E-VI&VIII) 98487-81806

K. Aruna DS (E-V, Accts) 97056-55004

R. SrinivasaRao PRO & MHRD 66829501 98487-81803

Md. Subhan Asst. Prof. ERTW-II 96660-64983

B. Upendar Reddy Asst. Prof. ERTW-III& IV AV Cell

96662-14983

D.L. Pandu SC, TSBIE 93924-37475

Veeraiah Computer Lab 93937-97721

P a g e | 5

DISTRICT VOCATIONAL EDUCATIONAL OFFICERS – TS BIE

Yenkya Naik (FAC) Mahabubnagar 08542 254916 9440816017

D. Andrews (FAC) Khammam&Nalgonda 08742 231803 9440816013

Md. Mahamood Ali (FAC)

Warangal 0870 2563467 9440816014

S. Venkataiah Karimnagar& Adilabad

08782 2250777 9440816012

D.Oddenna (FAC) Nizamabad 08462 245569 9440816015

Y.Sudarshan Reddy (FAC)

Ranga Reddy 040 23235404 9440816016

B.Rajaram Singh Hyd. &Medak 040 23212197 9440816018

REGIONAL INSPECTION OFFICERS – TS BIE

Vijaya Lakshmi (FAC) Mahaboobnagar 08542 220938/ 222172 (F)

94408-16028

M. MalhalRao Warangal 0870 2577499 98483-09003

N. VenkateshwaraRao (FAC)

Khammam 08742 2252057 99486-63984

N. PrakashBabu (FAC) Nalgonda 08682 224958/223653/ 227748

98483-09004

M. Kishan (FAC) Medak 08455 272266 94408-16027

A. Vijay Kumar (FAC) Nizamabad 08462 2454333 98483-09005

Ch. Prabhakar (FAC) Adilabad 08732 223114 98487-81808

L. Suhasini (FAC) Karimnagar 0878 2241215/2243696

98483-09006

A. Ravi Kumar Hyderabad & RR-II (FAC)

040 23236433/ 23231530

98487-81805

Smt B.JayapradhaBai (FAC)

Rangareddy-I 040 23244645 98480-18284

P a g e | 6

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

S.No. Name of the Course/Subject

Name of the Lecturer

Designation

Address

1. GFC Sri A.Umamaheshwar

JL in GFC Government Junior College, Malakpet old, Hyderabad

2. English C.Nagaraju JL in English

Government Junior College (G), Marredpally, Secunderabad

3. Crop Production & Management

(C.P & M)

Ch.L. Narsimha Reddy

JL in CPM

Government Junior College, Ramannnapet, Nalgonda District

M.K. Mazheruddin JL in CPM

Government Junior College,Khanapur, Adilabad District

4. Dairying (Dairy) K.Vishweshwar JL in Dairy

SIVE,O/oCIE,TS Hyderabad

M.Srinath JL in Dairy

Govt. City Junior College, Hyderabad

S.Sravan Kumar JL in Dairy

Government Junior College, Alier, Nalgonda

5. Fisheries (Fish) B.Malla Rao JL in Fisheries

Government Junior College, Huzurabad, Karimnagar

V.Narasimhaswamy JL in Fisheries

Government Junior College, Bheemghal, Nizamabad

6. Sericulture (Seri) T.Karuna JL in Sericulture

Government Junior College, Shadnagar, Mahabubnagar

G.Mahender JL in Sericulture

Government Junior College, Mulugu, Warangal

7. Accounting & Taxation (A&T)

NLVN Rajashekar JL in A&T GJc chanchalguda.

K.Ramakrishna JL in A&T BJR GJC Golkonda.

B.Krishna JL in A&T Government Vocational Junior College, Bazarghat, Hyderabad

G.Neeraja JL in A&T Government Vocational Junior College, Hanumakonda.

8. Retail Management ( RM)

M.Vijaya Nandini JL in RM Government Vocational Junior College, Bazarghat, Hyderabad

P a g e | 7

9. Office Assistantship (O.A)

S.Srinivas JL in OAs Government Junior College, Jangon, Warangal

O.Nirmala JL in OAs Government Vocational Junior College, Bazarghat, Hyderabad

10. Banking & Financial Services

(BFS)

P.Lavanya JL in BFS Government Vocational Junior College, Mahabubnagar

11 Insurance & Marketing ( I&M)

Singi Reddy Koma Latha

JL in I&M Government Junior College (G), Godavarikhani, Karimnagar District.

P.Raji Reddy JL in I&M Government Junior College (B), Godavarikhani, Karimnagar Dist.

12 Automobile Engineering

Technician (A.E.T)

K.Shiva Rama Krishna

JL in AET Government Junior College, Chanchalguda, Hyderabad

P.Sambaiah JL in AET Government Vocational Junior College, Hyderabad

13 Construction Technology (C.T)

L.Murali Krishna JL in CT Government Junior College, Ibrahimpatnam

A.Srinivasa Reddy JL in CT Government Junior College, Old Malakpet, Hyderabad

14 Computer Science & Engineering ( C.S.E)

M.V.Rama Rao JL in CSE Government Junior College, Old Malakpet, Hyderabad

K.Vani Prasana JL in CSE Government Junior College, Hussainilam

15 Electronics Engineering

Technician (E.E.T)

M.Shanmukha Charry

JL in EET Government Junior College, Malakajgiri, RR Dist

16 Electrical Technician (ET )

K.Prasad JL in ET & Incharge Principal

Government Vocational Junior College, Bajarghat, Hyderabad

M.Paul Prasad JL in ET Government Junior College, Faluknuma, Hyderabad

A.Ravinder Rao JL in ET Government Vocational Junior College, Hyderabad

17 Mechanical Engineering

Technician (MET)

V.Laxma Reddy JL in MET

Government Vocational Junior College, Hanumakonda, Warangal

P a g e | 8

P.Vijay Kumar JL in MET

Government Vocational Junior College, Hanumakonda,Warangal

18 Building Construction & Maintenance Technician ( BC&MT)

Ch. Gnana Chary JL in BC&MT

Government Junior College, Malakajgiri, RR Dist

A.Ramana Reddy JL in BC&MT

Government Junior College (A&C), Karimnagar

20 Commercial Garment

Technology , Fashion & Garment

Making (CGT & FGT)

P.Selma Raja Kumari

JL in CGT Government Junior College (G), Nampally

Shaik Mymoon JL in CGT Government Junior College, (G), Nizamabad

22 Hotel Operations (H.O)

K.Ramulu JL in HO Government Vocational Junior College, Hyderabad

23 Pre-School Teacher Training (P.S.T.T)

K.Padmavathi JL in PSTT

Government Junior College, (G)Mahaboobnagar

R.Priyadarshini JL in PSTT

Government Junior College(G), Mahabubnagar

24 Computer Graphics & Animation (C.G.A)

P.Vijay Kumar JL in CGA

Government Vocational Junior College,Mahabubnagar

L.Shanthi JL in CGA

Government Vocational Junior College, Mahabubnagar

25 Tourism & Travel Techniques (T.T.T)

G.Ashok JL in TTT Government Junior College, Vemulawada

M.Mahender Reddy JL in TTT Government Junior College, Vemulawada

26 Dental Technician(DT) &

Dental Hyginist(DH)

Dr.P.Manjula JL in DT Govt. City Junior College, Hyderabad

Dr.Arajunissa JL in DH Govt. City Junior College, Hyderabad

28 Medical Lab Technician

(MLT)

S.Srinivas JL in MLT GJC (G),Khammam

P.Suneetha JL in MLT Government Vocational Junior College, Hyderabad

G.Dhanalaxmi JL in MLT Government Junior College, YMCA,

P a g e | 9

Secunderabad

29 Ophthalmic Technician

(OT)

M.Ravi Prasad Optometrist

Lines club Eye Hospital Shapoor Nagar, Hyderabad.

30 Physiotherapy(PT) A.Geetha Reddy JL in PT Government Vocational Junior College, Nalgonda

31 Mulitipurpose Health Worker

(Female ) MPHW(F)

B.Suhashini, M,Sc (Nursing)

Staff Nurse

MNJ RCC Cancer Hospital, Lakidikapul, Hyderabad

P a g e | 10

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION – AIMS & OBJECTIVES The National Policy on Education felt that it should be possible to divert at least 50 per cent

of the students completing Class X to the vocational stream, reducing the pressure on the universities

and also preparing students for gainful employment.

The main objectives of the scheme are to enhance individual employability, reduce the

mismatch between demand and supply of skilled manpower and provide an alternative for those

pursuing higher education without particular interest or purpose. The country requires technical and

skilled manpower particularly in view of the liberalization of the economy in recent years.

There are immense opportunities for trained manpower in a developing economy like

India’s, especially in the agriculture, manufacturing and social services sector. A properly planned

and effectively implemented vocational education system will enable the unemployed youth to take

up some useful employment.

The vocational stream should be treated like the arts, science and commerce streams

and students passing out from this stream at the +2 stage should have direct access to the

tertiary stage in a related discipline.

There is a need to establish linkage between vocational courses at the +2 level and courses

at the university level. The present admission criteria for entry into vocational courses at the

graduation level also need to be changed.

AIMS AND OBJECTIVES

• To diversify a sizeable segment of students at the senior secondary stage to the world of work.

• To link education with productivity, economic development and individual prosperity.

• To meet the skilled and middle level manpower needs of the growing sectors of the economy

– both organized and unorganized.

• To reduce the mismatch between demand and supply of manpower.

• To prepare students for self- reliance and gainful employment.

• To prevent aimless pursuit of higher education.

P a g e | 11

INSTITUTIONAL PLAN FOR JUNIOR COLLEGES The concept of an institutional plan is to bring about administrative efficiency and academic excellence in order to achieve the cherished objectives and goals. The Board of Intermediate Education has set the following goals/targets. 1. To achieve excellence in Intermediate Education and make it relevant and purposeful. 2. To lay greater emphasis on Vocational/Job Oriented Education, through revised Vocational

Courses. 3. To apply latest technology for improving teaching - learning process. 4. To change focus from academic study to specialized skills. 5. To encourage community participation in the college development and community services

by the institutions for mutual benefit. 6. To encourage Junior Lecturers for periodically updating their knowledge and skills through

refresher courses. 7. To provide minimum and uniform academic programme for the year in respect of all the

classes. 8. To seek societal support for resource mobilization for the physical development of the

institution. The Principals of all Junior Colleges are to plan in respect of the following aspects. a. Institutional Information b. Academic Activities c. Co-curricular Activities d. Monitoring and Supervision e. Resource Mobilization f. Conduct of House Examinations

A. Institutional Information

1. History from inception.

2. Present name and location with details and proceedings of recognition.

3. Strength particulars, class wise, caste wise and sex wise (if a co - education college),

physically handicapped student wise clearly.

4. Bio-data particulars of all the Teaching and Non Teaching staff.

5. Details of accommodation, playground facilities and sanitary facilities. 6. Present plan for creation of new facilities. 7. Details of furniture and equipment (Audio visual, labs, library, NSS, NCC, games, etc.,) 8. Details of educational institutions within a radius of 4 kms.

9. Plans for additional resources to be made available during the current year

P a g e | 12

B. Plan of Academic Activities

1. Teaching notes of all subject teachers. 2. Plan to organize seminars, essay writing, and debates and elocution competitions. 3. Identification of academically backward children, class wise, subject wise, and plans for

remedial teaching or supervisory study

C. Planning of Co-curricular Activities

1. Literary club and other subject club activities. 2. Elocution, debates, quiz, seminars, utilization of community services for college development

through College Development Councils. 3. Celebration of National Festivals. 4. Participation in cultural activities. 5. Participation in NSS and NCC. 6. Participation in Games and Sports. 7. Participation in competitions conducted at various levels.

D. Monitoring and Supervision

1. Conduct of monthly staff meetings on a particular date preferably in the first week of every month.

2. Review of activities planned under curricular and co-curricular activities. 3. Issue of the Progress cards to parents within a week of the conduct of the monthly/ terminal

tests for parental supervision. 4. Co-ordination with the parent - teacher committees regarding the progress of the students. 5. Submission of quarterly performance appraisal reports of Junior Lecturers to the Regional

Joint Director to be made mandatory. 6. Periodical quarterly reviews . 7. Submission of Annual Administrative Report (AAR) taking all the events of the academic

year to be submitted to the Regional Joint Director, D.V.E.O. and Regional Inspection Officer before 30th April.

8. To strictly comply with the departmental parameters for annual academic inspection and surprise inspections.

9. Maintaining and displaying the roll of honour of all the meritorious students, recipients of Pratibha Awards, students selected in IITs, BITS Pilani, EAMCET in the Junior College.

10. Records of the success stories of the vocational students for feedback and effective counselling.

11. Results of previous year annual examinations to be analyzed for assessing the strength and weaknesses and for taking remedial measures during the current year.

12. Maintenance of student attendance registers marked and consolidated regularly in the Central Attendance Register.

E. Resource Mobilization

1. Collection of voluntary contributions by way of money, kind & material through College

Development Committees

2. Shramadan for improving infrastructure

3. Strengthening of infrastructure through CDC's, District Collector, Government funds,

Philanthropists etc.

P a g e | 13

F. Conduct of House Examinations.

1. The Principal has to constitute a committee for conduct of house examinations, ie. Monthly

tests / unit tests, half-yearly examinations and pre-final examinations. Principal can utilize the

services of the committee for pre-IPE work.

2. Unit examinations should be conducted in the last three working days. 3. House Examinations should be conducted on the same lines of a public examination. 4. Principal should see that the answer scripts should be valued and issued to the students within

a stipulated period. The marks should be posted in the progress cards and the progress cards should be issued to the students before the conduct of the next examination.

P a g e | 14

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

(Updated to April 2009) I. Academic Year Academic year commences on the first June and ends on the 31st May of every succeeding year. II. Working Days of the Jr. College Each college recognized by the Board of Intermediate Education should work at least for 220 days for I & II year (Excluding all the examination days) (as resolved in 48th meeting of the Board)

III. Medium of Instruction: English IV. COURSES OF STUDY

Part - I English Part - II: General Foundation Course [GFC]

Part – III: Vocational Optional Subjects

Candidate should select from the stream of the courses offered by the Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad.

COURSES OF STUDY IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION S.No. Old

Course Code

Revised Course Code w.e.f. 2012-2013

NAME OF THE COURSE

1. 01 Part-I (01) ENGLISH 2. 02 Part-II (02) GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE 3. Part –III COURSE SUBJECTS AGRICULTURE 4. 101 105 Crop Production & Management (C.P & M) 5. 102 106 Dairying (Dairy) 6. 103 107 Fisheries (Fish) 7. 104 108 Sericulture (Seri) BUSINESS & COMMERCE COURSES 8. 201 206 Accounting & Taxation (A&T) 9. 211 Retail Management 10. 203 208 Office Assistantship (O.A) 11. 204 209 Banking & Financial Services ( BFS) 12. 205 210 Insurance & Marketing ( I&M) ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY COURSES 13. 301 309 Automobile Engineering Technician (A.E.T) 14. 302 310 Construction Technology (C.T) 15. 303 311 Computer Science & Engineering ( C.S.E) 16. 304 312 Electronics Engineering Technician (E.E.T) 17. 305 313 Electrical Technician (ET )

[Old Name-Electrical Wiring & Servicing of Electrical Appliances (E.W&S.E.A)]

18. 306 314 Mechanical Engineering Technician (MET) [Old Name-Rural Engineering Technician (R.E.T)]

19. 307 315 Building Construction & Maintenance Technician ( BC&MT) [Old Name-Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering (W.S&S.E)]

20. 308 316 Printing Technology (PTG) [Old Name- DTP & Printing Technology ]

P a g e | 15

S.No. Old Course Code


NAME OF THE COURSE

HOME SCIENCE COURSES 21. 401 405 Commercial Garment Technology (C.G.T)

[Old Name-Commercial Garment Designing & Making (C.G.D&M)]

22. 402 406 Fashion & Garment Making (F&G.M) 23. 403 407 Hotel Operations (H.O) 24. 404 408 Pre-School Teacher Training (P.S.T.T) HUMANITIES & OTHERS 25. 501 503 Computer Graphics & Animation (C.G.A) 26. 502 504 Tourism & Travel Techniques (T.T.T) HEALTH & PARAMEDICAL COURSES 27. 601 610 Dental Technician (D.T) 28. 602 611 Dental Hygienist (D.H) 29. 603 612 Medical Lab Technician (M.L.T) 30. 605 613 Ophthalmic Technician (O.T) 31. 606 614 Physiotherapy (P.T) 32. 609 615 Multipurpose Health Worker (Female) MPHW (F) BRIDGE COURSE I YEAR 1 04 04 Mathematics 2 05 05 Physical Sciences (Physics & Chemistry) 3 06 06 Biological Sciences (Botany & Zoology) BRIDGE COURSE I I YEAR 1 54 54 Mathematics 2 55 55 Physical Sciences (Physics & Chemistry) 3 56 56 Biological Sciences (Botany & Zoology) 4 57 57 Physical Sciences Practical’s 5 58 58 Biological Sciences Practical’s

V. RULES OF ADMISSION: Rules followed during admissions for General Courses are similar and to be followed for Vocational courses also.

VI. Conduct of Classes:

II year classes should start from the date of reopening of Junior Colleges after summer

vacation. First Year classes should start as per admission schedule as notified by the Board of

Intermediate Education. Conduct of first year classes even before the publication of SSC results is

strictly prohibited. Conduct of classes during holidays, vacations, festivals, and national holidays is

strictly prohibited.

P a g e | 16

ADDMISSION SCHEDULE FOR THE YEAR 2015-16

TELANGANA STATE BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION::

VIDYA BHAVAN :: NAMPALLY :: HYDERABAD

From: To The Secretary All the Principals of Junior Colleges & T.S.Board of Intermediate Education, Composite Degree Colleges offering Nampally, Hyderabad. Two years Intermediate course in the State

Rc.No.109/E2-3/2014-2015,Date: -05-2015 Sir/Madam,

Sub: TSBIE – ADMISSION SCHEDULE for the academic year 2015-16 issued by Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education –Certain Instructions to the Principals of Government/Private Aided/Private Un-Aided/Cooperative/Residential/Social welfare/Tribal Welfare /Incentive/T.S.Model Jr. Colleges in theState –Communicated-Reg.

REF: PRESS RELEASE OF TSBIE, DATED: -05-2015.

.. … ..

All the Principals of the Government / Private Aided / Private Unaided / Co-operative / T.S.Residential / Social Welfare Residential / Tribal Welfare Residential / Incentive/T.S.Model Junior Colleges and Composite Degree Colleges offering two year Intermediate course in General & Vocational streams are requested to take special care in enrolment of students for the academic year 2015-2016 by making admissions in two phases. The first phase of admission schedule is given below:

SCHEDULE OF ADMISSIONS (First Phase)

1. Sale of application forms 25-05-2015 (MONDAY) 2. Last date for receipt of applications in the

college 30-06-2015 (TUESDAY)

3. Date of commencement of admissions in the first phase

01-06-2015 (MONDAY)

3. Date of completion of admissions in the first phase

30-06-2015 (TUESDAY )

The schedule of second phase of admissions will be communicated in due course. The

classes for first & second year Intermediate course will commence from 01-06-2015. The Principals can make provisional admissions on the basis of Internet marks memos. The provisional admissions made will be confirmed after the production of original SSC pass certificate and Transfer Certificate issued by the school authorities, where they last studied.

P a g e | 17

2) The Principals are directed to follow the rules of reservation in admissions as per rules in force. The Category wise reservation is as follows: S.No Category Seats to be reserved

1 Schedule castes 15% 2 Schedule tribes 6% 3 Backward classes 29% (A-7%, B-10%, C-1%, D-7% &

E-4%) 4 Physically handicapped 3% 5 NCC, Sports & Extracurricular activities 5% 6 Ex-service men & defense personnel residing in the

State 3%

33.33% or 1/3rd of total seats have to be reserved for girls category wise where there are no

separate colleges for them.

3) In view of the introduction of grading system in SSC, admissions should be made based on GPA (Grade point average) and subject-wise grade point (GP) obtained in the qualifying examination as per the enclosed guidelines. They should not conduct any test for admission. Stringent action will be taken against the junior colleges making admissions on any other basis.

4) The Principals of unaided junior colleges are hereby directed that they should make admissions only up to the sanctioned sections and up to the ceiling strength of 88 in each section. They are further directed not to make admissions in the combinations dropped by the Board. The admission into additional sections should be made only after the permission is issued by the Board. Violation, if any, will be liable for action including levying of penalty and disaffiliation of the college.

5) During the period of admissions the managements are requested to display prominently at the entrance of the building the number of sections sanctioned by the Board of Intermediate Education for the academic year 2015-2016, the number of seats filled up in each section and the number of seats vacant in each section. This information should be updated on a daily basis. 6) All the Principals of unaided junior colleges are instructed not to resort to issue of advertisements with inducements amounting to violation of Rule 7 of Andhra Pradesh Public Examinations (Prevention of Malpractice & Unfair means) Rules 1997 issued in G.O.Ms.No.114, dated 13-05-1997. Any violation noticed will be dealt under law.

7) All the Principals are instructed to incorporate Mother’s name instead of Father’s Name in respect of Jogini children as it is in the records of qualifying examination.

8) All the Principals are instructed to take measures to ensure security to girl students.

Yours faithfully Sd/-

SECRETARY

P a g e | 18

Copy to :

The Principal Secretary to Government, Higher Education Department

The Commissioner/Director of Intermediate Education, TelanganaState, Hyderabad All the Regional Joint Directors of Intermediate Education in the state. All the Regional Inspection Officers in the state. All the D.V.E.O.’s in the state. All the Officers & Section Superintendents

P a g e | 19

CERTAIN I NSTRUCTIONS FOR ADMISSIONS IN TO 1ST & 2ND YEAR

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION TELANGANA :: HYDERABAD

Present: DR. A.ASHOK, I.A.S.

Rc.No.VOC.II/SIVE/74/2015 Dated. 03/06 /2015

Sub:

Intermediate Education – Admissions into I & II year Vocational Intermediate Courses for academic year 2015-2016 – Certain instructions – Issued.

* * * *

A. Admissions

1. All Principals are informed that all Government Junior Colleges having Vocational Courses shall give special emphasis in making admissions in all the approved / sanctioned sections to the maximum permitted strength.

2. The department proposes to give high priority to vocational education in Government Junior Colleges. The Principals shall encourage admissions to vocational courses.

3. Principals shall ensure that students who have passed SSC in compartmental basis and those who have secured low percentage of marks (below 50%) should be encouraged to take up vocational courses in Intermediate stream. This should be in the form of education to the parents as well as students keeping their academic capabilities in view. However, there should not be any coercion on students to join a course.

B. Syllabus Revision and Text Books

4. The syllabus of all 29 vocational courses and English & GFC is thoroughly revised for 2nd year a student which comes to effect from the academic year 2013-14. Text books with revised syllabus for 1st year students are available in the market. All Principals and vocational lecturers shall encourage the students to purchase the new text books.

C. Vocational Skill Development

5. The Principals of the College along with the Vocational Junior Lecturers shall conduct a survey of various institutes, industries, organizations and hospitals in their area and prepare a list of the best organizations and obtain necessary permission from the concerned head of the organization for sending students for OJT.

D. Other Important Aspects.

6. All Principals shall ensure that classes start by 9.30 am and end by 4.00 pm. They should ensure that Morning Prayer is held and attendance of students is taken in all classes compulsorily.

PRINCIPALS SHOULD READ AND CIRCULATE TO ALL JLS

P a g e | 20

7. Principals shall ensure that sports and games are conducted in the College every day from 4.00 pm to 5.00 pm.

8. Principals should encourage students to form cultural clubs and encourage extracurricular activities like debates, elocutions, essay writing, quiz, song, dance and drama.

9. The Principals are permitted to make admissions into new vocational courses with prior permission of CIE. If once, the prescribed minimum strength (30) students exceeds, they can approach this office for post as per norms.

10. One GFC contract post will be permitted where there are (3) and more than (3) and upto (6) number of vocational courses functioning in the college. The Second GFC post shall be permitted, if the numbers of vocational courses exceed (6) and more. If less than 3 number of vocational courses exist in the college, GFC contract post shall not be permitted. The Principal shall make internal arrangements for GFC classes duly adjusting the workload with Commerce/Economics and Commerce related Vocational Lecturers.

11. All the Principals of GJCs having Vocational Courses and Aided Junior Colleges should encourage Short term Vocational courses minimum 2 STVCCs Courses shall start from the academic year 2015-16.

12. All the Principals of Government Vocational Junior Colleges, Government Junior Colleges having vocational courses and Aided Junior Colleges should strictly adhere to these instructions. Any deviation in the regard will be viewed seriously.

Sd/-Dr.A.ASHOK, I.A.S., COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION

To All the Principals of the Government Vocational Junior Colleges in the State. All the Principals of the Government Junior Colleges having Vocational courses. All the Regional Joint Director of Intermediate Education in the State. All the District Vocational Education Officers in the State. Copy to the Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad. Copy to all the Regional Inspection Officers in the State. Spare -1

P a g e | 21

ANNUAL A CADEMIC CALENDAR 2015-16

TELANGANA STATE BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION: VIDYA BHAVAN: NAMPALLY: HYDERABAD

From To Smt.Shailaja Ramaiyer, I.A.S., Secretary, Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad

The Principals of all Junior /Composite Degree Colleges offering Intermediate Courses in the State.

Rc.No.99/E2-3/Calendar/2011-12 dated:13-04-2015

Sir / Madam,

Sub:- TSBIE – Academic – Two year Intermediate Course–Annual Academic Programme (Calendar) for the academic year 2015-2016– Regarding.

* * * All the Principals of Junior Colleges and Composite Colleges offering Intermediate Course in

the State are informed that the Tentative Annual Academic Programme (Calendar) for the academic

year 2015-2016 in respect of Junior and Composite Degree Colleges in the State offering Intermediate

course in general and vocational courses is as follows.

ANNUAL CALENDAR FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-2016

FIRST TERM 01-06-2015 (Monday) To 09-10-2015 (Friday)

Half yearly examinations 03-10-2015 (Saturday) To 09-10-2015 (Friday)

First term holidays

10-10-2015 (Saturday) To 25-10-2015 (Sunday) (Both days inclusive)

Date of Re-opening after first term holidays 26-10-2015 (Monday)

SECOND TERM 26-10-2015 (Monday) To 28-03-2016 (Monday)

Second term holidays

14-01-2016 (Thursday) To 17-01-2016(Sunday) (Both days inclusive)

Date of Re-opening after second term holidays 18-01-2016 (Monday)

23-01-2016 (Saturday) To

P a g e | 22

Pre-final examinations – I

30-01-2016 (Saturday) Classes should be conducted to the students who have shortage of attendance, before and after examinations on the above days.

Pre-final examinations – II

2nd week of February 2016 Classes should be conducted to the students who have shortage of attendance, before and after examinations on the above days.

Date of commencement of practical exams 2016

1st week of February 2016 Classes should be conducted to the students who have shortage of attendance, during February 2015.

Date of commencement of theory exams 2016 1st week of March 2016 Last working day for the academic year 2015-2016 28-03-2016 (Monday)

Summer vacation

29-03-2016 (Tuesday) To 31-05-2016 (Tuesday) (Both days inclusive)

Advance Supplementary Examinations Last Week of May 2016

Date of Re-opening of colleges after summer vacation for the academic year 2016-2017 01-06-2016 (Wednesday)

NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS (MONTH WISE ) FOR THE ACADEMIC

YEAR 2015-2016

Month No. of

days No. of Sundays, Second

Saturdays, public holidays & vacations

Probable No. of working days

June 2015 30 5 25 July 2015 31 5 26

August 2015 31 8 23 September 2015 30 7 23 October 2015 31 16 15

November 2015 30 7 23 December 2015 31 7 24 January 2016 31 9 22 February 2016 29 5 24 March 2016 28 7 21

T OTAL 302 76 226

All the Principals/Managements are requested to follow the instructions furnished hereunder: 1. All the Managements of private un-aided Jr. Colleges are informed that according to Annual

Calendar of 2014-15 the Jr. Colleges are deemed to be closed for summer vacation from 28-03-2015 to 31-05-2015.

P a g e | 23

2. In addition to the vacation, all Sundays, Second Saturdays & public holidays declared by the Government of Telangana should be strictly observed as holidays. Any deviation will be viewed seriously.

3. Admissions should be made only in accordance with the admission schedule announced by Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education.

4. No college should employ marketing strategies like appointing public relation officers or any such personnel for canvassing their case.

5. No advertisement should be carried out through hoarding, pamphlets, wall writings etc. 6. No advertisement should be made through electronic media or print media. 7. All the principals of un-aided Junior Colleges are instructed not to resort to issued of

advertisements with inducements amounting to violation of Rule 7 of Andhra Pradesh public Examinations (Prevention of Malpractice & Unfair means) Rules 1997 issued in G.O.Ms.No.114, dated 13.05.1997. Any violation noticed will be dealt under Law.

8. All the private college managements are hereby informed that if they do not send the qualified lecturers for spot valuation camps, stringent steps / disciplinary action would be taken against them.

All the Managements of private un-aided Jr. Colleges are hereby informed that, if any deviation is noticed, the Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education will take action including dis-affiliation of the college against the managements.

Yours faithfully Sd/- Smt. SHAILAJA RAMAIYER, IAS,

SECRETARY

Copy submitted to The Principal Secretary to Government, Secondary Education Department The Commissioner/Director of Intermediate Education Copy to All the Regional Joint Directors of Intermediate Education in the State All the Regional Inspection Officers in the State All the District Vocational Education Officers in the State All the Officers & Section Superintendents Secretary Peshi, C.O.E.Peshi / PRO / Reception

P a g e | 24

TELANGANA STATE BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION THE DETAILS OF POWERS DELEGATED IN CERTAIN ACADEMIC

MATTERS AT DIFFERENT STAGES

Sl. No. Nature of permission

powers delegated

to

Last date for permission

Prescribed fee Remarks

01.

RE-ADMISSIONS (Studied I/II years and desire to seek Re-admissions in the same college or different college)

Principal

RIO

31.07.2015 14.08.2015

No fee in same college Rs.400/- in different college.

The TSBIE will not accord permission for re-admission under any circumstances.

02.

T.C. ADMISSIONS (Regular candidates desire to seek TC Admissions within sanctioned strength i.e. 88 ceiling)

Principal

RIO

TSBIE

31.07.2015 31.08.2015 15.09.2015

Rs. 400/-

Local T.C. permission is not allowed by the principal. The RIO concerned may be permit on valid reasons only.

03.

CHANGE OF SECOND LANGUAGE (Under Part-II) a) Reg. / Pvt. I year only

Principal

RIO

TSBIE

31.07.2015 31.08.2015 15.09.2015

Rs. 300/-

2nd year students are not permitted to change 2nd language (Under Part-II)

b) Study of 2nd language own risk TSBIE 15.09.2015

04. CHANGE OF

MEDIUM (I Year Regular)

Principal RIO

TSBIE

31.07.2015 31.08.2015 15.09.2015

Rs. 300/-

05.

CHANGE OF

GROUP a) Change of Combination under Part-III (I year only)

Principal RIO

TSBIE

31.07.2015 31.08.2015 15.09.2015

Rs. 500/-

b) Change of Combination under Part-III (II year reg)

TSBIE 15.09.2015

06.

MPC Certificate holder to study Botany & Zoology as addl. Subjects

TSBIE.

20.08.2015

Rs. 5000/-

07. CONDONATION OF GAP PERIOD

The candidates who want to seek the admission on condonation of gap period, has to obtain a certificate of local candidate / residential certificate for the gap period from the local M.R.O.

Note: - It is observed that the proposals regarding change of Second Language, Group and Medium were received by this office after the due dates. Hence, all the principals are informed that if any proposal received after the due date will not be considered.

SECRETARY

P a g e | 25

SOME IMPORTAT CONTACT INFORMATION FOR THE STUDENTS

Sl. No.

Subject Concerned Officer Mobile No.

1. For all enquiries PRO 9848781803 2. Examination fees, Hall tickets & Related matters J.S. Exams – II 9848309007 3. Recounting & Re-verification / Photo copy of

Answer script J.S. Exams - I 9848309007

4. Vocational Related Matters & issue of Duplicate & Triplicate Pass Certificates

S.O. Urdu 9948249690 9848443984

5. Migration Certificates Concerned PRO / DS(Exams) 9848781803 6. Equivalency & Eligibility Certificates Reader, ERTW 9666104983

7. Academic Matters: a) Admission Schedule & Academic calendar

b) T.C. Admissions

c) Group Change

d) Medium Change

e) II Language change for 1st year students only

f) Permission to study II Language at candidates

own risk

g) Belated admissions

J.S. Academic/ D.S. Academic

9848781809

h) Counter Signature of TC 8. Syllabus, Text Books, etc. Reader, ERTW 9948171900 9. Govt. of India (MHRD) Scholarships PRO 9848781803

10. INSPIRE Scholarships Asst. Professor, ERTW

9666104983

P a g e | 26

GUIDELINES FOR ON THE JOB TRAINING

On the Job Training is introduced from 2000-2001 and is designed to supplement the class room instruction by practical training in realistic work on the Job Training is part of the curriculum.

Guidelines/ instructions for organizing on the job training :

1. Principals are requested to appoint the Junior Lecturers dealing with vocational courses as Vocational coordinator for each course who will assist in all the matters relating to arrangements of On the Job Training.

2. They are requested to approach the identified firm/ agency where Vocational students can be placed or OJT and take consent.

3. In consultation with the identified firm/ agency, Vocational coordinator has to fix up the schedule of the OJT i.e., duration, commencement, Training schedule, evaluation etc., and in case of any difficulty they are requested to take help of District Vocational education officer in arraigning the OJT.

4. After the schedule is finalized give instructions to the students to be prepared to attend the OJT compulsory to acquire practical knowledge.

5. The Vocational coordinator will attend the OJT program on all days.

6. The duration of the OJT can be organized in any time during the academic year.

7. Principals are further requested to make frequent visits to OJT centers and monitor the programme.

8. They are requested to provide the necessary raw material for conducting the practical’s at the site, if necessary.

9. At the end of the training, the student’s performance shall be evaluated jointly by the teacher and the trainer of the firm for maximum marks of 100. The award lists in the prescribed proforma shall be submitted to the Secretary, Telangana State Board of Intermediate Education on or before 31st January every year.

EVALUATION OF ON THE JOB TRAINING :

The “on the Job Training” shall carry 100 marks for each year and pass marks is 50. During on the job training the candidates shall put in a minimum of 90% of attendance. The evaluation shall be done in the last week January. Marks allotted for evaluation:

S.NO. Name of the activity Max. Marks allotted for each activity 1 Attendance and punctuality 30 2 Familiarity with technical terms 05 3 Familiarity with tools and material 05 4 Manual skills 05 5 Application of knowledge 10 6 Problem solving skills 10 7 Comprehension and observation 10 8 Human relations 05 9 Ability to communicate 10 10 Maintenance of diary 10 Total 100

The spirit of on the Job Training is to be maintained, The colleges are at liberty to

conduct on the job training according to their local feasibility of institutions & industries.

P a g e | 27

They may conduct the entire on the job training periods of (363) I year and (450) II year

either by conducting classes in morning session and send the students for OJT in afternoon

session or two days in week or weekly or monthly or by any mode which is feasible for both

the college and institution. However the total assigned periods for on the job training should

be completed.

P a g e | 28

APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING PROGRAMME Vocationalization implies education through work experience. With a view to provide

intensive work experience to the products of vocational stream, the Government of India has

implemented a special Vocationalised education training scheme for Intermediate Vocational

Course pass outs under Apprenticeship Act.

The scheme is being implemented through the Regional Board of Apprenticeship and

Training (BOAT), Chennai and The Director of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad, has been

authorized by BOAT to collect the applications from Vocational pasouts and sponsor the

candidates to the needy organization. The candidates selected for apprenticeship training shall be

paid stipend at the rate of Rs..2758/- per month for a period of one year.

The passed candidates of vocational courses have to apply within two years in the

prescribed form to the professor, SIVE, O/o the Commissioner of Intermediate Education,

Telangana, Hyderabad through the principal of the respective junior college, which will be then

forwarded to the BOAT, Chennai, for selection. The selected candidates will be informed of the

venue and dates of Apprenticeship Training by the BOAT directly.

The vocational students are informed to send their applications in the prescribed form,

along with necessary attested copies of certificates to the address given below:

Professor, State Institute of Vocational Education (SIVE)

O/o the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Nampally, Hyderabad-500 001

The Commissionerate of Intermediate education in collaboration with Board of Apprenticeship training (BOAT) southern Region, Chennai is organizing centralized Apprenticeship selections every year in the month of June/July.

P a g e | 29

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH ABSTRACT

AH,DD & F Department - Amendment to Andhra Pradesh Animal Husbandry Department Subordinate Service Rules, 2003 – Orders – Issued ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, DAIRY DEVELOPMENT & FISHERIES (AH-II) DEPARTMENT

G.O. MS.NO. 34 Dt.13-09-2013 Read the following:-

1. G.O. MS. No. 26, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 28-6-2004. 2. G.O. MS. No. 59, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 15-10-2005. 3. G.O. MS. No. 70, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 8-12-2005. 4. G.O. MS. No. 08, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 12-2-2008. 5. G.O. MS. No. 27, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 3-5-2008. 6. G.O. MS. No. 113, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department,Dt.21-11-2008. 7. G.O. MS. No. 6, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 10-2-2009. 8. From the Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Lr.No. 16652/

B.III/B24/2009, Dt. 24-7-2009. 9. G.O. MS. No. 60, AH DD & F (AH-II) Department, Dt. 2-8-2011. 10. Government Memo No.2927/AH-II (2)/09, Dt.21-11-2011. 11. From the Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Lr.No.2937/

B.III/B24/2010, Dt.28-1-2012. 12. Government Memo No.2927/AH-II(2)/2009, dated 04-04-2013. 13. From the Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Lr.No.2937/

B.III/B24/2010, dated 12-07-2013.

* * * * ORDER:-

In the references read above, the Director of Animal Husbandry, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad, inter-alia, requested the Government to delete the qualification of Intermediate or its equivalent examination with Biological Sciences for the post of Veterinary Assistant under direct recruitment and to consider the candidates who possess the qualification of two years intermediate vocational course in Multi Purpose Veterinary Assistant for the post of Veterinary Assistant under direct recruitment and to issue necessary amendment to G.O.MS.No.26, AH,DD&F (AH-II) Department, dated 28-06-2004 read with G.O.MS.No.6, AH,DD&F (AH-II) Department, dated 10-02-2009. 2. Government have examined the proposal in a greater detail and decided to consider the said qualification as one of the qualification to the post of Veterinary Assistant under direct recruitment. The following notification will be published in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette:-

NOTIFICATION

In exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution of India and of all other powers hereinto enabling, the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby make the following amendment to the Andhra Pradesh Animal Husbandry Sub-ordinate Service Rules, 2003 issued in G.O.Ms.No.26, Animal Husbandry, Dairy Development & Fisheries Department, dated. 28-6-2004, as subsequently amended from time to time.

AMENDMENT

In the table under rule-5, - “Qualifications” under Class A, Category (4), in the said rules, against the post of Veterinary Assistant by direct recruitment for the existing entry in column (3), the following shall be substituted, namely:-

(i) Must have passed the two years Animal Husbandry Polytechnic Course

P a g e | 30

conducted by Sri Venkateswara Veterinary University, Tirupati, in any one of the Animal Husbandry Polytechnics.

OR (ii) Must have passed Intermediate Vocational course in Dairying and

Poultry Sciences as one the subjects of study / two years Poultry Diploma Course conducted by the Polytechnic, Ramachandrapuram of Sri Venkateswara Veterinary University, Tirupati etc., / two years Intermediate Vocational Course in Multi Purpose Veterinary Assistant.

“Provided that the candidates selected with the qualifications in clause (ii) shall undergo one year Departmental Training in Veterinary Assistants Course to be conducted by the Director of Animal Husbandry and those who have successfully completed the said training shall be appointed to the Veterinary Assistant post”.

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)

Dr. MANMOHAN SINGH

PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

To The Commissioner, Printing & Stationary, A.P., Hyderabad (with a request to supply 100 copies of Gazette to this Department) The Director of Animal Husbandry, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad. Copy to:- All the District Collectors. The Law Department General Administration (Ser.E) Department SF/SC

P a g e | 31

CONTINUATION OF VOCATIONAL PARAMEDICAL

COURSES IN THE STATE FOR THE YEAR 2014-15

GOVERNMENT OF TELANGANA ABSTRACT

I.E – Paramedical Courses – Continuation of Vocational Paramedical courses in

the State for the academic year 2014-15 – Permission - Accorded – Orders – Issued. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

HIGHER EDUCATION (IE) DEPARTMENT

G.O.RT.No. 109. Dated:02.09.2014

Read the following:

1. G.O.Ms.No.304, HM&FW(K2) Department, dated:07.08.1997. 2. G.O.Ms.No.65, HM&FW Department, dated:15.05.2013.

3. From the Telangana Private Vocational Junior Colleges Management Association, letter dated: Nil received in the Government on 28.06.2014.

4. From the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad, Lr.No.VOC.II-2/20/2014, dated: 05.07.2014.

5. From the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad, Lr.No.VOC.2/20/2014-3, dated: 16.07.2014.

6. Order dated: 22.08.2014 of Hon’ble High Court in W.A.M.P.No.2647 of 2014 in W.A.No.1879 of 2013.

O R D E R: -

In the G.O. second read above an amendment has been issued substituting for sub-rule (2) of

rule 6 of G.O.Ms.No.304, HM&FW (K2) Department, dated: 07.08.1997 that “for all diploma courses

for minimum age is 16 years and minimum educational qualification is Intermediate with Science

Group (Bi.P.C.) as entry qualification for admission to all paramedical courses or the paramedical

courses as may be notified by the Government from time to time. If adequate students of Bi.P.C. are

not available, students with Intermediate with Maths, Physics and Chemistry (MPC) will be

considered and if adequate students with M.P.C. are also not available, students with Intermediate

with other subjects can be considered”.

2. In pursuance of the said G.O., the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, A.P., Hyderabad

has requested the Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education to inform all Managements of Private

Vocational Junior Colleges not to take admission into 1st year Intermediate for vocational

paramedical courses from the academic year 2013-14.

3. Aggrieved by the above, the Private Vocational Junior Colleges Management Association

has filed W.Ps before the Hon’ble A.P.High Court. The Hon’ble High Court has issued orders dated:

20.12.2013 in W.P.No.3931 & 3932 of 2013 that, the admissions taken place pursuant to the interim

P a g e | 32

orders are accepted to the extent that the students can prosecute their study, but their admission will

abide by the result of the appeals and it must be notified to each and every student by the concerned

college authorities. There shall not be any fresh admission until further orders of this court. The

appeals will be heard out in due course.

4. Further, the Telangana Private Vocational Junior Colleges Management Association in their

representation in the reference third read above, has requested the Government to take suitable action

to continue the vocational paramedical courses for the academic year 2014-15 to secure the future of

the S.C., S.T., B.C., Minority & Economically poor students in rural areas and given consent to

withdraw the W.Ps filed before the Hon’ble High Court.

5. The Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad in her letters fourth

and fifth read above has requested to re-examine the entire issue of permission of starting Paramedical

courses by the department of Intermediate Education for the benefit of the student community as these

courses are skill based and job oriented reaching all sections of the society, keeping in view of the

orders issued by the Hon’ble High Court and request from the Department of Intermediate Education.

6. The Hon’ble High Court in their order dated:22.08.2014 has dismissed the

W.A.M.P.No.2647 of 2014 in W.A.No.1879 of 2013 as withdrawn by the petitioner/appellant Private

Vocational Junior Colleges Management Association.

7. Government after careful examination of the entire matter in consultation with the Health,

Medical & Family Welfare Department, hereby issue orders to start Vocational Paramedical courses

for the academic year 2014-15.

1) G.O.Ms.No.65, HM&FW Department, dated:15.05.2013 should be followed for entry

into Paramedical Courses and for registration by the Paramedical board.

2) Continuing the Intermediate Courses (10+2) with paramedical subjects.

3) 10+2 passed out students with paramedical subjects are eligible to enter into Paramedical

diploma courses.

4) Vocational Paramedical pass outs are allowed to enter into 2nd year Paramedical Diploma course through lateral entry with one year clinical training/Centralized Apprenticeship Training.

8. This order issues with the concurrence of the Health, Medical & Family Welfare

Department vide their U.O.No.288/F1/2014, Dated: 01.09.2014.

9. The Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad is requested to take

further necessary action in the matter accordingly.

P a g e | 33

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF TELANGANA)

VIKAS RAJ SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

To The Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad. The Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad. The Regional Joint Director of Intermediate Education, Warangal. The Accountant-General, Telangana, Hyderabad. The Director of Treasuries and Accounts, Telangana, Hyderabad. The Pay and Accounts Officer, Hyderabad. Copy to: - The O.S.D. to Hon’ble Dy.Chief Minister[HM&FW]. The O.S.D. to Hon’ble Minister[E]. The P.S. to Prl.Secretary to Government[HM&FW]. The P.S to Secretary to Government[E]. SF/SCs.

P a g e | 34

INTERMEDIATE VOCATIONAL COURSES FOR THE

PURPOSE OF EMPLOYMENT IN GOVT. DEPARTMENTS


PUBLIC SERVICE – Recognition of Intermediate Vocational Courses for the purpose of employment in Government Departments – Orders – Issued

EDUCATION (IE2) DEPARTMENT

G.O.MS.NO.428 EDUCATION DATED 23RD SEPTEMBER 1985

ORDER: Government has introduced Vocational Courses at +2 Stage of Education (Intermediate

Course) in Degree and Junior Colleges during the year 1979 – 1980 with an intention to create skills in certain fields. Gradually the Vocational courses were expanded to many colleges all these years. The Board of Intermediate Education, Hyderabad which is a statutory body to conduct Intermediate Public Examinations has been issuing certificates to the successful students. The Expert Committees constituted by the Board of Intermediate Education comprising the members of the respective employing departments has evaluated the Intermediate Vocational Courses for purpose of employment in different Government Departments. The recommendations of the Expert Committee have been scrutinized by the Committee constituted by Government with the Director of Higher Education as Chairman. The Committee constituted by Government for the purpose has identified certain posts in Government Departments for appointment of the Intermediate Vocational Course pass outs as indicated in the Annexure.

Government after careful consideration direct that the pass outs of Intermediate Vocational Courses as shown under Column-2 in the Annexure to this order are eligible for appointment to the posts shown against them under column 3 in the departments and undertakings shown under column 4 and 5 therein.

The concerned administrative departments will issue necessary orders amending the Special Adhoc rules of their departments suitably as per the above orders of the Government. (BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)

P. ADINARAYANA OFFICER ON SPECIAL DUTY AND

ADDITIONAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT To The Secretaries of all Departments The Director of Higher Education, Hyderabad The Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education, AP, Hyderabad

P a g e | 35

ANNEXURE

Sl. No

Name of the Course

Post Recommended

Department Department concerned

1 2 3 4 5 1) Electrical

Wiring & Contracting

Skilled Class-II R&B Department, Corporations, State Electricity Board

Panchayat raj Departments, Hyderabad

2) Surveyor and Estimator

Skilled Class – II Government Departments/Corporations involved in Civil Engineering Works, Roads & Buildings Department

I&P Department, Sriram Sagar Project, Hyderabad, Godavari Bearings Projects, Dowleswaram

3) Roads & Buildings

Skilled Class- II and Tradesmen Grade- I

4) Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering

Skilled Class- II and Tradesmen Grade- I Fitter Grade – I

Medium Irrigation, Hyderabad

5) Electric Wiring & Contracting

Skilled Class – II Roads &Buildings Department, and APSEB

Panchayatraj Department, Hyderabad

6) Electric Domestic Appliance &Rewinding

Skilled Class – II Roads &Buildings Department, and APSEB

I&P Department, Hyderabad

7) Rural Engineering Technician

Skilled Class – II Irrigation Dev. Corporation, Agro Industries Corporati

BIE (Vocational)

8) Automobile Engineering Technician (AET)

Mechanics Grade – III Machinist Grade – I Fitter Grade – I

State Road Transport Corporation and Other Corporations Departments

AP State Construction Corporation, Hyderabad

9) Radio & Television

Mechanics Information Depart-ment, Police Radio Communication

AP State Construction Corporation, Hyderabad

10) Office Assistantship (OAS)

Junior Assistant, Typist, Steno-graphers, Senior Inspectors in case of SC,ST & BCs and Sr. Inspectors in case of others in the Cooperation Departments

Ministerial Cadres in all Departments, Corporations, Boards etc Cooperative Societies, Departments of Cooperation

Department of Co-operative Societies, APPSC, BIE, Hyderabad

11) Accounting & Taxation

Junior Assistant Ministerial Cadres in all Departments, Corporations

Department of Co-operative Societies, APPSC, BIE, Hyderabad

12) Commercial Garment

Gramasevikas, Tailoring Instructors, Extension Officers in Women & Child Welfare

District Women Welfare centers, APS Textile Corporation federation of Garment Manufacturing Cooperative Societies, Women & Child Welfare Department

Handlooms & Textiles Departments, Women & Child Welfare Department, NCF, AP College of Home Science, Hyderabad

P a g e | 36

Department 13) Crèche &

Pre-School Manage-ment

Gramsevikas, Teachers in Balavadis, Extension Officers

BIE, AP, Hyderabad

14) Sericulture Foreman in Sericulture Forms

Reeling Centers, Silk Warm Engineering Production (Sericulture Units, Young Silk Warm rearing Unit)

Director of Sericulture, Hyderabad, BIE, AP, Hyderabad Director of Handloom Textiles.

15) Dental Hygienist

Dental Hygienist Medical and Health service Medical Education

16) Dental Technician

Dental Technician Medical and Health service Medical Education, Government Dental College, Hyderabad. DYCS/Pathology Department/Indian Medicine Department, Government Polytechnic, Hyderabad, Food & Health, Government of A.P. Hyd

17 Medical Lab Assistant

Laboratory Attendents

Medical and Health

18) Crop Production

Sub Assistants, Village Development Officers

Agriculture Department and AP AU, Panchayatraj Department

APAU, Rajendranagar Hyderabad, College of Agriculture, Rajendranagar, Hyd. Director of Agriculture, BIE, AP, Hyderabad

19) Dairying Field Assistants, Dairy Assistant, Veterinary Compounders, Dairy Lab-testers, VEO

Department of Animal Husbandry and for similar posts in respective corporation, Panchayatraj Department

Director of Animal Husbandry, Hyderabad Panchayatraj Department, Hyderabad APAU Veterinary Science, Hyderabad

P a g e | 37


INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION – Special Rules for Andhra Pradesh Intermediate Education Services – Amendment – Issued.

HIGHER EDUCATION (IE.2) DEPARTMENT

G.O.Ms.No.12 Education Dated 15.02.2001 Read the following:-

1. G.O.Ms.No.302 Education (IE.1) Department dated 30.12.1993. 2. From the Commissioner and Director of Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh,

Hyderabad Lr.Rc.No.1020/VC2-2/96-1. -: oOo :-

ORDER: The following notification will be published in the next issue of the Andhra Pradesh Gazette.

NOTIFICATION

In exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution of India and of all other powers hereunto enabling the Governor of Andhra Pradesh hereby makes the following amendments to the Andhra Pradesh Intermediate Education Service Rules issued in G.O.Ms.No.302 Education (IE.1) Department dated the 30th December 1993 and published in the A.P. Gazette Part-1 No.3 dated 20.01.1994 at pages 63-71 H19/140/2 as amended from time to time.

AMENDMENT

In the said rules in the Annexure to rule 5 for the existing entries under Category 9 Junior Lecturer in Vocational Courses, the following entries shall be submitted namely:- 9 Junior Lecturers in Vocational Course: Sl.No

Post and Discipline Qualification

1 Commerce & Business Management: a) Junior Lecturer

in Commerce & Business Management

By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second class Post Graduate in M.Com or equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognized by the University Grants Commission

b) Junior Lecturer in Taxation


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Com with Specialization in Taxation or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognized by the University Grants Commission

c) Junior Lecturer in Shorthand Typewriting


Must possess a Degree in B.A or B.Com or B.Sc from a recognized University and a certificate in Shorthand Higher Grade English and Typewriting Higher Grade English issued by State Board of Technical Education

2. Engineering Junior Lecturer

in Engineering By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second class degree of B.E in Electrical/Mechanical/ Automobile/Civil etc as the case may be or AMIE in the concerned subject or an qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under

P a g e | 38

Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

3 Agriculture: a) Junior Lecturer

Crop-Production By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc (Agriculture) or M.Sc (Agronomy) or B.Sc (Agriculture) with 1st Class University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

b) Junior Lecturer in Sericulture


Must posses a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Sericulture or M.Sc(Agriculture) with Entomology or M.Sc with PG Diploma in Sericulture or 1st Class B.Sc (Agriculture) or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

4. Animal Husbandry: a) Junior Lecturer

in Dairying By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second-class degree in B.V.Sc or 2nd Class B.Tech Dairying/ B.Sc Dairy Technology or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

b) Junior Lecturer in Poultry and Swine Production


Must possess a second class Degree in B.V.Sc or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

c) Junior Lecturer in Fisheries


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.F.Sc or M.Sc with Aquaculture or M.Sc (Zoology) with Fisheries or B.F.Sc with two (2) years experience or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

5. Para Medical Courses a) Junior Lecturer

in Medicine By Direct recruitment (or) Recruitment by Transfer

Must possess a second class Degree in Pharmacy (B. Pharmacy) or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

b) Junior Lecturer Medical Lab Technician


Must possess a second class Degree in MBBS/ BHMS/BAMS/B.Pharm/M.Sc (Micro Biology) M. Bs or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

c) Junior Lecturer in Nursing


Must possess a second class Degree in B.Sc (Nursing) or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

P a g e | 39

d) Junior Lecturer in Dental Technician


Must possess a second class Degree in B.D.S or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

e) Junior Lecturer in Dental Hygienic


Must possess a second class Degree in B.D.S or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

f) Junior Lecturer in X-Ray Technician


Must possess a Degree in MBBS with DMRT or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

6. Home science; Commercial Garment Making/Child Psychology: a) Junior Lecturer

in Fruit and Vegetable Processing and Preservation


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Horticulture or M.Sc Agriculture or M.Sc Home Science (Food Nutrition) or M.Sc Food Technology or 1st class B.Sc in Horticulture with two (2) year experience or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission

b) Junior Lecturer in Home Science Course


Must possess a second Post Graduation in M.Sc Home Science with specilisation in Child Human Development or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

c) Junior Lecturer in Crèche and Pre School Management


Must posses a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Home Science with specilisation in Child Human Development or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

d) Junior Lecturer in Confectionery


Must possess a second class Post Graduation in M.Sc Home Science with specilisation in Food and Nutrition or an equivalent qualification of a University in India established or incorporated by or under Central Act, State Act or a Provincial Act or an Institution recognised by the University Grants Commission.

(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)

SD/- G. SUDHIR

SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT

P a g e | 40

SHORT TERM V OCATIONAL CERTIFICATE COURSES [STVCC]

GUIDELINES FOR SHORT TERM VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE CO URSES

BY THE STATE INSTITUTE OF VOCATIONAL EDUCATION [SIV E] O/o THE COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION, AND HRA PRADESH,

HYDERABAD

(STVCC GO.Ms.No.33, Dated 07.04.2004)

Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses (Revised) are introduced from the academic year 2012-2013 on need based to the local Departments, Hospitals and Industries. These courses are designed duly following certain Guidelines issued under latest Skill Development Initiative Scheme (SDIS) and Modular Employable Skills to implement and to impart skill effectively.

Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses of Three months Module are introduced in the

sectors of Engineering, Information Technology, Commerce / Retail, Home Science, Animal Husbandry and other areas, with the objective of providing training to V class Failed/passed students or candidates who are interested in acquiring job oriented skills and wish to join the world of work, to enable them to earn their livelihood. These courses are being introduced as self-financing courses.

Annexure – I

S.No Name of the course Mini.Edu.

Qualification Duration

Hours Course Fee

(Rs.) I Engineering Sector

1. Basic Automotive Servicing (2/3 Wheelers)

5l h 120 600

2. Basic Automotive Servicing (4 Wheelers

5th 120 600

3. Basic Electronics (Repair & Maintenance of power)

5th 120 600

4. Basic Welding 8th 120 600 5. CAD operator 10th 120 600

6. Basic Refrigeration & Air condition 8th 120 600

II I.T. Sector 7. Computer Fundamentals, MS-

Office, Internet

8th 120 600

8. Desk Top Publishing 8th 120 600 9. Computer Hardware 8th 120 600

10. Web Designing 8th 120 600

11 Cell Phone Technology 10th 120 600 III Commerce / Retail Sector

12 Retail Operations 10th 120 600

13 Accounting Package (Tally) 10th 120 600 14 Legal Assistant Inter 120 600 15 Hospitality Assistant 8th 120 600

P a g e | 41

16 Office Management 8th 120 600

17 Taxation 10th 120 600 IV Home Science 18 Fashion Designing with computer

base 10th 120 600

19 Beautician 8th 120 600 V Animal Husbandry and Other

Areas

20 Security Service 8th 120 600

21 Gardener 5th 120 600 22 Dairy Farming 8th 120 600

23 Dairy Farm Worker 8th 120 600

24 Pre-Primary Teacher Training 10th 120 600 1] HOW TO APPLY

1. Any Private Institution / NGO having good track record in the field of providing training and having required infrastructure can start these Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses with the approval from the State Institution of Vocational Education, after they satisfy the norms prescribed herein.

2. Application forms can be obtained from the concerned District Vocational Education Officers or from the Office of the State Institute of Vocational Education (SIVE), Telangana, Hyderabad at O/o. Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad by paying Rs.200/- through Demand Draft in favor of Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad. Application can be down loaded from website www.sive.telangana.gov.in

3. At the time of filing application the institute should provide information on class room infrastructure, on the Job Training linkage, faculty, Society registration or Certificate of incorporation, track record in the field of training opted for and tie up for placements of trained candidates.

4. Maximum number of sections permitted for any institution will be 9 only, of different durations. A minimum of two courses should be offered from different disciplines.

5. The filled in application along with all enclosures should be submitted to the SIVE through District Vocational Education Officer concerned along with prescribed fee of Rs.2,000/- (Rupees two thousand only) Demand Draft drawn in favour of Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad before the prescribed date (towards feasibility fee)

2] SANCTION PROCEDURE

1. A three men inspection committee consisting of 1] DVEO, 2] Principal of GJC where vocational courses are functioning and 3] Course Co-ordinator of the concerned course will inspect the Institution and submit the feasibility report with specific recommendations to State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE].

2. Letter of Intent (LOI) will be issued by the State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE]

P a g e | 42

on receipt of feasibility report from District Vocational Education Officers concerned, on the available infrastructure and on the job Training facilities with MOU & tie up for placements with a request to pay the affiliation fee

3 The Private Institution / NGO Should pay Rs.4,500/- per section ,per module as

affiliation fee through Demand Draft in favour of the Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad, to get approval from the State Institute of Vocational Education to start Short term vocational certificate courses in their institute.

4. The existing institutions shall apply for renewal every year by payment of Rs.4,500/- per section per module as renewal fee through Demand Draft in favour Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Telangana, Hyderabad along with renewal application of Rs.200/- .

5. The Government Junior colleges, aided Junior Colleges & Exclusive Government Vocational Junior Colleges are exempted from payment of feasibility fee, affiliation fee and renewal fee. They can start the vocational courses duly applying to SIVE by payment of Rs.200/- (towards application cost) and obtain the college code Number from the SIVE.

6. At the time of applying for Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses the Institute /

GJC’s (Short Term Vocational Institute) should indicate the Industry /Workshops / Service Organizations / Vocational Training Providers (VTP’s) in which on the Job Training will be provided. They should furnish the MOU with the training establishment along with the application.

3] FEE PARTICULARS:

1. The maximum tuition fee to be collected from the student is Rs. 600/- per Module

(duration of 120 hours)

2. The examination fee shall be prescribed in the examination notification

4] ADMISSION PROCEDURE:

1. The Head of the Institution / Correspondent / Principal of the concerned institute shall take up the admission process only after obtaining provisional recognition from the State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE]

2. The minimum intake shall be 30 students per section and maximum 40 students

3. No age limit is prescribed for admission into these courses, the students can join on full time or part time basis

4. Selection Criteria and Minimum qualifications for admission into these courses shall be as mentioned in Annexure -1.Candidates having higher qualification with an aptitude to learn the skills in the relevant field are also eligible for admission.

5] SCHEME AND SYLLABUS:

1. The short term courses are organized in to modules of three months duration each. The Institutions taking up Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses have to strictly follow the academic schedule, syllabus and on the On the Job Training pattern prescribed by the

P a g e | 43

State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE] including guidelines for conducting classes / Training, examination, evaluation etc from time to time. Copy of the syllabus can be obtained from DVEO. or can be down loaded from website at www.sive.telangana.gov.in

2. The Scheme of Instruction prepared by the State Institute of Vocational Education as

mentioned below has to be strictly followed.

3. In order to provide job oriented skills to students, greater emphasis shall be placed on, On the Job Training. The entire work relating to practicals / on the job training shall be conducted in workshops / Organizations / Industries / Vocational Training Providers (VTPs). The students shall be directly under the supervision of Master Trainer of the workshops / Industries / Service Establishments.

6] SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION FOR EACH MODULE

Theory On the Job Training (OJT) Total Subject Hours Weightage Hours Weightage Hours Total

Weightage Total 48 40% 72 60% 120 100 %

7] MONITORING BY THE DISTRICT VOCATIONAL EDUCATIONA L OFFICER

There should be a Continuous check up on the conduct of classes and attendance of students in the class and on the Job Training by the Principal and Master Trainer regularly. Minimum 90% attendance is essential for passing the module. The concerned District Vocational Education Officer would regularly inspect the teaching and training establishments.

8] EXAMINATION AND CERTIFICATION:

1. In order to facilitate continuous evaluation for each module Theory and On the Job training examination should be conducted at the end of module.

2. The Course co-ordinator associated with the course should assess the students in terms of

their competency achieved. The Master Trainer / Supervisor in the Industry /Business establishment / Organization / Vocational Training Providers (VTP’s) will also test and assess the student based on the Technical skills acquired.

4. At the end of the module examination will be conducted at institution level under the

supervision and control of the District Examination Committee headed by DVEO, as per the guidelines prescribed by the SIVE.

5. The following system of grades has to be adopted for the purpose of performance appraisal of the students at the end of each module based on continuous evaluation duly giving 40% weightage on performance in theory and 60 % Weightage on performance in On the Job Training [ OJT]

9] AWARD OF GRADES AND ENTITLED GRADE POINTS:

Marks Grades Sub Ranges Grade Points 90-100 A+ 95-100 10 70-89 A 90-94 9 50-69 B 85-89

80-84 8.5 8

P a g e | 44

75-79 70-74

7.5 7

40-49 C 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54

6.5 6

5.5 5

39 or below F 0-39

1. Grade card will be issued for each module after clearing the Theory and On the Job Training (OJT) with ‘C’ or higher grade in the module. Those getting F grade will be considered as failed in the module and they will have to repeat the module after taking fresh admission and only those passing in initial module will be eligible to join the next module. District Vocational Education Officer will issue a module completion certificate.

2. After successful completion of entire course, a competency based certificate will be given by the State Institute of Vocational Education [SIVE] through the DVEO concerned.

ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES:

1. Vocational Colleges (STVI’s) can identify the need based short Term Courses in addition to above suggested by the department. The Course Coordinator will visit the locations/offices/factories/shops & establishments to tie up for OJT to the trainees. They can also make proposals to start any new Vocational Short Term Certificate Courses depending on local demand and send proposals to SIVE for sanction and implementation of the same.

2. The Short Term Vocational Institutes shall be registered as vocational Training provider (VTP) under MES, SDIS at DGE&T, Hyderabad.

3. The STVCI’s shall introduce courses like Security Services in GJC’s or in institutions

where NCC and ground facility exists.

4. OJT should be given higher importance.

5. Course material shall be given at the beginning of the course by the State Institute of Vocational Education and can be downloaded from the web site www.sive.telangana.gov.in

6. If maximum strength exceeds additional section or second section will be allowed.

7. Any assistance can be obtained from the SIVE/DVEO/Dy.DVEO concerned in this regard

8. In respect of Government Junior Colleges where short term course exists out of the collected fee of Rs.600/- per module, 10% shall be sent to the SIVE, 60% shall be kept at the institution for the purpose of honorarium to the faculty etc., and 30% at institution level for the purpose of providing and maintenance of infrastructure

All the Principals of Government Junior Colleges where Short term Vocational

Courses exists and Institutes are hereby directed to follow the Guidelines for effective functioning of the Short Term Vocational Certificate Courses and make enrolment of the students in to these courses on top priority basis. The Principals of GJC’s and Institutes are also hereby directed that they must register their institutions as Vocational Training Providers (VTP) with Directorate General of Employment and Training (DG & ET) immediately, if they have not registered so far.

Sd/- J.S.V.PRASAD, I.A.S,. COMMISSIONER OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION

P a g e | 45

P a g e | 46

ADMISSION INTO DEGREE COURSES FOR THE

INTERMEDIATE VOCATIONAL STUDENTS – ELIGIBILITY

RULES

BOARD OF INTERMEDIATE EDUCATION:: ANDHRA PRADESH :: HYDERABAD From The Secretary, Board of Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh, H Y D E R A B A D

To All the Registrars of the Universities in the State of Andhra Pradesh

RC.No.5869/V1-4/2006, dated 19.06.2007 Sir,

Sub:

B.I.E., A.P. Vocational Education – Admission into Degree Courses for the Intermediate Vocational Students – Eligibility Rules – Submission of Certain Information about dispensing of producing No objection certificate – Regarding.

Read: Lr. Dated 18.06.2007 received from the Academic Advisers to Vocational Education.

* * * *

It is informed that a passed in Intermediate Vocational Courses offered by the Board of

Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad is equivalent to General Intermediate Courses of

B.I.E., Andhra Pradesh, and Intermediate Vocational Passed students are eligible for admission in to

B.A./B.Com Degree Courses on par with conventional (General) Intermediate Students. Like wise

Computer Science students of the Intermediate Vocational Stream are eligible for Admission into

B.Com Computers. And the Vocational pass outs are eligible for admission into B.Sc Degree course

and also EAMCET, to seek admission into B.Tech., and other Professional Courses on Merit, if they

passed Bridge Course. The Bridge Course contains Mathematics, Physical Sciences i.e Physics &

Chemistry, Biological sciences i.e. Botany & Zoology. The Vocational Students who have passed the

Bridge Course either with Mathematics and Physical Sciences or Biological Sciences and Physical

Sciences are equivalent with those students who passed MPC or Bi.P.C of conventional (General)

Intermediate of B.I.E.

Hence there is no need to issue equivalency Certificate for the above Vocational Students and

they are to be treated on par with other Intermediate students of Board of Intermediate Education,

Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad.

It is therefore requested to inform all the Principals of the Degree Colleges in your

Jurisdiction about the equivalency of Vocational Courses as stated above and the students should be

admitted without insisting of ‘No Objection Certificate’ to avoid inconvenience for admission into

P a g e | 47

Degree Courses for Vocational Students.

Yours faithfully,

Sd/- R.P.SISODIA SECRETARY

Copy to the Commissioner, Commissioner of Intermediate Education, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad Copy to Academic Advisers to Vocational Education. Copy to all RIOs / DVEOs concerned.

//True Copy Attested //

Sd/- Joint Secretary (Vocational)

P a g e | 48

ELIGIBILITY OF VOCATIONAL PASSOUTS FOR ADMISSION INTO HIGHER CLASSES

Name of the Vocational Course Eligibility of the Vocational Pass outs for admission into

Engineering Medicine Degree Course

Polytechnic

Category-I Engg & Tech.Course 1. Construction

Technology Through - Bridge Course & EAMCET

B.Sc (MPC)/B.C.A B.Sc (Comp Science) all are eligible to join B.A and B.Com

Eligible for Admission into II year polytechnic in respective branch under 10% reservation quota.

2. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering

3. Elec.wiring and servicing of elec. Appliances (EW&SEA)

4. Rural Engg.Technician Automobile Engg. Technician

5. Automobile Engg. Technician

6. Radio & T.V 7. Computer Science 8. D.T.P & Printing

Technology Category 2 &3 Agricultural & Home Sciences 1. Crop Production B.Sc. (Agri)

Through bridge course / EAMCET

2. Soil Science and plant protection

3. Water shed management and Soil conservation

B.Sc (Seri)

4. Seed Production technology

B.Sc (Dairying)

5. Sericulture B.Sc (Home Sci)

6. Dairying B.Sc. (Fisheries)

7. Commercial Garment Designing & Marketing (CGD &M)

B.Sc (Horticulture)

P a g e | 49

8. Creche & Pre-School Management

B.H.M&CT

9. Fashion & Garment Making

All are eligible to join B.A & B.Com

10. Institutional Home Keeping

11. Health Care and Beauty Culture

12. Fisheries Through Bridge Course and EAMCET

13. Horticulture 14. Catering and

Restaurant Management

Category –5 Health & Para-Medical Course

1. Dental Hygienists B.Sc (MLT) 2. Dental Technician B.Sc

(Nursing)

3. Clinical Assistant B.P.T 4. X-Ray Technician 5. Opthalmic Technician 6. Hospital

Administrion

7. Medical Lab Technician

8. Multipurpose health worker

9. Physiotherapy Category –4 Commerce & Business Course

1. Office Assistantship 2. Acctg & Taxation 3. Exports, Import

practices and documentation

4. Insurance B.A. and B.Com courses

5. Office Management 6. Industrial

Management

P a g e | 50

7. Marketing and Salesmanship

8. Basic Financial Services

9. Banking 10. Purchasing and store

keeping.

Category –6 Humanities & others 1. Computer Graphics &

Animation -- - B.A., B.Com,

2. Commercial Arts B.Com (Computers)

3. Tourism & Travel Techniques

BCA, BA, B.Com.

P a g e | 58

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 ENGLISH -I

Month & No. of working days / No. of

Teaching Hours

Prose, Poetry & Non-detailed Text / Assignment/ Unit Test

Grammar Communication skills

Study Skills

June - 2015 (25)/(25)

Introduction and Model Paper (5) Prose : Gender Bias (8) Assignment Unit Test

Parts of Speech (6) Odd Sounds (3)

Spellings (3) Tips on improving hand writing

July - 2015 (26)/(25)

Poetry : On Friendship (6) Prose : The Art of wicket keeping ; The Uttakh-Bhaitakh Breed (8) Unit Test

Articles (3) Prepositions (3)

Comprehension(5)

August- 2015 (23)/(23)

Non- Detailed Text : After Twenty Years (5) Poetry : Television (6) Assignment Unit Test

Verbs (9) A) Tenses B) Subject - Verb agreement C) Modal Auxiliaries D) Question Tags (3)

September – 2015 (23)/(23)

Prose : Robots and People(8) Poetry : Anecdote for Fathers (6) Unit Test Assignment

1. Active and Passive Voice (5)

Comprehension (4)

Half yearly examinations ( 22/9/2015 to 27/9/2015) First Term Holidays from ( 28/9/2015 to 5/10/2015)

October – 2015 (15)/(15)

Unit Test Assignment

1. Correction of sentences (10)

2. Direct and Indirect Speech

P a g e | 59

( 5)

November -2015 OJT Programme December - 2015

January - 2016 (22)/(22)

Non-Detailed Text: The Gold Frame (5) Pre Final Examinations

Transcoding information (14) • Tables • Bar Graphs • Pie Charts • Tree Diagrams • Route Maps

Silent Letters (3)

Second term holidays from 14/1/2016 to 17/1/2016 Pre final examination – I from 23/1/2016 to 30/1/2016

February -2016 (24)/(17)

March 2016 IPE Examinations 2016

P a g e | 60

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 ENGLISH –II

Month & No. of working days / No. of Teaching

Hours

Prose, Poetry, Assignment / Unit Test Reading and Writing Skills Communication Skills

June – 2015 (25)/(28)

1. Introduction & Model Paper (5) Prose : Respond Instead of Reacting (9) Poetry : The Giving Tree (7) Assignment. & Unit Test.

Reading Comprehension(7)

July – 2015 (26)/(28)

Prose : How to Live to be 200 (9) Poetry : Human Family (7) Assignment. & Unit Test

Reading Comprehension(7) Vocabulary (5) One Word Substitutes

August - 2015 OJT Programme September - 2015

October - 2015 November – 2015 (23)/(26)

Prose : Albert Einstein at School(9) Poetry : Bull in the City (7) Assignment. & Unit Test.

1. Completing a Form (7) Letter Writing(3)

December – 2015 (24)/(28)

Assignment. Unit Test. 1. Interpretation of Non -Verbal information(10) Letter Writing (8)

Conversation practice (10)

January – 2016 (22)/(25)

Pre Final Examination-I

1. Interpretation of Non -Verbal information(8) Letter Writing (3) The Language of Advertisement (8) Completing a Form (6)

February – 2016 (24)/(15)

Pre Final Examination -II 1. The Language of Advertisement (5)

Conversation Practice (5) Vocabulary (5) One word substitutes

March 2016

P a g e | 61

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016

GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE COURSE CODE:02 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of working days/No. of

periods theory

General foundation course

June 2015 25/25

Assignment-I

Theory Periods-25 Unit 1- General Education

1.1 Child Labour-5 1.2 Drug Abuse-4 1.3 Public Health-4 1.4 Early Marriage -5 1.5 Gender Equality-3 1.6 Time Management-4

July 2015 25/25

Assignment-II Unit test-I

Theory Periods-25 1.7 Traffic Sense- 4 1.8 Human Rights-4 1.9 Corruption in public Life-4 1.10 Communal Harmony-3

Unit-2: Rural Education 2.0 Introduction-1 2.1 Rural Poverty and Unemployment-9

August 2015 23/23

Assignment-III

August-Unit Test-II

Theory Periods-23 2.2 Panchyat Raj System-6 2.3 Afforestation-5 2.4 Rural Waste and Recycling-6 2.5 Role of Agencies in Rural Development-6

September2015 23/23

Assignment-IV

Theory Periods-23 2.6 Development of Rural Industries-5 2.7 Banks and N.G.O’s in Rural Development-5

Unit 3: Entrepreneur Development 3.0 Introduction-1

P a g e | 62

Unit Test-III

3.1 Entrepreneurship-12

October2015 15/15

Half Yearly examination(3.10.201

5 to 9.10.2015)

Theory Periods-15 3.2 Entrepreneurial Behavior - 7 3.3 Entrepreneur Comptencies - 8

November 2015 O.J.T December 2015 O.J.T January 2016

22/22

Pre final examination-1

(23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016)

Theory Periods-22 Unit 4: Computer Education

4.0 Introduction-1 4.1 Evolution of Computers-4 4.2 Characteristics of Computers-3 4.3 Classification of Computers-4 4.4 Advantages of Computer-4 4.5 Block Diagram of Computer -3 4.6 Input Output Devices-3

Feb-2016 24/17

Revision.

Pre Final

Examination-2

Theory Periods-17 4.7 Hardware and Software-4 4.8 Operating System-4 4.9 Microsoft Windows-4 4.10 Microsoft Word-3 4.11 Microsoft Excel-2

March 2016 Revision/IPE2016

P a g e | 63

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 GENERAL FOUNDATION COURSE COURSE CODE: 02 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of working days/No. of periods theory

General foundation course

June 2015 25 28

Assignment-I

Theory Periods-28 Unit 1- Environment Education

1.0 Introduction-1 1.1Impact of Industrialization on environment-9 1.2 Environment pollution & Measures to control pollution - (9) 1.3 Typical environment problems-9

July2015 26 28

Assignment-II

Unit test-I

Theory Periods-28 1.4 Occupational hazards-9 1.4.1 Safety Measures-3

Unit-2: Personality Development 2.1 Introduction – Leadership Qualities -7 2.2 Stress Management -5 2.3 Decision making -4

August2015 O.J.T September2015 O.J.T October 2015 O.J.T

November2015

23/26 Assignment-II

Unit test-II

Theory Periods-26 2.3 Decision making-9

Unit-3 Self Employment 2.0 Introduction-1 3.1 Planning for small enterprise-6 3.2 Establishing a small enterprise-5 3.3 Managing small enterprise-5

December2015

24/28

Theory Periods-28 3.4 Social responsibility of the business-8 3.5 Evaluating a small enterprise-6 3.6 Managerial Skills-9

P a g e | 64

Assignment-III

Unit test-III

Unit 4: Employability Skills 4.0 Introducation-1 4.1 Career development-4

January 2016

22/25

Pre final examinations – 1 (23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016)

Theory Periods-25 4.2 Goal setting-6 4.3 Self Confidence -4 4.4 Personal effectiveness-3 4.5 Work ethics-3 4.6 Presentation skills-4 4.7 Group discussion-5

Feb-2016

24/15

Revision. Pre final examinations (2nweek of Feb 2016)

Theory Periods-15 4.8 Resume-5 4.9 Interviews-5 4.10 Job-opportunities-5

March 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 65

CROP PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT Basic aim of the course CROP PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT is to impart the following skills in student.

1. Identification of field problems – nature and extent. 2. Organizing Crop Production Campaigns. 3. Identification and handling of Agro-Meteorological Instruments. 4. Familiarization and use with seeding equipment. 5. Familiarization and use with primary and secondary village implements. 6. Seed bed preparation and methods of planting. 7. Acquaintance, use and maintenance of form records. 8. Calculation of seed requirement for various crops. 9. Demonstrating Rhizobium inoculation.

10. Preparation of vermin compost and use in field and horticultural crops. 11. Identification of nutrient deficiency symptoms. 12. Acquaintance with special operations like earthling up, Propping, desiccating, ripping,

pruning etc in various field and horticultural crops. 13. Use of plant protection and herbicide equipment. 14. Soil sampling and analysis for various plant nutrients. 15. Calculation of fertilizer needs of crops. 16. Familiarization with drop and sprinkler irrigation methods. 17. Acquaintance with seed certification procedures. 18. Rouging in seed production plots. 19. Preparation and use of audio visual aids. 20. Managerial skills, ability to convince, expose to different communication media.

P a g e | 66

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 CROP PRODUCITON AND MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE : 105 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of working days/ No.of periods

Theory/ No of periods

practical

Principles of crop production (Theory Paper-I)

Soil and Water Management (Theory Paper-II)

Farm Management & Agricultural extension

(Theory Paper-III)

June, 2015 25 23 21

Theory Periods -(23) 1-Agriculture (12) 1.1 - Terminology –Agriculture agronomy and its relationship with basic science-(4) 1.2 National and international institute of agriculture research in India-(4) 1-3 Agro climatic zones of T.S (4) 2-Agro meteorology -(36) 2.1-Terms & Definitions -(4) weather & climate 2.2 Atmosphere - composition & vertical division (4) 2.3 Monsoon types and impact on agriculture operations (4)

Theory Periods -(23) 1- soil in relation to plat growth (25) 1.1- component of mineral soil - (4) 1-2 Soil reaction -acidity and alkalinity (4) 1-3 soil texture and soil structure (4) 1-4 Soil organic mater and its effects on soil properties c: Nitro (4) 1-5 Soil fertility and productivity(4) 1-6 Soil fertility management problem soils and their management -(5)

Theory Periods -(23) - Introduction to Farm management (20) - Nature and scope of Farm management (9) - management of Farm with respect to Land labour, capital and organization (10) 2- Farm records -(20) Maintenance , importance and book keeping a) Diary -(4)

P a g e | 67

Principles of crop production (Practical Paper-I) Practical periods. 21 1.visit to meteorological observatory to study the metrological equipment (5) 2- Measurement of rain fall by rain gauage (5) 3-Recording of evaporation by USWB Class A pan evapro meter(5) 4-Measurment of wind velocity and direction, atmospheric pressure and relatives humidity(6)

Soil and Water Management (Practical Paper-II) Practical periods. 21 1- Description of soil profile in the field (5) 2- soil sampling(2) 3- Determination of soil pH (2) 4- Determination of electrical conductivity of soil water extract (2) 5. Determination of organic , carbon, nitrate , Phosphate and potassium by he use of rapid soil test kit(5) 6- Determination of carbonate and bicarbonate ions in soil water extract (5)

Farm Management & Agricultural extension (Practical Paper-III) Practical periods. 21 1-Study of different types of farm records maintained in the farms (6) 2- Visit to Grameena Bank/PACS (8) 3- Study the effective use of Audio- visual aids (7)

Assignment - I Assignment - I Assignment - I July, 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods -(23) 2.4 wind, solar radiation Air tempreature,soil tempreture, atmospheric pressure , Huumidity and their, utility in crop production (5) 2.5 Drought and their effects on crop production (5) 2.6 weather hazarsd and their mitigation- cyclones , depressions, trunami, frost, hail strom, hurricans and trondo (5) 2.7 weather hazards and their mitigation- cyclone ,depressions , trunami, forest , hail storm, hurricans and torndo (5) 2.8 Remote sensing and its application in Agriculture

Theory Periods -(23) 2 - Mineral Nutrition manuers fertilizers -(35) 2.1 Essential elements - classification and deficcency symptoms(7) 2.2 classification of manuers and fertilezers (5) 2.3. Biogs plant, green manuring -types & crops vermi composting (7) 2.4 Bio fertilizers (4)

Theory Periods -(23) 2- Farm records continued , maintance, importance and book keeping b) Cash book (4) c)wage Regsiter (4) d) stock Register (4) (Agricuture equipment live stock fertilizer and insectecides) e) Inventory (4) 3-Agricultural Marketing (25) - Defination and marketing (25) - Function of markets (4)

P a g e | 68

Practical periods. (23) 5- Recording of ambcent and soil tempreture(5) 6- study and interpartation of weather data (4) 7- study of primary tillage imlements (4) 8- study of secondary tillage imlements (4) 9 - study of seeding equipment (6)

Practical periods. (23) 7- Preparation of enriched form manure(5) 8- vermi-compost making(5) 9- study and identification of straight and complex fertilizers(6) 10- Detection of adulteration in fertilizers(7)

Practical periods. (23) 4- Preparation of Exhibits (6) 5- Preparation of charts (6) 6- Preparation of display boards (6) 7- Visit of radio , t.V stations (5)

Assignment II Unit test 1



Aug, 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods -(20) 3 - Tillage and Tilath 3.1 - defenation ,objectives and factors influencing tilth- (4) 3.2 chracteristic of a good seed bed (2) 3.3 Types of Tillage- primary tillage, secondry tillage and intercutureal operations(4) 3.4 Primary and secondary tillage implements- plougins ,Harroibs,caltivators,Ridges, Rotovator, leveler, puddler (6) 3.5 seeding implements seed drill, Ferti-cum-seed drill, paddy transplanted paddy seed drum (6)

Theory Periods -(20) 2.5 fertilizer application methods(6) 2.6 Balanced fertilization and integrated nutrient management (6) 3- Irrigation water Management 3.1 Defination and objectives of irrigation and drainage (4) 3.2 Soil moister availabilityfiled capacity , permanent witting point,availabel soil moisture(6)

Theory Periods -(20) countinued Agriculture marketing - Defects in present marketing (3) - steps taken to safeguard the farmers(3) - Regulated markets-(12) - Functin & adventages(4) - Marketing channels of food grain,oilseeds(3) - concept of Rythu Bazar(2)

Practical periods. (19) 10- preparation of seed bed for nursery (7) 11- Determination of Purity viability and germination percentages (12)

Practical periods. (19) 11- Visit to soil testing laboratory and partiicaiting testing of soil samples(4) 12- Participating in different methods of fertilizers applications(4) 13- Study of procedures and participation in use of bio fertilizers for field and Horticure crops (5) 14-Identification of green manuring crops (5)

Practical periods. (19) 8- Visit to methods demonestration trails (6) 9- Visit to results demonstration trails (6) 10- Visit to K.V.K to acquacent with their activites (6)

Assignment III Assignment III Assignment III

P a g e | 69

Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods -(20) 3.6 Harvesting implements paddy combined harvester (3) 3.7 Modersn concepts of tillage minimum tillage. Zero tillage and stubble mulch formaing (3) 4. cropping systems 4.1 concept of croping system and terminolgy of multiple oropping (4) 4.2 entercroping pricipals adventges and limitations(4) 4.3 Realy cropping and sequence cropping (3)

Theory Periods -(20) 3.3 - water requirement of crops crops water requirement,effective rianfall critical stages for irrigaion effective rootzone depth and moisture extraction pattern 3.4 water management pratices for major field and horticultral crops(Rice, round nut, maize, Redgram, Mango. Citrus and Banana(8)

Theory Periods -(20) 4- Farm credits(2) - Meaning , Defination (1) - Need and classification(5) farm credit continued - sources of credit (3) - important requisites of good crediit systems(4) - NABARD, RRB-(4) - kisan credit cards (2) - crop insurance (2)

Practical periods. (19) 12 Participation in Rhizabium inoculation and seed treatment (5) 13 - calculation of seed rate per ha for different crops(5) 14 Study of important cropping pattern cropping pattern sequences and intercropping in a selected villlage(6)

Practical periods. (19) 15 - working out quantities and does of fertilizers for application in the filed(5) 16- Calculation od soil porosity (3) 17- determination of soil moisture by gravimetric methid(5) 18 - Dtermination of filed capacity by feel method(6)

Practical periods. (19) 11- visit to farmers training centres (09) 12 Visit to Rtthu Bazar to collect information on market prices and price fixation(10)

Assignment IV Unit Test III



Oct, 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods - 12 4.4 crop rotation , principles and advantages(4) 4.5 forming systems - mixed forming advantages (3) 5- weed managements (25) 5.1 common weigh loss & benefits 5.2 crop feed Association & competition (3)

Theory Periods - 12 3.5 Methods of irrigation surface sprinkler & drip irrigation (10) 3.6 Quality of irrigation water

Theory Periods - 12 5- agriculture co-operation (25) definition , meaning and principles of co cooperation(5) co operative credit societies (5) non credit activates (5)

P a g e | 70

Practical periods. (14) 15 Identification of weed and Herbarium preparation(8) 16 Familiarization of herbicide label information (5) 17 Study of herbicide application equipment(6)

Practical periods. (14) 19- Estimation crop water requirements (7) 20- Layout of cjeck basin ring basin, border strip and furrow irrigation(7)

Practical periods. (14) 13 study of different channels of agricultural commodities food grain oil seeds etc(7) 14 - visit to Agriculture university - Research field(7)

Half Yearly examination 3.10.15 - 9.10.2015



Nov-15 O J T O J T O J T Dec-15 O J T O J T O J T Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods - 20 5.3 Methods of weed control (7) 5.4 CLASSIFICATION OF HERBICIDES (5) 5.5 Chemical weed controle ion different crops(Rice, Black Gram, Ground nut,cotton,onion & amngo) and integrated weed management(6)

Theory Periods - 20 4 - Dry land Agriculture (35) 4.1characteristic of Dry land & Rain fed agriculture (4) 4.2 problems of Dry land agricultural - climatic & soil (6) 4.3 soil Erosim-water & wind erosion losses due to erosion- (7)

Theory Periods - 20 - multipurpose co operatives (5) - different functions of fermers co operatives 6- Agricultural Extension (25) - Extension Education measuring objectives(2) - differences between formal education and Extension Education (2) - Audio visual aids mass communication media(4)

Practical periods - 18 18- calculation of herbicide doses (5) 19- Herbicide application and precautionary measures(5) 20 - visit to an organic farm observation on resource allocation recycling of inputs and economies (8)

Practical periods - 18 21-Demonstration of drip and sprinkler irrigation method in the field (6) 22- Assessment of Quality of irrigation water PH and EC(3) 23 - Analysis of rainfall and interpretation (3) 24- study of agronomic measures of soil and water consecration (6

Practical periods - 18 15- visit to Rythu mitra sangams(9) 16- visit to SHG(9)

Pre final examination 23-1-2-16 - 30-1-2-16



P a g e | 71

Feb 2016 17 21

Theory Periods - 17 6- sustainable Agriculture (16) 6.1 introduction and definition (1) 6.2 factors effecting ecological balance(2) 6.3 Major components of sustainable agriculture systems(3) 6.4 organic farming-definition principals, relevance to moderns and components of organic farming(6) 6.5 BIO Control agents and BIO pesticide(4)

Theory Periods - 17 4.4 soil moister conservation Agronomic and mechanical (7) 4.5 efficient crops and cropping system for dry land(5) 4.6 watershed manages - watershed conceot principals.(5)

Theory Periods - 17 - leadership qualities(2) - self help Groups(1) - method and result demonstration(2) - exhibitions - (1) - F.T.C(2) - K.V.K (2) - Co-operatives credit societies (5) - Non credit activates (5)

Practical periods - 21 21 preparation of NPV solutions (6) 22 preparation of NSKE and Neem oil(4) 23 visit to Bio-control lab(4)

Practical periods - 21 25 visit to CRIDA and ICRISA (8) 26 visit to water shed project area(7) 27 vist to problematic soil filed(6)

Practical periods - 21 17 visit to Adessha rythl group to know working patterns in rural area(7) 18 visit to AMC (7) 19 Analysis of problems faced by garmers in getting agriculture loans(7)

Pre final examination II



Revision / Final practical IPE . 2016



Mar-16 Revision / IPE 2016 Revision / IPE 2016 Revision / IPE 2016

P a g e | 72

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 CROP PRODUCITON AND MANAGEMENT: COURSE CODE: 105 SECOND YEAR

Month & No.

of working days/ No.of periods Theory/ No of

periods practical

Management of field and commercial crops

(Theory Paper-I)

Management of Horticulture crops (Theory Paper-II)

Seed production & processing (Theory Paper-III)

June 2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods -(22) Theory Periods -(22) Theory Periods -(22) 1-Cereals and millets(30) study of the agronomic pratices Rice -(10) Maize -(05) Jawar (05) Bajra -(05)

1- Introduction (6) Defenation , importance and scope of Horticulture (4) Divisions of Horticulture(2) 2. Nursery Management (12) types of nursery beds (2) propogation methods (4) Handling of nursery plants(2) 3- Land scaping(12) importance (01) elements and principles of land scape design - 5

1- Plant breeding(15) introduction (1) objectives of plant breeding (3) self pollination mechanism(2) cross pollination mechanism(2) male sterility (2) negative reproduction (2) hybridization (3) 2-Seed importance difference between seed and grain(01) characteristic of quality seed(2) class of seed production (4)

Management of field and commercial crops (Practical Paper-I) Practical periods. 23 1- identifiation of various crops of regionn and state(8) 2- Study of vertical characteristies of important crops (Rice, Maize, Pedgram, Ground nut ,eastor ,cotton ,sugercane and Tobacco) (6) 3- Participation in seed treatment (6)

Management of Horticulture crops (Practical Paper-II) Practical periods. 23 1- visit to orchards and identification of fruit crops(8) 2- planting and care of fruit plants (8) 3- interculture operation in fruit trees(7)

Seed production & processing (Practical Paper-III) Practical periods. 23 1- seed sampling(6) 2- seed moisture test(6) 3- seed germination test(8) 4- seeds viability and vigour test(2)

P a g e | 73

4. Participation in Rhizobium seed treatment in legumes(3) Assignment - I Assignment - I Assignment - I

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods -(22) study of the agronomic partices. Red gram (4) Agronomic pratices 1- Ragi (5) 2- Pulses (16) study of the agronomic partices. Red gram (5) Balck Gram(5) Bengal gram (6)

Theory Periods -(22) Establishment and maintencance of lawns(5) 4- production of Fruit crops (15) commercial cultivation of following crops 1- Mango -5 2- Banana -5 3- citrus -5

Theory Periods -(22) Principal of seed production (4) - Isolation distance- (2) - Rovging - (2) - Supplementary pollination (2) - maintanace of physical and genetic purity in realesed varites -(10)

Practical periods. (25) 5-participation in raising different methods of rice nurseries (8) 6- participation in rising seed bed of SRI paddy nurseries(6) 7- Participation in sed bed preparation for sowing ID crops(6) 8- seed rate and fertilizers calculation (5)

Practical periods. (25) 4- study of methods of irrgation in fruit crops(5) 5- Application of manures and fertilzers for mango/ citrus(6) 6- Identifcation and control of insect,pest, disease and special problems in Mango(7) 7- Identifcation and control of insect,pest, disease and special problems in Banana(6)

Practical periods. (25) 5- seed dormaney and methods of breaking seed doemancy(5) 6- seed physical puriety analysis(6) 7 - seed genetic puriety test(GOT) (7) 8- visit to seed processing plant (6)




Aug-15 O J T O J T O J T Sep-15 O J T O J T O J T

Oct-15 O J T O J T O J T

P a g e | 74

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods -(19) 3- oil seeds -(26) ogronomic parctiles of the following crops. - Ground nut (6) - Sunflower (5) - caster- (5)

Theory Periods -(19) 5.production of vegatablescrops (18) commercial cultivation of Tomato -(4) - lady finger(4) - Brinjal (4) - leafy vegatables(5)

Theory Periods -(19) 3- Seed production techniques of Hybid. Varieties -(20) - Rice -3 - Maize -2 3- seed prodcution techniques (continued) - Bajara -(2) - Sunflower -(3) - cotton- (4) - Ground nut (2) - black gram (2) - Red gram (2)

Practical periods. (23) 9- particiaption in fertilizer application and sowing the crops(7) 10- observation of seeding emergence and calculation of plant population per unit area for crop ground nut , Red gram , Jawar, and cotton (7) 11- Participation in pre emergence application of herbicides (6) (a) Atrazine for earler crops (b) Pendimethalin for oil seed crops.(3)

Practical periods. (23) 8- Identifcation and control of insect,pest, disease and special problems in citrus(7) 9- visit to fruit markets(6) 10 - Visit to vegatables farm to study the system of cultivation (7) 11. Identification of various vegetable seeds(3)

Practical periods. (23) 9- visit to seed testing laboratory (7) 10- seed packing and storage (7) 11- seed treatment techniques (7) 12.Visit to NSC and APSSDCL/Seed company

Assignment III Unit test II



Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods -(19) agronomic pratices of soil crops - safflower (5) 4- Fibres (14) organomic parcties of following crops - cotton (10) - Mesta (4)

Theory Periods -(19) 6. Production of flowers commercial cultivation of - Rose (5) - Jasmine (5) 7- Production of plantation crops (15) - commercial cultivation of the following crops. - cocunt (10)

Theory Periods -(19) 4. Seed certification (15) - processing (4) - seed drying (3) seed threshing(2) seed cleaning (2) seed treatment(2) seed storage (2)

P a g e | 75

Practical periods. (23) 12- Participation in enter cultivation and thinning operation(9) 13 - Participation in collection of biometric data(7) 14- Participation in earthing up in sugar cane and tobacc0(7)

Practical periods. (23) 11- Identification of various vegetables seeds(6) 12 - preparation of nursery beds and raising of seed lings(8) 13 -Application of manners and fertilizers for vegetable crops(9)

Practical periods. (23) 12- visit to NSC/ APSSDC seed company(7) 13 Rouging in Rice crop (8) 14 - Rouging and detaseeling in maize crop (8)




Jan-16 22 20 21

Theory Periods - 20 agronomic practices of following crops 5- Sugar cane (14) 6- Narcotics (10) Tobacco (2)

Theory Periods - 20 - popaya-(5) 8- production of spice crop (22) commercial cultivation of onion (6) commercial cultivation of the following crops

Theory Periods - 20 - valility , cigour (4) - facters influcing seed germination(3) - seed dormancy -(3) - methods of break dormancy (3)

Pre-final -1 23.01.2016 to 30.01.2016 Practical periods - 21 15- Estimation of gypsum requirement and application in Ground nut (5) 16- study of top dressing n & K fertilizer(6) 17- study and identification of nutrient deficiency symptoms in cotton/sugarcane/ ground nut/ rice(6) 18- Participation in propping up in sugarcane(2) 19collection or herbarium ‘& pests , diseases.

Practical periods - 21 14- identification of important insects pest, diseases and deficiency symptoms and their control(6) 15- Identification of commercial flowers(6) 16- Training and pruning in rose(5) 18- Application of manures and fertilizers of coconuts & cashew nut(2) 19- Visit to plantation crop fields(2)

Practical periods - 21 15- Rouging in Pulses(6) 16 - Rouging in castor 18. Seed certification procedure(5) 19. Visit to seed certification plots (5)

Feb-16 21 08

Theory Periods - 08 Tobacco (08)

Theory Periods - 08 - Turmeric (8)

Theory Periods - 08 - seed packing (3) - seed act (3) - intellectual property rights (2)

Revision / Final practicle IPE . 2016 Revision / Final practicle IPE . 2016 Revision / Final practicle IPE . 2016 Mar - 16 Revision / IPE 2016 Revision / IPE 2016 Revision / IPE 2016

P a g e | 76

DAIRYING Basic aim of the course DAIRYING is to impart following skills in student.

1. Recognizing of different cattle and buffalo breeds.

2. Preparation of quality feeds and to test quality

milk and milk products.

3. Vaccination of animal’s first aid and treatment of

basic health problems.

4. Artificial insemination techniques and pregnancy diagnosis.

5. Techniques in marketing of milk and milk products.

6. Milk collection and transportation.

7. Production of fodder crops.

P a g e | 77

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 DAIRYING :: COURSE CODE: 106 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of working

days/ No.of periods

Theory/ No of periods

practical

Animal Production and Management (Theory Paper-I)

Feeds and feeding of Animals (Theory Paper-II)

Animal Health (Theory Paper-III)

June 2015 25 23 21

Theory periods:23 Introduction –Confirmation Points.(5) 1.1Livestock Statics.(1) 1.2Role of livestock in Indian Economy.(2)

1.3 Common terms used in Farm Animal management.(1) 1.4External body parts of dairy animal, sheep& goat (1) 2.Breeds of dairy cattle and Buffalos (15) 2.1 Definition of breed-classification of cattle breeds.(3) 2.2 Indian breeds of dairy cattle.(4) 2.3 Exotic breeds.(4) 2.4 Indian buffalo breeds(4) 3. Breeding of dairy animals and farm records (15) 3.1 Selection methods of animals.(3)

Theory Periods:23 1. Digestive System: [10] 1.1. Digestive system of ruminants.(5) 1.2. Digestion of carbohydrates, Proteins & Fats in ruminants .(5) 2. Common Feeds and Fodders: [20] 2.1. a) Classification of Nutrients and their role in Animal nutrition - water, crude fiber, ether extract, Proteins, Minerals Vitam ins and Nitrogen free extract .(4) b) Importance of analysis (proximate) of feeds.(4) 2.2. Classification of Feeds a) Roughages-Leguminous, Non leguminous - green & dry.(2) b) Concentrates - Energy and Protein Feeds.(1) c) Feed Supplements - Minerals and Vitamins(1) d) Feed additives - Hormones and antibiotics (1)

Theory Periods:23 1. Health [9] 1.1. Definitions of health and disease.(2) 1.2. Signs of health and ill health .(2) 1.3. Recording body temperature, pulse and respiration rates.(2) 1.4. Normal values of body temperature, pulse and respiration rates.(3) 2. First aid [10] 2.1. Definition of first aid and its principles (1) 2.2. Attending to traumatic condition .(1) 2.3. Attending to poisoning cases .(1) 2.4. Attending to obstetrical difficulties.(2) 2.5. First aid to burns and scalds.(2) 2.6. Attending to fracture.(1) 2.7. First aid kit.(1) 2.8. First aid during natural calamities .(1) 3. Bacterial diseases [20] 3.1. Classification of dairy animal diseases – Bact erial, viral, protozoal, helmenthic, metabolic. (2) 3.2 Anthrax (2)

Animal Production and Management (Practical Paper-I)

Feeds and feeding of Animals (Practical Paper-II)

Animal Health (Practical Paper-III)

P a g e | 78

PRACTICALS (21) 1.Confirmation points of different animals (10) 1.1.Confirmation points of cow.(2) 1.2.Confirmation points of bull.(2) 1.3.Confirmation points of sheep.(3) 1.4.Confirmation points of goat. (3) 2.Breeds (15) 2.1.Identification of Cattle breeds.(4) 2.2.Identification of Buffalo breeds.(3) 2.3.Identification of sheep breeds.(4)

PRACTICALS( 21) 1.Digestive system [10] 1.Sketch diagram of digestive system of cattle. (3) 1.2Sketch diagram of digestive system of sheep(3) 1.3Sketch diagram of digestive system of goat (4) 2.Common Feeds [15] 2.1Identification of common feed ingredients.(2) 2.2Identification of common unconventional ingredients.(3) 2.3Identification of feed supplements.(3) 2.4 Identification of feed additives .(3)

PRACTICALS (21) 1. Health [10]. 1.1Recording body temperature , pulse and respiration rates .(6) 1.2.Identification of sick animals .(5) 2.First Aid.[15] 2.1Study of first aid kit.(5) 2.2Maintenance of first aid kit.(6)

ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods:23 3.2 Culling of animals.(2) 3.3. Economic characters in dairy cattle.(3) 3.4. Systems of breeding ,Inbreeding and Cross breeding.(4) 3.5. State and National breeding policies for enhancing milk production.(3) 4.Housing of dairy animals [15] 4.1. Selection of site for dairy Farm (5) 4.2. Systems of housing-loose, housing system – conventional dairy barn.(6)

Theory Periods:23 2.3. Importance of unconventional feeds.(2) 2.4. Composition of Commonly used Feeds and Fodders.(5) 3. Formulation of Rations: [20] 3.1. Definition of Ration and Feeding Standards.(3) 3.2. Desirable Characters of Good ration.(3) 3.3. Thumb rules of Feeding Cattle and Buffalos, sheep and goat.(4) 3.4. Principles Formulation of rations for different classes of animals.(3) 3.5. Formulation of milk replacer and calf starter.(3)

Theory Periods:23 3.3. Black Quarte (1). 3.4 Brucellosis.(1) 3.5. Vibriosis.(2) 3.6. Haemorrhagic septicaemia(2) 3.7. Tuberculosis.(1) 3.8. Johnes disease (1) 3.9. Leptospirosis.(1) 3.10. Listeriosis.(1) 3.11. Contagious bovine pleuropneumonia.(1) 3.12. Tetanus .(1) 3.13. Calf diseases.(1) 3.14. Common bacterial diseases of sheep and goat (1) 3.15. Mastitis.(1) 3.16. Pneumonia.(1) 4. Viral diseases [15] 4.1. Rinderpest.(3) 4.2. Foot and mouth disease .(4)

P a g e | 79

Practical periods:: 23 2.4.Identification of goat breeds.(4) 3. Breeding of animals[15] 3.1Selection of cow and buffalo by score card method. (3) 3.2. Culling of animals. (3) 3.3.Working of Inbreeding programmes.(3) 3.4.Working of crossbreedin programmes(4) 3.5.Working of grading up programmes.(3) 4.Housing of animals [15] 4.1.Floor plans for loosed housing system(4)

Practical periods:: 23 2.5Identification of Agro-industrial by products.(4) 3.Formulation of rations [20] 3.1.Thumb rules of feeding cattle and buffalos(4) 3.2.Formulation of milk replacer and calf starter(4) 3.3.Formulation of ration for milch animals(3) 3.4.Formulation of ration for pregnant animals (3) 3.5.Formulation of ration for dry animals.(3) 3.6.Formulation of ration for work animals .(2)

Practical periods:: 23 2.3 (a)First aid to burns , and scalds .(4) Specimens Collection [25] 3.1.Collection of various specimens for examination .(7) 3.2. Collection of dung sample .(6) 3.3.Collection of Blood.(6)

ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II ASSIGNMENT-II AUG-2015 23 20 19

Unit Test-I Theory Periods:20 4.3Cleaning and Sanitation in dairy farm.(4) . 5. Care and management of dairy animals [20] 5.1. Care and management of calf.(4) 5.2. Care and management of heifer.(4) 5.3. Care and management of milk animal.(4) 5.4. Care and management of dry and pregnant animal.(4)

Unit Test-I Theory Periods:20 3.6. Formulation of concentrate feed.(4) 4. Feeding of Animal.[20] 4.1. Importance of Feeding in dairy animal production.(2) 4.2. Feeding of newly born calf.(2) 4.3. Feeding of calf up to 1 year age.(2) 4.4. Feeding of Heifer.(2) 4.5. Feeding of milch and pregnant animal.(2) 4.6. Feeding of Dry animal.(2) 4.7. Feeding newly calved cows and Buffalos .(2) 4.8. Feeding of animals during drought and cyclone.(2)

Unit Test-I Theory Periods:20 4.3. Rabies.(2) 4.4. Cow pox.(2) 4.5. Common Viral diseases of sheep and goat.(4) 5. Protozoan diseases [15] 5.1. Anaplasmosis.(3) 5.2. Babesiosis.(3) 5.3. Theileriasis.(2 ) 5.4. Trypanosomiasis.(2) 5.5. Leishmaniasis(2)

P a g e | 80

Practical periods:: 19 4.2.Floor plans for conventional system (.2) 4.3Floor plans for single row, double row, face to face and tail system.(2) 4.4.Housing for sheep.(2) 4.5.Housing for goat.(3) 4.6.Cleaning and sanitation of animal sheds(2). 5.Care and management of Dairy animals [20] 5.1.Management of Calf.(4) 5.2.Management of heifer.(4)

Practical periods:: 19 3.6 Formulation of ration for work animals(1) 4.Feeding of animals [20] 4.1.Feeding of new born animals.(4) 4.2.Feeding of pregnant animals.(4) 4.3.Feeding of milch animals.(4) 4.4.Feeding of dry animals.(4) 4.5.Feeding during cyclone.(2)

Practical periods::19 3.3.Collection of Blood.(4) 3.4.Collection of milk samples (.5) 4.Laboratory Examination 4.1.Operation of compound microscope.(5) 4.2.Examination of blood smear.(4) 4.3.Preparation of blood smear.(1)

ASSINMENT-III UNIT TEST-II



SEP-2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods:20 5.5. Care and management of bulls and bullocks.(4) Activities in the dairy farm [15] 6.1. Dairy farm routine.(2) 6.2. Restraining methods of dairy animal.(2) 6.3. Dentition and ageing of animals.(2) 6.4. Methods of Identification of dairy cattle.(2) 6.5. Records to be maintained in a dairy farm.(1) 6.6. Common vices of dairy animals.(1) 6.7. Weaning of calf.(2) 6.8. Castration and dehorning.(2) 6.9. Deworming and vaccination program.(1) 7. Reproductive system - Artificial Insemi-Nation [20] 7.1. Reproductive organs of cow and

Theory Periods:20 4.9. Feeding of different Classes of Sheep.(2) 4.10. Feeding of different Classes of Goat.(2) 5. Quality control of feeds [15] 5.1. Procurement and storage of feed ingredients.(2) 5.2. Methods of detection of Feed Adulterants .(2) 5.3. Quality control of finished feed.(2) 5.4. Packing and forwarding of feeds.(2) 5.5. Storage of concentrates - space requirement.(2) 5.6. Cleaning and Fumigation of stores(2) 5.7. Use of Pesticides in feed stores to control Biological Agents.(2) 5.8. Spoilage of feeds during storage.(2)

Theory Periods:20 5.6. Coccidiosi.(1) 5.7. Amaebiasis (2) 6. Helminthic and External parasitic diseases (10) 6.1. Round worms.(2) 6.2. Tape worms .(2) 6.3. Liver flukes.(1) 6.4. Flies.(1) 6.5. Ticks and mites.(2) 6.6. Common helminthic and external parasites of Sheep and goat.(2) 7. Mycotic diseases [8] . 7.1. Ring worm.(3) 7.2. Actinomycosis.(4)

P a g e | 81

bull.(1) Practical periods:: 19

5.3.Management of milch animal.(3) 5.4.Management of dry and pregnant animal.(3) 5.4.Management of dry and pregnant animal.(3) 5.5.Management of bull and bullock.(2) 5.6.Management of different classes of sheep.(2) 5.7.Management of different classes of goat.(2) 6.Activities in dairy farm [20] 6.1.Feeding of colostrums of calf.(2) 6.2.Weaning of calf .(1) 6.3.Deworming.(1) 6.4.Vaccination schedule for dairy animal.(1) 6.5.Vaccination schedule for sheep.(1) 6.6.Vaccination schedule for goat.(1)

Practical periods::19 4.6.Feeding of draught period.(2) 5. Quality control of feeds [15] 5.1.Sampling of feed ingredients for examination.(4) 5.2.Detection of adultrants in feed ingredients.(4) 5.3.Quality control tests for feed ingredients.(4) 5.4.Identification of spoiled feed ingredients.(3) 6.Feed Plant [20] 6.1.Grinding of feed ingredients.(2)

Practical periods:: 19 4.4.Examination of blood smear.(4) 4.5.Examination of milk sample for mastitis.(4) 4.6.Examination of skin scraping.(4) 5. Preparation of Medicines[15] 5.1.Preparation of ointments.(7)

ASSIGNMENT -IV UNIT TEST-III



OCT-2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods:12 7.1. Reproductive organs of cow and bull.(1) 7.2. Oestrous cycle - symptoms of heat.(2) 7.3 A.I. Advantages- Disadvantages.(2) 7.4Collection of semen and evalution.(2) 7.5.Insemination methods.(2) 7.6 Embriotrnsfer Technology – Advantages and Disadvantages.(3)

Theory Periods:12 6. Feed plant 6.1. Methods of purchasing, procurement of feeding.(redients and their physical evaluation .(2) 6.2. Grinding of Feed ingredients – Equipment.(3) 6.3.Mixing of feed ingredients, equipment.(3) 6.4.Pelleting process-Advantages and Dis -advantages.(4)

Theory Periods:12 7.3. Aspergellosi.(1) 8. Production & Systemic diseases[8] 8.1. Bloat .(2) 8.2. Ketosis.(2) 8.3. Milk fever.(2) 8.4. Downer Cow syndrome.(1) 8.5. Enteritis. (1) 9. Reproductive disorders [20] 9.1. Anaestrum .(3)

Practical periods:: 14 6.7.Castration.(1)

Practical periods::14 6.2.Mixing of feed ingredients.(2)

Practical periods:: 14 5.1.Preparation of ointments.(3)

P a g e | 82

6.8.Dehorning,Deticking in sheepand goat.(2) 6.9.Groomingand washing of animals.(1) 6.10 Animal Restraining methods (1) 6.11Prepation of animals for shows.(1) 6.12Farm routine.(1) 6.13 Study of farm records.(1) 6.14.Clean milk production steps.(2) 6.15.Observation of dention and ageing of animals.(1) 6.16.Identification methods for animals.(2) 7.Reproductive System and A.I [20] 7.1 Reproductive organs female animal (1)

6.3 Prepation of mash feed.(2) 6.3 Preparation of mash feed.(2) 6.4 packing and labeling of feeds (2) 6.5 clearing and fumigation of feed stores[2] 6.6 prepareation of urea molasses, salt bricks (3) 6.7 Vist to feed plant (3)

5.2.Preparation of tonics/ mixtures.(8) 6.Special Techniques [20] 6.1.Practicing subcutaneous injection.(2) 6.2 practing intramuscular injection (2) 6.3 Practing intravenous injection (2)

October 2015 23

Half yearly examinations (3-10-2015 to 9-10-2015)



November 2015 23

ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT)

Dec 2015 24

ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT)

January 2016 24 20 18

Theory Periods:20 7.7. Frozen semen-method and Preservation.(2) 7.8.Pregnancy diagnosis.(2) 7.9.Parturition-Assistance and other precautions.(3) 8.Lactation.15 8.1.Mammary gland, structure and development.(3) 8.2.Lactogenisis and galactopoeises.(3) 8.3Milk let down(.3) 8.4.Milking methods.(4)

Theory Periods:20 6.5.Compounding of feeds- objectives-Advantages.(2) 7. Fodder production[20] 7.1 Study of soils for fodder production.(3) 7.2Importance of green fodder feeding for economic milk production.(3) 7.3. Crop rotation.(2) 7.4 Study of different forage farm equipment ploughing, Harrowing,planking,etc.(3) 7.5.General principles of irrigation,fertilizers,requirement in fodder production.(3) 7.6. Cultivation practices of :( 4)

Theory Periods:20 9.2. Dystocia.(2) 9.3 Retained placenta.(3) 9.4 Endometrittis.(3) 9.5.Pyometra.(3) 9.6.Infertility-causesand prevention.(3) 9.7.Other diseases associated with reproduction.(3) 10. Prevention of diseases (20) 10.1.Surveillance of animal diseases.(3) 10.2 Out break reports.(2)

P a g e | 83

a. Legume Annuals - cow pea, sunhemp, pillipesera, Berseem b. Legume Perennial - Lucern, field beans c. Non legume Anual - Jowar, Maize, Bajra etc. d. Non legume Perennial - Para, Guinea, Hybrid Napier e. Legume pasture - Stytosps, Siratro etc. f. Non legume pasture - Anjan grass, rhodes etc. g. Fodder trees - Subabul, Avisa, Hedge lucernetc.

Practical periods:: 18 3.1 Reproductive organs of female animal

(2) 3.2 Reproductive orgns of male animal (3) 3.3 Preparation and study of artificial

vagina(2) 3.4 Sterilization of A.I. equipment (2) 3.5 Demonstration of semen collection

methods (2) 3.6 Examination of semen (2) 3.7 Maintenance of A.I. records (2) 3.8 Practicing of A.I. (2) 3.9 Study of obstetrical equipment (1)

Practical periods:: 18 4.8 Vist to markets to know prices and

quality of ingredients. (4) 7.Fodder production (20) 7.1 Study of soil types (2) 7.2 Study of forage farm implements / equipments (2) 7.3 Application of fertilizers (2) 7.4 Irrigation of fodder crops (2) 7.5 weeding of fodder croops (3) 7.6 Hervesting of fodder crops (3)

Practical periods:: 18 6.4 Practining drenching (2) 6.5 Attending to fractures (2) 6.6 Attending obstetrical difficulties (2) 6.7 Attending to poisoning cases (2) 6.8 Practing of wound dressing(3) 6.9 Attending traumatic condition (3) 7.Vaccination[25] 7.1 Preparation of list of diseases that may occur In different seasons.(2) 7.2Preparation of out break report.(2)

Feb 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods:17 8.5.Sources of milkcontamination-steps in clean milk production.(2) 9.Sheep,Goat Production and Management.15 9.1. Important sheep and goat breeds.(3) 9.2.Housing for sheepand Goat.(3) 9.3.Breeding of sheep and goat.(3) 9.4Mmanagement of different classes of sheep and goat.(3)

Theory Periods:17 7.7Silvi pastures-Hortipasteures-(2) 8. Fodder Conservation [15] 8.1. Chaffing of fodders - Advantages – Disadvantages.(2) 8.2. Improvement of low quality roughages and non conventional feeds–urea paddy straw treatment .(2) 8.3. Aims of Fodder conservation -

Theory Periods:17 10.3 Action plan for prevention of diseases for different seasons.(2) 10.4 Isolation.(2) 10.5 Qurantine.(2) 10.6.Vaccination for dairy animals sheep and goat (2) 10.7.Deworming –cattles,sheeo and goat.(2) 10.8. Disinfection. (2) 10.9.Disposal of Carcasses.(2)

P a g e | 84

9.5.Health Management of sheep and goat.(3)

Advantages and disadvantages .(2) 8.4. Design of silage pit.(1) 8.5. Method of silage making .(2) 8.6. Importance of feeding silage to animals .(2) 8.7.Method of hay making.(2) 8.8Prepations of vermi-culture from compost.(2)

10.10.Action plan during disease out break.(1) 10.11. Sterilization of equipment hot/cold/chemical methods.(2)

Practical periods:: 21 7.9 study of obstetrical equipment. (1) 8. Lactation and milking methods [5] 8.1Hand milking.(2) 8.2.Clean milk production.(3) 9.Sheep and Goat production and management[15] 9.1.General management for Sheep and Goat.(5) 9.2.Weaning of lamb and kid.(5) 9.3Management of different classes of sheep and goat.(5)

Practical periods:: 21 7.7.Compost making.(2) 7.8Visit to fodder farm (2) 7.9.Visit to grass lands. (2) 8.Fodder conservation [15] 8.1.Chaffing of fodder .(4) 8.2.Forage farm records.(4) 8.3 silage prepation.(4) 8.4.Hay making.(3)

Practical periods:: 21 7.3 preparation of vaccination programmes (3) 7.4 Publicity for vaccination programmes.(3) 7.5 Vaccine indent and transport.(2) 7.6 Maintenance of vaccine storage.(2) 7.7.practicing vaccine.(1) 7.8.Attending to vaccine recated animals.(1)

March 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 85

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 DAIRYING CODE: 106 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of working days/ No. of

periods Theory/No of

periods Practical

Quality Control Of Milk And Processing (Theory Paper-1)

Milk Products (Theory Paper-2)

Dairy Economics Extension & Entrepreneurship (Theory Paper-3)

June 2015 25/ 22/ 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.COMPOSITION OF MILK (8) 1.1 Composition Of Milk, Pfa Designated

Milks (2) 1.2 Composition Of Milk From Different

Species (2) 1.3 Detailed Composition Of Milk (2) 1.4 Factors Affecting Composition Of Milk

(2) 2. PHYSICO CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF MILK(9) 2.1 Colour And Flavour (1) 2.2 Ph And Acidity (2) 2.3 Specific Gravity Of Milk (1) 2.4 Freezing And Boiling Point (1) 2.5 Viscosity and surface tension (2) 2.6 Off-flavours (2) 3. ADULTRANTS AND PRESERVATIVES(8) 3.1 Common Adultrants In Milk Their Detection (3) 3.2 Common Preservatives In Milk Their Detection (2)

Theory Periods: 22 1. LIQUID MILKS(16) 1.1 Flavoured Milks(2) 1.2 Sterlised Milks(1) 1.3 Toned Milks(1) 1.4 Double Toned Milks(2) 1.5 Recombined Milks(2) 1.6 Reconstituted Milks(2) 1.7 Standerdised Milk(2) 1.8 Irradiated Milks(2) 1.9 Humanisation Of Milk(2) 2. FAT RICH PRODUCTS (16) 2.CREAM (06) 2.1.1 Definition, Composition And

Types Of Cream (2) 2.1.2 Methods- Gravity And

Centrifugal(2) 2.1.3 Factors Affecting Cream

Seperation(2)

Theory Periods: 22 1.DAIRY ECONOMICS(15) 1.1 Scope And Importance Of Principles Of Economics In Dairying(1) 1.2 Economic Viability For Different Size Of Dairy Enterprises(2) 1.3 Economic Principles Involved To Enhance Benifits In Dairying(2) 1.4 Economic Instiutions Supporting Dairy Development Programs (3) 1.5 Projects Repots To Be Submitted For Financial Institutions For 2,10,50 And 100 Animal Dairy farms (4) 1.6 Project Reports For 5,000ltrs Processing Centers(3) 2. MLK PROCUREMENT(14) 2.1 Systems Of Milk Collection (2) 2.2 Sysytems Of Milk Pricing(3) 2.3 Principles Involved In Pricing Of Milk

Products(2)

P a g e | 86

Quality Control Of Milk And Processing (Practical Paper-1) Practical Periods: 23 1.SAMPLING TECHNIQUES(10) 1.1sampling Of Milk For Physical And Chemical Examination(3) 1.2 Platform Tests For Milk(3) 1.3 Sampling Of Milk For Microbiological Analysis(4) 2. PHYSICOCHEMICAL QUALITY CONTROL TEST (25) 2.1 Fat Tests By Greber,S Method(3) 2.2 Determination Of Specific Gravity Of Milk By Lacto Meter(3) 2.3 Determination of Titratable Acidity In Milk(3) 2.4 Sediment Test(3) 2.5 Clots On Boiling(1)

Milk Products (Practical Paper-2) Practical Periods: 23 1.LIQUID MILK(17) 1.1 Preparation Of Pasteurised Flavoured Milk(3) 1.2 Preparation Of Sterlised Flavoured Milk(3) 1.3 Preparation Of Toned Milk(3) 1.4 Preparation Of Double Toned Milk(2) 1.5 Preparation Of Recombined Milk(2) 1.6 Preparation Of Reconstituted Milk(2) 1.7 Preparation Of Standardised Milk(2) 2. Fat Rich Products(17) 2.1 Syudy Of Cream Separator (2) 2.2 Cream Separation(2) 2.3 Desi Method Of Butter Preparation(2)

Dairy Economics Extension & Entrepreneurship (Practical Paper-3) Practical periods: 23 1.Dairy Economics (13) 1.1 Preparation Of Project Reports For 2.10,50 And Animal Unit(4) 1.2 Preparation Of Project Reports For 5000 And 50000 Litres Unit(3) 1.3 Calculation Of Cost Of Milk Production (3) 1.4 Calculation Of Cost Of Milk Products (3) 2. Milk Procurements (13) 2.1 Working On Various Systems Of Milk Pricing(5) 2.2 Planning Of Milk Collection (5)

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 3.3 Adultration Of Buffalo Milk With Cow Milk Hansa Test (1) 3.4 Effects Of Adultrants And Preservation On Human Health(2) 4. MICROBIOLOGY OF MILK(8) 4.1 Types Of Micro Organisms Present In Milk (2) 4.2 Milk Borne Diseases (2) 4.3 Microbial Standards Of Raw And Pasteurised Milk (2) 4.4 Microbial Spoilage Of Milk(2) 5. ESTIMATION OF MICROBES IN MILK(10) 5.1 MBRT And RRT Tests (2)

Theory Periods: 22 2.2 BUTTER(4) 2.2.1 Definition, Composition And Legal Standards(1) 2.2.2 Methods Of Manufacture Desi Method(1) 2.2.3 Creamery Method Of Butter Preparation(1) 2.2.4 Types And Uses Of Butter(1) 2.3 Ghee(6) 2.3.1 Definition , Composition And Legal Standards(1) 2.3.2 Desi Method Of Ghee Preparation(1) 2.3.3 Preparation Of Ghee From Cream(2) 2.3.4 Prestratification Method(1)

Theory Periods: 22 2.4 Planing for milk collection and transportation routes(3) 2.5 Measures To Enhance Milk Collection During Lean Season(2) 2.6 Strategies For Improvement In Collection Comparing With Competitors(2) 3. Dairy Development Programmes:(14) 3.1 Various Dairy Development Programmes Available(2) 3.2 White Revolution Aims Impact On Economy Of Rural People(2) 3.3 Operation Flood Different Phases Aims And Achievements(2) 3.4 National Technology Mission For Dairy

P a g e | 87

5.2 Direct Microscopic Count Dmc Test (2) 5.3 Standard Plate Count (2) 5.4 Coliform Count (2) 5.5 Yeast And Mould Count (1) 5.6 Tests For Pathogenic Bacteria Of Milk (2) 6. Milk Reception (11) 6.1 Milk Collection (1)

2.3.5 Agmark Grading(1) 3. Ice Cream(13) 3.1 Definition And Composition Legal Standards(2) 3.2 Classification Of Ice Cream(2) 3.3 Figuring Of Ice Cream(2) 3.4 Method Of Manufacture Of Ice Cream(2) 3.5 Role Of Ingredients In Ice Cream(2) 3.6 Overrun In Ice Cream(2)

Development(2) 3.5 Milk Mission In A.P.(2) 3.6 Role Of Voluntary Organisatios In Dairy Development(2) 3.7 Concept Of Socio Economic And Cultural Changes For Dairying Programmes(2) 4. Dairy Cooperatives(15) 4.1 History Of Cooperative Movement In India (1)

Practical Periods: 25 2.6 Platform Test(4) 2.7 Detection Of Adultration In Milk(4) 2.8 Detection Of Preservatives In Milk(4) 3. Microbiological Quality Test (25) 3.1 Methylene Blue Reduction (Mbr) Test(5) 3.2 Resazurin Test (4) 3.3 Standard Plate Count(4)

Practical Periods: 25 2.4 Creamy Method Of Butter Preparation(3) 2.5 Desi Method Of Ghee Preparation(3) 2.6 Creamy Method Of Ghee Preparation (3) 2.7 Study Of Agmark Labeling Of Ghee (2) 3. Ice Cream (17) 3.1 Study Of Ingredients For Ice Cream(4) 3.2 Figuring Of Ice Cream(5) 3.3 Ice Cream Preparation(5)

Practical Periods: 25 2.3 Planning For Transportation Routes (3) 3. Dairy Developmental Programmes

(10) 3.1 Survey For Selection Of Milk Shed

Area(2) 3.2 Report On Milk Shed Area Survey(3) 3.3 Study Of Dairy Animal Insurance

Forms(2) 3.4 Procedure For Claiming Insurance

Benefits(3) 4. Dairy Cooperatives(13) 4.1 Visit To Village Milk Cooperative

Soceity(4) 4.2 Visit To District Milk Union(4) 4.3 Records Maintained In Milk Societies

(4) Assignment-II Unit test-I



Aug 2015/23 OJT OJT OJT

P a g e | 88

Sep 2015/23 OJT

OJT OJT

Oct 2015/23 OJT OJT OJT

Half yearly examinations (3.10.2015 to 9.10.2015)



Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods:19 6.1Milk Transportation(1) 6.2 Methods Of Milk Preservation(3) 6.3 Milk Reception At Dock (4) 6.4 Milk Chilling Methods And Storage(2) 7. Filtration And Cream Seperation(12) 7.1 Milk Filtration Method(2) 7.2 Milk Clarofication(2) 7.3 Cream Seperation Methods (2) 7.4 Cream Separator Parts And Arrangements Of Parts(3)

Theory Periods: 19 3.7 Softy Ice Cream(1) 4 .Fermented Milk Products(16) 4.1 Starter Cultures Importance Of Types(2) 4.2 Classification Of Fermented Milks(2) 4.3 Dahi Srik Method(2) 4.4 Yoghurt(2) 4.5 Classification Of Cheese Varieties(2) 4.6 Cheddar Cheese(2) 4.7 Cottage Cheese(2) 4.8 Processed Cheese(2) 5. Concentrated And Dried Milks(15) 5.1 Classification Of Concentrated Milks (2)

Theory Periods:19 4.2 Cooperative Movement In Dairy Industry(2) 4.3 Milk Cooperatives Anand Pattern(2) 4.4 Aims And Functioning Of Village Milk Cooperative Society(2) 4.5 Structure And Activities Of District Milk Union(2) 4.6 Role Of State Milk Cooperative Federations(2) 4.7 Records And Registers In Milk A Society (1) 4.8 Coordination With Other Institutions Concerned With Dairy Development (2) 4.9 Insurance Of Dairy Animal And Processing Center(1) 5. Marketing: (11) 5.1 Principles Of Marketting (2) 5.2 Marketting Of Dairy Animals(1) 5.3 Marketing Plans For Liquid Milks(2)

P a g e | 89

Practical Periods:23 3.4 Direct Microscopic (Dmc) Test(4) 3.5 Coliforns Count(4) 3.6 Yeast And Moulds(4) 4. Unit Operations In Milk Processing(25) 4.1 Study Of Activities At Reception Dock (2) 4.2 Chilling Of Milk Plate Chiller And Farm Milk Cooler(3) 4.3 Study Of Filters And Clarifiers(2) 4.4 Study Of Cream Seperator Parts Assembling(2) 4.5 Seperation Of Cream(2)

Practical Periods:23 3.4 Softy Ice Cream Preparation(4) 4.Fermented Milk Products(14) 4.1 Dahi Preparation(4) 4.2 Srikhand Preparation(5) 4.3 Cottage Cheese Preparation(5) 5. Concentrated And Dried Milks(14) 5.1 Study Of Condensed Milk(6)

Practical Periods:23 4.3 Records Maintained In Milk Societies

(1) 5.Marketing(18) 5.1 Planning For Marketing Of Liquid Milk(4) 5.2 Survey For Consumer Demand And Satisfaction(4) 5.3 Planning For Advertisement(4) 5.4 Feedback From Consumer(3) 5.5 Development Of Strategies Of Feed Back (3) 6. Dairy Accounts(13) 6.1 Maintenance Of Financial Records And Registers(4)

UNIT TEST 3/ ASSIGNMENT 3 UNIT TEST 3/ ASSIGNMENT 3 UNIT TEST 3/ ASSIGNMENT 3 Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 7.5 Factors Affecting Efficiency Of Cream Seperator(1) 7.6 Milk Standardisation For Fat And Snf Procedure(2) 8. Heat Treatment To Milk(17) 8.1 Pasteurisation Definition Objectives, Advantages And Disadvantages(2) 8.2 Types Of Pasteurisation(2) 8.3 Batch Pasteurisation(2) 8.4 Htst Pasteurisation(3) 8.5 Uht Pasteurisation(2) 8.6 Sterlization Of Milk(2) 8.7 Homogenisation Of Milk Definition Advantages And Disadvantages(3)

Theory Periods: 19 5.2 Preparation Od Condensed Milk(3) 5.3 Preparation Of Evaporated Milks(3) 5.4 Dreid Milks Definition Types And Standards(3) 5.5 Drum Dried Power(2) 5.6 Spray Dried Milk Power(2) 6. Indegenous Milk Products(14) 6.1 Classification Of Indegenous Milk Products With Examples(2) 6.2 Khoa(2) 6.3 Khoa Based Sweets(2)

Theory Periods:19 5.4 Strategy For Market Promotion(2) 5.5 Role Of Advertisement For Market Promotion (1) 5.6 Analysis Of Consumer Demand And Acceptance(1) 5.7 Role Of Salesman And Marketing Personalities In Marketing Of Dairy Products(2) 6.Dairy Accounts(10) 6.1 General Principles Of Account Keeping(2) 6.2 Single And Double Entry System(2) 6.3 Various Records Pertaining To Financial Aspects(2) 6.4 Preparation Of Balance Sheet(2) 6.5 Auditing(2) 7. Dairy Extension(16) 7.1 Role Of Extension In Dairy

P a g e | 90

Development(2) 7.2 Dairy Extension Methods(1)

Practical:23 4.6 Study Of HTST Passteuriser(3) 4.7 Packing Of Milk Bottles And Cans(2) 4.8 Packing Of Milk Sachets(3) 4.9 Preparation Of Sterilized Milk Batch Method(2) 4.10 Study Of Tetra Packing(2) 4.11 Cleaning And Sanitisation Of Dairy Equipment(2) 5. Steam And Refrigeration(15) 5.1 Study Of Milk Sterilizer(5) 5.2 Study Of Boilers(4)

Practical:23 5.2 Study Of Evaporated Milk(4) 5.3 Study Of Dried Milks(4) 6. Ingredients In Milk Products(16) 6.1 Khoa Preparation(2) 6.2 Peda Preparation(1) 6.3 Burfi Preparation(1) 6.4 Kalakand Preparation(1) 6.5 Gulab Jamun Preparation(2) 6.6 Preparation Of Chana(1) 6.7 Preparation Of Sandesh(2) 6.8 Preparation Of Rosogolla(2) 6.9 Preparation Of Panner(2) 6.10 Preparation Of Kheer(1)

Practicals:23 6.2 Preparation Of Balance Sheet(5) 6.3 Audit Systems(4) 7. Dairy Extension(22) 7.1 Preparation Of Extension Of Teaching Materials Such As Posters, Charts, Bulletins And Models Etc.(4) 7.2 Oranisation Of Milk Producers Meeting(4) 7.3 Planning For Farmer’s Training(3) 7.4 Planning For Organisation Of Cattle Shows(3)

UNIT TEST 4/ ASSIGNMENT 4 UNIT TEST 4/ ASSIGNMENT 4 UNIT TEST 4/ ASSIGNMENT 4 Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 8.8 Packing Of Milk And Storage(1) 9.Cleaning And Sanitization(15) 9.1 Detergents And Sanitizers Desirable Charecters(2) 9.2 Common Detergents And Sanitizers Used Dairy Plant(3) 9.3 Cleaning And Sanitization Methods Hand Machine And Cip Systems(3) 9.4 Cleaning And Sanitization Of Cans Types Of Can Washers(2) 9.5 Cleaning And Sanitization Of Htst Pasteurizer And Other Equipment(3) 9.6 Dairy Effluents Treatment Measures(2) 10. Steam And Refrigeration(12) 10.1 Properties Of Steam(1) 10.2 Steam Boilers Types Water Tube And

Theory Periods: 20 6.4 Channa(1) 6.5 Channa Based Sweets(2) 6.6 Paneer(2) 6.7 Kheer(1) 6.8 Kulfi(2) 7. Dairy By Products(11) 7.1 Classification Of Dairy By Products(3) 7.2 Skim Milk Utilisation(2) 7.3 Whey Utilisation(2) 7.4 Butter Milk Utilisation(2) 7.5 Ghee Residue Utilisation(2) 8. Packing And Storage Of Milk Products(9) 8.1 Definition Objectives Of Packing(1)

Theory Periods: 20 7.3 Role Of Audiovisuals In Dairy Development(3) 7.4 Selection Of Extension Methods For Effective Transfer Technology(2) 7.5 Communications Process Aims(2) Objectives And Problems(2) 7.6 Role Of Information Technology In Dairy Extension(2) 7.7 Organisations Of Training Programmes Cattle Shows Exhibitions Etc.(2) 7.8 Evaluation Of Training Programmes (2) 8.Dairy Entrepreneurship (15) 8.1 Entrepreneur His Behaviour(2) 8.2 Dairying As Self Employment(3) 8.3 Entrepreneur Cycle For Dairying(2)

P a g e | 91

Fire Tube(2) 10.3 Steam Requirements In Dairy(1) Practical Periods: 21 5.3 Study Of Refrigeration Plant(3) 5.4 Study Of Bulk Milk Cooler(3) 6. Visits(15) 6.1 Visit To Milk Chilling Center(4) 6.2 Visit To Milk Products Factory(4) 6.3 Study Of Milk Collection(3) 6.4 Study Of Milk Transportation(4)

Practical Periods: 21 6.11 Preparation Of Kulfi(1) 7. Dairy By Products(10) 7.1 Preparation Of Flavoured Skim Milk (4) 7.2 Preparation Of Butter Milk(3) 7.3 Preparation Of Wheyvit(3) 8. Other Items (10) 8.1 Study Of Packing Materials(2) 8.2 Visit To Dairy Plants(2) 8.3 Survey Of Dairy Products Consumption(2) 8.4 Marketing Of Milk(2) 8.5 Marketing Of Milk Products(2)

Practical Periods: 21 7.5 Group Discussion For Dairy Development(3) 7.6 Handling Of Audio Visual Ads-Camera, OHP, Slide, Projector,T.V. And Multimedia (5) 8. Entrepreneurship(13) 8.1 Development Of Entrepreneurship Among Rural Youth(4) 8.2 Visits To Dairy Development Institutions(3) 8.3 Case Study Of Successful Dairy Farmer(3) 8.4 Case Study Of Successful Processing Unit(3)




Feb 2016 24 08

Theory:08 10.4 Direct And Indirect Refrigeration Systems(2) 10.5 Vapour Compression Cycle Compressor Types And Constructional Details(2) 10.6 Bulk Cooler Plate Chillers(2) 10.7 Common Problems In Refrigeration System And Remedies (2) Revision

Theory:08 8.2 Packing Materials(3) 8.3 Packing Of Milk Products(3) 8.4 Storage Of Milk Products Desirable Conditions(2) Revision

Theory:08 8.4 Entrepreneur Development For Rural Youth(3) 8.5 Programmes For Entrepreneurship Development In Dairying(3) 8.6 Risks In Self Employment And Remedies(2) Revision

Pre final examinations – 2 (2ndweek of Feb 2016)



March 2016 21

Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 92

FISHERIES Basic aim of course FISHERIES is to impart the following skills in the students.

1. Morphology and Anatomy of aquatic organisms.

2. Specimen preservation techniques.

3. Identification of seed stages of prawn and fish.

4. Construction and design of fish or prawn farms.

5. Water and soil analysis.

6. Aquatic foods – sea weeds – processing and preservation –

culture practices and management.

7. Aquarium preparation and management.

8. Fish or prawn culturist and seed supplier.

9. Cold storage supervisor.

10. Fish farm supervisor and lab technician.

P a g e | 93


FISHERIES: COURSE CODE: 107 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of

working days/ No. of

periods Theory/No of periods Practical

TAXONOMY, ECOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF FISHES

( Theory and Practical Paper I)

PRINCIPLES OF FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE

(Theory and Practical Paper II)

SEED PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY (Theory and Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1)Introduction to Taxonomy ,Ecology and Biology of Fishes(10) 1.1)Introduction to Taxonomy(5) 1.2)Introduction to Ecology and Biology of Fishes(5) 2)Introduction to Fish, Classification and General Characters of Fish and Prawn, Meristic Characters and measurements, Meristic counts(13) 2.1)Introduction to Fish(2) 2.2)Classification and General Characters of Fish(6) 2.3)Classification and General Characters of Prawn(5)

Theory Periods: 23 1)Introduction of aquaculture - History, Scope, Present status of Fisheries in India and A.P. , Export trends of aquatic products(10) 1.1)History, Scope, Present status of Fisheries in India(4) 1.2)History, Scope, Present status of Fisheries in telangana(4) 1.3)Export trends of aquatic products(2) 2)Types of aquaculture – fresh water, Brackish water, Mariculture(5) 2.1)Fresh water(2) 2.2)Brackish water(2) 2.3)Mariculture(1) 3)Culture System a)Open systems (Reservoir and large tanks) b)Semi-closed systems (Cages, Pens) c) Closed Systems (Ponds) d)Recirculatory systems(14) a)Open systems(Reservoir and large tanks)(5) b)Semi-closed systems (Cages, Pens)(3)

Theory Periods: 23 1)Introduction – Importance of seed, present status of fish, prawn and shrimp seed Production(10) 1.1)Importance of seed(1) 1.2) Present status of fish seed production(3) 1.3) Present status of prawn seed production(3) 1.4)Present status of shrimp seed Production(3) 2)Life cycle of fish, prawn, shrimp and crab, prawn and shrimp migration(18) 2.1)Life cycle of fish(4) 2.2)Life cycle of prawn(5) 2.3)Life cycle of shrimp(4)

P a g e | 94

Practical Periods: 21 1)Identification of fish and prawn (Museum Study) - Scoliodon, Torpedo, Exocetus, Hippocampus, Trygon , Amia, Anabas, Wallago, Oreochromis, Stromatius - Chanos, Etroplus, Amblypharyngodon, Ompok, Notopterus, Gobius, Puntius, Anguilla, Aurichthys Mastacembaus, Sardinella, Trichiuris, Xenantodon, pristis , Sphyrna , Glyptothorax , Arius, Lates, Mugil, Penaeus monodon, Penaeus indicus, Metapenaeus dobsoni, Macrobrachium molcomsonii, Macrobrachium rosenbergii(22) 1.1)Scoliodon, Torpedo, Exocetus, Hippocampus, Trygon(3) 1.2)Amia, Anabas, Wallago, Oreochromis, Stromatius(3) 1.3)Chanos, Etroplus, Amblypharyngodon, Ompok, Notopterus(3) 1.4)Gobius, Puntius, Anguilla, Aurichthys Mastacembaus(3) 1.5)Sardinella, Trichiuris, Xenantodon, pristis , Sphyrna(3) 1.6)Penaeus monodon, Penaeus indicus, Metapenaeus dobsoni, Macrobrachium molcomsonii, Macrobrachium rosenbergii(4)

Practical Periods:21 1)Identification of cultivable fishes - Major carps, Minor carps(21) 1.1)Major carps(10) 1.2)Minor carps(11)

Practical periods: 21 1)Identification of development stages of fish / prawn / shrimp(25) 1.1)Identification of development stages of fish(10) 1.2)Identification of development stages of prawn(11)


July 2015 26 23/ 23

Theory Periods: 23 2.4)Meristic Characters and measurements, Meristic counts(3) 3)Ecosystem – Introduction, Types, Pond, Reservoir, Estuarine and Marine, abiotic and biotic factors, energy flow, food chain and web, Trophic levels and ecological pyramids, productivity, Limnology, Phytoplankton,

Theory Periods: 23 c)Closed Systems (Ponds)(3) d)Recirculatory systems(3) 4)Cultivable fauna in aquaculture - Criteria for selection of fish, cultivable fishes, prawns, Lobsters, Crabs, Molluscs(15) 4.1) Criteria for selection of fish(2) 4.2) Cultivable fishes(3)

Theory Periods: 23 2 .4)Life cycle of crap(4) 2.5)Prawn and shrimp migration(2) 3)Seed resources in India – fish and shrimp seed resources (18) 3.1)Fish Seed resources in India(9) 3.2)Shrimp seed resources in india(9)

P a g e | 95

Zooplankton, Nekton, Periphyton and Benthos(14) 3.1)Introduction to Ecosystem(2) 3.2)Types of Pond, Reservoir, Estuarine and Marine, abiotic and biotic factors(2) 3.3)Energy flow(2) 3.4) food chain and web(2) 3.5)Trophic levels and ecological pyramids(2) 3.6)Productivity, Limnology(2) 3.7)Phytoplankton, Zooplankton, Nekton, Periphyton and Benthos(2) 4)Soil – Types, abiotic and biotic factors(10) 4.1)Soil Types(3) 4.2)Abiotic factors(3)

4.3)Prawns(3) 4.4)Lobsters(2) 4.4)Crabs(3) 4.5)Molluscs(2) 5)Cultivable flora in Aquaculture – Seaweeds, Azolla, Spirulina(10) 5.1)Seaweeds(2)

Practical Periods: 23 1.7)Glyptothorax , Arius, Lates, Mugil(5) 2)Use of meristic characters and counts for identification of cultivable fish spices(9) 3)Identification of scales – Cycloid, Ctenoid, Placoid, Gonoid Identification of fins and their modifications(13) 3.1)Identification of scales – Cycloid, Ctenoid, Placoid, Gonoid(9)

Practical Periods: 23 2)Identification of cultivable prawns(5) 3)Identification of cultivable Crabs - Scylla serrata, Tranquibarica(7) 4)Identification of Lobsters(5) 5)Identification of cultivable molluscs - Unio - Mytilus - Pinctada - Sepia, Laligo(10)

Practical Periods: 23 1.3)Identification of development stages of shrimp(8) 2)Slide preparation of prawn and shrimp developmental stages(20) 2.1)Slide preparation of developmental stages in shrimp(15)




Aug 2015 23 20/ 19

Theory Periods: 20 4.3)Biotic factors(4) 5)Bio-geochemical cycles- Gaseous, Sedimentary cycles and Aquatic pollution and its effect on Fisheries(14) 5.1)Gaseous cycles and Sedimentary cycles(10)

Theory Periods: 20 5.2)Azolla(4) 5.3)Spirulina(4) 6)Fish Biotechnology , Cryopreservation of gamets, Transgenic fish, Hybridization(13) 6.1)Cryopreservation of gamets(5) 6.2)Transgenic fish(5)

Theory Periods: 20 4)Seed procurement from natural resources – seed collection, factors influencing seed availability, disadvantages of seed collection, identification of major carp seed(22) 4.1)Seed procurement from natural resources(5)

P a g e | 96

5.2)Aquatic pollution and its effect on Fisheries(4) 6)Morphology and skeleton of fish and prawn - External parts and appendages, exoskeleton, integument(17) 6.1)Morphology and skeleton of fish(2)

6.3)Hybridization(3)

4.2)Collection of seed from natural resources(5) 4.3)Factors influencing seed availability(5) 4.4)Disadvantages of seed collection(5)

Practical Periods: 19 3.2)Identification of fins and their modifications(5) 4)Dissection of fish and prawn - Digestive system, Nervous system, Swim bladder, Urinogenital system, Pitutary gland, Webarian ossicle(15) 4.1)Dissection of Digestive system, Nervous system, Swim bladder, Urinogenital system, Pitutary gland, , Urinogenital system, Webarian ossicle of fish(7) 4.2)Dissection of - Digestive system, Nervous system, Pitutary gland, Urinogenital system(8)

Practical Periods: 19 6)Identification of Sea weeds(15) 7)Identification of Aquatic weeds – Pistia, Eichornia, Typha, Najas, Nymphia, Nelumba, Azolla, Vallisnaria, Hydrilla, Potamogeton, Marcilia(15) 7.1)Pistia, Eichornia, Typha, Najas(4)

Practical Periods: 19 2.2)Slide preparation of developmental stages in prawn(5) 3)Identification of shooting net, hand net, drag net(6) 4)Demonstration of induced breeding with different inducing agents(20) 4.1)Breeding with different inducing agents(8)

Assignment-III Unit test-II



Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 6.2)Morphology and skeleton of prawn - External parts and appendages of prawn(15) 7)Digestive System of fish and prawn - Structure of elementary canal, Digestive glands, physiology of digestion(10) 7.1)Digestive System of fish elementary canal, Digestive glands, physiology of digestion(5)

Theory Periods: 20 7)Aquarium Types- Fabrication, Accessories, Ornamental fishes and plants, Maintenance of aquarium and ornamental fish diseases and their control(13) 7.1)Fabrication, Accessories(3) 7 .2)Ornamental fishes and plants(3) 7.3)Maintenance of aquarium(3) 7.4)Ornamental fish diseases and their control(4) 8)Fishing craft – and gear-mechanized and non-mechanized crafts, craft and gear material accessories, types of gear,

Theory Periods: 20 4.5)Identification of major carp seed(2) 5)Induced breeding technology – Brood Stock Management, induced breeding with different inducing agents, stripping, influence of factors on breeding, breeding of common carp(22) 5.1)Brood Stock Management(6) 5.2)Induced breeding with different inducing agents(6) 5.3)Influence of factors on breeding(6)

P a g e | 97

fabrication of gear and preservation(20) 8.1)Mechanized and non-mechanized crafts(6)

Practical Periods: 19 5)Identification of appenda Urinogenital system ges of prawn(10) 6)Identification of food materials in gut of fish and prawn(9) 6.1)Identification of food materials in gut of fish(5) 6.2)Identification of food materials in gut of prawn(4)

Practical Periods: 19 7.2)Nymphia, Nelumba, Azolla, Vallisnaria, Hydrilla, Potamogeton, Marcilia(12) 8)Fabrication of Aquarium(10) 8.1)Fabrication of Aquarium(7)

Practical Periods: 19 4.2)Breeding with different inducing agents(12) 5)Demonstration of eye stalk ablation in shrimp(20) 5.1)Demonstration of eye stalk ablation in shrimp(7)

Assignment-IV Unit test-III



Oct 2015 15 12/ 14

Theory Periods: 12 7.2)Digestive System of prawn - Structure of elementary canal, Digestive glands, physiology of digestion(5) 8)Respiratory and Circulatory system of fish and prawn - structure of gills, mechanism of respiration, accessory respiratory organs. Blood, Heart, Arterial and Venous Systems(14) 8.1)Respiratory and Circulatory system of fish(7)

Theory Periods: 12 8.2)Craft and gear material accessories(4) 8.3)Types of gear(5) 8.4)Fabrication of gear and preservation(5)

Theory Periods: 12 5.4)Breeding of common carp(2) 5.5)Stripping(2) 6)Induced maturation in shrimp – induced maturation technology, physiological changes after induced maturation(15) 6.1)Induced maturation in shrimp(4) 6.2)Induced maturation technology(4)

Practical Periods: 14 7)Estimation of fecundity in fish(9) 8)Estimation of length - weight relation in fish(9) 8.1)Estimation of length(5)

Practical Periods: 14 8.2)Fabrication of Aquarium(5) 9)Identification of aquarium fishes (charts, preserved and live fishes)(15) 9.1)preserved fish(9)

Practical Periods: 14 5.2)Demonstration of eye stalk ablation in shrimp(14)




Nov 2015/23 OJT OJT OJT Dec 2015/24 OJT OJT OJT

P a g e | 98

Jan 2016 22 20/ 18

Theory Periods: 20 8.2)Respiratory and Circulatory system of prawn(7) 9)Nervous and Excretory systems of fish and prawn - Brain, fish kidney, physiology of excretion, Osmoregulation in fresh water and marine fishes(14) 9.1)Nervous and Excretory systems of fish(6) 9.2)Nervous and Excretory systems of prawn(6) 9.3)Osmoregulation in fresh water and marine fishes(2)

Theory Periods: 20 9)Fishing methods – Electric fishing, Line fishing, Trawling , purse seining, gill netting, use of electronics in fishing(20) 9.1)Electric fishing(3) 9.2)Line fishing(3) 9.3)Trawling(4) 9.4)Purse seining, gill netting(6) 9.5) Use of electronics in fishing(4)

Theory Periods: 20 6.3)Physiological changes after induced maturation(7) 7)Hatchery Management – Types of hatcheries of carps, scampi, shrimps; components and operation of circular , D-variety, Chinese hatcheries ; Artemia and diatom culture(20) 7.1)Types of hatcheries(5) 7.2)Components and operation of circular hatcheries(5) 7.3)D-variety, Chinese hatcheries(3)

Practical Periods: 18 8.2) Weight relation in fish(5) 9)Collection of soil and water samples(9) 9.1)Collection of soil samples(4) 9.2)Collection of water samples(5) 10)Physic - Chemical parameters of water – Conductivity, pH ,Alkalinity, Salinity, Dissolved Oxygen, Total Hardness, Nitrates, Phosphates(10) 10.1)Physic - Chemical parameters of water – Conductivity, pH ,Alkalinity, Salinity(4)

Practical Periods: 18 9.2)Live fishes(8) 10)Identification of aquarium plants (Charts, preserved and live plants)(10)

Practical Periods: 18 6)Field trips to fish / prawn / shrimp seed farms, hatcheries(20) 6.1)Field trips to fish farm(8) 7)Acclimatization of seed before stocking(10)




Feb 2016 24 17/ 21

Theory Periods: 17 10)Reproductive and endocrine systems of fish and prawn, reproductive organs, Development, life cycle, Fecundity fish, endocrine system of fish and prawn(16) 10.1)Reproductive and endocrine systems of fish(8) 10.2)Reproductive and endocrine systems

Theory Periods: 17 10)Fisheries Institutions – State & Central Government Institutions, Extension Services(15) 10.1)State & Central fisheries institutions(5) 10.2)Government Institutions(5) 10.3)Extension Services(5)

Theory Periods: 17 7.4)Culture of Artemia and diatom(7) 8)Bundh breeding – Types of bundhs, management, advantages and disadvantages, seed transportation(10) 8.1)Types of bundhs, management(5) 8.2)Advantages and disadvantages(3) 8.3)Seed transportation(2)

P a g e | 99

of prawn(8) Practical Periods: 21 10.2)Dissolved Oxygen, Total Hardness, Nitrates, Phosphate(7) 11)Identification and analysis of Plankton(5) 12)Study of soil types and estimation of soil pH – alkalinity Nitrates, Phosphates(9) 12.1)Study of soil types(3) 12.2)Estimation of soil pH-alkalinity, Nitrates, Phosphates(6) Revision

Practical Periods: 21 11)Breeding of aquarium fishes —Gold fish , Black Mollies(21) Revision

Practical Periods: 21 8)Identification of Artemia and diatoms and their culture(20) 8.1)Identification of Artemia and their culture(10) 8.2)Identification of diatoms and their culture(11) Revision




March 2016 21


P a g e | 100

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 FISHERIES: COURSE CODE:107 SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of periods

Theory/No of periods Practical

POND MANAGEMENT ( Theory and Practical Paper I)

AQUACULTURE (Theory and Practical Paper II)

RESERVIOR FISHERIES AND POST HARVEST TECHNOLOGY

(Theory and Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25 22/ 23

Theory Periods: 22 1)Introduction to Pond Management(5) 2)Lay out of Fish Farms- Site selection criteria, designing, construction of fish farm(10) 2.1)Lay out of Fish Farms(3) 2.2)Site selection criteria(3) 2.3)Designing, construction of fish farm(4) 3)Management of Nursery, Rearing and stocking ponds- pond preparation, stocking and post- stocking pond management.(13) 3.1)Management of Nursery(7)

Theory Periods: 22 1)Introduction to Aquaculture(5) 2)Composite fish culture – Advantages, management, superiority over monoculture(10) 2.1)Composite fish culture – Advantages(4) 2.2)Composite fish culture management(4) 2.3)Composite fish culture superiority over monoculture(2) 3)Polyculture – Advantages, management(10) 3.1) Polyculture(2) 3.2)Advantages(5)

Theory Periods: 22 1)Introduction for Reservoir Fisheries and Post Harvest Technology(5) 2)Reservoir Fisheries – Reservoir Ecology, Reservoirs in India and Telangana., Classification of Reservoirs , Management of Reservoir Fishery(15) 2.1)Reservoirs in India and Telangana(5) 2.2)Classification of Reservoirs(5) 2.3)Management of Reservoir Fishery(5) 3)Fisheries of Kolleru and Pulicat Lakes(5) 3.1)Fisheries of Kolleru(2)

Practical Periods: 23 1)Designing of Fish Farm(10) 2)Designing of Fish Seed Farm(13)

Practical Periods: 23 1)Identification of hatchlings, spawn, fry and fingerlings of major carps(10) 1.1)Identification of hatchlings, spawn of major carps(5) 1.2)Identification of fry and fingerlings of major carps(5) 2)Identification of diseased fish and prawn(5) 3)Study of health status of fish seed(8)

Practical Periods: 23 1)Identification of commercially important fishes and prawns(15) 1.1)Important fishes(10) 1.2)Prawns(5) 2)Identification of culturable Prawns(5) 2.1)Culturable Prawns(8)

P a g e | 101


July 2015 26 22/ 25

Theory Periods: 22 3.2)Management of rearing pond(3) 3.3)Management of stocking pond(3) 4)Pre stocking pond management – lime, manures and their application in ponds, sanitizers, pro-biotics, eradication of aquatic weeds, predators and insects.(13) 4.1)Lime, manures and their application in ponds(5) 4.2)Sanitizers, pro-biotics(4) 4.3)Eradication of aquatic weeds, predators and insects(4) 5)Water Quality Management in ponds physical factors, chemical factors and biological factors and their management, Water filtration and aeration.(17) 5.1)Water Quality Management in ponds physical factors(3)

Theory Periods: 22 3.3)management(3) 4)Integrated Fish Farming(15) a)Integrated fish cum agriculture –Paddy, Wheat, horticulture, Azolla(10) b)Integrated fish cum live stock farming- poultry, Dairy, Duckery,Piggary(5) 4.1)Integrated fish cum agriculture –Paddy, Wheat, horticulture, Azolla(7) 4.2)Integrated fish cum live stock farming- poultry, Dairy, Duckery,Piggary(8) 5)Sewage fed fish culture, cage culture, pen culture(10) 5.1)Sewage fed fish culture(4)

Theory Periods: 22 3.2)Fisheries of Pulicat Lakes(3) 4)Sport fisheries in India(5) 5)Over fishing, effect of dams and barrages on fisheries and fish migration(5) 5.1)Over fishing(2) 5.2)Effect of dams and barrages on fisheries and fish migration(3) 6)Fish processing, preservation - Reasons for spoilage of fish and prawn, methods of fish preservation(15) 6.1)Fish processing, preservation(5) 6.2)Reasons for spoilage of fish and prawn(4)

Practical Periods: 25 3)Identification of aquatic weeds, predatory fish, predatory insects(10) 3.1)Identification of aquatic weeds(8) 3.2)Identification of predatory fish(3) 3.3)Identification of predatory insects(4) 4)Identification of different forms of lime and manure, demonstration of liming and manuring in a fish pond(10) 4.1)Identification of different forms of lime and manure(5) 4.2)Demonstration of liming and manuring

Practical Periods: 25 3)Study of health status of fish seed(7) 4)Identification of fish parasites(5) 5)Use of aeration devices(5) 6)Fabrication of cages(5) 7)Culture practices – Trail netting, Stock manipulation, Recording of data(10) 7.1)Trail netting(3)

Practical Periods: 25 2.2)Culturable Prawns(7) 3)Preservation of specimens of local fishes(10) 4)Field Trips (15) a) SIFT, Kakinada(5) b) Kolleru Lake and Pulicat Lake(3)

P a g e | 102

in a fish pond(5)




Aug 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19/ 23

Theory Periods: 19 5.2)Chemical factors(4) 5.3)Biological factors(5) 5.4)Water filtration and aeration(5) 6)Feed Management – Food and Feeding habits of fish and prawn, natural food organisms in pond, nutritional requirements, supplementary feeds and their application, significants of Plankton and their culture, bio-enriched feeds, feed attractants.(17) 6.1)Food and Feeding habits of fish(4)

Theory Periods: 19 5.2)Cage culture(3) 5.3)Pen culture(3) 6)Crustacean and Molluscan fisheries - Scampi, Shrimp, Crab, Lobster, Edible oyster, Pearls, Mussel(20) 6.1)Crustacean fisheries -Scampi, Shrimp, Crab, Lobster(13)

Theory Periods: 19 6.3)Methods of fish preservation(6) 7)By products of fish and prawn, value addition to fishery products(15) 7.1)By products of fish and prawn(13)

Practical Periods: 23 5)Water quality analysis colour, pH, Electric conductivity Dissolve oxygen, carbonates, Bicarbonates, Calcium, Magnesium, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Nitrites, Phosphates.(15) 5.1)Water quality analysis colour, pH, Electric conductivity Dissolve oxygen(10) 5.2)Carbonates, Bicarbonates, Calcium, Magnesium, Chlorides, Sulphates, Nitrates, Nitrites, Phosphates(10)

Practical Periods: 23 7.2)Stock manipulation(8) 7.3)Recording of data(4) 8)Use of water testing and soil testing kits(9) 8.1)Use of water testing kit(5) 8.2)Soil testing kit(4)

Practical Periods: 23 c) Local Reservoirs(7) 5)Identification of Byproducts(5) 6)Identification of Marketing Channels through Charts(10)

P a g e | 103

6)Sediment analysis - pH, Electric conductivity, soil alkalinity, Nitrates, Phosphates, organic matter, CN Ratio(15) 6.1)pH(2) Assignment-II Unit test-II

Assignment-II Unit test-II


Dec 2015 24 19/ 23

Theory Periods: 19 6.2)Food and Feeding habits of prawn(2) 6.3)Natural food organisms in pond(2) 6.4)Nutritional requirements(2) 6.5)Supplementary feeds and their application(2) 6.6)Significants of Plankton and their culture(2) 6.7)Bio-enriched feeds, feed attractants(2) 7)Health management- Common fish and shrimp diseases and their control, diagnostic methods , therapeutic methods, good health management(22) 7.1)Common fish diseases and their control(7)

Theory Periods: 19 6.2)Molluscan fisheries Edible oyster, Pearls, Mussel(7) 7)Periphyton based aquaculture – Periphyton production on added substrates, periphyton communities, Effect of periphyton on growth and production of fish and prawn(15) 7.1)Periphyton production on added substrates(5) 7.2)Periphyton communities(7)

Theory Periods: 19 7.2)Value addition to fishery products(2) 8)Marketing – Types of Markets – Marketing Intermediaries , flow channels and management of markets(15) 8.1)Types of Markets(5) 8.2)Marketing Intermediaries(5) 8.3)Flow channels and management of markets(5) 9)Fishery Economics – Principles, Role of Fisheries sector in India’s Economic development, Potentials, Socio-Economic status of the fishermen and co-operatives.(20) 9.1)Role of Fisheries sector in India’s Economic development(2)

Practical Periods: 23 6.2)Electric conductivity, soil alkalinity, Nitrates(7) 6.3)Phosphates, organic matter, CN Ratio(7) 7)Plankton Analysis, Qualitative, and Quantitative analysis of Plankton(10) 7.1)Qualitative analysis of plankton(9)

Practical Periods: 23 9)Analysis of sewage – Colour, pH, Temperature, Total alkalinity, Chlorides, Nitrates, Phosphates, Sulphates(11) 9.1)Colour, pH, Temperature, Total alkalinity(6) 9.2)Chlorides, Nitrates, Phosphates, Sulphates(5) 10)Methods of feeding and preparation of feeds(12) 10.1)Methods of feeding(7) 10.2)Preparation of feeds(5)

Practical Periods: 23 7)Demonstration of Preservation Techniques through Charts(7) 8)Demonstration of Processing Techniques through Charts(7) 9)Demonstration of Packaging through Charts(9)

P a g e | 104

Assignment-III Unit test-III



Jan 2016 22 20/ 21

Theory Periods: 20 7.2)Shrimp diseases and their control(3) 7.3)Diagnostic methods(5) 7.4)Therapeutic methods(3) 7.5)Good health management(4) 8)Routine pond management- daily and monthly management, reasons for fish and prawn kills(13) 8.1)Daily management(2) 8.2) monthly management(3)

Theory Periods: 20 7.3)Effect of periphyton on growth and production of fish and prawn(3) 8)Air breathing , Ornamental Fish culture, Milkfish culture, Sea bass culture(15) 8.1)Air breathing Fish culture (4) 8.2)Ornamental Fish culture(4) 8.3)Milkfish culture(4) 8.4)Sea bass culture(3) 9)Seaweed culture(2)

Theory Periods: 20 9.2)Potentials(2 ) 9.3)Socio-Economic status of the fishermen(8) 9.4)Co-operatives(8) 10)Export and Quality Control(10) 10.1)Export(2)

Practical Periods: 21 8)Identification of supplementary feeds(21)

Practical Periods: 21 11)Preparation of models for ideal fish seed farm, fish culture farm(9) 11.1)Models for ideal fish seed farm(5) 11.2)Fish culture farm(4) 12)Preparation of models for integrated fish culture farm(14)

Practical Periods: 21 11)Analysis of profitability in different marketing in Intermediaries(21)




Feb 2016 24/08

Theory Periods: 08 8.3)Reasons for fish and prawn kills(8) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 9)Seaweed culture(8) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 10.2)Quality Control(8) Revision

Pre final examinations – 2 (2nd week of Feb 2016)



March 2016 21


P a g e | 105

SERICULTURE Basic aim of the course SERICULTURE is to impart following skills in student.

1. Soil Testing and raising of rare and new varieties of

Plant saplings in nurseries and its supply to farmers.

2. Vermi compost preparation and supply.

3. Egg production.

4. Silk worm rearing.

• Improved methods – Chawki Rearing and its supply to farmers.

• Shoot reaming.

5. Reeling units.

• Cottage basin.

• Charaka reeling.

• Multi end reeling unit.

6. Process of Dying – Punching of cards – Design making

7. Rearing of Non-mulberry Silk worms – Eri and Muga.

8. By products – utilization to generate income in order to make toys, garlands, flower vases, bouquets with the help of waste

cocoons.

P a g e | 106


SERICULTURE: COURSE CODE: 108 FIRST YEAR Month & No. of working days /No. of Periods Theory / No. of

periods practical

Mulberry Cultivation (Theory and Practical Paper I)

Farm Management & Seri-Biotechnology

(Theory and Practical Paper II)

Silkworm Seed Technology (Theory and Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25 23 21

Theory Periods (23) History of Sericulture 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 History (06) 1.3 Silk road (02) 1.4 Silk Production (06) 1.5 Employment details & Schemes (08)

Theory Periods (23) Farm Management 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 Systems of farming (09) 1.3 Farm Systems (08) 1.4 Labor Management (05)

Theory Periods (23) Systematic Position of Bombyx mori 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 Classification of Silkworm (10) 1.3 Types of Silkworms (12)

Practical Periods (21) 1. Morphology and Taxonomy of Mulberry (12) 2. Identification of Different types of Soils (09)

Practical Periods (21) 1. Identification and control of Leaf diseases (12) 2. Identification and Control of stem diseases (09)

Practical Periods (21) 1. Morphological study of bombyx mori (10) 2. Study of different races of silk worm (11)

Assignment – I Assignment - I Assignment - I July - 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods (23) Morphology of mulberry plant 2.1 Introduction (1) 2.2 Distribution of mulberry (04) 2.3 Mulberry varieties (04) 2.4 Systematic position and morphology of mulberry plant (02)

Theory Periods (23) Mulberry Diseases 2.1 Introduction (1) 2.2 Bacterial diseases (04) 2.3 Viral diseases (04) 2.4 Fungal diseases (04) 2.5 Parasitic diseases (04)

Theory Periods (23) Morphology and Life History of Bombyx mori 2.1 Introduction (01) 2.2 Morphology of life stages (06) 2.3 Metamorphosis (02) Parental races

P a g e | 107

Taxonomy of Mulberry 3.1 Mulberry Taxonomy Introduction (1) 3.2 Taxonomy of mulberry plant (03) 3.3 Taxonomy of primary food plants (03) 3.4 Secondary food plants (02) 3.5 Foliar constituents of tasar food plant and climatic conditions required for mulberry (03)

2.6 Macro-Micro nutrient deficiency control (06)

3.1 Introduction (01) 3.2 Global distributions (06) 3.3 Seed organization (04) 3.4 Races (01) 3.5 Voltinism & Moultinism (02)

Practical Periods (23) 3. Soil sampling & recording soil PH (10) 4. Identification of different garden implements (06) 5. Selection & preparation of land (07)

Practical Periods (23) 3. Identification and control of root diseases (10) 4. Identification and control of pests of Mulberry (10) 5. Identification of deficiency diseases (03)

Practical Periods (23) 3. Study plan of model grainage building (06) 4. Identification of grainage equipment (10) 5. Preparation of disinfectants & disinfection of grainage (07)

Assignment - II Unit Test-I



August - 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods (20) Soils & Preparation of land 4.1 Introduction (01) 4.2 Types of soil (3) 4.3 Soil of A.P & Telangana State (1) 4.4 Properties of soils (02) 4.5 Selection of land (1) 4.6 Layout and Plantation (02) 4.7 Land Preparation (04) 4.8 Soil erosion and control methods (4) 4.9 Soil moisture conservation (2)

Theory Periods (20) Mulberry Pests 3.1 Introduction (1) 3.2 Lepidopteron Pests (03) 3.3 Jassids (2) 3.4 Mealy bugs (3) 3.5 Scale insects (3) 3.6 Thrips (2) 3.7 Mites (2) 3.8 Beetles (2) 3.9 Gross hopper (02)

Theory Periods (20) Grainage equipments 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Prerequisites of grainage operations (1) 4.3 Grainage building (3) 4.4 Grainage equipment and their uses (5) Grainage Operations 5.1 Introduction (1) 5.2 Selection of seed races (1) 5.3 Procurement of seed (1) 5.4 Sex separation (1) 5.5 Synchronization of moths (1)

P a g e | 108

5.6 Moth Emergence (1) 5.7 Coupling (1) 5.8 Depairing (1) 5.9 Ovi-Position (1) 5.10 Grainage registers (1)

Practical Periods (19) 6. Soil Moisture and conservation methods (4) 7. Propagation of Mulberry (10) 8. Preparation of cuttings (5)

Practical Periods (19) 6. Maintenance of farm records (5) 7. Estimation of leaf yield (6) 8. Study of different farms in the village (8)

Practical Periods (19) 6. Processing and preservation of seed cocoons (6) 7. Sex separation of pupa & moths (5) 8. Synchronization of moth emergence (8)

Assignment - III Unit Test-II



September - 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods (20) Propagation of Mulberry 5.1 Introduction (1) 5.2 Sexual propagation (2) 5.3 Asexual propagation (06) 5.4 Mulberry nurseries (1) Cultivation & Cultural practices 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Garden implements and uses (2) 6.3 Selection of mulberry variety (1) 6.4 Mixed cropping (1) 6.5 Cultivation methods (1) 6.6 Weeds & inter cultivation (4)

Theory Periods (20) Estimation of leaf yield 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Methods of estimation (3) Economics of mulberry cultivation 5.1 Introduction (1) 5.2 Nurseries (2) 5.3 Rain fed cultivation (2) 5.4 Irrigated cultivation (2) 5.5 Economics 1acre mulberry (2) Seri - Biotechnology 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Tissue and organ culture (2) 6.3 Plant biotechnology (2) 6.4 Silk worm biotechnology (2)

Theory Periods (20) Seed production 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Preparation of laying (06) 6.3 Mother moth examination (03) 6.4 Surface Sterilization (3) 6.5 Assessment of laying (3) 6.6 Incubation of silk worm eggs (4)

P a g e | 109

Practical Periods (19) 9. Identification of different types of weeds (5) 10. Pruning methods (6) 11. Preparation of compost and vermin compost (8)

Practical Periods (19) 9. Field studies of the pests of mulberry (9) 10. Identification of secondary food plants (4) 11. Preparation of artificial diet (6)

Practical Periods (19) 9. Coupling, decoupling and oviposition (8) 10. Preparation of egg cards (8) 11. Preparation of loose egg cards (3)

Assignment - IV Unit Test-III



October - 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods (12) 6.7 Pruning and training (1) 6.8 Irrigation (6) 6.9 Water requirement for mulberry (5)

Theory Periods (12) Secondary food plant and diet 7.1 Introduction (1) 7.2 Secondary food plants (3) 7.3 Artificial diet (3) 7.4 Composition of diet (2) 7.5 Preparation of diet (3)

Theory Periods (12) Acid treatment and cold storage 7.1 Introduction (1) 7.2 Types of eggs (6) 7.3 Physical and chemical stimulants (5)

Practical Periods (14) 12. Leaf harvesting (14)

Practical Periods (14) 12. Preparation of organ culture media (14)

Practical Periods (14) 12. Moth examination (7) 13. Sorting and disinfection of eggs (7)




November – 2015/23

OJT OJT OJT

December-2015/24

OJT OJT OJT

January - 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods (20) Manures & Fertilizers 7.1 Introduction (1) 7.2 Manures (6) 7.3 Fertilizers (6) 7.4 Vermi compost (4) 7.5 Application methods & schedules of manures (3)

Theory Periods (20) Cytology & genetics of mulberry 8.1 Introduction (1) 8.2 Cell division (19)

Theory Periods (20) 7.4 Acid treatment (10) 7.5 Cold storage of eggs (8) 7.6 Transportation of eggs (2)

Practical Periods (18) Practical Periods (18) Practical Periods (18)

P a g e | 110

13. Preparation of herbarium viz mulberry leaf varieties and weeds.(18)

13. Observation of mitosis on onion root - tip (18)

14. Collocation and preparation of Bombyx mori life stages (18)

Pre final examinations - 1 (23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016)



February 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods (17) Leaf Harvesting 8.1 Introduction (1) 8.2 Harvesting methods (10) 8.3 Preservation of leaf (6)

Theory Periods (17) 8.3 Amitosis (3) 8.4 Mendal principles of genetics (13)

Theory Periods (17) Seed Economics 8.1 Introduction (1) 8.2 Estimate the economics of grainage (16)

Practical Periods (21) 14. visit to nearest mulberry farms (21)

Practical Periods (21) 14.Collection of mulberry diseased leaves stem, root and peste (21)

Practical Periods (21) 15.Maintanance of grainage records.(10) 16.visit to nearest grainages (21)

REVISION REVISION REVISION

Pre final examinations - 2 (2nd Week of Feb 2016



March 2016 21

Revision / IPE 2016 Revision / IPE 2016 Revision / IPE 2016

P a g e | 111


SERICULTURE: COURSE CODE: 108 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of


periods Theory/ No of

periods Practical

Rearing Requirement and Silkworm Pathology

(Theory and Practical Paper I)

Silkworm Rearing Technology (Theory Theory and Practical Paper II)

Post Cocoon Technology (Theory Theory and Practical Paper

III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.Non-Mulberry Silkworms-10 1.1 Introduction-1 1.2 Distribution-2 1.3 Salient features of non-mulberry silkworms-7 2.Rearing House-12 2.1 Introduction -1 2.2 Selection of building site-2 2.3 C.S.B. model rearing house -5 2.4 types of rearing houses-4

Theory Periods: 22 1.Hatching and brushing (10) 1.1 Introduction -1 1.2 Incubation -1 1.3 Handling of eggs -2 1.4 Blackboxing -1 1.5 Hatching and hatching percentage -1 1.6 Brushing and methods of brushing -4 2.Chawki rearing(12) 2.1 Introduction-1 2.2 Quality of leaf ,Leaf selection -1 2.3 Feeding schedules-1 2.4 Bed cleaning -1 2.5 spacing -1 2.6 Moulting -1 27 Chawki rearing method and Chawki rearing centres -6

Theory Periods: 22 1.Silk rearing Industry (8) 1.1Introduction -1 1.2 Importance of Reeling Industry -2 1.3 Scope and limitations -2 1.4 Properties of silk -3 2. Cocoon Quality (14) 2.1 Introduction -1 2.2 Physical characters -3 2.3 Commercial characters -4 2.4 Principles of assessment -3 2.5 Model problems-3

P a g e | 112

Rearing Requirements lab (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Identification of different non-mulberry silkworms and cocoons. (8) 2. Study plan of C.S.B. model rearing house . (5) 3. Identification of different rearing appliances and drawings. (10)

Silkworm Rearing Lab (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23

1. Identification of blue egg stage and blackboing -5

2. Calculation of hatching percentage -6 3. Methods of brushing and report -12

Reeling Technology lab (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 23

1.Identification of Parts of cocoons -2 2. Assessment of commercial parameters and Quality tests-13 3. Identification and calculation of good and defective cocoons -8

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 3.Rearing Equipments 3.1 Introduction -1 3.2 Equipment and uses-3 3.3 Disinfectants and uses4 4.Preparation of Rearing 4.1 Introduction-1 4.2 cleaning -1 4.3 Disinfection methods-3 4.4Preparation of Disinfectants-2 4.5 Maintenance of hygienic conditions-2 5.Environmental conditions 5.1 Introduction-1 5.2 Temperature -2 5.3 Humidity -3

Theory Periods: 22 3.Lateage rearing 3.1 Introduction -1 3.2 Quality of leaf -1 3.3 Leaf selection -1 3.4 feeding schedules -1 3.5 Bed cleaning -1 3.6 Spacing -1 3.7 Moulting -1 3.8 Late age rearing methods -6 4.Effective rate of rearing (ERR) 4.1 Introduction -1 4.2 calculation of ERR by weight -2 4.3 calculation of ERR by number-3 4.4 Calculation of leaf cocoon ratio-3

Theory Periods: 22 3.Cocoon Sorting 3.1 Introduction -1 3.2 Selection of raw materials-3 3.3 Tactile and numerical Tests-5 3.4 Good cocoon -3 3.5 Defective cocoon -2 3.6 Model problems -2 4.Cocoon marketing 4.1 Introduction -1 4.2 Types of cocoon markets -3 4.3 Importance of cocoon markets -2 4.4 Rules and Acts -2

Practical Periods: 25 4.Identification of different rearing appliances and drawings -10 5.Preparation of disinfectants and disinfection-8 6.identification of different mountages -7

Practical Periods: 25 4.Rearing methods for Young larvae -10 5.Rearing methods for Late age larvae -12 6.Spacing and bed cleaning in chawki rearing-3

Practical Periods: 25 4.Stifling of cocoons -13 5.Cooking and brushing - 12




P a g e | 113

Aug 2015 23 OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 23 OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 15 OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory periods(19) 5.4 Air-1 5.5 light-2 5.6 Regulation of environmental conditions-4 6.Equipment required for rearing 300 DFLs 6.1 Introduction -1 6.2 Equipment required for Chawki, Shoot rearing -10

Theory periods(19) 5.spinning and mounting -19 5.1 Introduction -1 5.2 Ripening of worms -2 5.3 Process of Spinning-2 5.4 Mounting -1 5.5 Types of Mountages-3 5.6 Environmental conditions-3 5.7 Care during mounting -2 5.8 cocoon harvesting -3 5.9 Transport -2

Theory periods(19) 4.5 Price fixation -2 4.6 Model problems -2 4.7 Markets in Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh-2 5.Cocoon Stifling 5.1 Introduction-1 5.2 Stifling methods -9 5.3 Storage of cocoons -3

Practical Periods: 23 7.maintenance of rearing records -5 8. Identification and control measures of Protozoan diseases -10 9. Identification and control measures of bacterial diseases-8

Practical Periods: 23 7. Spacing and bed cleaning in late age rearing -10 8. Shoot rearing methods -13

Practical Periods: 23 6. Reeling –Charka and Multi end Reeling machines.-18 7.Epprouvette – calculation of filament length -5




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 7.Silkworm Anatomy(Bombyx mori) 7.1 Introduction -1 7.2Digestive system of silkworm larva and moth -5 7.3 Silk gland -3 7.4 Reproductive system of larva and moth -10

Theory Periods: 19 6. Bivoltine Rearing 6.1 Introduction -1 6.2 Bivoltine races -2 6.2 Bivoltine races -4 6.3 Rearing aspects -10 6.4 Advantages of bivoltine Rearing -2

Theory Periods: 19 5.4 sorting of cocoons -2 5.5 Deflossing -1 5.6 Riddling -1 5.7 Mixing -1 6.0 Cocoon cooking and Brushing 6.1 Introduction -1 6.2 Cooking and methods of cooking -7 6.3Brushing and methods of Brushing -6

P a g e | 114

Practical Periods: 23 9.Identification and control measures of bacterial diseases -5 10. Identification and control measures of viral diseases -8 11. Identification and control measures of Fungal diseases -10

Practical Periods: 23 9. Identification of mountages -12 10.Harvesting of cocoons -8 11. Sorting of cocoons -3

Practical Periods: 23 8.Calculation of Denier and Average-Denier -5 9. Re-Reeling -2 10. Silk examination -2 11. Lacing -2 12. Skeining -8 13. Booking -4




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 8. Silkworm diseases and pests 8.1 Introduction -1 8.2 Protozoan diseases -9 8.3 Bacterial diseases -5 8.4 Viral diseases -2 8.5 Fungal diseases -3

Theory Periods: 20 7.Economics 7.1 Introduction -1 7.2 Economics of rearing -19

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Reeling 7.1 Introduction -1 7.2 Reeling operators -2 7.3 Reeling operations-2 7.4 Reeling machines-6 7.5 Re-Reeling -1 7.6 Silk eamination-1 7.7 Lacing,Skeining,Booking -6 7.8 Introduction to non-mulberry Cocoon reeling -1

Practical Periods: 21 12.Identification and control measures of major and minor pests-11 13. Dissections of silk glands -10

Practical Periods: 21 12. Calculation of ERR and L.C.R -5 13. Preparation of Rearing Report -9 14. Visit to nearest rearing houses -6

Practical Periods: 21 14. Degumming-5 15. Silk Dyeing -5 16. Collection and preservation of By-products of Reeling -5 17.Visit to nearest Reeling centres-6




Feb 2016 24 08

Theory Periods:08 8.6 Pests-major and minor pests -6 8.7 Integrated disease and pest management-2

Theory Periods:08 7.3 Byproducts -08

Theory Periods:08 8. Raw silk testing and Economics-08 8.1 Introduction -1 8.2 Testing methods and parameters -1 8.3 Standard testing appliances -3

P a g e | 115

8.4 Classification of silk -1 8.5 Economics -1 8.6 Waste cocoons-1

Revision Revision Revision




March 2016 21 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 116

ACCOUNTING AND TAXATION The basic aim of the course ACCOUNTING AND TAXATION is to impart the following skills in the student. A. Towards Wage Employment:

a) Cashier.

b) Audit assistant.

c) Billing clerk.

d) Tax Assistant.

e) Accounts Assistant.

f) Sales Man.

g) Sales Assistant.

h) Insurance company (Assistant).

B. Towards Self Employment.

a) To run a small business – Retailer.

b) Insurance agent.

c) Sales tax Auditor

d) Similar fields as mentioned in wage employment.

P a g e | 117

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 ACCOUNTING & TAXATION COURSE CODE: 206 FIRST YEAR


periods Theory/

No. of Periods Practical

Business Organization (Theory Paper –I)

Business Organization (Practical Paper-I)

Accountancy & Computers (Theory Paper –II)

Accountancy & Computers (Practical Paper –II)

Taxation – I (Theory Paper –III)

Taxation – I (Practical Paper –III)

June 2015 25 23 21

Theory: (23) Basic concepts (15) Business Organisation and Scope, Business, Profession, Industry, Trade, Types of trade and aids to trade, Types of Industries. Forms of Business organization (8) Sole trader – Characteristics

Theory (23) Introduction to Accountancy Definition of Accountancy and Book keeping- objectives – merits and Demerits, Accounting concepts – Conventions – single entry system – double entry system – advantages (10) Journal Recording of transactions, Types of Accounts, Rules of Debit and Credit (13)

Theory (23) Introduction Concept of Tax , Direct and Indirect Tax, Introduction of Income Tax, Act, 1961, History of Income Tax ,Tax rates , Slab rate, flat rates (13) Basic concepts: Assessee, person, Assessment year and previous year, Permanent Account Number (10)

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 1. How to fill the application form to open

a medical shop. 6. Fill the application form for establishing

Small scale industry

Practical: (21) Problems on Journal Entries 1. Demonstrate deleting of files, folders, un-deleting of files and folders. 2. Create text file using WordPad or notepad 3. Format the text document with all the features available in WordPad. 4. Demonstrate creating of folders and create a text file in notepad. 5. Demonstrate changing date and time, screen settings, printer settings. 6. Change the wall paper on the desktop, Screen saver and change the date.

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: Application for PAN form 49(a) 1. For Individual 2. For HUF 3. For Firm 4. For Company 5. For Co-operative Society 6. For Local Authority

Assignment –I (1)

Assignment –I Assignment – I

P a g e | 118

July 2015 26 23 23

Theory: (23) Merits and Demerits of Sole Trader Joint Hindu Family Karta, Merits and Demerits (12) Partnership, Characteristics, Merits and demerits, Partnership Deed, Types of Partners (11)

Theory (23) Journal Journal entries (7) Ledger Classification of recorded transactions, Ledger Meaning ,Types of ledger, Posting the recorded transactions into separate accounts (16)

Theory (23) Indian Company, Foreign Company, Domestic Company (10) Agricultural Income - Non-Agricultural Income – Integration of Agricultural Income with non-agricultural income (13)

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 2. Fill the application for registration of partnership firm. 3. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 5. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?

Practical: (23) Problems on posting Journal entries into Ledger Accounts 7. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Word screen. 8. Demonstrate any 5 the text formatting commands in MS-Word. 9. Demonstrate page formatting commands in MS-Word 10. Demonstrate Mail - Merge in MS-Word 11. Demonstrate cut, copy, paste, paste special, and check spelling 12. Insert an image from clip art and rotate it

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 7. Define income as per income tax act 1961

Unit Test- I Assignment –II

Unit Test – I Assignment –II

Unit Test –I Assignment – II

August 2015 23 20 19

Theory: (20) Rights and Duties of Partners (4) Joint stock company Characteristics – Merits & Demerits – Kinds of Companies, Introduction of promoter (16)

Theory: (20) Ledger book and balancing the accounts (4) Subsidiary books -Types of subsidiary books (13) Cash Book -Types of cash book(3)

Theory: (20) Capital and Revenue Capital and Revenue receipts, Capital and Revenue expenditure (15) Residential Status & Incidence of Tax. Introduction (5)

Practical: (19) Prepare record on the following: 4. If you are a minor partner, what are the benefits and losses in partnership business 12. If you are a promoter, what steps you are

Practical: (19) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Demonstrate how to change the cell border, cell background color, cell foreground color and center the content.

Practical: (19) Prepare record on the following: 8. Give any FOUR examples for revenue and capital expenditure 9. Give any FOUR examples for revenue and capital receipts

P a g e | 119

taking to establish Joint Stock Company?

15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel. 16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Write and demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for creating a chart in Excel.

10. What are the conditions for residential status of an individual 11. Mention any TEN incomes are fully exempted from tax.

Unit Test- II Assignment –III

Unit Test – II Assignment –III

Unit Test –II Assignment – III

September 2015 23 20 19

Theory : (20) Promoter (4) Incorporation of joint stock company Procedure and incorporation of Joint Stock company, Memorandum of Association – Articles of Association (16)

Theory: (20) Simple or single column cash book Two column cash book, Three column cash book Petty cash book (20)

Theory: (20) Residential Status & Incidence of Tax. Resident – Resident but not Ordinary resident – nonresident, Incidence of Tax, Indian Incomes, Foreign Incomes Exempted Incomes (20)

Practical: (19) Prepare record on the following: 7. Draw the proforma of incorporation of company. 8. What are the items include in Memorandum of association? 9. What are the items include in Articles of association?

Practical: (19) Problems on single column cash book, two column cash book, three column cash book and petty cash book

Practical: (19) Prepare record on the following: 12. How to identify about Indian income and foreign income

October 2015 15 12 14

Theory : (12) Prospectus (2) Co-operative Societies Characteristics, Types of Co-operative Societies, Merits and Demerits (10)

Theory: (12) Trial Balance Importance of trial balance, Preparation of trial balance (12)

Theory: (12) Exempted Incomes Exempted Incomes relating to Individuals only (12)

Practical: (14) Prepare record on the following:

Practical: (14) Problems on trial balance


P a g e | 120

10. What are the items include in Prospectus? 11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Vijayawada sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities.

19. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Word, type some text and save the file. 20. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Excel, type some text and save the file.

25. Fill up challan no ITNS 280 26. SAHAJ ITR – I with imaginary figures 27. Acknowledgement ITR-V 28. fill the form no.ITR – II 29. Mention Tax rates for Senior Citizen 30. Mention tax rates of an individual, if age is less than 65yrs.

Half yearly Examinations 03-10-2015 to 09-10-2015



November 2015 23

ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING

December 2015 24


January 2016 22 20 18

Theory : (20) Banking and Insurance services Definition of Bank and Insurance – types of banks, Functions of Commercial banks, Advantages of Insurance, Principles of Insurance, Types of Insurance (16) Transport warehousing & Advertisement

Theory: (20) Final Accounts . Preparation of Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account, Balance Sheet with Adjustments (20)

Theory: (20) Income from Salary (20) Basis of charge of salary income Allowances (a) Entertainment allowance (b) House Rent allowance (c) Children education allowance (d) Hostel allowance

P a g e | 121

Advantages of transport (4). Perquisites . (a) Valuation of rent free accommodation, Motor car, Interest free loans, medical Facilities. Profit in lieu of salary, Provisions relating to gratuity only deductions U/S 16 (2)


19. Fill the application form to open a bank Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy? 24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?

Practical: (18) Problems on trading account, Profit and loss account and Balance sheet

Practical: (18) Prepare record on the following: 13. Problems on Income from salary 15. Draw the proforma of taxable HRA with imaginary figures 16. Draw the proforma of exempted HRA with imaginary figures (in case of assesee residing at Delhi) 17. Fill up FORM no 16 with imaginary figures 18. Draw the statement of value of perquisites Form 12 BA

Pre-final Exams – I 23-01-2016 to 30-01-2016



February 2016 24 17 21

Theory : (17) Types of transport, Importance of warehousing, Need and Importance of Advertisement, Print media – outdoor media(17)

Theory : (17) Basic Fundamental of computers Advantages of computers, Input, output devices, Operating System, MS – Word, MS-Excel (17)

Theory : (17) Income from house property (17) 1. Annual Value 2. Deduction U/S 24 3. Computation of Income from let-out house. 4. Income/Loss from self occupied house. 5. Income from partly let-out and partly self occupied house


Practical: (21) 21. List and Demonstrate four arithmetic


P a g e | 122

25. Fill the proforma of delivery receipts. 26. Fill the application form for road permit. 27. Explain about various types of ware houses. 28. What are the steps you are taken non-durable goods? 29. What is the importance of electronic media? 30. Narrate the advantages of print media.

operators used in MS-Excel. 22. Write and Demonstrate the steps for changing the left margin, right margin, top margin and bottom margin in MS-Word. 23. Write and Demonstrate the Steps for changing the page color and page borders in MS-Word. 24. Insert five shapes in MS-Word and fill colors within it.

Problems on Income from House property

March 2016 21

Revision/ IPE Examination 2016 Revision / IPE Examination 2016 Revision / IPE Examination 2016

P a g e | 123


ACCOUNTING & TAXATION COURSE CODE: 206 SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of

periods Theory/


Auditing (Theory Paper –I)

Auditing (Practical Paper-I)

Accountancy & TALLY - II (Theory Paper –II)

Accountancy & TALLY - II (Practical Paper –II)

Taxation – II (Theory Paper –III)

Taxation – II (Practical Paper –III)

June 2015 25 22 23

Theory: (22) Introduction to Auditing Meaning of Auditing, Importance of Auditing, Advantage of Auditing, Difference between Auditing and Accountancy (12) Objects of Auditing Main objects, Subsidiary objects, Detection of Errors and frauds (10)

Theory (22) Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (12) Accounting of non-trading concerns Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts (10)

Theory (22) Income from Business Depreciation Meaning, Simple problems on depreciation, Income from Business, Expressly allowed and disallowed, Simple problems in computing income from business(22)

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 1. Explain the importance of Auditing. 2. Explain the advantages of Auditing. 3. Explain the objectives of an Auditing. 4. Explain different types of errors.

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following : 1-6. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a company.

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 1. Draw the proforma of Income from Business with imaginary figures. 2. Mention any 10 disallowed expenses under the head of Income from Business. 3. Mention any 10 disallowed Incomes under the head of Income from Business. 4. Mention any 8 admissible expenses

P a g e | 124

under the head of Income from Business. 5. What is meant by admissible Income with examples? 6. Compute Income from Business for the assessment year 2015-16.

Assignment –I Assignment –I Assignment – I July 2015

26 22 25

Theory: (22) Prevention of errors and frauds (2) Types of Audit Types of Audit, Conduct of Audit Methods of Audit, Audit programme, Advantages & disadvantages of audit programme(10) Qualification and disqualifications of Auditor Provisions of the companies Act, 1956 relating to qualification and disqualification of auditor (10)

Theory (22) Income and Expenditure Account (7) Partnership Accounts – I Problems on profit and loss appropriation account and Admission of partner (15)

Theory (22) Income from profession Computing Income from profession of Chartered Accountant, Doctors, Professional Income- Professional expenses (10) Income from Capital gains Capital Assets, Long term capital Assets, Short capital Assets, Computation of Income from capital gains, Exemption U/S 54 & 54 B etc. (12)

Practical: (25) Prepare record on the following: 5. Explain the qualifications of disqualifications of an Auditor. 7. Prepare Audit programme for statutory audit. 8. Prepare Audit programme for Periodical audit 9. Prepare Audit programme for continuous audit. 10. Prepare Audit programme for Interium audit. 11. Prepare Audit programme for private audit. 12. Prepare Audit programme for Government audit.

Practical: (25) 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group. 11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical: (25) Prepare record on the following: 7. Draw the proforma of a Doctor’s professional Income and professional expenses. 8. Draw the proforma of a Lawyer’s professional Income and professional expenses. 9. Draw the proforma of a chartered accountant’s professional Income and professional expenses. 13. Draw the proforma of Income from capital gains. 15. Distinguish between short term and long term capital gains.

P a g e | 125

creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’ in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.




August 2015 23


September

2015/23 ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

October, 2015 15


November 2015 23 19 23

Theory : (19) Appointment and removal of Auditor various methods of appointment of auditor, Provisions of the companies Act, 1956 relating to appointment and removal of Auditor, Remuneration, Rights and Duties of auditor(19)

Theory: (19) Partnership Accounts – II Problems on retirement of partner(15) Hire Purchase and Installment Purchase system Features of hire purchase and installment purchase system (4)

Theory: (19) Income from other sources: Income from interest on securities – computation of income from casual incomes(10) Deductions from Gross total income:- 80C, 80 CCD, 80CCF, 80D, 80E, 80GGA (09)

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 6. Write the Qualities of an Auditor.

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a sales transaction

Practical: (23) Problems on Income from other sources Problems on deductions from Gross total income

P a g e | 126

in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher


Unit Test – II Assignment – III


December 2015 24 19 23

Theory-(19) Remuneration, Rights and Duties of Auditor (15) Vouching, errors and frauds Meaning of vouching –(4)

Theory: (19) Difference between Hire purchase and Installment purchase system, simple problems in hire purchase system (13) Company Accounts-I Meaning of company – share capital – Types of shares– Issue of shares (6)

Theory: (19) Assessment of Individual Problems on gross total income – total income from various heads.(19)

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 13. Draw the proforma of Receipt voucher. 14. Draw the proforma of payment voucher. 15. Draw the proforma of proforma invoice for purchase 16. Draw the proforma of proforma invoice for sales 17. Draw the proforma of debit note 18. Draw the proforma of credit note.

Practical (23) Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of diplaying the profit and loss report of the company. 23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the cash flow

Practical (23) Prepare record on assessment of Individual for the assessment year 2015-16 with imaginary figures of various heads of income

P a g e | 127

report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

Unit Test- III Assignment –IV



January 2016 22 20 21

Theory : (20) Objects and importance of vouching, Measures to be taken for vouching - Meaning of error and fraud, Types of errors and frauds (15) Auditing and Investigation Meaning of investigation (5)

Theory: (20) Issue of shares at par, premium and discount (7) Company Accounts – II Company final accounts, Trading, profit and loss accounts & profit loss appropriation account with simple problems. (13)

Theory: (20) Service Tax Introduction, Service Tax in India, Salient features of service tax, service provider, service receiver – registration procedure. (10) VAT History of VAT, Objects of VAT, Advantages and disadvantages of VAT, Difference between VAT and Sales Tax, VAT rates in AP, Registration procedure under AP VAT Act, 2005.(10)

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 29. Explain difference between Accounting and Auditing. 30. Explain the difference between Auditing and investigation.

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical: ((21) Prepare record on the following: 19. Fill the form Service Tax-I 20. Fill up the application form for registration form-001. 21. Explain the silent features of service tax. 22. Fill up form ITR-I. 23. Fill up form ITR-II. 24. Define person as per service tax. 25. What is registration procedure under A.P VAT Act-2005? 26. Fill up the application VAT- Form-100. 27. Fill the registration certificate VAT form-105.

P a g e | 128

printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally. 28. Mention any eight Exempted goods from Tax under section -7 A.P. VAT. 29. Mention any eight goods which are taxable @ 1% A.P VAT. 30. Mention any eight goods which are taxable @ 4% A.P VAT.




February 2016 24 08

Theory (8) Difference between auditing and investigation, circumstances investigation conducted (8) Pre final Exams- 2 - 2016

Theory(8) Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments. Pre final Exams-2 - 2016

Theory (8) Revision Pre final Exams-2 - 2016

March 2016 21

I.P.E. Exams 2016 I.P.E. Exams 2016 I.P.E. Exams 2016

P a g e | 129

RETAIL MANAGEMENT

Basic aim of the course Retail Management is to impart the following skills in student.

1. Creating friendly environment and positive aptitude.

2. Inventory management

3. Presentation of documents registers and records

4. Motivation

5. Office procedures

6. Computer skills.

P a g e | 130

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 RETAIL MANAGEMENT: COURSE CODE:207: FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods

Theory/ No. of Periods

Practical





Retail marketing (Theory Paper III) Retail marketing

(Practical Paper –III)

June 2015 25 23 21



Theory Periods: 23 Unit 1: Fundamentals of Retailing (15 PERIODS) :- Session 1: Basics of Retailing(3 Periods) - Identify the Basics of Retailing - Classification of retailers Session 2: Retail Formats(4 periods) - Understand the concept ―Retail Format‖ - Types of retail formats Session 3: Functions of Retailer(4 periods) - Understand the functions of Retailers. - Identify the duties and responsibilities of retailers. Session 4: Trends in Retailing(4 periods) - Identify the Segments for Urban and Rural areas - Find out the Driving forces in Indian retailing. Unit 2: Retail Marketing Mix(8PERIODS):- Session 1: Product Mix. (4 periods) - Acquainted with the concept of Marketing Mix - Features of Product Mix - Product Life Cycle

P a g e | 131

Session 2: Price Mix. (4 periods) - Identify the Price Mix features and its importance - Identify the methods of Pricing in retailing





Practical periods: 21 1. To Visit Market And List

Available Brands Of Selected Consumer Products And Classify Them Into Different Categories Viz. Vegetables, Ghee, Oils Etc. As Non-Durable Product And Colour TV, Fan, Electric Bulb Etc. As Durable Product.

2. Visit Sale Selling And Corporate Retail Establishments To Find Out The Channels Through Which Selected Consumer Products Reach The Ultimate Consumer

Assignment –I (1)

Assignment –I Assignment – I

July 2015 26 23 23



Theory Periods: 23 Unit 2: Retail Marketing Mix Session 3: Promotion Mix.(4 periods) - Identify the concept of Promotion Mix and its importance - Identify the objectives and elements of promotion Mix Session 4: Place Mix. (4 periods) - Understand the concept of Place Mix, its importance and process - Find out the objectives and features of place mix

P a g e | 132

- Describe the various modes of transportation and its objectives Session 5: Process, People and Physical evidence(4 periods) - Identify the concept and features of process - Identify the concept and features of people - Identify the concept and features of physical evidence. Unit 3: Merchandising Management:- Session 1: Sources of Merchandise(7 periods) - Describe the sources of merchandising - Identify the functions of merchandising division - Understand how negotiation is done with vendor in retailing - Describe the art of a successful negotiation with the vendor in merchandising - Discuss various ethical and legal issues in buying merchandising. - Identify counterfeit and grey market merchandising Session 2: Functions of Merchandising(4 periods) - Identify the steps in determining the right assortment of Merchandise. - Appreciate the pricing the merchandise -Identify the methods of merchandise

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 2. Fill the application for registration of

Practical: (23) Problems on posting Journal entries into Ledger Accounts 7. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Word screen.

Practical Periods: 23 2.Visit Sale Selling And Corporate Retail Establishments To Find Out The Channels Through Which Selected Consumer

P a g e | 133

partnership firm. 3. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 5. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?

8. Demonstrate any 5 the text formatting commands in MS-Word. 9. Demonstrate page formatting commands in MS-Word 10. Demonstrate Mail - Merge in MS-Word 11. Demonstrate cut, copy, paste, paste special, and check spelling 12. Insert an image from clip art and rotate it

Products Reach The Ultimate Consumer E.G. -Tea – Producer – Distributors – Wholesaler – Retailer – Ultimate Consumer.




August 2015 23 20 19



Theory Periods: 20 Unit 3: Merchandising Management(5 Periods) Session 3: Handling of Merchandising.(2 Periods) - Identify the basic aspects of visual merchandising - List out the functions, principles and techniques of visual merchandising - Evaluate the impact of display of merchandise - Discuss various ethical and legal issues in buying merchandising - Identify counterfeit and grey market merchandising Session 4: Duties and Responsibilities of Merchandiser.(3 Periods) - Describe the duties and responsibilities of Merchandiser. - Plan and prepare display of products. Unit 4: Retail Store Layout and Design. Session 1: Types of Retail Location(5 Periods) - Classify the different Locations of retail store.

P a g e | 134

- Identify the factors affecting choice of store location. Session 2: Store Layout. (5 Periods) - Identify the steps in store layout - Competencies required for store operations in retail knowledge - Identify the formalities required for store layout. - Describe the Location and proportion of space through numeric and visual space planning. Session 3: Design decision. (5 Periods) - Identify the elements of store design decision. - Describe the elements of store planning and design - Formulate the process for Retail Store Design - Identify the Product Delivery channel - Handle the customer complaints properly.

Practical: (19) Prepare record on the following: 4. If you are a minor partner, what are the benefits and losses in partnership business 12. If you are a promoter, what steps you are taking to establish Joint Stock Company?

Practical: (19) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Demonstrate how to change the cell border, cell background color, cell foreground color and center the content. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel. 16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Write and demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel.

Practical Periods: 19 3. Visit The Office Of As Manufacturer/Market Of Some Consumer/Industries Goods And Discuss The Distribution Channels Used By Them In Order To Make Their Product Available To The Buyers.

P a g e | 135

18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for creating a chart in Excel.




September 2015 23 20 19



Theory Periods: 20 Unit 4: Retail Store Layout and Design Session 3: Design decision. (3 Periods) - Identify the elements of store design decision. - Describe the elements of store planning and design - Formulate the process for Retail Store Design - Identify the Product Delivery channel - Handle the customer complaints properly. Session 4: Functions of Retail Store Associate. (2 Periods) - Identify the major functions of store associate - Identify the responsibilities of a store associate. Unit 5: Retail Selling Skills:- Session 1: Methods of Selling.(3periods) - Identify the Methods of selling in Retail. - Find out the sales promotion activities in store Session 2: Selling Process.(4 periods) - Identify the potential customers. - Receive and great the customers. Session 3: Salesmanship (Duties of Sales Personnel). (4periods) - Maintain the availability of products for sale to customers in a retail environment. - Organize the receipt and storage of goods

P a g e | 136

in a retail environment - Support customers service improvement - Develop individual Retail Service opportunities - Communicate retail information effectively with stake holders Session 4: Qualities of Goods Sales Person for Handling Queries(4periods) - Identify the Concept of Salesmanship and importance of Salesperson - Find out the qualities of good Sales person - Describe the process of handling objections in the retail sector.



Practical Periods: 19 4. Exercise In Identifying, Distinguishing Features Of Package Of Few Competitive Brands Of Consumer Products Followed By Group Discussion On Their Plus And Minus Points As Well As Suggestion Far Improvement If Any

October 2015 15 12 14



Theory Periods: 12 Unit 6: Customer Relationship Management:- Session 1: CRM Process.(3 Periods) - Describe concept of CRM and its importance - Apply the automating and synchronizing business for Marketing - Identify means of customer supports - Discuss various steps to CRM success, core teams and configuring the system- Identify the stakeholders motivation and

P a g e | 137

CRM adoption benefits - Learn to improve customer relationship Session 2: Duties and Responsibilities of Customer Services Associate. (3 Periods) - Organize the display of goods for retail sale. - Receive and check incoming delivering - Organise and maintain storage facilities - Check the storage and care of stock available to customers Session 3: Customer Retention Strategies. (3 Periods) - Identify concept of customer retention and various customer retention strategies. - Discuss the importance of customer retention strategies. Session 4: Handling Customer Grievances. (3 Periods) - Discuss ways to respond to customer grievances - Identify how to reward customer loyalty - Find out the complaint handling procedure.

Practical: (14) Prepare record on the following: 10. What are the items include in Prospectus? 11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for

Practical: (14) Problems on trial balance 19. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Word, type some text and save the file. 20. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Excel, type some text and save the file.

Practical Periods: 14 5. Students May Be Required To Observe Important Features Of The Sales Promotion Schemes Being Run For Some Consumer Products In The Market Or By Visiting The Market Or The Advertising In Newspaper Radio & T.V. 6. Students May Be Asked To Design Different Ways In Which A Given Product Can Be Promoted In The Market. This May Be Followed By A Group Discussion On The Unit.

P a g e | 138

Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Vijayawada sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities.

7. Collection Of Data On Prices, Customers Profile (Age, Occupation, Religion, Educational Background, Income, Social Background Etc.) In Respect Of Some Of The Competitive Brands Of A Specified Product (Toilet Soap, Tea Leaves) With The Help Of Group Discussion On The Concerned Unit.




November 2015 23


December 2015 24


January 2016 22 20 18

Theory : (20) Banking and Insurance services Definition of Bank and Insurance – types of banks, Functions of Commercial banks, Advantages of Insurance, Principles of Insurance, Types of Insurance (16) Transport warehousing & Advertisement Advantages of transport (4).


Theory Periods: 20 Unit 7: Health Safety and Hygiene in Retailing:- Session 1: Health Care. (5 Periods) - Describe the health care activities and heath care rights in retail organizations - Identify the responsibilities of employers and employees for workplace health and safety - Explain the principles of ergonomics, indoor air quality and pollution in retail organizations - List out the unsafe working conditions Session 2: Personal Grooming. (5 Periods) - Describe the skills required for personal grooming - Identify the food techniques

P a g e | 139

- List out the grooming tips for business women - Enlist the work related injuries and reporting them to supervisor Session 3: Hazards at Workplace. (5 Periods) - Learn about hazardous products, preventive measures for using such products and equipments keeping work areas free from hazards and risk - State various emergencies and escape routes free from obstructions Session 4: Safety Measures at Workplace. (5 Periods) - Practice safety measures and tips to control injuries, violence, harassment, shoplifting and robbery. - State how to handle money equipments, machines and irate customers. - Guide the care taken for travel and personal safety equipments.

Practical: (18) Prepare record on the following: 19. Fill the application form to open a bank Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy?


Practical Periods: 18 8. Students May Be Required To Observe Important Features Of The Sales Promotion Schemes Such As Sales Contests, Free Gift Coupons, Economy Packages, Special Discount Being Run For Some Consumer Product In Market, By Visiting The Market/Scanning The Advertisements In Newspaper/Radio/T.V.

P a g e | 140

24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?




February 2016 24 17 21



Theory Periods: 17 Unit 8: Business Communication:- Session 1: Elements of Communication. (4 Periods) - Introduce and greet in a proper way - Framing of question and sentence - Dealing with customers while they are shopping for goods Session 2: Forms of Communication & Communication Equipments(4 Periods) - Demonstrate effective use of verbal and nonverbal communication skills - Identify the types of communication Session 3: Elements of Business communication. (4 Periods) - Describe the importance of organizational culture in business communication - Communicate Effectively with Customers Session 4: Preparation of Project Report.(5 Periods) - Describe Project Work/ Assignment - Outline the preparation of project report.

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 25. Fill the proforma of delivery receipts. 26. Fill the application form for road permit. 27. Explain about various types of ware houses. 28. What are the steps you are taken non-durable goods? 29. What is the importance of electronic

Practical: (21) 21. List and Demonstrate four arithmetic operators used in MS-Excel. 22. Write and Demonstrate the steps for changing the left margin, right margin, top margin and bottom margin in MS-Word. 23. Write and Demonstrate the Steps for changing the page color and

Practical:21 9. Exercise In Identifying Conditions And Warranties In Respect Of Selected Products. Exercise In Weighing, Measuring Evaluating And Grading Products.

P a g e | 141

media? 30. Narrate the advantages of print media.

page borders in MS-Word. 24. Insert five shapes in MS-Word and fill colors within it.

March 2016 21


P a g e | 142


RETAIL MANAGEMENT: COURSE CODE: 207 SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of

periods Theory/


RETAIL MANAGEMENT (Theory Paper I)

RETAIL MANAGEMENT (Practical Paper –I)



ELEMENTS OF SALESMANSHIP (Theory Paper III)

ELEMENTS OF SALESMANSHIP (Practical Paper –III)

June 2015 25 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 Unit 1: Essentials of Retailing:- (16 PERIODS) Location: Classrooms, Retail Shop, SuperBazaar, BigBazaar, Malls,Departmental Store, Retail arketing,Agencies etc. Unit 2: TYPES OF INVENTORY :- (7 PERIODS) Session1. 1.Describe the concept of inventory and its types. (2 Periods) 2. Identify the methods of Inventory in Retail . (2 Periods) Session 2. 1. Identify the types of the inventory . (3 Periods)


Theory Periods: 23 Unit-1: Introduction:- (16 PERIODS) Concept of Salesmanship, Changing Roles and Functions of a Salesman. Importance of Personal Selling In the Context of Competitive Environment. Types of Selling. Unit-2: Salesman Career:- (7 PERIODS) Career Counselling & Guidance. - Types Of Salesman – Retail, Whole Sale, Specialized Sales Man. - Duties, Responsibilities, Opportunities And Growth In The Sales Field. - Qualities: Physical, Mental, Psychological, Social and Cultural.

Practical Periods: 23 1. Visit to different types of retail

outlets/shopping complex to observe the following: Types of stores and their location Various ways of stores layout location of department etc. Arrangement of


Practical Periods: 23 1. Survey with friends, relatives, etc.,

to find out their feeling about selling as a career.

2. Survey of one or two newspaper/magazines to find:- Personal qualifications prescribed

P a g e | 143

product in racks. Etc. Exterior and interior designing of the store.

Holding discussion with the owner’s management of a few retail stores to find out as to how they decide which product to stock and sell. Assignment-I

by different firms for the recruitment of salesmen.

Assignment –I Assignment –I Assignment – I July 2015

26 23 25

Theory Periods: 23 Unit 2: TYPES OF INVENTORY :- (8 PERIODS) 3.Identify the methods of inventory control. (2 Periods) Session 4 : Duties and Responsibilities of Inventory Supervisor. (1 Periods) 1. Identify the functions of Inventory Supervisor. (2 Periods) 2. Describe the duties and responsibilities of Inventory Supervisor. (2 Periods) Unit 3: 3. Security Points and Functions of Security:-(15 PERIODS) Session1. 1. Identify the various security points.(3 Periods) 2. Identify the role and functions of security/ personnel Session 2: Safety and Surveillance Equipments . (4 Periods) 1. Identify the Safety and Surveillance Equipments. 2. Identify the safety rules and regulations in retail store. 3. Describe the work ethics and values at work place. 4. Evaluate the Work Ethic in day to day work. Session 3 : Material and Equipment


Theory Periods: 23 Unit-2: Salesman Career( 7 PERIODS) Rewards In Selling: Financial and Non-Financial (Incentives) - Sources of Recruitments of Sales Force - Methods Of Training Salesmen. Concept of Salesmanship, Changing Roles and Functions of a Salesman. Importance of Personal Selling In the Context of Competitive Environment. Types of Selling. Unit-3: Product Knowledge:- (15 PERIODS) Importance Of Complete Product Knowledge-Major Areas Of Knowledge-Manufacturers How Used, Life Of Products, Guarantee Price, How Other Customer Liked It Etc. Sources Of Product Information: Published Sources and un Published Sources, Packing, Labelling And Other Specification Enclosure Etc.

P a g e | 144

Handling. (4 Periods) 1. Describe the competencies required for Material Handling in Housekeeping 2. Examine the process of Material Handling 3. Learn Housekeeping Policies and safety requirements. 4. Learn how to cleaning the rooms and furnishing of retail store. 5. Identify and Operate housekeeping equipment in retail departmental stores. 6. Identify the Competencies required for housekeeping in retail operations. 7. Applying Housekeeping in the area of cleanliness, hygiene, safety, disposal of waste. Session 4 : Duties and Responsibilities of Security & Housekeeping Supervisor. (4 Periods):-1. Identify the functions of security and housekeeping supervisor. 2. Describe the duties and responsibilities of security and housekeeping supervisor.

Practical Periods: 25 1. Exercise in assessing the demand

for selected products in given area.

2. Exercise in preparation of stock register, bin card etc. stock taking and preparation of list of existing stock. A visit to the school store or some other store during its stock taking period can be quite helpful.

Practical Periods: (25) 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group. 11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical Periods: 25 3. Discussing relevant cases/audio-visuals sales presentation to evaluate the following: -features of the product which are introduced to the customers; -handling of promotional support; -handling objection with respect to price, competitive disadvantages, etc.., and making follow-up calls. 4.Role play exercise in communication and persuasion in some common situation, for example: - A non-smoker tries to persuade a smoker to stop smoking; -A customer durable products (say T.V., Radio, Washing

P a g e | 145

creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’ in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.

machine) salesman presenting his Company s product to prospective buyers/handling customer’s objection.




August 2015 23


September

2015 23


October, 2015 15


November 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 Unit 4: Accounting procedure in Retailing:- (15 PERIODS) Session 1 (3 Periods).Display of Products &Satisfy Customer needs. 2.Establishing customer needs. Session 2 : Sale and Delivery of Products:- (4 Periods) 1. Processing the sale of products. 2. Delivery of products to customers. Session 3 : Maintenance of Store Area & Communicate effectively with Stakeholders. (4 Periods). 1. Maintenance and cleaning of store area. 2. Communicate effectively with stakeholders. Session 4 : Duties and Responsibilities of Sales Supervisor. (4 Periods) 1. Identify the functions of Sales Supervisor.

Theory: (19) Partnership Accounts – II

Problems on retirement of partner(15) Hire Purchase and Installment Purchase

system Features of hire purchase and installment

purchase system (4)

Theory Periods: 19 Unit-4: Buyer Behaviour:- (9 Periods) Introduction - Classification of Buyer-Industrial, Government and Ultimate Consumers. Buying Motives- Rational and Emotional Factors Influencing Purchase of A Product. Shopping behaviour-Frequency, Place and Unit of Purchase. Unit-5: Identification Of Potential Customers:- (10 Periods) Analysis and consumer profile-age, sex, income, educational, cultural and linguistic background etc.

P a g e | 146

2. Describe the duties and responsibilities of Sales supervisor. UN IT - 5. Supply Chain Management in Retailing:- (4 PERIODS) Session – 1: Introduction to SCM. (1 Period) 1. Acquainted with terms and concept of Supply Chain Management. 2. Describe the Importance, advantages and Limitations of SCM. Session – 2 Principles of Supply Chain Management. (2 Periods) 1. Seven principles of Supply Chain Management 2. Process of SCM 3.Parameters of direct and indirect distribution 4.Factors influencing the direct and indirect distribute SCM. Session 3: Participants in the Process of SCM. (1 Periods) 1. Categorize the types of intermediaries. 2. Choose the Channels of distribution for industrial and Consumer Goods. 3. Find out the Channel of distribution for services.

Practical Periods: 23 1. A visit to a few retail stores to find

out what sales promotion scheme being use by them also ascertain their usefulness to the retail stores.

2. Collection of information in respect of shopping behaviour of people.

Practica Periods l: (23) Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical Periods: 23 5. Field visit to interview sales/purchases manager of some Organization to find out their recent purchases and the factors influencing the same as also the role played by the salesman in this regard. 6. Field visit to some retail outlet to observe selling techniques used by salesman, followed by a discussion.

P a g e | 147


creating a sales transaction in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher




December

2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 UN IT - 5. Supply Chain Management in Retailing:- Session 4: Steps in Supply Chain Management. (4 Periods) 1. Indentify Steps in SCM. 2. Five basic Components included in the process of SCM:-1. Demand planning & Forecasting 2. Source of Procurement 3. Production or Assembly step . 4. Distribution of Goods/ Services 5. Sales return- Defective or excess goods. Unit 6: Non-Store Retailing :- Introduction to E-Retailing:- (4 Periods) 1. Explain the meaning, advantages and shortcomings of e-retailing. 2. Identify relevance of E-retailing resources and Information & communication Technology. 3. Identify the factors responsible for the success of E-retailing 4.Practice e-retailing activities.

Theory Periods: (19) Difference between Hire purchase and Installment purchase system, simple problems in hire purchase system (13) Company Accounts-I Meaning of company – share capital – Types of shares– Issue of shares (6)

Theory Periods: 19 Unit-5: Identification Of Potential Customers:- (10 Periods) Methods Of Identifying Customer Perceptions Influencing Decision Regarding Purchase Of Product - Finding Out Customer’s Needs, Problems And Potentialities. Unit-6: Sales Presentation(10 Periods) Introduction - Planning For Sales Presentation Setting Objectives For The Sales Planning, Sales Talk, Supporting Evidence Etc. - Steps In Sales Presentation - Establishing Report, Introducing Product By Highlighting Benefits And Providing Information Relating To Product Futures And Benefits.

P a g e | 148

Session 2: E-Marketing:- (4 Periods) 1. Discuss the concept of E-marketing. 2. Significance of e-marketing 3. Advantages and shortcomings of e-marketing. 4. Differentiate E-marketing v/s Traditional marketing. Session 3: Telemarketing. (4 Periods)1. Concept of telemarketing. 2. Advantages and disadvantages of tele-marketing. Session 4: Internet Business. (3 Periods) 1. Concept of internet business 2. Classify various objectives of internet. 3. Discuss various issues on internet business:- 1. Classify the issues. 2. Describe main issues of security, privacy, non repudiation, authenticity, data integrity, access control & availability.

Practical Periods: 23 6.Shopping behaviour of people - Say unit of purchase, frequency, reason for purchase with regard to an administered to a select number of shoppers. 7. Practice and simulated exercise in organizing clearance sales and other sales promotion activities.

Practical (23) Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of diplaying the profit and loss report of the company.

Practical Periods: 23 3. Simulation practices in suggestive

selling-offering a substitute or economy pack or other product in the shop; or alternatively, a successful salesman manager may be interviewed to know his personal experiences about the use of suggestive selling, handling of objections,(say what objections are most difficult to answer), planning for sales presentations etc..,

4. Visit a local store to make a survey on buying motives of a select number of

P a g e | 149

23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the cash flow report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

customers with respect to some of the product, with the help of the questioner are.




January 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 Unit 7: Event Management in Retailing:- (20 PERIODS) 1. Planning and Designing Event:- (5 Periods) 1. Describe the plan to organize the events. 2. Describe the arrangements for organizing the events. 3. Describe the requirements for the event 4. Describe the work formulated for execution of the event. Session 2: Documentation for conducting events. (5 Periods) 1. Monitoring Records & collecting feedback. 1. Describe the various records that are maintained for monitoring event management activities. 2. Describe the contents of feedback forms that are useful for correction and further maintaining long term relations with the clients. Session 3: Logistics & Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) (5 Periods) 1. Legal and Statutory Aspects (Advanced) & Standard Operating Procedures (SOP).

Theory Periods: (20) Issue of shares at par, premium and discount (7) Company Accounts – II Company final accounts, Trading, profit and loss accounts & profit loss appropriation account with simple problems. (13)

Theory Periods: 20 Unit-7: Objections:- Objections Regarding Price, Quality, Compensative Disadvantages, Genuineness - methods/Techniques To Be Followed To Overcome Objections. Unit –8: Specialised Categories Of Salesman :- Auction Salesman Conductor - Insurance Agent - Real Estate Dealer - Investment Salesman.

P a g e | 150

Session 4 : Supervising Events. (5 Periods) 1.Identify the activities for smoothly conducting events. 2. Describe the steps in the execution of events. 3. Describe the duties and responsibilities being delegated to staff for execution of an event. 4. Describe the social and cultural aspects required in the execution of an event.

Practical Periods: 21 9. The student should be aware of handling event management independently. He should be given to handle the live function like college day maintenance, retirement function, fare parties etc.

Practical Periods: (21) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow Statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

Practical Periods: 21 8.The teachers may help to construct a simple questionnaire in this regard and try to analyze and compiles the information so collected. 9. Collection of detailed information such as price, packaging, etc., about the product of a company and comparing them with those of competitors-a class room presentations and discussion. Analyze how buying decisions in respect of a consumer non-durable product like toothpaste and a consumer durable product like washing machine are made. Identify decision makers and the factors influencing the buying decisions.




P a g e | 151

February 2016 24 08

Theory Periods: 08 Unit 8: Billing and Accounting Procedure in Retailing:- (2 Periods) 1. Describes the Basic Understanding & for Billing Personnel. 2. Understanding basic accounting terminologies related with Billing & Accounting Procedures. Example: Service Tax, Sales Tax, VAT, Other Duties etc. Session 2: Fundamental of Accounting & Journal and Ledger. (2 Periods) Session 3: Procedure of Trading and Profit & Loss Account. (2 Periods) Session 4: Procedure of Balance Sheet. (2 Periods)

Theory Periods(8) Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments. Pre final Exams-2 - 2016

Theory Periods: 8 Unit –8: Specialised Categories Of Salesman :- Export Salesman - Maintenance Service Salesman - Mail Order Sales - Mobile Salesman/Door To Door - Travel Agency Salesman/Tourism - Health Care (Hospital) Agent.

March 2016 21


P a g e | 152

OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP The basic aim of the course OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Secretarial Practices.

b) Noting, Drafting, Filing, Indexing

Typing and copying.

c) Maintenance of Inward and Outward mail.

d) Use of modern office equipment, computers

and stationary.

e) Taking dictation and transcribing using

Phonogrphy and Typewriting.

P a g e | 153


OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP COURSE CODE : 208 FIRST YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of

periods Theory/






FUNDAMENTALS IN SHORTHAND & TYPEWRITING

(Theory Paper III) Typewriting

(Practical Paper –III)

June 2015 25 23 21



Theory Periods: 23 :- Introduction of phonographic system(5)-consonants(8)-Joining of strokes (5)– Vowels – places – Intervening vowels(5)- position writing – Grammalogues – punctuation(2).





Practical: (21) Introduction of typing – practice of Guide Row-(10) practice of second Fingering practice of words of 1st and 2nd fingering.(11)

Assignment –I (1) Assignment –I Assignment – I

P a g e | 154

July 2015 26 23 23



Theory : 23:- Alternative forms for R&H-(5) - Diphthongs-(5) – Trip hones- Abbreviated W(5) – Praseography-(8)

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 2. Fill the application for registration of partnership firm. 3. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 5. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?

Practical: (23) Problems on posting Journal entries into Ledger Accounts 7. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Word screen. 8. Demonstrate any 5 the text formatting commands in MS-Word. 9. Demonstrate page formatting commands in MS-Word 10. Demonstrate Mail - Merge in MS-Word 11. Demonstrate cut, copy, paste, paste special, and check spelling 12. Insert an image from clip art and rotate it

Practical : 23 Practice of Third Fingering and its words(5) – use of Shift Keys(5), fingures and punctuation Marks(5) – Practice of sentences (5).




August 2015 23 20 19



Theory : 20 Circle S, Stroke S/Z(5), Large Cicles(5), loops ST and STR(10).

Practical: (19) Prepare record on the following: 4. If you are a minor partner, what are the benefits and losses in partnership business 12. If you are a promoter, what steps you are

Practical: (19) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Demonstrate how to change the cell border, cell background color, cell foreground color and center the content.

Practical : 19 Practice paragraphs (10) A to Z, Z to A. (9)

P a g e | 155

taking to establish Joint Stock Company?

15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel. 16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Write and demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for creating a chart in Excel.




September 2015 23 20 19



Theory : 20 Initial Hooks(5), Alternative Forms (5), Circles and Loops to Final Hooks(10).



Practical : 19 Speed drill at 15 wpm.(5) Speed drill at 20 wpm (5) Time for speed at 30 wpm – 10 minutes.(9)

October 2015 15 12 14



Theory: 12 Shun Hook – Aspirate(5) – Upward & Downward ‘R’ – Upward & Downward, L& SH(5) – Compound Consonants – Vowel Indication(2)


10. What are the items include in Prospectus?

Practical: (14) Problems on trial balance 19. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Word, type some text and

Practical : 14 Speed drill at 30 wpm. Practice of Proof reading symbols – Abbreviations. Statement -importance - Typing of

P a g e | 156

11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Vijayawada sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities.

save the file. 20. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Excel, type some text and save the file.

statements with 1+3 Columns(10). Time for Second paper manuscript – 1-1/2 hour. No of words in statements 60 words – 300 strokes. (4)




November 2015/23


December 2015/24


January 2016 22 20 18



Theory : 20 Halving principle, Section I & II, Doubling Principle (10), Essential Vowels & Terminations(10)

Practical: (18) Prepare record on the following: 19. Fill the application form to open a bank


Practical : 18 Practice of Typing Business Letters(5), Government order(5). No’of words in Business letter – 100 words – 500 strokes,

P a g e | 157

Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy? 24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?

No’ of words in G.O – 100 words – 500 strokes.(8)




February 2016 24 17 21



Theory : 17 Prefixes and Terminations (5), Suffixes and Terminations (5), General & Special Contractions(7)

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 25. Fill the proforma of delivery receipts. 26. Fill the application form for road permit. 27. Explain about various types of ware houses. 28. What are the steps you are taken non-durable goods? 29. What is the importance of electronic media? 30. Narrate the advantages of print media.

Practical: (21) 21. List and Demonstrate four arithmetic operators used in MS-Excel. 22. Write and Demonstrate the steps for changing the left margin, right margin, top margin and bottom margin in MS-Word. 23. Write and Demonstrate the Steps for changing the page color and page borders in MS-Word. 24. Insert five shapes in MS-Word and fill colors within it.

Practical : 21 Practice Speed, Statement(7), Business Letters(7), and Government orders (7)

March 2016/21 Revision/ IPE Examination 2016 Revision / IPE Examination 2016 Revision / IPE Examination 2016

P a g e | 158


OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP: COURSE CODE: 208 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of


periods Theory/No. of Periods Practical

Shorthand Theory (Theory Paper – I) Shorthand Theory

(Practical Paper – I)



(Office Management) (Theory Paper III)

(Office Management) (Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 Specialist of contractions, practice Grammalogues(8) Practice Advanced Phraseography sections I to VII Sections.(15)

Theory Periods (22) Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (13) Accounting of non-trading concerns Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts (10)

Theory Periods: 22 OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND MODERN OFFICE AND ITS FUNCTIONS. Principles of Management(5) – Functions of Office Management (5)– Modern Office Meaning (5)– Office work – Office Activities – Office functions.(8)

Practical Periods: 23 Practice of Grammalogues(10), Contractions both General and Special(13)


Practical Periods : 23 Principles of Management(5) – Functions of Office Management (5)– Modern Office Meaning (5)– Office work – Office Activities(10) – Office functions.(3)

Assignment –I Assignment –I Assignment – I

P a g e | 159

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 Practice taking down dictation at 40 wpm. 1 to 10 Excises (Test Book)(15) Practice taking down dictation from Test book.(07)


Theory Periods: 22 OFFICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISRATION. Orgnization Defined Characteristics of organization - Importance of Organization(5)– Steps in Organization Management(5) – Administration – Principles of Organization formal and informal organization(5) – types of organization functions of administrative Office Manager(7).

Practical Periods: 25 Transcription drills at 40 wpm .(10) Transcribing from shorthand to longhand (15) (not more than 200 words

Practical: (25) 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group. 11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’ in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.

Practical Periods: 25. Practice Formal & Informal Organization. Orgnization Defined Characteristics of organization(5) - Importance of Organization(5)– Steps in Organization Management – Administration – Principles of Organization formal and informal organization(10) – types of organization functions of administrative Office Manager(5)

Unit Test- I Unit Test – I Unit Test –I

P a g e | 160

Assignment –II Assignment –II Assignment – II

August 2015 23


September

2015/23 ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

October, 2015/15


November 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 Practice taking down dictation from 11 to 20 Excises Test book.(15) Practice reading of dictation at 50 wpm and 60 wpm.(4)


Theory Periods: 19 OFFICE ACCOMMODATION AND ENVIRONMENT Introductions – Principles – Location of Office – Office Building (5) Office Lay out(5) – Office Lighting types of lighting (5)– types of lighting system s – Ventilation interior decoration – furniture.(4)

Practical Periods: 23 Transcription from English to shorthand not more than 200 words.(23)

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a sales transaction in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher

Practical Periods: 23 OFFICE ACCOMMODATION AND ENVIRONMENT Introductions – Principles (4)– Location of Office – Office Building (5) Office Lay out(5) – Office Lighting types of lighting (5)– types of lighting system s – Ventilation interior decoration – furniture.(8) Assignment-II Unit test-II

P a g e | 161




December 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 Speed drills at 70,80wpm(5). Taking dictation from 21 to 28 Excises Test book(14)


Theory Periods: 19 OFFICE MACHINES AND EQUIPMENT: Objects of mechanization – The Criteria of for selection - Types of Office machines – Miscllaneous machines.(10) RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE STATIONERY: Records – Importance of Records - Records Management - Filing Methods of filing – Indexing – Type of Indexing(5) – Stationery – Importance Of Stationery – Methods of Purchasing – Stationery control(4).

Practical Periods: 23 Practice of precis – writing.(10) Précis – writing of passage of 450-500 words in to 150 words. (13)

Practical (23) Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of diplaying the profit and loss report of the company. 23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the cash flow report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

Practical Periods: 23 Objects of mechanization – The Criteria of for selection - Types of Office machines – Miscllaneous machines.(5) RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE STATIONERY: Records – Importance of Records - Records Management (5) - Filing Methods of filing(4) – Indexing – Type of Indexing(4) – Stationery – Importance Of Stationery – Methods of Purchasing – Stationery control(5).




P a g e | 162

January 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 Practice taking down dictation at 80 wpm & 90 wpm.(6) Taking dictation from 29 to 32 Excises Test book(15)


Theory Periods: 20 OFFICE COMMUNICATION AND CORRESPONDENCE AND MAIL SERVICES. Importance of communications(5) – Effective communication procedures(5) Office Correspondence Organizing Correspondence(10) –

Practical Periods: 21 Practice Rules.(10) Read Theory Answers and shorthand passages-(11) Pre final examinations – 1 (23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016)

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

Practical Periods: (21) OFFICE COMMUNICATION AND CORRESPONDENCE AND MAIL SERVICES. Importance of communications(5) – Effective communication procedures(5) Office Correspondence (5) Organizing Correspondence(06) –




February 2016 24 08

Theory Periods : 8 Revision + Practice 80 wpm. Drills 33 to 36 Excises(8) Pre final examinations – 2 (2nd week of Feb 2016)

Theory(8) Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments.(8) Pre final Exams-2 - 2016

Theory Periods : 8 Revision + Office Organization and Mail Services. (8) Pre final examinations – 2 (2nd week of Feb 2016)

March 2016 21


BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

The basic aim of the course Banking and Financial Services

A. TOWARDS WAGE EMPLOYMENT:

1. Cashier. 2. Bank Clerk. 3. Billing Clerk. 4. Banks Assistant. 5. Accounts Assistant. 6. Computer Operator. 7. Stock exchange clerk. 8. Securities dealer (Assistant)

B. TOWARDS SELF EMPLOYMENT:

1. To run a small business (Retail)2. Bank Assistant. 3. Shares and Securities Agent.


Banking and Financial Services is to impart the following skills in student.

TOWARDS WAGE EMPLOYMENT:

Securities dealer (Assistant)

TOWARDS SELF EMPLOYMENT:

To run a small business (Retail)

Shares and Securities Agent.

P a g e | 163


is to impart the following skills in student.

P a g e | 164

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES:: COURSE CODE 209 FIRST YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of periods Theory/ No. of

Periods Practical





Banking – I (Theory Paper –III)

Banking – I (Practical Paper –III)

June 2015 25 23 21

Theory: (23) Basic concepts (15) Business Organization and Scope, Business, Profession, Industry, Trade, Types of trade and aids to trade, Types of Industries. Forms of Business organization (8) Sole trader – Characteristics


Theory (23) .Bank and Banking : 1.1 Origin and Growth of Banking(2) 1.2Meaning and definition of Bank , 1.3Types of Banks (4) 1.4Banking system (1) Branch banking system – meaning , Advantages of branch banking (3) Disadvantages of branch banking (3) Unit banking system – meaning Advantages of Unit banking (3) Disadvantages of unit banking (2) 1.5Commercial banks functions (3) 1.6Credit creation(1) 1.7Role of commercial Banks in a developing economy(2)

P a g e | 165

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 1. How to fill the application form to

open a medical shop. 6. Fill the application form for

establishing Small scale industry


Practicals (21) A)Forms: Identification of various forms (5) Saving Bank pay in slip (5) Demand Draft Applications (6) Current account (5)

Assignment –I (1)

Assignment –I Assignment –I

July 2015 26 23 23



Theory (23) 1.9Unit banking (1) 1.10Franchise Banking (1) 1.11Branch banking (1) II.Commercial Banking in INDIA: 2.1Structure of Indian Commercial banking system (3) 2.2Recent trends in commercial banking (3) 2.3Deposit insurance (2) 2.4Credit Guarantee schemes (2) 2.5Innovative banking (2) 2.6Social banking (2) 2.7Merchant banking (2) 2.8Mutual funds (2) 2.9Venture capital (2)

Practical: (23) Prepare record on the following: 2. Fill the application for registration of

Practical: (23) Problems on posting Journal entries into Ledger Accounts 7. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Word screen.

Practical ( 23) Demand loans fixed deposits etc. (5) b) Saving Bank Account 1. Opening of the ordinary Literate

P a g e | 166

partnership firm. 3. What are the main points will be include in partnership deed? 5. If you are a Head of family in JHUF Business, What are your Characteristics?

8. Demonstrate any 5 the text formatting commands in MS-Word. 9. Demonstrate page formatting commands in MS-Word 10. Demonstrate Mail - Merge in MS-Word 11. Demonstrate cut, copy, paste, paste special, and check spelling 12. Insert an image from clip art and rotate it

savings Account, the formalities required from the customer – Single Account & joint Account (8) 2. Issue of cheque books , passbooks, up dating pass books (6) 3. Stop payment of the cheque – Recording, and the consequences of non-compliance of stop payment (5)




August 2015 23 20 19



Theory: (20) 2.10Factoring services (2) 2.11&2.12E-Banking – Banking sector reforms(4) III Banking legislation INDIA: 3.1Banking regulation act (2) Important provisions (2) 3.2 Definition of Banking company (2) 3.3 Capital(1) 3.4 restriction on banking operations(3) 3.5 Powers of RBI (General awareness)(4)

Practical: (19) Prepare record on the following: 4. If you are a minor partner, what are the benefits and losses in partnership business 12. If you are a promoter, what steps you are taking to establish Joint Stock Company?

Practical: (19) Problems on balancing ledger accounts Problems on subsidiary books 13. Identify any 8 tools in MS-Excel Screen 14. Demonstrate how to change the cell border, cell background color, cell foreground color and center the content. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for changing the width of row and column in Excel. 16. List and Demonstrate any four formula functions in Excel. 17. Write and demonstrate to add, substrat, multiply and divide two cell values in Ms-Excel. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure for

Practical: (19) 4. Issue of a duplicate pass book (4) 5. Transfer of account from one branch to another.(3) 6.Calculation of interest on SB Account(3) 7.Settlement of claim on deceased Constituent (2) 8. Application for ATM card (3) 9. Closure of Account (4)

P a g e | 167

creating a chart in Excel.




September 2015 23 20 19



THEORY(20) IVCentral Banking functions : 4.1 Credit control meaning(1) 4.2 Objectives of credit control (4) 4.3 Quantitative methods (3) 4.4 Qualitative methods (3) Note issue systems (3) 4.5 Principles of note issue(2) 4.6 Methods of note issued (2) 4.7 Role of central banks in developing countries (2)



Practical: (19) 10. Service charges (yearly to be Debited (2) C) Opening of fixed Deposit: 1. Application form filling up-for minor and pardanashin woman, Joint account (7) 2. preparation of TDR & entering the particulars in the system (records) (5) 3. Standing instructions for payment of interest to be noted (5)

October 2015 15 12 14



Theory (12) 4.8 Reserve bank of India Organisation Structure(3) V.Negotiable Instruments Act: 5.1 Meaning (3) 5.2 Characteristics of Negotiable instruments (3) 5.3Kinds of promissory notes(3)

P a g e | 168

Practical: (14) Prepare record on the following: 10. What are the items include in Prospectus? 11. When joint stock company issuing a lieu of prospectus. 13. Fill the proforma of Co-Operative Society. 14. Write briefly about different types of Co-Operative Society. 15. Draw the proforma of registration for Co-Operative Society. 16. What is the method obtain for membership in Co-Operative Society and what are the rights of a member? 17. If you are a member in Co-Operative Society, how to approach to public to get funds. 18. If you are a chairman of Vijayawada sports club, how to utilize the funds for development of sports activities.

Practical: (14) Problems on trial balance 19. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Word, type some text and save the file. 20. Write and Demonstrate the steps to create file in MS-Excel, type some text and save the file.

Practiclas:14 4. Issue of duplicate at fixed deposit receipt (5) 5. Payment on due date /premature payment (5) 6. If the beneficiary comes after the due date ( e.g after a month) what is to be done? (4)




November 2015 23


December 2015 24


P a g e | 169

January 2016 22 20 18



Theory : 20 5.4Bills of exchange (2) 5.5 Cash credit (1) 5.6 Discount &purchase of bank draft(2) 5.7 Parties to negotiable instruments (2) 5.8 Crossing of cheque(2) 5.9 Endorsement (3) 5.10 Collection and payment of cheques(3) 5.11 Dishonour of cheques (1) 5.12 MICR cheques (2) 5.13 Importance sectors relating to Banker(2)

Practical: (18) Prepare record on the following: 19. Fill the application form to open a bank Account. 20. Fill the application form to fixed deposit in to the bank. 21. Draw the proforma of Demand Draft. 22. What is meant by overdraft? Write an application to the Bank manager for Over Draft facility? 23. What is the procedure to take life insurance policy? 24. What are the steps to taken for taking Marine insurance policy?


Practicals (18) D) Opening of Recurring Deposit 1. Application form for different types of customers – Individuals(3) - partnership firms (4) - companies – (2) - Others - (2) 2. Requirements to be taken – formalities – (2) 3. Cheque book to be issued (5)




P a g e | 170

February 2016 24 17 21



Theory (17) VI. Banker and Customer: 6.1 Definition of Banker(2) 6.2 Services to customer (3) 6.3 Meaning of Customer (1) 6.4 Customer and banker relationship (4) 6.5 Obligations of Banker (2) 6.6 Rights of Banker (2) 6.7 Rights of a customer under consumer protection Act.(3)

Practical: (21) Prepare record on the following: 25. Fill the proforma of delivery receipts. 26. Fill the application form for road permit. 27. Explain about various types of ware houses. 28. What are the steps you are taken non-durable goods? 29. What is the importance of electronic media? 30. Narrate the advantages of print media.

Practical: (21) 21. List and Demonstrate four arithmetic operators used in MS-Excel. 22. Write and Demonstrate the steps for changing the left margin, right margin, top margin and bottom margin in MS-Word. 23. Write and Demonstrate the Steps for changing the page color and page borders in MS-Word. 24. Insert five shapes in MS-Word and fill colors within it.

Practical : 21 4. Stop payment of the cheques – recording and consequences of non compliance (7) 5. Service charges (7) 6. Statement of account to be Sent on monthly basis/ etc (7)

March 2016 21


P a g e | 171


BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES: 209 SECOND YEAR


periods Theory/ No. of

Periods Practical

FINANCIAL SERVICES (Theory Paper –I)

FINANCIAL SERVICES (Practical Paper-I)



BANKING - II (Theory Paper –III)

BANKING - II (Practical Paper –III)

June 2015 25 22 23

THEORY:(22): 1.Interest calculations : 1.1Calculation of interest(2) A) Simple interest (2) b) Compound interest (2) c) Compound amount (2) d) Compound rate (2) e) Add on interest (2) f) Reducing Balance rate of interest (2) 1.2 Present value of sum of money reading interest (2) Interest calculations on various types of advances (term loans, overdrafts, cash credit, demand loans) Bills discounting (3) 2.Leasing: 2.1 Concept and classification(3)


Theory (22) 1.DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS : 1.2 es of deposit accounts : fixed deposit, saving bank account current deposit , recurring deposit (4) fixed deposit, opening and operations: payment of interest advance against fixed deposit,(2) 1.3.2surrender of deposit before maturity: deposit in joint names repayment of deposit (2) saving bank deposit accounts ; opening and operations accounts(2) interest calculations(1) Current deposits : account opening and operations (2) recurring deposit accounts: opening and operation.(2) opening of account for different types of customers (4) 1 minors 2 lunatics 3 married women 4 paradanashi women, 5 illiterate person, 6 trustees, 7 executors, and

P a g e | 172

8 admnistratrs, int 9 partnership firms,HUF 10 Joint stock companies 11 societies and other non trading institutions 1.8 Know your customer (1) 1.9 Anti money laundering(1) 1.10 Multi option Deposit(1) 1.11 cash Key(1) 1.12 Unfixed deposit(1) 1.13 Floating deposit(1) 1.14 Standing Instruction Implementation (1)

Practicals (23) 1.Calculations: 1. calculation of simple interest (5) 2. Calculation of compound internet (5) 3. Calculation of EMI for Different periods (5) 4. Calculation of present value of Money (8)


PracticaL:23 1. Loans and advances:1. to verify the sanction of terms, issue of the sanction letter to the barrower(9) 2.To staqrt the documentation for the loan sanctioned as per the documents mentioned in the sanctioned note.(3) 3. stamping of the documents and exc;lusion of the documents by the borrower.(3) 4. filling of charges (form 8 and 13) in the case of company (hypothecation of vehicle, Current assets etc)(5) 5. Recycle of documents in the document excuswion register (entering & witness in the execution (3)

Assignment –I Assignment –I Assignment – I

P a g e | 173

July 2015 26 22 25

THEORY:(22) 2.2 Sources of finance to a leasing company (3) 2.3 Tax aspects (3) Lease evaluation (2) 2.4 Legal aspects (2) 2.5 Lease accounting and reporting : Current accounting and reporting Practices (3) Accounting treatment of finance Lease and reporting of operating leases (2) 2.6 Accounting for lease hold &buildings (2) 3. Hire purchase: 3.1 Concept & characteristics of HP (2) 3.1.2 Legal aspects (2) 3.1.3 Income tax aspects(2) 3.2 Accounting aspects (2)


THEORY: (22) 2.LOANS & ADVNACES: (10) maning of the term loans (2) nsiderations for sound lending (3) types : cash credit , over draft, bills discounting and purchase (3) consortium finance, Term loans.(2) .SPECIFIC LOANS: (20) Personal loans (2) Housing Loans (2) consumer Loans (1) Priority sector advances (2) Loans for Weaker sections, small scale Industries, Agriculture, self employed and professionals etc. (2) Gold – Loans against Hypothecation (2) Duties and Responsibilities of Bank in bursing Loan –(2) Consumer Loan (1) Auto Loan (1) Role of recovery agents (2) modes of recovery (1) Recovery agent Direct selling Agent (1) Verification Agent (1) Bank ombudsman.(1)

Practical : 25 4. Calculation of present value of Money (7) 5. Calculation of penal interest on loans (2) 5.Calculation of penal interest on loans (3)

Practical: 25 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical : 25 : 6. creation of EM or regd.mortgage in case of land – calculation of drawing power- both TL and CC.(8) 1.Loans and advances: 7.a) calculation of interest on monthly basis, b) Penal interest in casse of delay of servicing of interest / installment.(3) 8. In case of term loan fixing the EMI.(3)

P a g e | 174

II .LEASING : 1.a practical exercising by taking a lease proposal – various consideration by the leasing company (4) 2. Sources of Funding (4) 3. Types of Industries avail leasing (5)

creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group. 11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’ in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.

9. In case it is an advance against auathorised security i.e., (Gold , fixed deposit Receipt NSC, RDetc.,) Discharged foxed deposit receipt

a.) arriving at the advance value of the security.

b.) In case of TDR, NSC , RD,. marking of lien.

c.) NSC lein to be marked in the post office .(4)

10. Processing fee valuation charges advocate fee to be collected for loans other than cash credit TL particularly housing loans, vehicle loans and consumer loans, personel loans. a)post dated cheques EMI To be taken b) cheque of fecility (employer to giver and undertaking for deducting installment from the salary and payment to the bank . c) standing instructions.(3) 11.Closure of the account –pre payment of the loan , prepayment charges if any to be collected . -regular closure after all the repayments have been paid .(3)




August 2015 23 ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

September 2015 23


October, 2015 ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING

P a g e | 175

15

November 2015 23 19 23

THEORY ; (19) 3.2 Accounting aspects (2) Different types of Repayment methods(4) 3.3 Differences between leasing and hire purchases(1) 3.4 Hire purchase Act 1972 (2) 4.Insurance : 4.1 Introduction (1) Types of Insurance (Life & non life) (2) 4.2 Kinds of insurance policies (3) 4.2.1Re-insurance (1) 4.2.2 Insurance premium determination (4)


THEORY :19 4.SECURITIES FOR ADVANCES:(20) Meaning (2) Kinds of securities: Term Deposit Receipts, Gold, Vehicles, Land, Buildings (8) Modes of charging the securities :Lien,pledge,Hypothecation,Mortgage.(9)

PRACTICALS: 23 4. Benefits of the lessee (6) 5. Tax implications to the lessee (6) 6.Accounting and reporting of leasing companies (Lessor & lessee)(4) III .Hire purchase

1. Practical Exercises : Hire purchase proposals eg: Taxi cab, Lorry etc.,(4)

2. Accounting aspects: with hirer and hiree (3)

PRACTICAL: (23) Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a sales transaction in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher

PRACTICALS : 23

II ) Handling of cash;(20) xamination of notes for forged notices.(2) 1. sorting of notes (2) 2. Making packets of 100 pieces each(2) 3. Bundling into 10 packets each(7) 5. Affixing of note slip and signing the same(2) Re counting of notes(2) 6croling of receipts and payments to be made after the officer authorizes(2) 7ffixing the receipt / payment stamp(2)

exchange of soiled notes(2)

P a g e | 176




December 2015 24 19 23

THEORY : (19) Contnd 4.2.3 Reading the Insurance premium charts (3) 4.3 Calculated surrender values for various types of policies (4) 5.Mutual funds: 5.1 Introduction (2) 5.2 Classififcation of Mututal fund schemes: Open and closed End Schemes (2) Debt fund scheme (2) Tax savings schemes (2) Income and growth schemes (2) 5.3 SEBI guidelines for Mutual funds investments (3) 5.4 Net Asset Value (NAV)of the fund (3) 5.5 Rating of Mutual fund / schemes (3)


Theory: (19) Assessment of Individual Problems on gross total income – total income from various heads.(19)

PRACTICALS ;(23) Contnd

1. Different types of repayment Method –depending open the next surplus (6)

3.Different types of repayment methods(4) IV.Mutual funds : 1.field work along with some Mutual fund Agents and associating with them while interviewing the prospective customers and filling up the proposal forms (10) 2. Discussions with a few mutual funds Agents for understanding the factors taken

Practical (23) Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of diplaying the profit and loss report of the company.

PRACTICALS : (23) III.Negotiable instruments Act: 1.What is a cheque? Different types of crossing on cheques (2) 2.Demand promissory note (7) 3.Hundi , (Bill of Exchange ), presentation and acceptance (2) 4.Calculation of due date of the bill sent for collection.(2) 5. Types of bills 1) Sight bills, 2) Bills of acceptance.(2)

P a g e | 177

into account for arriving the net asset value (3)

23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the cash flow report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

6. dishonour of bills.(2) IV. CLEARING HOUSE: 1.Acknowledgement on the counter foil to the depositor(2) 2.Enclosing the particulars of the cheques in the system (2) 3. Affixing of relevant stamps(1) 4. preparation of Bank wise schedule(2) 5. presentation to the clearing house directly through service Branch (2)




January 2016 22 20 21

THEORY: (20) 5.4 Net Asset Value (NAV)of the fund (3) 5.5 Rating of Mutual fund / schemes (3) 6. Micro credit Agencies : 6.1 Introdcution (2) Formation of groups (2) Self Help Group (SHG) (2) 6.2 Micro finance institutions (2) Registration (1) Empowerment of woman (2) 6.3 Role of the Micro credit agencies in meeting the credit needs of women (2)


THEORY:(20) sorting bank wise and branch wise, putting Bank’s Endorsement, Returning the Dishonored Cheques.(2) Real Time Gross settlement (RTGS), Electronic funds Transfer, (EFT) Electronic clearing service (ECS),(2) Core Banking –(2) advantages –(2) anywhere banking , Multicity cheque3s, Single window service (1) 7. INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS: Credit cards – (2) debit cards,-(2) ATM cards –(2) NRI Deposits –(2) Foreign Exchange –(3)

PRACTICALS : (21)


PRACTICALS:(21)

P a g e | 178

v.Micro credit agencies: 1.TO Know how they operate (1) 2. (a) Regular Savings (!) (b) periodical meetings (2) © Maintainance of accounts (2) (d) economic activities (2) (e) repayment (1) (f) earnings & maintenance minutes book (2) 3.Revolving fund (2) 4.Book keeping and maintenance of accounts (2) 5. A mock exercise of an SHG covering the above said aspects. (7)

25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

Contnd 56.Receipt of inward clearing &entering the same in the system (2) 7. Inwards clearing sheques debiting the following accounts a)preparation of adjustment of vouchers b) Release of the clearing proceeds to the customers.(3): V. ATM OPERATIONS 1. Application for ATM (10) a) Issue of ATM card & PIN(3) b) How to operate the ATM (3)




February 2016 24 08

THEORY: ( 8) 6.4 Group dynamics (2) 6.5 Bank linkage (2) 6.6 Features of the SHG(2) 6.7 Revolving funds (1) 6.8 Recovery need for control over the Micro credit agencies(2)

Theory(8) Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments. Pre final Exams-2 - 2016

THEORY (8) Front office –(4) Back office. (4)

March 2016 21


P a g e | 179

Insurance and Marketing The basic aim of the course Insurance and Marketing is to impart the following skills in the student.

A. Towards wage employment:

1. Insurance Agent

2. Marketing Agent

3. Insurance Advisor.

B. Towards Self-employment:

1. To run a small business (retail)

2. Computer Operator.

3. Similar fields as mentioned in wage employment.

P a g e | 180

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 INSURANCE & MARKETING: COURSE CODE : 210 FIRST YEAR

Month &

No. of working



Business Organisation (Theory Paper I)

Business Organisation (Practical Paper I)

Accountancy & Computers (Theory Paper Ii)

Accountancy & Computers (Practical Paper Ii)

Principles Of Insurance (Theory Paper Iii)

Principles Of Insurance (Practical Paper Iii)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1-BASIC CONCEPTS (23) 1.0 Business Organizations and its scope

(6) 1.1 Business (2) 1.2 Profession (2) 1.3 Industry (2) 1.4 Trade (4) 1.5 Types of Trade and aids to Trade (4) 1.6 Types of industry (2)

Theory Periods: 23 1 INTRODUCTION TO CCOUNTANCY 1.1 Definition of accountancy and book keeping (3) 1.2 Objectives(2) 1.3 Merits and demerits(3) 1.4 Accounting concepts(3) 1.5 Convention(2) 1.6 Single entry system(2) 1.7 Double entry system(2) 1.8 Advantages(2) 2 JOURANAL(13) 2.1 Recording of transaction(3)

Theory Periods: 23 1 THE CONCEPTUAL FRAMWORK 1.1 Brief history of insurance(4) 1.2 perils and risks(2) 1.3 Classification of risks(3) 1.4 Hazards(2) 1.5 How insurance works and classes of insurance(3) 1.6 assumptions(2) 1.7 Importance of insurance industry(4) 2 THE BUSINESS OF INSURANCE 2.1 Managing risks (3)

Practical Periods: 21 Visiting different type of business firms and industry (19) Fill the different types of Firms application forms (2)

Practical Periods: 21 Basics of windows operation (4) Copying (4) Moving of files (3) Creating (3) Deleting (3) Renaming folders (4)

Practical Periods: 21 Introduction (3) Internal organization (4) The distribution system (4) Appointment (3)Functions (3)Continuance and Remuneration to agents (4)


P a g e | 181

July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 2 FORMS OF BUSINESS OGANIZATIONS(23) 2.0 Sole Trader (2) 2.1 Characteristics (3) 2.2 Merits and demerits of sole trader (5) 2.3 Joint Hindu family (2) 2.4 karat Merits and demerits (5) 3 PARTNERSHIP (6) 3.0 Characteristics (2) 3.1 Merits and demerits (4)

Theory Periods: 23 2.2 Types of accounts (3) 2.3 Rules of Debit and Credit (3) 2.4 Journal (3) 2.5 Journal entries (3) 3 LEDGER (15) 3.1 Classification of recorded transactions (5) 3.2 Ledger meaning (3) 3.3 Types of ledger (3)

Theory Periods: 23 2.2 Retention (2) 2.3 Life insurance (2) 2.4 managing insurance (2) 2.5 Funds of an insurer (3) 2.6 Trustee (2) 2.7 Reinsurance (2) 2.8 Role of insurance in economic development (3) 2.9 insurance and social security (3) 3 THE INSURANCE CONTRACT 3.1 Utmost good faith (2) 3.2 Insurable interest (2)

FORMS OF BUSINESS OGANIZATIONS Practical Periods: 23 Collections (10) Display and filling of various dummy documents relating to forming of sole trader (13)

Practical Periods: 23 Creating shortcuts (3) Placing shortcuts (3) Operation of control panel (3) Screen setting (4) Mouse setting (3) Viewing files with my computer (7)

Practical Periods: 23 Calculations regarding premiums 7 Various plans of Life Insurance: Basic elements (3) Popular plans (4) Riders (4) Postal life insurance (5)




Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 3.2 Partnership Deed (1) 3.3 Type of Partners (1) 3.4 Rights and duties of partners (2) 4 JOINT STOCK COMPANY (16) 4.0 Characteristics (4) 4.1 Merits and demerits (5) 4.2 Kinds of companies (5) 4.4 Promoters (2)

Theory Periods: 20 3.4 Posting the Recorded transactions (1) 3.5 into separate accounts (1) 3.6 Ledger book and balancing the accounts (2) 4 SUBSIDIARY BOOKS(10) 4.1 Types of subsidiary books (10) 5 CASH BOOK 5.1 Types of cash book (3) 5.2 single column cash book (3)

Theory Periods: 20 3.3 Criminal act (2) 3.4 Indemnity (2) 3.5 The insurance contract (2) 3.6 Subrogation and contribution (3) 3.7 Proximate cause (2) 3.8 Personal and non personal contract (3) 4 INSURANCE PRODUCTS 4.1 Life insurance : 4.1.1 Non linked policies (2)

P a g e | 182

4.1.2 linked policies (1) 4.1.3 Annuities (1) 4.1.4 Group Policies (2)

Practical Periods: 19 Partnership (9) Joint stock company (10)

Practical Periods: 19 Deleting files (3) Folders and retrieving from cycle bin (4) Installing software/uninstalling software (5) Hardware (4) Printing text documents (3)

Practical Periods: 19 Practice regarding annuities Introduction (1) The nature of annuities (2) Pensions (2) Awareness regarding Industrial life insurance (2) Salary saving schemes (2) Married women’ s property act policies (2) Key man insurance (2) Plans covering handicapped (2) Prospectus, Proposal forms and other related---documents & medical examination and special—reports (4)




Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 5 INCORPORATION OF JOINT STOCK COMPANY (10) 5.1 Procedure and incorporation Joint stock company (3) 5.2 Memorandum of association (3) 5.3 Articles of association (2) 5.4 Prospectus (2) 6 CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES (10) 6.1 Characteristics (4) 6.2 Type of cooperative societies (6)

Theory Periods: 20 5.3 Two column cash book (4) 5.4 Three column cash book (5) 5.5 Petty cash book (5) 6 TRIAL BALANCE 6.1 Importance of trial balance (3) 6.2 Preparation of trial balance (3)

Theory Periods: 20 4.2 Non life insurance 4.2.1 Loss of Profits (1) 4.2.2 Marine insurance (1) 4.2.3 Hull insurance (1) 4.2.4 Motor insurance (1) 4.2.5 Personal accident (1) 4.2.6 Fidelity Guarantee (1) 4.2.7 Health insurance (1) 4.2.8 Overseas medical insurance (1) 4.2.9 Liability insurance (1) 4.2.10 Engineering insurance (1) 4.2.11 Boiler and pressure plant (1)

P a g e | 183

4.2.12 Aviation insurance (1) 4.2.13 Other miscellaneous insurance (1) 4.3 Innovative plans (1) 5 INSURANCE TERMINOLOGY (6)

Practical Periods: 19 Co-operative societies like partnership deed (9) Memorandum of association (9)

Practical Periods: 19 MS-WORD Creating and saving a document (3) Operation of tool bars (3) Selecting menus from the drop menus (3) Formatting the text (4) Spell checking (3) Mail merging (3)

Practical Periods: 19 Policy documents Need and format (2) Policy preamble (2) Schedule (2) Attestation (2) Conditions and privileges (2) Alterations and duplicate policy (2) Premium payment (2) Lapse and revival & surrender values (2) Assignment (3)




Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 6.3 Merits and demerits (8) 7 BANKING AND INSURENCE SERVICES 7.0 Definition of bank and insurance (4)

Theory Periods: 12 7 FINAL ACCOUNTS 7.1 Preparation of Trading account (5) 7.2 Profit and Loss account and Balance sheet with adjustments (7)

Theory Periods: 12 6 THE INSURANCE MARKET (6) 7 REGULATIONS 7.1 The insurance act 1938 (2) 7.2 IRDA ACT 1999 (2) 7.3 Life insurance corporation act 1956 (2)

Practical Periods: 14 Articles of association (2) Prospectus/statement in lieu of prospectus (5) Invitation of public deposits (3) Invitation of shares (3)

Practical Periods: 14 Printing of document MS EXCEL Introduction to electronic spreadsheets (3) Entering column titles (2) Entering numbers (2) Editing data (2) Selecting cells (2) Calculations using formulas (2)

Practical Periods: 14 Nominations (4) Loans (3) Surrenders (4) Foreclosure (3)

P a g e | 184




Nov 2015 23

OJT

OJT OJT

Dec 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 7.1 Different types of banks (4) 7.2 Functions of commercial banks (2) 7.3 Advantages of insurance(3) 7.4 Principles of insurance(4) 7.5 Types of insurance (3) 8 TRANSPORT,WAREHOUSING & ADVERTISMENT 8.1 Advantages of transport (2) 8.2 Types of transport (2)

Theory Periods: 20 8 BASIC FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTERS 8.1 Advantages of computers (4) 8.2 Input (4) 8.3 Output devices (4) 8.4 Operating systems (4) 8.5 Ms. Word (4)

Theory Periods: 20 7.4 General insurance act 1972 (4) 7.5 consumer protection act 1986 (4) 7.6 Income tax act (3) 7.7 Other laws (3) 8 THE INSURANCE CUSTOMER (6)

Practical Periods: 18 BANKING AND INSURANCE SERVICES (10) Visiting a bank and collection various pay-in-slips(2) Withdrawal modes(2) Filling Demand draft forms(2) Fixed deposit forms(2) Forms relating to opening of account in bank etc(2) TRANSPORT ,WAREHOUSING & ADVERTISEMENT(8) Visiting various types of warehouses and collecting flow chart of their

Practical Periods: 18 Copying data (3) Moving data (3) Drag and drop feature (3) Clearing cell contents (3) Saving work book (3) Closing a work book (3)

Practical Periods: 18 Calculations regarding policy claims Maturity claims (3) Survival payments (3) Death clams (3) Claim concession (3) Presumption of death (3) Accident benefit and disability benefit (3)

P a g e | 185

activities(8)




Feb 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 8.3 Importance of warehousing types of warehousing (5) 8.4 Need and importance of advertisement (4) 8.5 Print media(4) 8.6 Outdoor media(4) Practical Periods:21 Visiting various nearby transport offices and collecting information (10) Visiting various advertisement agencies and observing their charging tariff and the importance/ advantages of advertisement (11)

Theory Periods: 17 8.5 Ms. Word (4) MS EXCEL (13) Practical Periods:21 Working with work sheet (10) Inserting and deleting worksheets (10) Revision

Theory Periods: 17 9 RISK MANAGMENT (4) 9.1 History of insurance (6) 9.2 History of insurance in India (7) Practical Periods:21 - Calculate the surrender value (7) - Calculate the maturity value (7) - Nomination facilities (7)




March 2016 21


P a g e | 186

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 INSURANCE & MARKETING: COURSE CODE: 210 SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working



Retail marketing (Theory Paper I) Retail marketing

(Practical Paper –I)

Accountancy & Tally (Theory Paper II)

Accountancy & Tally (Practical Paper II)

Principles General Insurance (Theory Paper III)

Principles General Insurance (Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 Unit 1: Fundamentals of Retailing (15 PERIODS) :- Session 1: Basics of Retailing(3 Periods) - Identify the Basics of Retailing - Classification of retailers Session 2: Retail Formats(4 periods) - Understand the concept ―Retail Format‖ - Types of retail formats Session 3: Functions of Retailer(4 periods) - Understand the functions of Retailers. - Identify the duties and responsibilities of retailers. Session 4: Trends in Retailing(4 periods) - Identify the Segments for Urban and Rural areas - Find out the Driving forces in Indian retailing. Unit 2: Retail Marketing Mix(8PERIODS):- Session 1: Product Mix. (4 periods) - Acquainted with the concept of Marketing Mix - Features of Product Mix - Product Life Cycle

Theory Periods: 22 Depreciation Meaning and need of depreciation, Causes of depreciation, Methods of depreciation, Simple problems of depreciation of Straight line method and Diminishing method (12) Accounting of non-trading concerns Distinction between capital and revenue expenditure, Receipts and Payments Accounts (10)

Theory Periods: 22 1 PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL INSURANCE 1.1 Principles of general insurance (4) 1.2 Insurance documents (3) 1.3 Basis of rate making (3) 1.4 Other acts relating to general insurance (4) 2 FIRE INSURANCE 2.1 Fire insurance (5) 2.2 General conditions (3)

P a g e | 187

Session 2: Price Mix. (4 periods) - Identify the Price Mix features and its importance - Identify the methods of Pricing in retailing Unit 2: Retail Marketing Mix Session 3: Promotion Mix.(4 periods) - Identify the concept of Promotion Mix and its importance - Identify the objectives and elements of promotion Mix Session 4: Place Mix. (4 periods) - Understand the concept of Place Mix, its importance and process - Find out the objectives and features of place mix - Describe the various modes of transportation and its objectives Session 5: Process, People and Physical evidence(4 periods) - Identify the concept and features of process - Identify the concept and features of people - Identify the concept and features of physical evidence.

Practical periods: 23 1. To Visit Market And List Available Brands

Of Selected Consumer Products And Classify Them Into Different Categories Viz. Vegetables, Ghee, Oils Etc. As Non-Durable Product And Colour TV, Fan, Electric Bulb Etc. As Durable Product.

2. Visit Sale Selling And Corporate Retail Establishments To Find Out The Channels Through Which Selected Consumer Products Reach The Ultimate Consumer

Practical Periods: 23 Prepare record on the following : 1-6. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a company.

PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL INSURANCE Practical Periods:23 Insurance (3) Market (3) Insurance forms (3) Proposals forms (2) Proposals for insurance (3) Certificate of insurance (3) Endorsements (3) Co-insurance (3)

P a g e | 188

3. Visit Sale Selling And Corporate Retail Establishments To Find Out The Channels Through Which Selected Consumer Products Reach The Ultimate Consumer E.G. -Tea – Producer – Distributors – Wholesaler – Retailer – Ultimate Consumer

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 Unit 3: Merchandising Management:- Session 1: Sources of Merchandise(7 periods) - Describe the sources of merchandising - Identify the functions of merchandising division - Understand how negotiation is done with vendor in retailing - Describe the art of a successful negotiation with the vendor in merchandising - Discuss various ethical and legal issues in buying merchandising. - Identify counterfeit and grey market merchandising Session 2: Functions of Merchandising(4 periods) - Identify the steps in determining the right assortment of Merchandise. - Appreciate the pricing the merchandise -Identify the methods of merchandise Unit 3: Merchandising Management(5 Periods) Session 3: Handling of Merchandising.(2 Periods) - Identify the basic aspects of visual merchandising - List out the functions, principles and techniques of visual merchandising - Evaluate the impact of display of

Theory Periods: 22 Income and Expenditure Account (8) Partnership Accounts – I Problems on profit and loss appropriation account and Admission of partner (14)

Theory Periods: 22 2.3 Tariff system (2) 2.4 Types of policies (2) 2.5 Rules for cancellation of policy (2) 3 MARINE INSURANCE 3.1 Marine insurance (2) 3.2 Marine policies (3) 3.3 Rating and underwriting (3) 3.4 Dody insurance (2) 3.5 Increased value insurance (3) 3.6 Tariff policies claims (3)

P a g e | 189

merchandise - Discuss various ethical and legal issues in buying merchandising - Identify counterfeit and grey market merchandising Session 4: Duties and Responsibilities of Merchandiser.(3 Periods) - Describe the duties and responsibilities of Merchandiser. - Plan and prepare display of products.

Practical Periods: 25 3. Visit The Office Of As Manufacturer/Market Of Some Consumer/Industries Goods And Discuss The Distribution Channels Used By Them In Order To Make Their Product Available To The Buyers.

Practical Periods: 25 7. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group of Direct expenses. 8. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a customer named Rajeev in appropriate ledger group. 9. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a vendor named Reliance Industries in appropriate ledger group. 10. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a bank named SBI in appropriate ledger group. 11. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger of a sales customer ‘Manohar’ in appropriate ledger group. 12. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a ledger under the group Direct income.

Practical Periods: 25 Fire & Marine insurance Fire & Marine coverage’s (3) Standard policies (2) Fire insurance coverage’s (4) Reinstatement value policy (4) Types of marine policies (2) Special declaration policy (2) Duty and increased values insurances (4) Miscellaneous converges (2) Specialized insurances (2)




P a g e | 190

Aug 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 15

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 Unit 4: Retail Store Layout and Design. Session 1: Types of Retail Location(5 Periods) - Classify the different Locations of retail store. - Identify the factors affecting choice of store location. Session 2: Store Layout. (5 Periods) - Identify the steps in store layout - Competencies required for store operations in retail knowledge - Identify the formalities required for store layout. - Describe the Location and proportion of space through numeric and visual space planning. Session 3: Design decision. (5 Periods) - Identify the elements of store design decision. - Describe the elements of store planning and design - Formulate the process for Retail Store Design - Identify the Product Delivery channel - Handle the customer complaints properly. Unit 4: Retail Store Layout and Design Session 3: Design decision. (3 Periods) - Identify the elements of store design decision. - Describe the elements of store planning and design - Formulate the process for Retail Store Design - Identify the Product Delivery channel

Theory Periods: 19 Partnership Accounts – II Problems on retirement of partner(15) Hire Purchase and Installment Purchase system Features of hire purchase and installment purchase system (4)

Theory Periods:19 4 MOTOR INSURANCE 4.1 Motor insurance (1) 4.2 Legal aspects I & II (1) 4.3 Motor policies I & II (2) 4.4 Motor Tariff (1) 4.5 Documents & underwriting (2) 4.6 Claims, own damage claims and Claims II (3) 4.7 Third party liability claims (1) 4 OTHER GENERAL INSURANCE

POLICIEAS 5.1 Personal accident insurance (1) 5.2 Type of disablement & Policy conditions (2) 5.3 Raising, Risk Group I,II,III & Age limits (3) 5.4 Group personal accident policy (1) 5.5 Claims & New Schemes (1)

P a g e | 191

- Handle the customer complaints properly. Session 4: Functions of Retail Store Associate. (2 Periods) - Identify the major functions of store associate - Identify the responsibilities of a store associate. Unit 5: Retail Selling Skills:- Session 1: Methods of Selling.(3periods) - Identify the Methods of selling in Retail. - Find out the sales promotion activities in store Session 2: Selling Process.(4 periods) - Identify the potential customers. - Receive and great the customers. Session 3: Salesmanship (Duties of Sales Personnel). (4periods) - Maintain the availability of products for sale to customers in a retail environment. - Organize the receipt and storage of goods in a retail environment - Support customers service improvement - Develop individual Retail Service opportunities - Communicate retail information effectively with stake holders Session 4: Qualities of Goods Sales Person for Handling Queries(4periods) - Identify the Concept of Salesmanship and importance of Salesperson - Find out the qualities of good Sales person - Describe the process of handling objections in the retail sector.

Practical Periods: 23 4. Exercise In Identifying, Distinguishing Features Of Package Of Few Competitive

Practical Periods: 23 Prepare record on the following: 13. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of

Practical Periods: 23 Rating & Marketing agreements(5) Premium calculation & underwriting

P a g e | 192

Brands Of Consumer Products Followed By Group Discussion On Their Plus And Minus Points As Well As Suggestion Far Improvement If Any 5. Students May Be Required To Observe Important Features Of The Sales Promotion Schemes Being Run For Some Consumer Products In The Market Or By Visiting The Market Or The Advertising In Newspaper Radio & T.V. 6. Students May Be Asked To Design Different Ways In Which A Given Product Can Be Promoted In The Market. This May Be Followed By A Group Discussion On The Unit.

creating a payment voucher in tally. 14. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher in tally. 15. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a sales transaction in tally. 16. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of changing the date of a sales transaction as today’s date. 17. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a purchase voucher in tally. 18. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of creating a receipt voucher

practice(6) New business procedure , Renewal procedure & books (4) Claims & Reactionary procedure (3) Investigation & assessment claims (2) Document , settlement & recoveries (3)




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 Unit 6: Customer Relationship Management:- Session 1: CRM Process.(3 Periods) - Describe concept of CRM and its importance - Apply the automating and synchronizing business for Marketing - Identify means of customer supports - Discuss various steps to CRM success, core teams and configuring the system- Identify the stakeholders motivation and CRM adoption benefits - Learn to improve customer relationship Session 2: Duties and Responsibilities of Customer Services Associate. (3 Periods) - Organize the display of goods for retail sale. - Receive and check incoming delivering - Organise and maintain storage facilities

Theory Periods: 19 Difference between Hire purchase and Installment purchase system, simple problems in hire purchase system (13) Company Accounts-I Meaning of company – share capital – Types of shares– Issue of shares (6)

Theory Periods: 19 6 GENERAL INSURANCE POLICIEAS-I 6.1 Health insurance (2) 6.2 Medi claim policies (2) 6.3 Proposal forms & Schedule of the Policy (2) 6.4 TPAs their role (1) 6.5 Settlement of the claims (2) 6.6 Liaoning with Hospitals & Nursing Homes (2) 7 GENERAL INSURANCE POLICIEAS-II 7.1 Overseas Medical Policy (2) 7.2 Burglary insurance (2) 7.3 Money insurance & Fidelity Guarantees (4)

P a g e | 193

- Check the storage and care of stock available to customers Session 3: Customer Retention Strategies. (3 Periods) - Identify concept of customer retention and various customer retention strategies. - Discuss the importance of customer retention strategies. Session 4: Handling Customer Grievances. (3 Periods) - Discuss ways to respond to customer grievances - Identify how to reward customer loyalty - Find out the complaint handling procedure. Practical Periods: 23 7. Collection Of Data On Prices, Customers Profile (Age, Occupation, Religion, Educational Background, Income, Social Background Etc.) In Respect Of Some Of The Competitive Brands Of A Specified Product (Toilet Soap, Tea Leaves) With The Help Of Group Discussion On The Concerned Unit.

Practical Periods: 23 Prepare record on the following: 19. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the list of all ledgers in tally. 20. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the ledger report of any customer. 21. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the balance sheet report of the company. 22. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the profit and loss report of the company. 23. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the cash flow report in tally. 24. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the trial balance report of the company.

Practical Periods: 23 Investment & Accounting in respect of General insurance of - business (5) General Ledger(3) Income and Outgo (3) Trial balance and Revenue Account (3) Profit and loss account (5) Balance sheet and returns (4)




Jan 2016 22

Theory Periods: 20 Unit 7: Health Safety and Hygiene in

Theory Periods: 20 Issue of shares at par, premium and discount

Theory Periods: 20 8.1 Bankers blanket & jewellers Block

P a g e | 194

20 21

Retailing:- Session 1: Health Care. (5 Periods) - Describe the health care activities and heath care rights in retail organizations - Identify the responsibilities of employers and employees for workplace health and safety - Explain the principles of ergonomics, indoor air quality and pollution in retail organizations - List out the unsafe working conditions Session 2: Personal Grooming. (5 Periods) - Describe the skills required for personal grooming - Identify the food techniques - List out the grooming tips for business women - Enlist the work related injuries and reporting them to supervisor Session 3: Hazards at Workplace. (5 Periods) - Learn about hazardous products, preventive measures for using such products and equipments keeping work areas free from hazards and risk - State various emergencies and escape routes free from obstructions Session 4: Safety Measures at Workplace. (5 Periods) - Practice safety measures and tips to control injuries, violence, harassment, shoplifting and robbery. - State how to handle money equipments, machines and irate customers. - Guide the care taken for travel and personal safety equipments.

(7) Company Accounts – II Company final accounts, Trading, profit and loss accounts & profit loss appropriation account with simple problems. (13)

Policies (3) 8.2 Other Miscellanies Policies like Pedal cycle insurance (3) 8.3 Plat glass insurance (2) 8.4 Missing Documents Indemnity (2) 8.5 Blood stock insurance (2) 8.6 Pet Dog Insurance (2) 8.7 Sports insurance & Shop keeper insurance policy(4) 8.8 House holders insurance policy (4)

Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods: 21

P a g e | 195

8. Students May Be Required To Observe Important Features Of The Sales Promotion Schemes Such As Sales Contests, Free Gift Coupons, Economy Packages, Special Discount Being Run For Some Consumer Product In Market, By Visiting The Market/Scanning The Advertisements In Newspaper/Radio/T.V. 9. Exercise In Identifying Conditions And Warranties In Respect Of Selected Products. Exercise In Weighing, Measuring Evaluating And Grading Products.

Prepare record on the following: 25. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Fund flow statement in Tally. 26. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Cash flow statement in Tally. 27. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Sales register in Tally. 28. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of displaying the Purchase register in Tally. 29. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the balance sheet in Tally. 30. Write and Demonstrate the procedure of printing the Profit and Loss Statement in Tally.

Health insurance (7) Sickness (4) Various Health Riders in Policies (6) Practical (4)




Feb 2016 24 08

Theory Periods: 08 Unit 8: Business Communication:- Session 1: Elements of Communication. - Introduce and greet in a proper way - Framing of question and sentence - Dealing with customers while they are shopping for goods Session 2: Forms of Communication & Communication Equipments - Demonstrate effective use of verbal and nonverbal communication skills - Identify the types of communication Session 3: Elements of Business communication. - Describe the importance of organizational culture in business communication - Communicate Effectively with Customers

Theory Periods:08 Company Accounts – III Company final accounts Simple problems on balance sheet contents without adjustments.

Theory Periods:08 8.7 Sports insurance & Shop keeper insurance policy(4) 8.8 House holders insurance policy (4)

P a g e | 196

Session 4: Preparation of Project Report. - Describe Project Work/ Assignment - Outline the preparation of project report.




March 2016 21


P a g e | 197

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN Basic aim of the course AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN is to impart following skills in student.

1. Should be able to overhaul the engine , clutch, gearbox, propeller shaft, differential and rear axle, brakes / brake system, steering and steering linkages, front axle, front suspensions rear suspension.

2. Should be able to use various hand tools, gauges, instruments and special equipment.

3. Should be able to overhaul fuel injection pump and feed pump, and injectors.

4. Should be able to wash , clean the under chassis and to Lubricate the various paints with oil or grease.

5. Should be able to implement the maintenance schedule.

6. Should be able to perform tyre rotation.

7. Should be able to set the headlights.

8. Should be able to check the tighten the nuts as per the required torque and able to mount the wheels.

P a g e | 198

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 309 FIRST YEAR

Month &

No. of working



WORK SHOP TECHNOLOGY (Theory Paper I)

BASIC MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

(Theory Paper II)

AUTOMOBILE POWER PLANT

(Theory Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 Unit 1 : Engineering materials Contents : Properties and uses of common Engineering Materials such as Cast Iron (1) Mild Steel ( 1) High Carbon Steel (1) Alloy Steel (1) Stainless Steel ( 1) Copper( 1) Brass (1) Tin ( 1) Zinc (1) Gunmetal (1) Bronze(1) White metal(1) Aluminum. ( 1) Non Metals : Wood, Plastic, Rubber. (1) Importance of safety Precautions in Workshop (1) Unit 2 : Fitting and Drilling Contents : Cutting Tools – Chisels (2) Hacksaws (2) Files( 2)

Theory Periods: 23 Unit :1 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 1 Definition for system, boundary, surroundings, working fluid and state of system (2) 2. Types of thermodynamic systems, closed, open and isolated systems with examples(2) 3. Properties of systems intensive and extensive with examples(1) 4. Definitions for properties like pressure, volume, temperature, enthalpy, internal energy and their units.(2) 5. Definitions for flow of work and specific heat(1) Unit :2 Laws of perfect Gases 1. Explanation of gas laws, Boyle's law, Charles’s law, Avogadro’s law, Joule's law and Renaults law.(3) 2. Characteristic gas equation, universal gas equation, characteristic gas constant, universal gas constant. (3) 3. Specific heat at constant pressure and constant volume for a gas. Relation between two specific

Theory Periods: 23 Unit No:1 Introduction to Engines 1.Definition of Engine(1) 2. Types of Engines(2) 3. Function of I.C. Engines(2) 4. Classification of I.C. Engines2) Unit No :2 Petrol Engines 1. Material used, function and constructional details of Petrol Engine components(4) 2. Cylinder arrangement (in line, V-type, opposed-piston, opposed Cylinder, radial) of Petrol Engines(2) 4. Side valve and over head valve operating mechanism, L,I,F, and T type valve arrangements, valve clearance, timing gears (3) 3. Construction and working of 2 stroke and 4 stroke petrol engines (6) 5. Comparison between 2 stroke and 4

P a g e | 199

Scrapers( 1) Drill Bits(1)

heats with characteristic gas constant(2) 4. Simple problems on gas equations.(2) Unit:3 Laws of thermo dynamics: 1. Zeroeth, first, second laws of thermo dynamics(4) simple problems on conversion of heat into work(1)

stroke petrol engines (1)

Workshop Practice Practical Paper – I Practical Periods: 21 1. Fitting: 1.1. Identification & Usage of tools (3) 1.2. Sawing Practice (7) 1.3. Filing practice(7) 1.4. Chiseling Practice(4)

Engineering Drawing Practical Paper – II Practical Periods: 21 1.0. Introduction 1. Scope and objective of the subject(1) 2. Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium(1) 3. Drawing instruments and their uses(2) 4. Scales : Recommended scales, reduced &enlarged(2) 5. Sheet sizes : A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5. Layout of drawing sheet sizes of title block and its contents(1) 6. Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments(1) 2.0. Lettering and Dimensioning 1. Types of Lettering(1) 2. Guide Lines for lettering(1) 3 Recommended sizes of letters and numbers(1) 4. Single stroke letters.(1) 5. Dimensioning - rules and systems of dimensioning – dimensioning a given drawing.(2) 3.0 Geometric Construction 1. Bisecting a line - perpendiculars - parallel lines – sdivision of a line (5) 3.2 Angles – Bisection and Trisection (2)

Automobile Engine lab Practical Paper – III Practical periods: 21 Overhauling of Petrol Engine 2 Stroke Petrol Engine (21)


P a g e | 200

July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 Unit 2 : Fitting and Drilling Contents : Reamers & Tap( 2) Dies ( 2) and Sockets. Striking tools : Hammers (1) Holding Devices : Vices ( 1) Marking Tools (1) & Miscellaneous tools (2) Checking & Measuring Instruments Calipers & Dividers (2) Drilling Machines - Sensitive (2) and Radial Drilling Machines (2) Various Fitting and Drilling operations (2) Unit 3 : Sheet Metal Work Contents : Metals used for sheet metal work (1) sheet metal hand tools – measuring (2) and cutting tools (2) stakes (1)

Theory Periods: 23 simple problems on conversion of heat intowork(1) Unit No: 4 Thermodynamic processes: 1. Types of thermo dynamics processes, Constant volume, Constant pressure, isothermal, Adiabatic, polytrophic equations representing the processes (12) 2. Equations for work done during the processes, calculation of change of internal energy.(4) 3. Calculation of heat supplied or rejected during the processes(4) Unit No: 5 Fuels 1. Definition of fuels, types of fuels, solid, liquid and gaseous fuels and its uses (1) 2. Calorific values (Higher & lower) of fuels(1)

Theory Periods: 23 5. Comparison between 2 stroke and 4 stroke petrol engines (1) 6. Valve timing diagram of 2 stroke and 4 stroke petrol engines(3) 7. Firing order of multi cylinder engine(1) Unit No : 3 Petrol Engine Fuel System 1. Line diagram of petrol engine fuel system(1) 2. Constructional details of fuel tank, fuel lnes(1) 3. Construction and working of fuel pumps(1) 4. Requirements of an automobile carburetor(1) 5. Air fuel ratios for different conditions(1) 6. Arrangement of carburetors-down draught, up draught and side draught(2) 7. Construction and working of Carter, Zenith, Solex and S.U. Carburetors(2) 8. Petrol injection system in Modern vehicles(1) 9. Working principle of a super charger, scavenging(1) Unit No: 4 Diesel Engines 1. Working principle of a 2 stroke and 4 stroke diesel engines(7)

Practical Periods: 23 Fitting: 1.4. Chiseling Practice(1)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Angles - bisection, trisection(1) 3. Tangent lines touching circles internally and

Practical Periods: 23 Overhauling of 4 Stroke Petrol Engine (21)

P a g e | 201

1.5. Preparation of T, ‘L’ Sections (15) 1.6. Drilling (3) 1.7 Tapping (4)

externally (3) 3.4. Polygons - Regular polygons - circumscribed and inscribed in circles.(3) 5. Conic sections - Definitions of focus, directrix, eccentricity (i) Construction of Ellipse by Concentric circles method(3) (ii) Construction of parabola by rectangular method.(2) (iii) Construction of Hyperbola when given the position of point from X-axis and Y-axis.(2) 4.0 Orthographic Projection 1. Definition - Planes of Projection - Four quadrants – Reference line.(2) 2. First angle projection - Third angle projection(7)

Mechanical Fuel Pump (2)




Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 Sheet metal operations - Shearing, bending, Drawing, Squeezing (4) Sheet metal joints - Hem & Seam Joints (1) Fastening Methods – Riveting (1) Soldering (1) Brazing (1) spot welding. ( 1) Unit 4 : Carpentry Contents : Marking & Measuring Tool ( 1) Cutting Tools Saws (1) Chisels (1) Planes (1) Boring Tools (1) striking tools (1) Holding Devices (1) & Miscellaneous Tools (1)

Theory Periods: 20 2. Calorific values (Higher & lower) of fuels(1) 3. Fuels used in I.C. Engines(2) 4. Qualities of good fuel(2) 5 octane number(2) 6. Cetane number(2) 7 Alternative fuels(1) Unit No: 6 Thermo dynamic cycles 1. Carnot Cycle(2) 2. P-V & T-S diagram(2) 3. Working of carnot cycle(1) 4. Assumption of carnot cycle(1) 5. Efficiency of carnot cycle (without proof)(1) 6. Otto cycle(2) 6.7 Working.(1)

Theory Periods: 20 Unit No: 4 1. Working principle of a 2 stroke and 4 stroke diesel engines(7) 3. Advantages and limitation of diesel engine over a petrol engine(2) 2. Valve timing diagram of 2 stroke and 4 stroke diesel engines(2) 4. Types of diesel engine combustion chambers i.e. direct injection Chamber, pre combustion chamber and turbulence chamber-Relative advantages and disadvantages (4) Unit No :5 Diesel Engine Fuel System 1. Line diagram of diesel engine fuel system(1) 2. Types of diesel fuel feed pump-

P a g e | 202

carpentry joints (2) Carpentry process (1)

construction & working(2) 3. Requirements of fuel injection system(1) 5.4. Types of fuel injection systems-Common Rail, Individual System (1)

Practical Periods: 19 2. Tin Smithy 1. Make a Rectangular tray (7) 2. Make a Rectangular Scoop, Funnel (7) 3. Riveting Practice (4) 4. Soldering the Joints (1)

Practical Periods: 19 3. Projections of points(2) 4. Projections of straight lines(4) 5. Projections of planes(6) 6. Projections of solids(7)

Practical Periods: 19 Mechanical Fuel Pump(4) Electrical fuel pump(6) Petrol fuel injection system (4) Solex carburetor, Carter carburetor& S.U.Carburetor(5)




Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 Unit 4 : Carpentry Contents : Carpentry process (3) wood working Machines (1) Unit 5 : Forging & Welding Contents : Hand Tools (2) Heating Devices (2) Smith Operations (5) Machine Forging (2) Forging hammers (2) Forging press(2) Welding : Arc welding (1)

Theory Periods: 20 6.8. P-V and T-S Diagrams(2) 6.9. Efficiency of Otto cycle without proof(1) 6.10. Diesel cycle(1) 6.11. Working(1) 6.12. P-V and T-S Diagrams(2) 6.13. Efficiency of Diesel cycle without proof(1) 6.14. Simple problems(2) Unit No: 7 Introduction to Transmission of Power 7.1. Types of transmission of power in Engineering(1) 7.2. Power transmitting media like belt, Chain, rope and gears(2) 7.3 Expression for velocity ratio for belts (formula only)(1) 7.4. Definition of the slip(1) 7.5. Belt drives, open and cross belt drive(1) 7.6. Tensions in tight and slack sides of a belt(1) 7.7. Rope drive, chain drive, gear drive, simple gear drive and compound gear drive and their applications.(1)

Theory Periods: 20 5.5. Construction & working of F.I.P.(5) 5.6. Governing System Function - construction & working of Mechanical & pneumatic type governors(2) 5.7. Function of Injectors-Types of injectors and their construction & working.-Single hole, Multi hole, & Pintle hole(2) Unit No :6 Lubrication System 6.1. Types of lubricants(2) 6.2. Properties of lubricants & SAE number(2) 6.3. Requirements of lubrication for Automobiles(1) 6.4. Construction & working of different types of lubrication systems i.e. Petroil (or) mist type, splash type, forced feed type and dry sump type(06) 6.5. Function of Oil Filters(1)

P a g e | 203

7.8. Belt fasteler(1) 7.9. Uses of Jockey pulley(1)

Practical Periods: 19 4. Soldering the joints(2) 2.5. Elbow (5) 3. Carpentry 3.1 Planning practice (2) 3.2 Chiseling practice (2) 3.3. Prepare Tee Lap joint(5) 3.4 Plain Tenon Joint (3)

Practical Periods: 19 6. Projections of solids (3) 4.7Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views (9) 5.0. Isometric Projection 5.1. Definition - Isometric axes, lines and planes(3) 5.2 Isometric Scale – Isometric View (4)

Practical Periods: 19 Solex carburetor, Carter carburetor& S.U. carburetor(1) 4 stroke diesel engine and different type of diesel engine combustion chambers (18)




Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 Welding : Arc welding (1) & Gas Welding (3) Unit 6 : Foundry Contents : foundry equipment ( 2) Hand moulding Tools (2) Moulding Boxes (1) Types of sands and properties (1) Patterns : Classification &Making; (1) Green sand and dry sand moulding ( 1)

Theory Periods: 12 Unit No: 8 8.0. Fasteners 8.1. Introduction (1) 8.2. Screws(1) 8.3. Nuts and Bolts(1) 8.4. Rivets and Clamps(1) Unit No :9 Units of Mechanical work, power and Energy 9.1. Definition of work, power and energy with S.I. units(5) 9.2. Simple problems on work, power and energy(3)

Theory Periods: 12 6.6. Types of oil filtering systems i.e. full flow & by pass flow system(1) 6.7. Types of filtering elements, i.e. cartridge type, stack type, centrifugal type Etc,.(1) 6.8. Necessity of crank case ventilation-positive crank case ventilation(1) 6.9. Sludge formation in the lubricating oil-effect of sludge to the Lubrications systems(1) 6.10. Grades of lubricants used in engine, gear box, differential, steering gear box in different type of Vehicles(1) Unit No :7 Cooling System 7.1. Necessity of cooling system in Automobiles(1) 7.2. Disadvantages of over cooling & under cooling(1) 7.3. Constructional details of Air cooling system(1) 7.4. Construction and working of forced feed type with thermostat water cooling

P a g e | 204

system(4)

Practical Periods: 14 3.4. Plain Tenon joint(1) 3.5. Mortise & Tenon joint (3) 3.5. Mortise & Tenon joint (3) 3.6 Boring Preactice (1) 4 BlackSmithy 4.1 Practice of usage of tools(2) 4.2 Making around Bar from a Square Bar (4)

Practical Periods: 14 5.2. Isometric Scale - Isometric view(4) 5.3. Drawing of isometric views of plane figures(5) 5.4 Drawing of Isometric views of Prisms and Pyramids (5)

Practical Periods: 14 4 stroke diesel engine and different type of diesel engine combustion chambers (6) Fuel Pump (6) Air cooling System and water cooling System (2)




Nov 2015

OJT

OJT

OJT

Dec 2015

OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 Cores & Core making Casitngs : ( 2) Shell Moulding (1) ceramic moulding (1) Special castings (1) Defects in castings. (1) Advantages and limitations of Casting (1) Unit 7 : Mechanical Working of Metals Contents : Hot working process - Rolling, Piercing, Drawing, Spinning, Extrusion. ( 7) Cold Working Process : Rolling, Bending, drawing, spinning Extrusion, squeezing,Peening (4) Cold Working Process : Rolling, Bending, drawing, spinning Extrusion, squeezing,Peening (2)

Theory Periods: 20 9.2. Simple problems on work, power and energy(2) Unit No : 10 Safety Precautions 10.1. Precaution in handling tools(1) 10.2. Causes of Electric shocks(1) 10.3. Cure of electric shock-first aid, artificial respiration(1) 10.4. Precaution against shock(1) Unit No : 11 Electric Current; Ohm's Law; Kirchhoff’s laws 11.1. Electric Current, Voltage (1) 11.2 Conductors, Semi-Conductors, Insulators(1) 11.3. Conventional, Electric Current Flow Unit(1) 11.4. Idea of Electric Potential unit(1)

Theory Periods: 20 7.5. Construction & working of water pump, radiator(4) 7.6. Anti freezing and anti rusting additives(2) 7.7 Viscous fan(2) Unit No: 8 Manifolds and Mufflers 8.1. Necessity of inlet and exhaust manifold(1) 8.2. Considerations for a good manifold design(1) 8.3. Types of manifolds-inlet & exhaust(2) 8.4. Necessity air cleaner & filters, Types of air Cleaners, Construction and working principle of air Cleaner(4) 8.5. Function of silencer, Construction and working principle of different types of

P a g e | 205

11.5. Definition Electrical Resistance Unit(1) 11.6. Definition Specific Resistance 11.7calculation of Resistance of conductor (1) 11.8. Simple problems(1) 11.9. Effect of temperature on resistance,11.10Temperature co-efficient of resistance (1) 11.11. Ohm’s law and resistance calculations(1) 11.12 Resistance in series and parallel combinations(1) 11.13. Kirchhoff’s laws 11.14 Kirchhoff’s current & voltage laws(1) 11.15 Electrical work, power & energy(1) Unit No: 12 Electrical measuring Instruments 12.1. Classification of electrical measuring instruments(2)

silencers(2) 8.5. Function of silencer, Construction and working principle of different types of silencers(2)

Practical Periods: 18 4.2. Making a round bar from a square bar(3) 4.3. Making a ring of given round rod(6) 4.4. Making of crane hook, S-hook, T-bolt, Flat Chisel, Gib head , sunk key(5) Arc Welding 5.1 Making a Square Butt Joint(2) 5.2 Making a T- Joint , Lap Joint , Corner Joint (2)

Practical Periods: 18 5.4. Drawing of isometric views of prisms and pyramids(3) 5.5. Drawing of isometric view of cylinders and cones(8) 6. Section of solids 6.1 Need for Drawing Sectional views – Section Planes (2) 6.2 Section of prisms and pyramids (5)

Practical Periods: 18 Air Cooling system& Water cooling system(12) Splash lubrication system( 4) Force Feed Lubrication System (2)




Feb 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods:17 Cold Working Process : Rolling, Bending, drawing, spinning Extrusion, squeezing,Peening (1) Advantages and limitations of cold working & Hot working ( 1)

Theory Periods:17 12.2. Ammeters and voltmeters and their applications(1) 12.3. Moving coil meters and moving iron(2) 12.4. Method of connecting the Ammeters and Voltmeters(2)

Theory Periods:17 Unit No: 9 Performance of IC Engines 9.1. Need for engine performance testing(2) 9.2. Different types of engine powers i.e. BHP, IHP, FHP.(6)

P a g e | 206

Unit 8 : Lathe & Grinding Contents : Lathe main parts simple operations, (7) Grinding – working principle; Grinding wheel materials, Applications of Grinding.(6) Grinding wheel materials (1) Applications of Grinding(1)

12.5. Wattmeter(2) 12.6. Energy Meter(2) 12.7. Power Factor Meter(2) 12.8. Megger(2) 12.9. Continuity tester(2) 12.10. Measurement of Insulation resistance(2)

9.3. Different types of engine efficiencies i.e. break thermal efficiency, indicated thermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency(6) 9.4. Specific fuel consumption, heat balance sheet, performance Curves(3)

Practical Periods :21 5.2. Making of T joint, lap joint, corner joint(5) 5.3. Identification of welding positions(2) Gas welding 5.4. Identification of Gas welding equipment (2) 5.5. Setting of Gas welding equipment(2) 5.6. Setting of Gas welding flames(2) 5.7. Practicing of Gas welding techniques (8) Pre final examinations – 2 (2ndweek of Feb 2016)

Practical Periods :21 6.0. Sections of Solids 6.2. Sections of prisms and pyramids(3) 6.3. Sections of cones and cylinders.(8) 7.0 Auto –CAD 7.1 Study of Auto-CAD screen, toolbars, menus and various commands(1) 7.2 Exercise on mirror imaging, rotate, array and move commands(2) 7.3 Exercise on dimensioning and hatching(2) 7.4 Exercise on 2D drawings(2) 7.5 Study the 3D solids and solid tool bar options(2) 7.6 Draw bolt and nut in 3D drawings(1) Pre final examinations – 2 (2ndweek of Feb 2016)

Practical Periods :21 Forced feed lubrication system (6) Inlet & exhaust manifold (8) Different types of Mufflers (7) Pre final examinations – 2 (2ndweek of Feb 2016)

March 2016 21


P a g e | 207

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 309 SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working



(Theory Paper I) Automobile Transmission System &

Electrical System

(Theory Paper III) Automobile Chassis And Body

Engineering

(Theory Paper III) Automobile Servicing And Gaurage

Management

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Clutch (8) 1.1. Necessity of clutch in automobiles (2) 1.2. Construction and working of a single plate, multiplate, centrifugal and semi-centrifugal clutch. (6) 2.0. Gear Box (8) 2.1. Necessity of gear box in automobiles (2) 2.2. Construction and working of a sliding mesh, constant mesh and synchromesh gear box (6) 3.0. Universal Joints and Propeller Shaft (10) 3.1. Necessity of Universal Joints & Propeller Shaft(2) 3.2. Construction and working of cross or spider, yoke , ball and Trunion, and constant velocity type, universal type (2) 3.3. Construction and working of enclosing type and hollow type propeller shaft (2)

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Chassis, Frame and Body (12) 1.1. Introduction of Chassis frame (1) 1.2. Layout of the Chassis and its main components (2) 1.3. Functions of the Chassis frame (2) 1.4. Types of Chassis frames (1) 1.5. Various loads acting on the frame (2) 1.6. State the different bodies used in automobiles (2) 1.7. Explain the requirements of bodies for various types of vehicles viz. private, commercial etc. (2) 2.0. Steering System (22) 2.1. Requirement of the vehicle steering System (2) 2.2. Types of steering gearboxes, (2) 2.2 Types of Steering Systems and Power Steering(3) 2.3. Steering linkages(2)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction (8) 1.1. Garage, Service Station and Specialist repair shop(2) 1.2. Tools and equipment for a garage, service station and specialist repair shop & Power tools(3) 1.3 Layout of a typical garage, service station and specialist repair shop(3) 2. Major equipment for service station (12) Study the construction and working of the following equipment with aid of charts/original equipment 2.1. Car washing machine &Automatic Washing (3) 2.2. Vehicle hoist(3) 2.3. Air Compressor(3) 2.4. Lubrication equipment - Grease guns - Hand and compressed air

P a g e | 208

2.4 Under steering, over steering,& Turning radius (3)

operated - High pressure lubrication(3) 3. Automobile Engine reconditioning equipment (12) Study the following processes with the help of Charts/Model/ Original Component 3.1. Degreasing Plant(2)

ATS &ES LAB (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1 Single plate clutch, Multiplate clutch& Centrifugal clutch. (9) 2 Sliding mesh gearbox, Constant mesh gearbox& Synchromesh gearbox (9) 3 Differential unit, Propeller shaft with Universal joints (5)

ACBE LAB (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1 Different types of steering system (14) 2 Different types of Braking system (9)

ASM LAB (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 23 1 Decarburization (5) 2 Cylinder Reboring (6) 3 Cylinder Honing (6) 4 Valve seat cutting, grinding and refacing (6)


July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 3.5. Construction and working of slip joint, Hotchkiss drive, torque tube drive (3) 4.0. Differential Unit (10) 4.1. Necessity of differential (2) 4.2. Construction and working of a differential (4) 4.3. Differential lock and self locking differential (4) 5.0. Front and Rear Axles (12) 5.1. Necessity of Front & Rear axle (2) 5.2. Construction and working of live and dead axles (4) 5.3. Construction and working of different types of stub axles (3)

Theory Periods: 22 2.5. Ackerman's & Davis Steering gear Mechanism (2) 2.6. Steering geometry - Caster, Camber, King pin inclination, toe in and toe out (2) 2.7 Wheel alignment (2) 2.7. Steering defects - wheel wobble and shimmy (2) 2.8. List out the type of steering system used in various vehicles (2) 3.0. Braking System (17) 3.1. Explain Functions of brakes(1) 3.2. Requirements of automobile brakes(1)

Theory Periods: 22 3.2. De Carbonizing (1) 3.3. Cylinder ridge removal(1) 3.4. Cylinder Reboring and honing(2) 3.5. Valve seat cutting and grinding(2) 3.6. Valve refacing(1) 3.7. Crank shaft grinding(2) 4. Reconditioning of Brakes (8) Study the construction and working of the following equipment with aid of charts/model/original components. 4.1. Brake drum lathe (4) 4.2. Brake shoe riveting(4) 5. Reconditioning Diesel Fuel injection system (8)

P a g e | 209

3.3. Explain stopping time and stopping distance(3) 3.4. Types of Braking systems - Disc and Drum braking system(3) 3.5. Construction and workig of Mechanical, hydraulic, and air brakes, - Bleeding of brakes in Hydraulic brakes(4)

Study the following test procedures with the help of charts/ models/original component 5.1. Fuel injection pump test bench (phasing and calibration tests)(5)

Practical Periods: 25 3 Differential unit, Propeller shaft with Universal joints (4) 4 Front axle,& Rear axle( 6) 5 Leaf Springs (4) 6 Wheel assembly (6) 7 Brake Assembly (5)

Practical Periods: 25 2 Different types of Braking system (14) 3 Different types of suspension system (11)

Practical Periods: 25 5 Brake drum turning,, Brake shoe riveting,&. Brake bleeding (11) 6 Wheel alignment - Camber, Caster, King pin inclination, toein, toe out - wheel balancing (14)




Aug 2015

OJT

OJT

OJT

Sep 2015

OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 OJT OJT OJT Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods:19 5.4. Construction and working of semi floating, three quarter floating and fully floating rear axles (2)

6.0. Wheels and Tyres (10) 6.1. Function of wheel & tyres (1) 6.2. Construction and working of Disc and spoke wheel (1) 6.3. Types of rims and their construction (1) 6.4. Construction & properties of tyres (1)

Theory Periods: 19 3.6. List out the types of brakes used in various vehicles(3) 4.0. Suspension System (22) 4.1. Requirements of a automobile suspension system (4) 4.2. Types of suspension system - conventional and Independent(4) 4.3. Types of springs - Laminated spring, coil spring, helical spring(4)

Theory Periods: 19 5.2. Fuel injector testing(2)

6. Servicing and Maintenance(8) 6.1. General Procedure for servicing and maintenance of Motor Vehicles(2) 6.2. Types of maintenance - periodic maintenance - break down maintenance – preventive maintenance - operation maintenance(2) 6.3 Types of servicing - cleaning of the

P a g e | 210

6.5. Different tyre tread pattern (1) 6.6. Specifications of a tyre (1) 6.7. Tyre rotation (1) 6.8. Vulcanizing and Retreading (1) 6.9. Wheel balancing and static balancing (2) 7.0. Ignition System (10) 7.1. Introduction (2) 7.2. Study of wiring of Magnet ignition, Battery Coil Ignition (5)

4.4. Need of Shock absorber - construction and working of different types of shock absorbers(4)

motor vehicle and its components - greasing of motor vehicle(2) 6.4 Maintenance and its role in trouble shooting of –Automobile, advantage of good maintenance(2) 7. Servicing and maintenance of two wheelers (18) 7.21 Daily, weekly and monthly maintenance or after every 2000 Km - General and periodical Check up – Servicing (9)

Practical Periods: 23 7 Brake Assembly (8) 8 To dismount, dismantle, inspect, repair, service and Reassemble an alternator (8) 9 To Inspect the working and carry out adjustment of voltage And current regulator (7)

Practical Periods: 23 3 Different types of suspension system (8) 4 Inspect& repair of door lock mechanisms (8) 5 Inspect& repair of manual window mechanism (7)

Practical Periods: 23 7 FIP phasing and calibration test (8) 8 Fuel injector - pressure test, spray test and leak off test (6) 9 Crank shaft grinding (9)




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 7.2.1: Electronic Ignition System (01) 8.0. Charging System (8) 8.1. Introduction(1) 8.2. Construction and working of charging dynamo (D.C.Generator) (2) 8.3. Working principle of cut-out (1) 8.4. Voltage regulators-current regulators-construction and working (2) 8.5. Construction & working of Alternator (2) 9.0 Starting System (10)

Theory Periods: 19 4.5. Stabilizer bar and torsion bar (3) 4.6. List out the type of suspension system used in various vehicles (1) 5.0. Seat, Door and Window mechanism (7) 5.1. Construction and working of door lock mechanism(1) 5.2. Construction and working of manual window regulating mechanism(2)

Theory Periods: 19 7.2. Adjustment, dismantling, assembling and trouble shooting of 2 Wheelers (7) 8. Servicing and Maintenance of 3 Wheelers (18) 8.1. General and Periodical maintenance of 3 wheelers (12)

P a g e | 211

9.1. State the construction and working of a self starter (D.C.Motor) (3) 9.2. Working principle of bendix drive with a sketch (3) 9.3. Solenoid construction and working (4)

5.3. Construction and working of power window regulating mechanism(2) 5.4. Construction and working of seat adjusting mechanism(2) 6.0. Air Conditioning of motor vehicles (12) 6.1. Necessity of automobile air conditioning(8)

Practical Periods: 23 9 To Inspect the working and carry out adjustment of voltage And current regulator (3) 10 To dismount, dismantle, inspect repair, service and Reassemble a self starter motor (8) 11 To dismount ,dismantle, inspect and reassemble a wiper Motor (6) 12 To Check the circuit diagram of an electric horn and to carry out its adjustments (6)

Practical Periods: 23 5 Inspect& repair of manual window mechanism (4) 6 Inspect& repair of power window mechanism (8) 7 Inspect, repair& gas filling of car air conditioning( 8) 8 Practicing of painting procedures (3)

Practical Periods: 23 10 Servicing and Maintenance of Two Wheeler-1. Engine, Clutch . Gear Box,. Brakes,& Electrical System(10) 11 Servicing and Maintenance of 3 Wheeler- Engine, Transmission, Clutch,. Gear Box,. Brakes,& Electrical System (13)




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 10.0. Lighting, Horn and Wipers (10) 10.1. Introduction (1) 10.2. Working of Head lamp, side or parking light, tail or stop light, dash light, direction signal light (2) 10.3. Adjustments of head lights (1) 10.4. Working of Dipper, Dim light, Door

Theory Periods: 20 6.2. Construction and working of passenger car air conditioning(3) 7.0. Painting of automobiles (8) 7.1 Constituents of paints (2) 7.2 Methods of painting(2) 7.3 Painting Procedure(2) 7.4 Reasons for failure of paint(2)

Theory Periods: 20 8.2. Adjustment, dismantling, Assembling and Trouble shooting of three wheelers (5)

9. Servicing and Maintenance of Four Wheelers (13) Dismantling, over hauling and reassembling of the Four wheeler

P a g e | 212

light & Destination board light (2) 10.5. Horn circuit construction and working (2) 10.6. Working of wiper (1)

11.0. Battery (9) 11.1. Introduction (1) 11.2 Types of Batteries:- Primary & Secondary Batteries(2) 11.3. Parts of lead acid battery, alkaline Battery, and its functions (1) 11.4 Electrolyte ratio- by weight & Volume(1) 11.5. Understand the ampere hour and watt-hour efficiency of the battery (1) 11.6 Know the different methods of charging and trickle charging(1) 11.7 Know the different methods of testing of a lead-acid battery for full charged and discharged condition(1) 11.8 Cell damage testing:-sulphation, desulphation(1)

8.0. Automobile Pollution (5) 8.1. Effects of automobile pollution on environment and human beings (1) 8.2. Types of automobile emissions(1) 8.3. Treatment of exhaust gases by using catalytic convertors(1) 8.4. Measurement of percentage of pollutants from Petrol & Diesel vehicles with the help of exhaust gas analyzers(2) 9.0. Legal aspects of motor vehicles(5) 9.1. Traffic signs and signals(1) 9.2. Registration requirements(1) 9.3. Necessity of permits for commercial vehicles(1) 9.4. Insurance coverage(1) 9.5. Procedure for obtaining driving licenses(1)

9.1. Engine (1) 9.2. Fuel System (1) 9.3. Lubrication System (1) 9.4. Cooling System (1) 9.5. Transmission System (1) 9.6. Ignition System (1) 9.7. Steering, brakes and suspension system (2) 9.8. Testing the engine with the help of engine analyzer (2) 9.9. Alignment of wheels (1) 9.10. Balancing of wheels (2)

Practical Periods: 21 13 To carry out adjustment of head lights (5) 14 To Check a battery charger and carry out charging (4) 15 To check wiring diagram of battery coil ignition system (4) 16 To Check wiring diagram of electronic ignition system (4) 17 Study of Speedo meter and odometer (4)

Practical Periods: 21 8 Practicing of painting procedures (11) 9 Measurement of percentage of pollutants from petrol and diesel vehicles with the help of exhaust gas Analyzers (10)

Practical Periods: 21 12 Servicing and maintenance of four wheeler- Engine, Transmission System, Brakes, Steering, Suspension, .Cooling, lubrication and fuel supply system, Electrical system & Ignition system (21)




P a g e | 213

Feb 2016 24 08

Theory Periods: 08 Chlutch, Gear box, Differential -8

Theory Periods: 08 Chassis, frame, streeing system-8

Theory Periods: 08 Servicing & Maintenance of 2,3,8,4 wheels




March 2016 21


P a g e | 214

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY The basic aim of the course CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) The Students can work under Private/Government

Conctractor/Engineer/Construction company as Work inspector

b) The students can do contract works as a contractor for a construction of house.

c) The students can prepare PLANs for house/buildings Keeping the standards of Municipalities for permission for construction/regularisation.

d) The students can draw the PLANs by hand/auto CAD indipendently.

e) Students can do building maintainence works of various Construction works (Either in private/government)

P a g e | 215

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE 310 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (Theory Paper I)

SURVEYING THEORY

(Theory Paper II)

ENGINEERING MECHANICS

(Theory Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Introduction (2) 1.1. General (1) 1.2. Scope and purpose of the subject (1) 2. Stones(10) 2.1. Introduction (1) 2.2. Classification of Rocks 2.2.1. Geological classification (2) 2.2.2. Physical classification (1) 2.3. Common varieties of stones – their uses (1) 2.4. Availability of important stones (1) 2.5. Dressing of stones(2) 2.6. Different types of surface finishes(1) 2.7. Introduction of aggregates – grading of aggregates(1) 3. Bricks (11) 3.1. Composition of good brick earth(1) 3.2. Requirements of good brick earth(1) 3.3. Manufacture of Bricks (3.3.1,3.3.2,3.33&3.3.4)(2)

Theory Periods: 23 1. Introduction : (15) 1.1. Concept of surveying (3) 1.2. Purpose of surveying (1) 1.3. linear and angular measurements(1) 1.4. Classification of surveying. 1.4.1. Plane and geodetic surveying (1) 1.4.2.Classification based on instruments (1) 1.4.3.Engineering surveys (3) 1.5. Reconnaissance, preliminary location survey, final location survey. (5) 2. Chain Surveying(10) 2.1. Purpose and principle of chain survey 2.2. Equipments used and their function - chains, arrows, tapes - ranging rods pegs -plumb bob -cross staff 2.3. Conventional signs. 2.4. Errors in chaining

Theory Periods: 23 1.0. Systems of Measurements and Units(6) 1.1. S.I. and M.K.S. System (1) 1.2. F.P.S. System (1) 1.3. Fundamental and Derived units (1) 1.4. Units of Physical quantities used in Civil Engineering like length, area, volume, mass, force etc(3). 2.0. Forces and Moments (17) 2.1. Definition of Force, Moment, Resultant, Equilibrant and Moment of a couple(4) 2.2. Resultant of forces at a point, parallelogram law, Triangle law of forces, polygon law of forces(5) 2.3. Distinguish between scalar and vector quantities, co-planar and non-co-planar forces, parallel and non-parallel forces, like and unlike forces (5) 2.4. Conditions of Equilibrium of rigid bodies (3)

P a g e | 216

3.3.1. Preparation of brick earth 3.3.2. Moulding 3.3.3. Drying 3.3.4. Burning 3.4. Field tests of good bricks (1) 3.5. Characteristics of good bricks(1) 3.6. Classification of Bricks as per I.S(1) 3.7. I.S.I. Specification for bricks (1) 3.8. Special Forms of Bricks(1) 3.9. Special purpose Bricks (3.9.1,3.3.2) –(2) 3.9.1. Cement bricks, Uses and advantages 3.9.2. Fly ash bricks , uses and advantages CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS LAB (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21 1.0. Identification of various construction materials and their applications (13) 2.0. Test on Bricks (8) 2.1. Field tests on bricks (2) 2.2. Water absorption test on bricks(3) 2.3. Crushing strength of bricks (3)

SURVEYING PRACTICE (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 21 1.0. Chain Surveying -21 1.1. Familiarity with instruments used in chain surveying(4) 1.2. Practicing unfolding and folding of chain (3) 1.3. Ranging and chaining of lines with offsets to objects and recording in field book(5) 1.4. Setting out right angles, by 3,4,5 method(4) 1.5. Chaining a line involving indirect ranging. (5)

ENGINEERING DRAWING (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 1.0. Introduction (5) 1.1. Scope and objective of the subject (1) 1.2. Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium 1.3. Drawing instruments and their uses 1.4. Scales : Recommended scales, reduced & enlarged (1) 1.5. Construction of Plain, Diagonal, Vernier Scales, Scale of Chords and Proportional Scales.(1) 1.6. Sheet sizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5. Layout of drawing sheet sizes of title block and its contents (1) 1.7. Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments.(1) 2.0. Lettering and Dimensioning (9)

P a g e | 217

2.1. Types of Lettering (1) 2.2. Guide Lines for lettering (2) 2.3 Recommended sizes of letters and numbers (2) 2.4. Single stroke letters.(2) 2.5. Dimensioning - rules and systems of dimensioning – dimensioning a given drawing (2)


July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 4. Clay Products (4) 4.1. Tiles – Types of Tiles (1) 4.2. Roofing Tiles & 4.3. Flooring Tiles (1) 4.4. Stone ware pipes (1) 4.5. Glazing , 4.6. Porcelain & 4.7. Terra- cotta (1) 5. Lime (4) 5.1. Introduction & 5.2. Lime - properties and uses (1) 5.3. Sources of lime (1) 5.4. Calcinations of lime & 5.5. Slaking of lime (1) 5.6. Quick lime & 5.7. Classification of lime (1) 6.0.Cement(15) 6.1. Introduction(1) 6.2. Chemical composition of Portland(1) 6.3. Manufacture of ordinary Portland cement 6.3.1. Dry Process(1)

Theory Periods: 23 2.Chain surveying.(13) 2.5. Corrections due to incorrect length of chain or tape. 2.6. Types of survey lines 2.6.1. Base line 2.6.2. Tie line 2.6.3. Check line 2.7. Fixing of survey stations 2.8. Types of survey stations. 2.9. Different operations in chain surveying - chaining – ranging setting out right angles chaining on sloped ground. 2.10. Principles used in chain Triangulation. 2.11. Recording field notes - field book - conventional signs. 2.Chain surveying.(6) 2.12. Obstacles in chain surveying. (3) 2.13. Calculation of Areas - Average Ordinate, Simpson, Trapezoidal methods(3) 3. Compass Surveying (4) 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey - description, use and working of

Theory Periods: 23 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia (23) 3.1. Definition - Centroid, First moment of area, moment of inertia, Radius of gyration (4) 3.2. Position of centroid of Rectangle, triangle, circle, semi circle.(2) 3.3. Determine position of centroids of simple built up sections made of rectangle, triangle, circle, semi-circle(8) 3.4. Determine M.I. of simple and built-up sections, perpendicular axis theorem and parallel axis theorem (6) 3.5. Radius of gyration, polar M.I. of solid and hollow circular sections( 3)

P a g e | 218

6.3.2. Wet Process(1) 6.4. Field tests of cement (1) 6.5. Tests for cement as per I.S.I. 6.5.1. Fineness test by sieving (1) 6.5.2. Consistency test (1) 6.5.3. Initial and Final setting times test(2) 6.5.4. Compressive strength test(1) 6.6. Types of cement (1) 6.6.1. Grades of Cement (1) 6.6.2. Ordinary Portland cement (O.P.C) (1) 6.6.3. Quick Setting Cement & 6.6.4. Rapid hardening cement (1) 6.6.5. White cement & 6.6.6. P.P.C. (1)

prismatic compass.(4)

Practical Periods: 23 3.0. Tests on Cement (21) 3.1. Field tests of Cement (6) 3.2. Fineness of Cement (6) 3.3. Normal Consistency test(5) 3.4. Initial and Final setting times of cement (6)

Practical Periods: 23 1.0. Chain Surveying 1.6. Measure of land area / chain triangulation and cross staff methods (5) 1.7. Chain triangulation around a building covering a small area with other details, taking offsets and recording in the field book. (5) 1.8. To prepare a layout of the given area covering buildings roads etc.(6) 1.9. Marking of a residential building columns in both F.P.S. and M.K.S. System., for a giving building plan.(5)

Practical Periods: 23 3.0 Geometrical Construction (23) 3.1. Bisecting a line - perpendiculars - parallel lines - division of a line 3.2. Angles - bisection, trisection 3.3. Tangent lines touching circles internally and externally 3.4. Polygons - Regular polygons - circumscribed and inscribed in circles. 3.5. Conic sections - Definitions of focus, directrix, eccentricity (i) Construction of Ellipse by Concentric circles method (ii) Construction of parabola by rectangular method. (iii) Construction of Hyperbola when given the position of point from X-axis and Y-axis.

P a g e | 219




Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 7. Sand (6) 7.1. Sources of sand (1) 7.2. Natural sand & 7.3. Robo sand (1) 7.4. Characteristics of good sand (1) 7.5. Grading of sand (2) 7.6. Bulking of sand (1) 8. Mortars (6) 8.1. General(1) 8.2. Classification of Mortars (1) 8.3. Different proportions of mortars for various construction works(2) 8.4. Precautions in use of Mortars(2) 9. Concrete(8) 9.1. Definition, purpose of concrete (2) 9.2. Types of concrete (2) 9.3. Ingredients of plain concrete (1) 9.4.Proportions and uses of different grades of concrete(2). 9.5. Reinforced cement concrete (1)

Theory Periods: 20 3.Compass Surveying (20) 3.2. Concept of true meridian - magnetic meridian – Arbitrary meridian.(3) 3.3. Bearing - Representation of Bearing WCB, Quadrantal Bearing. Conversion of whole circle Bearing to quadrantal bearing and vice versa. (2) 3.4. Compass traversing in field.(3) 3.5. Local attraction - detecting and correcting bearings.(4) 3.6. Calculation of included angles in compass traverse.(6) 3.7. Errors in compass surveying - natural and instrumental(2)

Theory Periods: 20 4.0. Simple stresses and strains (20) 4.1. Stress and strain - tensile, compressive and shear (4) 4.2. Mechanical properties of materials - elasticity, plasticity, ductility, brittleness, malleability, stiffness, hardness, fatigue(4) 4.3. Stress-strain curves for ductile materials - Mild steel, elastic limit, yield point, ultimate stress breaking stress, working stress, factor of safety. ,(4) 4.4. Hooke's Law - Young’s modulus of elasticity, deformation under axial load (4) 4.5. Longitudinal and lateral strain - Poisson’s ratio - Bulk modulus ,relationship between elastic constants. (proof not required) (4)

Practical Periods: 19 4.0. Tests on Aggregate (19) 4.1. Bulking of sand (3) 4.2. Standard proctor Compaction test on soils(6) 4.3. Percentage of voids in coarse aggregate (5) 4.4. Percentage of voids in fine aggregate (5)

Practical Periods: 19 2.0. Compass Surveying (15) 2.1. Familiarity with Instruments used in compass surveying - prismatic compass (1) 2.2. Setting up the compass - observation of bearings(2) 2.3. Traversing with prismatic compass and chain - calculation of included angles and check. (4)

Practical Periods: 19 4.0 Orthographic Projection (19) 4.1. Definition - Planes of Projection- Four quadrants - Reference line. 4.2. First angle projection - Third angle projection 4.3. Projections of points 4.4. Projections of straight lines

P a g e | 220

2.4. Traversing with prismatic compass and chain - closed traverse covering the given area and recording(4) 2.5. Traversing with prismatic compass and chain - open traverse and recording (4) 3.0. Levelling (4) 3.1. Study of dumpy level, levelling staff (1) 3.2. Temporary adjustments of dumpy level (3)

4.5. Projections of planes 4.6. Projections of solids 4.7. Neat Sketches of only 3 views for describing object 4.8. Concept of Front view, Top view, and Side view, sketching of these views for a number of engineering objects




Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 9. Concrete (20) 9.6. Pre-cast concrete (1) 9.7. Water - cement ratio (1) 9.8. Mixing of concrete - methods (2) 9.9. Batching of concrete(2) 9.10. Transporting of concrete - methods (3) 9.11. Placing of concrete(2) 9.12. Compaction of concrete - usage of vibrators (2) 9.12.1. Types of vibrators (2) 9.13. Curing of Concrete - methods (2) 9.14. Workability of concrete - slump cone test (2) 9.14.1 Ready Mix concrete.(1)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Levelling(20) 4.1. Purpose of Levelling - Definition of terms, level surface, datum, and bench marks types of bench marks.(2) 4.2. Types of levelling instruments - dumpy level - component parts. - Relationship between fundamental lines of instrument. (4) 4.3. Types of Levelling staves - description.(2) 4.4. Temporary adjustments of dumpy level.(2) 4.5. Field work - field book - reduction of levels by height of collimation method. Rise and fall method.(10)

Theory Periods: 20 5.0. Columns (20) 5.1. Effective Lengths for different end conditions.(4) 5.2. Columns – Long and Short Columns – Comparison(4) 5.3. Slenderness ratio of a column – Rectangular, Square, I, Circular Sections.(4) 5.4. Load carrying capacity by Euler’s and Rankines Formula. - Simple Problems.(8)

Practical Periods: 19 4.0. Tests on Aggregate(12) 4.5. Fineness Modulus of coarse aggregate by sieve analysis (6) 4.6. Fineness Modulus of fine aggregate by sieve analysis(6)

Practical Periods: 19 3.0. Levelling 3.3. Taking out levels of various points and booking in a level field book(5) 3.4. Differential or fly levelling - reduce levels by H.I. method and rise and fall

Practical Periods: 19 5.0. Isometric Projection (19) 5.1. Definition - Isometric axes, lines and planes (1) 5.2. Isometric Scale - Isometric view (1) 5.3. Drawing of isometric views of plane

P a g e | 221

5.0. Field work on Materials(7) 5.1. Selection of Materials – Cement – Sand – Brick- Marble – Hardware – Electrical Materials used in buildings –(5) 5.2. Selection of Materials – Sanitary-ware (2)

method (7) 3.5. Differential levelling involving invert levels - Reduction by H.I. and Rise and fall methods (7)

figures (7) 5.4. Drawing of isometric views of prisms and pyramids(5) 5.5. Drawing of isometric view of cylinders and cones(5)




Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 10. Timber 10.1. Introduction(1) 10.2. Defects in timber (2) 10.3. Common varieties of timber in A.P(3) 10.4. Wood Products(3) 10.5. Characteristics of good timber(3)

Theory Periods: 12 Levelling 4.6. Errors due to curvature and refraction – corrections(5) 5. Theodolite Surveying(7) 5.1. Principles of Theodolite Surveying - component parts, technical terms - temporary adjustments (7)

Theory Periods: 12 6.0. Shear Force and Bending Moment (12) 6.1. Types of beams - cantilevers, simply supported, over hanging -fixed and continuous beams(12)

Practical Periods: 14 Field work on Materials(14) 5.3. Selection of Materials – Tiles work in building 5.3.1. Flooring Tiles(2) 5.3.2. Granite Tiles (2) 5.3.3. Ceramic Tiles (2) 5.3.4. Vitrified Tiles (2) 5.3.5. Market Rates for all the above materials. (6)

Practical Periods: 14 4.0. Theodolite Surveying (14) 4.1. Study of Theodolite (2) 4.2. Measure of Horizontal angle between given lines (6) 4.3. Measurement of vertical angle(6)

Practical Periods: 14 6.0. R.C.C. Drawing (14) 6.1. Draw the Longitudinal section and cross section of singly reinforced of simply supported beam.(7) 6.1.1. Prepare schedule of reinforcement and quantity of steel. (7)




Nov 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Dec 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

P a g e | 222

Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 11. Metals (20) 11.1. Types of metals(2) 11.2. Properties, chemical composition and uses of cast iron (3) 11.3. Properties, chemical composition and uses of wrought iron (2) 11.4. Properties and uses of steel.(2) 11.5. Commonly used structural steel sections (2) 11.6. Reinforcing steel – types, chemical composition(3) 11.7. Weights of tor steel per meter length of rods of various diameters (2) 11.8. Tests on Metals (4)

Theory Periods: 20 Theodolite Surveying(20) 5.2. Measurement of Horizontal angles by repetition method and reiteration method , vertical angle.(10) 5.3. Determination of heights and distances. (10)

Theory Periods: 20 6.0. Shear Force and Bending Moment(20) 6.2. Calculation of S.F. and B.M. values at different sections for cantilevers, simply supported beams, over hanging beams under point loads and uniformly distributed loads - position and significance of points of contra flexure (14) 6.3. Relation between rate of loading, S.F. and B.M. - drawing S.F. and B.M. diagrams - Location of points of contra flexure (6)

Practical Periods: 18 6.0. Tests on Concrete (18) 6.1. Preparation of cement mortar for given proportion(5) 6.2. Workability test on concrete - slump test(6) 6.3. Casting of cement concrete cubes and testing for compressive strength(7)

Practical Periods: 18 4.0. Theodolite Surveying (12) 4.4. Determining distance between two inaccessible points by measuring horizontal angle(7) 4.5. Determining height of an object by measuring vertical angle(5) 5.0. Total Station & Distomat (17) 5.1. Total Station - Parts and the functions- Adjustments of total station for taking observations.(6) 5.2. Measurement of Horizontal Distance, Slope distance, Difference in Height between two points.(4)

Practical Periods: 18 6.2. Draw the longitudinal and cross section of lintel cum sunshade.(3) 6.2.1. Prepare schedule of reinforcement and quantity of steel (3) 6.3. Draw the plan and longitudinal section of one-way slab, showing reinforcement details.(6) 6.3.1. Prepare schedule of reinforcement and quantity of steel.(3) 6.4. Draw the details of Two-way simply supported slab (3).




Feb 2016 24

Theory Periods: 17 12. Surface Protective Materials (10)

Theory Periods: 17 6. Total Station & Distomat (17)

Theory Periods: 17 7.0. Graphic Statics (17)

P a g e | 223

17 21

12.1. Introduction (1) 12.2. Paints and Types of paints (2) 12.3. Functions of paints(1) 12.4. Ingredients of paint (1) 12.5. Characteristics of good paint (2) 12.6. Varnishes 12.6.1. Ingredients of varnish (1) 12.6.2. Types of varnishes (1) 12.7. French Polish(1) 13. Miscellaneous Material (7) 13.1. Glass & 13.2. Adhesives (1) 13.3. Asbestos & 13.4. Thermocole (1) 13.5. Plaster of Paris & 13.6. Fibre Reinforced concrete (1) 13.7. Wall Paper (1) 13.8. P.V.C. (1) 13.9. Bitumen and Tar (1) 13.10. Aluminium (1)

6.1. Total Station - Parts and the functions- Adjustments of total station for taking observations. 6.2. Measurement of Horizontal Distance, Slope distance, Difference in Height between two points 6.3. Elevation of a Point. 6.4. Horizontal angle and distance between two stations. 6.5. Setting out right angles at different points on a base line. 6.6. Setting out plan of a building on the ground. 6.7. Prolonging a straight line. 6.8. Area of a closed Traverse. 6.9. Earth work calculation. 6.10. Distomats 6.10.1. Distomat DI 1000

7.1. Representation of forces graphically, bows notation(4) 7.2. Parallelogram law of forces, resultant and equilibrants (4) 7.3. Graphical Method of determination of centre of gravity for I,L,T Sections (5) 7.4. Drawing SFD and BMD by graphical method for SSB and cantilever beams (4)

Practical Periods:21 7.0. Study of Manufacturing/ Preparation of construction Materials. (21) 7.1. Observation of manufacturing of different types of bricks in factory (3) 7.2. Observation of manufacturing of different types of Tiles and Clay products in Factory (3) 7.3. Observation of manufacturing of cement in factory(3) 7.4. Observation of manufacturing of pre-cast concrete members in factory (3)

Practical Periods:21 5.0. Total Station & Distomat (11) 5.3. Elevation of a Point.(2) 5.4. Horizontal angle and distance between two stations.(2) 5.5. Setting out right angles at different points on a base line.(2) 5.6. Setting out plan of a building on the ground.(1) 5.7. Prolonging a straight line.(1) 5.8. Area of a closed Traverse.(1) 5.9. Earth work calculation.(1)

Practical Periods:21 7. 0. Fundamentals of Computer (11) 7.1. Introduction of Computers 7.1.1. History of Computers - Classification of Computers. 7.2. Basic computer Architecture - Input Output devices - Different peripherals of Computer. 7.3. Memories and Storage Media 7.4. Types of Software - Types of Languages – Operating Systems 7.4.1. MS- Windows

P a g e | 224

7.5. Observation of concrete mixing methods - Hand mixing and machine mixing at site (3) 7.6. Observation of compaction methods of concrete by tamping and by using vibrators at site (6)

5.10. Distomats 5.10.1. Distomat DI 1000. (1) 6.0. Plotting (10) 6.1. Conventional signs in surveying (1) 6.2. Perpendicular and oblique offsets (1) 6.3. Plotting of land survey - chain and cross staff surveying -calculation of areas (2) 6.4. Plotting of chain triangulation of small areas around building(2) 6.5. Plotting of closed traverse by compass surveying - location of details(2) 6.6. Plotting of open traverse by compass surveys - location of details (2)

7.4.1.1. Elements of Windows – XP- My Computer, My Documents, Internet Explorer, Network Neighbourhood, Recycle Bin etc. 7.4.1.2. Start Menu – Programs Menu – Documents Menu – Find and Help Menu 7.4.1.3. Creating and Editing Text files – Deleting and Restoring files and folders 7.4.1.4. Copying and Moving Objects - Drag and Drop objects – using key board Right dragging method- using standard tool bar. 7.4.1.5. Printing from Windows 8.0. MS-OFFICE 8.1. MS-WORD: (5) 8.1.1. Creating, Opening and Modifying Documents(1) 8.1.2. Practice on changing page layout, setting of tab stops, Text block operations (2) 8.1.3. Practice on Formatting Text - Customizing paragraph formats - changing font styles and size - working with tables and printing documents (2) 8.2. MS-Excel (5) 8.2.1. Working with Excel Work Sheet - Formatting - entering Formulae - Inserting Rows and Columns(2) 8.2.2. Practice on Range and Series - Moving and copying cell contents - creating summary reports (2) 8.2.3. Formatting work sheets - Linking Work Sheets - Working with Graphic Data.(1)


Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2

P a g e | 225

March 2016 21

Revision/IPE 2016

Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 226

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE 310 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of

working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical

CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE (Theory Paper I)

ESTIMATING & COSTING (Theory Paper II)

HIGHWAYS& CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT (Theory Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction : (2) 1.1. Classification of Buildings as per NBC - Component parts of a building (2) 2. Foundations : (20) 2.1. Definition (1) 2.2. Functions of Foundations (2) 2.3. Shallow and deep foundations ( Definitions ) (2) 2.4. Bearing capacity of soil (1) 2.5. Essential requirements of good foundation (2) 2.6. Classification of foundations (2) 2.6.1.Raft foundations (1) 2.7. Construction details of spread footing (1) 2.7.1. Foundation for walls (1) 2.7.2. Masonry and concrete pillars (2) 2.7.3. Stepped foundations (1) 2.8. Causes and importance of insecticides, pesticides and their treatments (3) 2.9. Causes of failure of foundations and remedial measures (1)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction to the Subject (5) 1.1. Definition of Estimation and costing (2) 1.2. Need for Estimation and costing (3) 2. Measurement of materials and works (17) 2.1. Units of measurement for various items of civil engineering works(4) 2.2. Rules for measurement(3) 2.3. Different methods of taking out quantities - Centre line method - Long and short walls method (10)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction of Highways(10) 1.1. Importance of Transportation Engineering(1) 1.2. Classification of Roads (1) 1.3. Cross Section of Road Structure – Sub-grade - Sub base – Base and Wearing Course – Width of payment – Shoulder – Formation Width – Right of Way – Road Boundaries.(2) 1.4. Road widths for different classification of Roads(1) 1.5. Traffic lane width (1) 1.6. Camber – Recommended IRC values of Camber for different roads(1) 1.7. Gradients - Ruling Gradients (1) 1.8. Super elevation necessity (2) 2. Highway Surveys and Traffic Engineering (12) 2.1. Alignment (1) 2.2. Factors influencing alignment of road in plain and hilly areas(1) 2.3. Surveys – Reconnaissance – Preliminary and Final location of surveys (2)

P a g e | 227

2.4. Road Junctions (1) 2.4.1. Road Intersections- Square Junctions – Acute Junctions- T-Junctions – Y-Junctions – Staggered Junctions – Multiple Junctions (2) 2.5. Traffic Islands (1) 2.5.1. Circular – Elliptical – Rhombus – Turbine – Tangent shape(1) 2.6. Traffic Signs (1) 2.6.1. Types of Traffic signs (1) 2.7. Pavement Marking and Kerb Marking (1)

CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE LAB (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Introduction(6) 1.1. General clearance of the site. (1) 1.2. Layout for construction – Load bearing section and RCC Structure (3) 1.3. Excavation for an open Trench (2) 2. Setting of Brick for Spread Footing foundation ( Dry Bricks without Mortar) (12) 2.1. Setting of Bricks for 1 ½ Brick thick in English bond up to 2 Meter height ( Dry Bricks without Mortar)(3) 2.2. Setting of bricks for 1 ½ Brick thick wall in Flemish bond 2 meter height ( Dry Bricks without Mortar) (3) 2.3. Setting brick for 2 brick thick pillar up to 1.5 meter height ( Dry Bricks without Mortar) (3) 2.4. To visit a building under construction at various stages of construction from excavation, foundation to completion of building.(3)

SURVEYING II LAB (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1. Methods of Leveling(20) 1.1. Simple Leveling (2) 1.2. Differential , Compound or continuous Leveling(5) 1.3. Fly Leveling (3) 1.4. Check Leveling (3) 1.5. Profile Leveling or Longitudinal sections and Cross sections(5) 1.6. Reciprocal Leveling(2) 2. Plotting the Longitudinal and Cross sections (3) 2.1. Plotting the Longitudinal sections and Cross Section for the given 1 kilo meter road. (3)

AUTOCAD LAB (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 23 1. Basic Concepts (5) 1.1. Command window (1) 1.2. Drop Down Menus (2) 1.3. Tool bars (2) 2. Practice on Basic Commands (9) 2.1. Line command -Drawing the Box - Drawing Units - Drawing Size (9) 3. The Laying out the walls(9) 3.1. Creating Doors & Windows (9)


P a g e | 228

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 3. Masonry (22) 3.1. Stone masonry 3.1.1. Definition(1) 3.1.2. Material required for stone masonry (1) 3.1.3. Classification of stone Masonry( mention names)(1) 3.1.4. Rubble and Ashlar masonry.(2) 3.1.5. Tools required for stone masonry (1) 3.1.6. Types of joints in stone masonry(2) 3.1.7. Supervising points to be observed in stone masonry. (2) 3.2. Brick masonry 3.2.1. Definition(1) 3.2.2. Types of brick masonry (2) 3.2.3. English Bond - Flemish bond 1,11/2 2 Brick walls(3) 3.2.4. Defects in brick masonry(2) 3.2.5. Structures in brick masonry (1) 3.2.6. Tools required (1). 3.2.7. Supervising points to be observed in brick masonry.(2)

Theory Periods: 22 3. Types of Estimates (22) 3.1. Detailed Estimate(1) 3.1.1. Definition (1) 3.1.2. Stages of preparation (4) 3.1.3. Details of measurement and calculation of quantities and abstract of estimated cost (9) 3.2. Preliminary or approximate estimate (1) 3.2.1. Plinth area estimate (1) 3.2.2. Cubic rate estimate (1) 3.2.3. Estimate per unit base(1) 3.3. Problems in preliminary estimate (3)

Theory Periods: 22 3. Highway Constructions and Maintenance(22) 3.1. Purpose of Road Drainage (1) 3.2. Surface and subsurface drainage (1) 3.3. Typical Cross section of Highway in cutting and embankment(2) 3.4. Water bond macadam roads – materials used- maintenance of WBM road – Machinery used in construction – construction procedure(8) 3.5. Bitumen roads – types – surface dressing – interface treatments – seal coat – tack coat – prime coat – full grout and semi grout (6) 3.6. Premix – methods – construction procedure (4)

Practical Periods: 25 3. Stones (10) 3.1. Use of dressing Tools (2) 3.2. Sharpening of Chisels for dressing stones (3) 3.3. Dress a stone and finish it to various surface finishes(3) 3.4. Identification of commonly used building stones.(2) 4. RCC Lintels and Arches (15) 4.1. Students be asked to lay dry bricks in various

Practical Periods: 25 3. Difficulties faced in Leveling(25) 3.1. When the Staff is too near to the instrument (3) 3.2. Leveling across a summit or a depression (4) 3.3. Leveling on steps slopes (4) 3.4. Leveling across a pond or a lake (3) 3.5. Leveling across a River.(4) 3.6. Leveling past a wall.(2)

Practical Periods: 25 4. Draw the steps and Thresholds (5) 4.1. Balcony – (2) 4.2. Laying out the Kitchen and Bathroom (3) 5. Drawing the Roof (10) 5.1. Develop the drawing depicting the Reinforcement details of typical elements like column, footing, beams and slabs (10) 6. Generating the elevation(10) 6.1. Drawing the front elevation (4)

P a g e | 229

forms , Arches at ground surface (This will include cutting of bricks to required shape) (5) 4.2. Bend Bar a 1,3 meter span brick lintel ( student should be able to make standard hook ) (5) 4.3. Lay a 1,3 meter span lintel at ground surface (without using mortar) (5)

3.7. Staff station is above the line of sight. (2) 3.8. Staff station much below the line of sight. (3)

6.2. Putting the door, step, windows (3) 6.3. Finishing touches (2) 6.4. Hatching the front elevation.(1)




Aug 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 23

OJT

OJT OJT

Oct 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 4. Openings (10) 4.1. Doors and Windows(1) 4.1.2. General Terms (2) 4.1.3. Types of Doors (2) 4.1.4. Types of windows (2) 4.1.5. Fixtures and fastenings for doors and windows.(1) 4.2. Ventilators (1) 4.2.1. Types of ventilators - Fixed, Swing. (1) 5. Lintels and Sun-shades (2) 5.1. Types of Lintels (1) 5.2. Definition of sun shade (1) 6. Floors (7) 6.1. General terms (1) 6.2. Types of floors (1) 6.3. Materials required for Cement concrete, Terrazzo, Mosaic, Marble and Stone slab floors

Theory Periods: 19 4. Detailed and abstract estimate of buildings by using centre line method/long and short walls method(19) 4.1. Single roomed building (Load bearing type structure) (6) 4.2. Two roomed building (Load bearing type structure)(4) 4.3. Single storied Residential building with number of rooms (Load bearing type structure) (4) 4.4. Single storied Residential building (Framed Structure type) (5)

Theory Periods: 19 3. Highway Constructions and Maintenance(10) 3.7. Cement concrete roads – Longitudinal joints - Transverse joints – Construction joints – construction of concrete roads – machinery used for construction (10) 4. Introduction of Construction Management (9) 4.1. Construction in India(1) 4.2. Classification of construction work (1) 4.3. Stages in construction work (1) 4.4. Construction team(1) 4.5. Resource of Construction(1) 4.6. Functions of Construction management (2) 4.7. Scientific methods of construction management.(2)

P a g e | 230

(2) 6.4. Method of construction of Cement Concrete, Mosaic, Terrazzo and Marble floors.(3) Practical Periods: 23 5. Doors and Windows (11) 5.1. Students be asked to go to the locality and record various types of doors used and also Timber used for them. 6. Floors(12) 6.1. To list the various operations of the construction of Floors of given type, during the construction of following buildings 6.1.1. Government Residential buildings 6.1.2. Government Public buildings 6.1.3. Private residential buildings (The student will also be asked to list down the deviations from theory lesson in operations observed)

Practical Periods: 23 4. Methods of Contouring (15) 4.1. Methods of Squares (7) 4.2. Cross section method (8) 5. Plotting the Contours (5) 5.1. Plotting the contours given intervals by the method of squares (5) 6. Land Development and Site Surveys(3) 6.1. Divide the areas in to plots using town planning rules (3)

Practical Periods: 23 7. Controlling the text in a drawing (9) 7.1. Setting up Text styles (2) 7.2. Using Single line Text (2) 7.3. Placing Room Labels in the floor plan (2) 7.4. Creating a Title Block and Border (3) 8. Residential buildings (16) 8.1. Plan, elevation, section of single roomed building 8.2. Single storied load bearing type residential building 8.3. One Bed – Room House 8.4. Two Bed Room House 8.5. Single storied frame structure type residential building 8.5.1. One bed room house 8.5.2. Two bed room house




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 7. Roofs(8) 7.1. Definition(1) 7.2. Classification of Roofs - Pitched roofs - King post, Queen Post (1) 7.3. Steel Trusses (1) 7.4. Roof Covering Material for pitched roofs -Flat Roof - R.C.C. roof (1) 7.5. Tools required to fix AC sheet GI sheet and Roof covering(1)

Theory Periods: 19 4. Detailed and abstract estimate of buildings(10) 4.5. Primary School building with sloped roof (3) 4.6. RCC Dog legged - Open well stairs (2) 4.7. Two storied residential building (Framed Structure type)(3) 4.8. Detailed estimate of compound wall and steps.(2)

Theory Periods: 19 5. Construction Planning (07) 5.1. Job planning (1) 5.2. Technical Planning (1) 5.3. Pretender and Construction Planning - scheduling (2) 5.4. Procurement of Labour, material and equipment(2) 5.5. Program of work(1). 6. Construction Labour(12)

P a g e | 231

7.6. Methods for fixing of AC sheet (1) 7.7. General requirements (1) 7.8. Weather proof course on R.C.C. roof. (1) 8. Stairs and Staircases (5) 8.1. Technical terms (2) 8.2. Characteristics of a good Stair (1) 8.3. Types of Stairs - Straight, Quarter turn, half turn, Doglegged, Open well, Bifurcated and Spiral stairs.(2) 9.Form Work(6) 9.1. Requirement of Form work (2) 9.2. Material used for Form work (1) 9.3. Removal of Form work(1) 9.4. Failure of Form work(1) 9.5. Form work for - Column, Footing, Columns and Stairs (1)

5. Specifications and Analysis of Rates(9) 5.1. Specifications for different items of work (4) 5.2. Cost of materials at source and at site (2) 5.3. Cost of Labour - Types of labour - Standard Schedule of rates (2) 5.4. Lead and Lift - Leads Statement(1)

6.1. Types of Labour(1) 6.2. Labour welfare(1) 6.3. Human relation (1) 6.4. Labour Insurance(2) 6.5. Payment of wages(2) 6.5.1. Minimum wages Act – Workmen Compensation Act- Contract Labour Act.(5)

Practical Periods: 23 7. Roofs (11) 7.1. Preparation of False ceiling and wood panelling(5) 7.2. Study of Construction of RCC roof and RBC roof of Buildings under constructions. Students will note down details of arrangement. He will also observe the process of mixing and laying of concrete and pipe layout for electrical wiring.(6) 8. Stairs and Staircase (12) 8.1. To study the construction of foundation for Staircase (3) 8.2. To study the shuttering arrangement done for staircase (3) 8.3. To study the Bar laying arrangement done for staircase(3)

Practical Periods: 23 6. Land Development and Site Surveys(23) 6.1. Divide the areas in to plots using town planning rules 6.2. Prepares the building plan in the given plot as per the town planning rules 6.3. Setting out Centre lines and foundation widths from the given drawings for excavation

Practical Periods:23 8. Residential buildings (9) 8.2. Single storied load bearing type residential building 8.3. One Bed – Room House 8.4. Two Bed Room House 8.5. Single storied frame structure type residential building 8.5.1. One bed room house 8.5.2. Two bed room house 9. Layouts of Electrical, Water supply and Sanitary Lines in Buildings (14) 9.1. One bed room house 9.2. Two bed room house

P a g e | 232

8.4. To study the laying of cement concrete for a stair case.(3) ( The teacher should keep in touch with the construction work in the locality and thus find out the stage at which the construction work is to be shown to the student) Assignment-IV Unit test-III



Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 10. Scaffolding, shoring and under pinning (5) 10.1. Definition (1) 10.2. Types of scaffolding (2) 10.3. Shoring and under pinning (2) 11. Carpentry and Joinery (4) 11.1. Technical terms (1) 11.2. Classification of Joints (2) 11.3. Tools used in carpentry (1) 12. Surface Finishing (11) 12.1. Plastering(1) 12.1.1. Purpose (1) 12.1.2. Types of Plastering (1) 12.2. Procedure of plastering (2) 12.3. Pointing (1) 12.3.1. Purpose (1) 12.3.2. Types of Pointing (1) 12.4. Painting (1) 12.4.1. Method of Painting new and old surfaces - wood and metal surfaces(2)

Theory Periods: 20 5. Specifications and Analysis of Rates(12) 5.5. Preparation of Unit rates for finished items of works 5.5.1. Cement Concrete in foundation (2) 5.5.2. R.C.C. Works (2) 5.5.3. Brick masonry in cement mortar (1) 5.5.4. C.R.S. masonry in cement mortar(1) 5.5.5. Plastering in cement mortar (2) 5.5.6. Pointing in cement mortar (1) 5.5.7. Cement concrete flooring (1) 5.5.8. Doors and windows - panelled and glazed(2) 6. Earthwork Calculations (8) 6.1. Trapezoidal - Prismodial - Mid Ordinate - Mean sectional area rules for computing volumes in level sections for roads (4) 6.2. Taking out quantities from L.S. and C.S. in cutting and embankment (4)

Theory Periods: 20 7. Inspection and Quality Control (8) 7.1. Introduction(1) 7.2. Functions of Inspection Department (4) 7.3. Major items of controls(3) 8. Contracts (12) 8.1. Legality of Contracts (1) 8.2. Types of Contracts(3) 8.2.1. Piece work contracts (1) 8.2.2. Item rate contract (2) 8.2.3. Percentage contract (2) 8.3. Merits and Demerits of each contract system(3)

Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods: 21

P a g e | 233

9. Carpentry(10) 9.1. Use of the carpentry tools for sawing, planning, turning, chiselling, cutting and preparation of various wooden joints. 9.2. Exercises involved in the use of Screws, nuts, bolt and glue etc. 9.3. Visit to saw mill. 10. Scaffolding (11) 10.1. Erection of scaffolding by various materials available ( The student should be able to make various rope knots for the purpose of scaffolding and should be attached in batches with scaffold and carpenter who is executing work locality ) 10.2. Visit to construct site for studying the shuttering and scaffolding use.

7. Plotting the details of survey field work by ‘total station’. (15)

9. Layouts of Electrical, Water supply and Sanitary Lines in Buildings (6) 9.1. One bed room house 9.2. Two bed room house 10. Drawing to be submitted for approval to Corporation or Municipality showing required details in one sheet such as (15) 10.1. Plan – showing dimensions of all rooms 10.2.Section – showing specifications and typical foundation details 10.3. Elevation 10.4. Site Plan – showing boundaries of site and plinth area, car parking, passages and location of septic tank. 10.5. Key Plan – showing the location of building 10.6. Title Block - showing the signature of the owner and licensed surveyors 10.7. Minimum set- backs and height stipulation for all types of norms high rise buildings ( for existing areas / new development areas / lay out areas including specified areas)




Feb 2016 24 08

Theory Periods:08 13. Basic Knowledge of Equipment and Construction Machinery (8) 13.1. Bull dozers- Concrete Mixers- Cranes-Pulley Blocks- Pumps- Winches- Excavators etc.(8) Revision

Theory Periods:08 7. Detailed Estimates (08) 7.1. Gravel Road (3) 7.2. Cement Concrete Road (2) 7.3. Septic tank with Soak pit (3) Revision

Theory Periods:08 9. Tender and Tender Notice (8) 9.1. Necessity of Tenders (1) 9.2. Tender notice - EMD - opening of tenders(2) 9.3. Scrutiny of Tenders (1) 9.4. Acceptance of tenders (1) 9.5. Work Order (1)

P a g e | 234

9.6. Contract agreement(1) 9.7. Conditions of Contract(1) Revision




March 2016 21


P a g e | 235

COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING Basic aim of the course COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING (C S E) is to impart the following skills in the students

1. Office assistance.

2. DTP Operator and Job works.

3. Maintaining internet centre.


5. Junior computer programmer.

6. Computer maintenance contractor.

7. Computer hardware technician.

P a g e | 236

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING COURSE CODE: 311 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of



COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS & MS OFFICE.

[ THEORY PAPER 1]

PROGRAMMING IN ‘C’ [ THEORY PAPER 2 ]

ACCOUNTANCY & TALLY [ THEORY PAPER 3 ]

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23

UNIT-I:- INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND HARDWARE - [10]

Introduction to Computers, generations of computer- 01 , Classification of Computers based on Purpose, Operation & Size – 01, Anatomy of Computers – 01, Number Systems - 01 , Basic I/O Devices -01 , Block Diagram of CPU -02, Memory units- Primary and Auxiliary memory -02 , Programming Languages, general software features trends and utilities.-01

UNIT-II:- . OVERVIEW OF OPERATING SYSTEMS - [10] :- Introduction to Operating system ,

Theory Periods: 23

UNIT-I:- INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEM SOLVING TECHNIQUES- [05]:-

Procedure and Algorithms -02, Flowcharts – 02 , ‖Pseudo code -01,

UNIT-II:- FEATURES OF ‘C’ - [18] :-

Introduction to ‘C’ – 02 Structure of a ‘C’ Program - 03 Data types in ‘C’ – Constants & Variables- operators and Expressions – 05, Statements – data definition- assignment- 08

Theory Periods: 23

UNIT-I:- - INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTANCY– [05]:-

• Book keeping Vs Accountancy- uses of Accountancy- 02,

• Accounting concepts- Accounting Conventions- Accounting terminology-03

UNIT-II:- DOUBLE ENTRY SYSTEM - [05] :-

• Meaning theory of double entry system- 02, Classification of Accounts-Advantages of double entry system.-03

UNIT-III::- JOURNAL - [10]:- :

• Introduction- 01 • generalizing of different

P a g e | 237

function and its types -01 , Features of DOS -01 . Working with DOS Commands -03 , Features of Windows -01, Meaning of Multitasking, File system, desktop components, control panel, Windows Explorer , Device manager, File Manager and Program Manager , Display properties, taskbar properties etc. – 04.

UNIT-III:- - MS-WORD - [03]: ‖Introduction to Word Processing – 02 Editing a Document - 01

transactions- 07 • Advantages of journal. -02 •

UNIT-IV:- . LEDGER - [03]:- • Meaning- 01 , • Ledger posting-02

WINDOWS & MS OFFICE – PRACTICAL PAPER-I Practical Periods: 21 UNIT – Ia: FAMILIARIZATION WITH WINDOWS –[12] 1. Working With Windows - [05] 2 Starting A Program (Application) [05]

3. Shutting Down The Pc.-[02] UNIT - Ib: MANAGING FILES AND FOLDERS WORKING IN WINDOWS –[09] 01. Opening Multiple Objects:-[06]

02. Configuring Windows For Unique

User And Desktop: - [ 03]

C- PROGRAMMING – PRACTICAL PAPER-II Practical Periods: 21 UNIT – I :- PROGRAMMING INVOLVING BASIC INPUT OUTPUT OPERATIONS AND OPERATORS IN ‘C’:- 21 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer syllabus.

ENGINEERING DRAWING PRACTICAL PAPER-III Practical periods: 21 UNIT -1:- INTRODUCTION - [06] ;- Scope and objective of the subject -01 Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium -01 Drawing instruments and their uses -01 Scales : Recommended scales, reduced & enlarged -01 Sheet sizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5. Layout of drawing sheet sizes of title block and its contents -01 Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments. -01 UNIT -I1:- LETTERING AND DIMENSIONING – [ 15] 2.0. Types of Lettering -04 2.1. Guide Lines for lettering -04 2.2. Recommended sizes of letters and

P a g e | 238

Numbers -04 2.3. Single stroke letters. -03


July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-III:- MS-WORD - [23] contd,,, Move and Copy Text and Help System Formatting Text and Paragraph Finding and Replacing Text and Spell Checking Using Tabs Enhancing Document Columns, Tables and Other Features Using Graphics, Templates and Wizards Using Mail Merge

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-II:- FEATURES OF ‘C’ contd-[23]:- I/O control structure (if, if-else, for, while, do-while) – 11 , Structure for looping and nested looping - 10 Branching (switch, break, continue) - 02

Theory Periods: 23 UNIT-IV:- . LEDGER - [07]:-

• system of balancing -03 • Accounts advantages of ledger. -04

UNIT-V:- . SUBSIDIARY BOOKS:- [ 15]: • Meaning and significance -02 , • different type of books – 03 • purchase books – 02 • sales Book – -02 • purchase return book- 02 • sales returns – 01 • bills receive books, bills payable book

Treatment of trade discount.-03 UNIT-VI :-. CASH BOOK: [ 01] :- Meaning and significance -01

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT –III: USING ACCESSORIES, DISK

TOOLS AND PRINTERS ACCESSORIES

AVAILABLE IN WINDOWS: - 09,

UNIT-II:-. MS-WORD – [ 14] contd.. :-T Familiarization with MS Word - 03 Text formatting, - 03 Paragraph Formatting,- 03 Searching for text - 03 Inserting Objects - 02

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT – I :- PROGRAMMING INVOLVING BASIC INPUT OUTPUT OPERATIONS AND OPERATORS :- 04 UNIT – II :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING CONTROL STRUCTURES :-19 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical periods: 23 UNIT -I1:- LETTERING AND DIMENSIONING – [ 05] :- Dimensioning – 01,

• rules and systems of dimensioning – 02, • dimensioning a given drawing -02 UNIT III:- GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION – [18] Bisecting a line - perpendiculars - parallel lines - division of a line -03

P a g e | 239

CIENCE

Angles - bisection, trisection -03 Tangent lines touching circles internally and externally -03 Polygons - Regular polygons - circumscribed and inscribed in circles. -02 Conic sections - Definitions of focus, directrix, eccentricity,-03 Construction of Ellipse by Concentric circles method.-02 Construction of parabola by rectangular method -02.




Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-III l- MS-WORD - [04] contd,,, Miscellaneous features of Word – 04

UNIT-IV:- MS-EXCEL [16]:-

Introduction to Spreadsheet -05

Creating Worksheets & feeding data -05

Using functions – 06

Theory Periods: 20

UNIT-II:- FEATURES OF ‘C’ [09] contd:-

Unconditional branching ( go to statement)-04 , Simple programs covering above units. – 05

UNIT-III:- FUNCTIONS –[11] :- What is a function – 02 , Difference

between a function and a procedure – 05 ,

Advantages of functions – 04

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-VI :-. CASH BOOK: [ 14] :-

• Meaning and significance- 01 , • features – kinds of cash books -03 , • single cash book cash book with cash

and discount- 04 , • cash book with cash – discount and

bank- 02, • cash book with cash and bank and

discount columns- 02, • analytical petty cash books.-02

UNIT-VII :-. JOURNAL PROPER [06]: Meaning and significance -02, pass book -04

Practical Periods: 19 UNIT-II:- .MS-WORD - [16] contd,,, Working with Page Layout – 04 Additional Tools – 04 Mail Merge – 05

Practical Periods: 19 UNIT – II :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING CONTROL STRUCTURES :-11

Practical periods: 19 UNIT III: - GEOMETRIC CONSTRUCTION – [06]Contd..

• Construction of parabola by rectangular method. -03 ,

P a g e | 240

Printing the Documents- 01 Emphasis to be laid on using Shortcut Keys for each task. -02 UNIT-III:-MS-EXCEL – [03] Managing Worksheets - 03

UNIT – III :- PROGRAMS TO CREATE AND USE FUNCTIONS:- 08 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus 27

• Construction of Hyperbola when given the position of point from X-axis and Y- 03

UNIT IV:-ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION –[13] Definition – 01 ,

• Planes of Projection - Four quadrants – 04,

• Reference line. -02 First angle projection -05,

• Third angle projection-03 Assignment-III Unit test-II



Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IV:-MS-EXCEL [14].. Editing Cells and Using commands and functions -02 Moving and Copying, Inserting and Deleting Rows and Columns-02 Formatting a Worksheet-03 Opening, Saving and Printing a Worksheet-01 Working with Charts -03 Working with Macros-01 Pivot tables-02 UNIT-V: - MS-POWERPOINT [06]:- Creating Presentations using AutoContent Wizard, Template & Blank Presentation-03 Working with Master’s Slide-03

Theory Periods: 20

UNIT-III:- FUNCTIONS Contd... User defined and library functions, -06 ,

main function ,- 06 • Return types.-08

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-VII :-. . JOURNAL PROPER [09]

• need for reconciliation cause of difference –05

• errors and disclosed and not disclosed by trial balance rectification of errors Suspense Account.-04

UNIT-VIII :- : TRIAL BALANCE AND RECTIFICATION[10]:--

• Meaning and significance—02, • features and Objective preparation of

trial balance- -04, errors disclosed by trial balance rectification of suspense account -04

UNIT-IX :-. FINAL ACCOUNTS:-01 :- (a) Trading Account-01

Practical Periods: 19

UNIT-III :-. MS-EXCEL – [19] Contd...

Working with Data -09

Practical Periods: 19 UNIT – III :- PROGRAMS TO CREATE AND USE FUNCTIONS:- 19

Practical periods: 19 UNIT IV:-ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION –[19] :-

Projections of points -05

P a g e | 241

Performing Calculations in Excel-10

Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Projections of straight lines -05

Projections of planes -05

Projections of solids -04 Assignment-IV Unit test-III



Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 UNIT-V: - MS-POWERPOINT [12] :-

Title handout and Notes-02 Viewing a Presentation -02 Drawing Objects & Inserting OLE -04 Drawing freeform shapes-02 Rotating Objects-02

Theory Periods: 12 UNIT-III:- FUNCTIONS –[12] contd...

Concepts associated with functions – 02, • Recursion,- 04, • scope of a function, extent of

a variable.-12

Theory Periods: 12 UNIT-IX :-. FINAL ACCOUNTS:-12:- (a): Meaning and significance: performance of trading account- adjustments. -05 (b) Profit and Loss account: Meaning and significance – steps in preparation of profit and loss accounts performance of profit and loss account- adjustments-07

Practical Periods: 14 UNIT-III :-. MS-EXCEL – [14] Contd... Charts in Excel -06 Working with Data - 03 Additional Tools in Excel :- 05

Practical Periods: 14 UNIT – III :- PROGRAMS TO CREATE AND USE FUNCTIONS:- 03 UNIT – IV :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING ARRARYS :- 11 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical periods: 14 UNIT IV:-ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION –[03] :- Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views-03 UNIT V :- ISOMETRIC PROJECTION -11 Definition - 01

Isometric axes, lines and planes – 05 Isometric Scale - Isometric view -05




Nov 2015 23 OJT OJT OJT

P a g e | 242

Dec 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-V: - ,MS-POWERPOINT [02] :

-Animation in slides/objects-02

UNIT-VI: - MS-ACCESS –{18] Concept of data and information. -02 Introduction to Database management systems. -08 Creating a database. - 04 Concepts of related tables and integrity constraints. -04

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-III: - FUNCTIONS –[07] contd...

Use of various categories of built in

functions like math( ), string( ) etc

processing.- 07

UNIT-IV: - ARRAYS IN ‘C’ –[13] Array as Data structure- 02 defining single and multidimensional arrays,-05 simple operations on arrays, -02 simple programs on arrays.-04

Theory Periods: 20 UNIT-IX :-. FINAL ACCOUNTS:[07] :-

• Balance Sheet: Meaning and significance- 01, objectives – 01,

• preparation of balance sheet- -02, • Arrange of assets and liabilities –02, • Adjustments.-01

UNIT-X :- TALLY PACKAGE-[13] :- • Introduction to Accounting packages –

04, • Features, accounting, data migration

capability, duties and taxes, advantages and disadvantages -04

• b) Financial functions of Tally – Inventory and application – 01,

• Creation of company, alteration of company, master configuration, creation of groups, -02,

• Grouping of ledger accounts, voucher Configuration, recording transactions of sample data.-02

Practical Periods: 18 UNIT-III: - MS-EXCEL – [09] Contd... Printing Excel Sheets Setting the Page Size, orientation and margins. -03 Previewing Excel sheets 02 Inserting header and footer 02

Practical Periods: 18 UNIT – IV :- PROGRAMS INVOLVING ARRARYS :- 04 UNIT – V :- STRUCTURES IN ‘C’ :-14 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs

Practical periods: 18 UNIT V :- ISOMETRIC PROJECTION -14 Drawing of isometric views of plane figures -07

Drawing of isometric views of prisms and

pyramids -07

P a g e | 243

Repeating rows / columns to repeat in all pages. 02 UNIT-IV: - MS – POWER PONT –[09] Starting power point - Power Point Window Description -02 The MS-PowerPoint Views -02 Creating a new presentation -02 Working with Slides -03

refer the syllabus

UNIT VI:- . USING AUTOCAD –[04]:-

Introduction to AutoCAD: the Interface -04




Feb 2016 24 /17 /21

Theory Periods: 17 UNIT-VI: - MS-ACCESS –{17] Contd...

Designing tables. -06 Use of queries, types of queries and creating queries. - 06 Creating Forms and Reports -05

Theory Periods: 17 UNIT-IV :- ARRAYS IN ‘C’ –[07]contd... • simple programs on arrays.-04 File operations like fopen( ), fclose( ), fprint( ), fscan( ) etc.-03 UNIT-V: - STRUCTURES IN C – [10] Structures:- definition - declaration – 01 operation on structures, 01, array of structures, -01, array with structures,-01 structure as data types,-01, operations on structures -01 Unions – definition - 01, difference between union and structure.- 01, Creating and using a structure -02

Theory Periods: 17 UNIT-X :- TALLY PACKAGE--[17] :- c) Display and reports –, Accounting reports, , Balance sheet, profit and loss account, printing reports. -05 d) Ratio Analysis – Classification- Financial ratios, Profitability ratio, Activity ratio analysis.-05 e) Cash flow statement and flow statement- Preparation of funds flow statement, limitations of funds flow statement, analysis of funds flow statement, Cash Flow in tally.-07

Practical Periods: 21 UNIT-IV: - MS – POWER PONT –[01]

Running the Slide Show -01

Practical Periods: 21 UNIT – V :- STRUCTURES IN ‘C’ :-06 UNIT – VI :- FILE OPERATIONS :- 15

Practical periods: 21 UNIT VI:- . USING AUTOCAD –[21]:-

The Basics of Using AutoCAD Drawing Tools -04 Using AutoCAD Navigation Tools -04

P a g e | 244

UNIT-V: - MS-ACCESS –[20]:- Familiarization with the access window and objects. -02 Table design Using design wizard -04 Assigning primary key, adding validations, changing the data format in table design-01 Creating fields with lookup data.-01 Creating relationships between tables -02 Creating simple select queries in design mode.-02 Modifying the queries to add criteria, filtering etc.-02 Creating calculated queries -02 Creating Forms and modifying Form Design -02 Creating Reports and modifying Report Design -02

Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Using AutoCAD Drafting Tools -04 Modifying AutoCAD Drawing Objects using Copy / Move, Scale, Rotate etc. -04 Working with text in AutoCAD -05




March 2016 21/00/00


P a g e | 245

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING: COURSE CODE: 311 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



OOPS and JAVA (THEORY PAPER-I)

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(THEORY PAPER-II)

DATA COMMUNICATION & COMPUTER NETWORKS

(THEORY PAPER-III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 UNIT -I:- OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING AND JAVA-10 :- • Introduction to byte code, JVM, JRE and

JIT compiler. Java and the Internet, Platform independence of JAVA. -02

• Introduction to Applets. Main features of Java -01, .

• Introduction to OOPS. Main features of OOPS. Introduction to classes, properties and behaviour. -03

• Concepts of Abstraction and Encapsulation. Introduction to Objects. Access specifies- Public, Private and Protected and their use. Concept of Polymorphism and Inheritance. -04

UNIT -II:- THE JAVA PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE -12

Theory Periods: 22 :- UNIT -I:-.: CONCEPT OF DBMS: - 20:-

• Purpose of Data Base Systems –02, • Data abstraction – 03, • Data models – -04, • Instances, Schemes- 02, • Data Independence – Data Integrity

– 03, • DDL , DML. DCL –04, • Responsibility of a Database

Manager – 01, • Data Base Administrator.-01

UNIT -II:- ENTITY AND RELATIONSHIP-[ 02]:-

• Entity and Entity sets -02

Theory Periods: 22 :- UNIT -I:- -- DATA COMMUNICATIONS [10]:-

• Definition- 01, • Modes of data transmission (Analog

and Digital)- -02, • types of Communications – 01, • Bandwidth – Communication

channels (Wire cables, Microwave and Fibre optic) – 02

• methods of Data transmission (Asynchronous, Synchronous and Isochronous) – 02,

• Parallel and Serial interface – 01, • Transmission Modes( Simplex, Half-

duplex and Full-duplex) - multiplexing..-01

P a g e | 246

• Data types in Java types. -04, • Identifiers, Literals and Keywords in

Java. -04, • Operators in Java. Writing simple

methods and calling them.-04

UNIT -II: - - NETWORK TYPES AND TOPOLOGIES [12]:-

• Definition of Computer network -02. • advantages & disadvantages –02, • Types of Networks( LAN, MAN,

WAN, Private, public & Value added Networks -08

OOPS and JAVA (PRACTICAL PAPER-I) Practical Periods: 23 UNIT -I:- PROGRAMS USING BASIC DATA TYPES AND OPERATORS -15 UNIT -II :- PROGRAMMING WITH CONTROL STATEMENTS – 08 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

SQL,PHOTOSHOP & PAGEMAKER (PRACTICAL PAPER-II) Practical Periods: 23

UNIT -I :- SQL[15] :- PRACTICE MINIMUM OF 40 SIMPLE QUERIES USING SQL COMMANDS

UNIT-II :- PL/ SQL[ 08]:- PRACTICE MINIMUM OF 40 SIMPLE QUERIES USING SQL AND PL/SQL COMMANDS

INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES (PRACTICAL PAPER-III) Practical Periods: 23 UNIT -I:- FAMILIARIZATION WITH

COMPUTER NETWORK COMPONENTS

– [10]:- Exposure to Network Connectivity

Hardware and Devices. Network Devices

Such As Modem,

Network Cards LAN Cards. Etc

UNIT –II:- BASIC TROUBLE SHOOTING OF A PC, CMOS SETUP, FORMATTING , PARTITIONING OF HARD DISK –[13]


July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods22 UNIT-II:-- THE JAVA PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE –[08]:- • Types of methods based on return

type and arguments. -03, • Type conversion and casting. -03, • Using the keyword static. Concept

Theory Periods: 22 :- UNIT-II:- ENTITY AND RELATIONSHIP –[ 13]:-

• Entity and Entity sets – -02, • Attributes – 02, • Relationship and Relationship

sets – 01,

Theory Periods: 22 UNIT-II - NETWORK TYPES AND TOPOLOGIES [13]:-

• Definition of Network topology - 02

• Types and structure of topologies( Bus, Ring, Star, Mesh and Hybrid) – 08,

P a g e | 247

of constructors and destructor-02 UNIT-III:- CONTROL STATEMENTS AND ARRAYS-[10]:-

• The If, Nested If, If – Else, if- else-if ladder and the switch statement. -04,

• Java Iteration statements – while, do- while and for statements. -02,

• Break and Continue statements. -01, • One and two dimensional arrays,

reading and writing to arrays, mathematical operations on array data.-03 UNIT-IV:- IMPLEMENTING OOPS IN JAVA -04

• Creating and using various types of Methods to accept / return basic data types and objects -04

• Mapping constraints – 02, • E-R representation symbols –

Drawing E-R diagrams – -04 • Reducing E-R diagrams into

Tables-02 . UNIT-III:- RELATIONAL DATA MODEL: [09]:-

• Structure – 01, • table Structure, -04 • Domain, Range, degree of a table

Tuple, -04

• Advantages and Disadvantages of topologies -03

UNIT-III:- LAN COMPONENTS –[09]:-

• Server, Clients, File server. -03 • Ethernet cards, HUBS, Switches,

Routers, Gateways. -03 • Modem and types - V-SAT, ATMS -

03

Practical Periods: 25 UNIT -II :- PROGRAMMING WITH CONTROL STATEMENTS – 12 UNIT -III :- PROGRAMMING WITH ARRAYS-10 UNIT -IV :- CREATING AND USING CLASSES AND OBJECTS -03 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical Periods: 25 UNIT-II :- PL/ SQL[ 12]:- PRACTICE MINIMUM OF 40 SIMPLE QUERIES USING SQL AND PL/SQL COMMANDS UNIT-III:- IMAGE EDITING WITH PHOTOSHOP – [13]:-

• Introduction to the Photoshop-01 • -interface Familiarization with the

toolbars Creating a new Photoshop file , -03,

• adjusting colour, size and resolution settings Importing and copying images into Photoshop Working with layers-the layers palette, -04

• adding, deleting, adjusting the layer

Practical Periods: 25 UNIT –II-[07]:- - BASIC TROUBLE SHOOTING OF A PC, CMOS SETUP, FORMATTING , PARTITIONING OF HARD DISK UNIT –III- [15]:- CONFIGURING LAN:-

• Connecting Or Configuring Simple LAN’s

• Dial Up And ISDN Connections [13]

UNIT –IV-[03]:-BROWSING , E-Mail, AND FILE TRANSFER

• USAGE OF PUBLIC INTERNET SERVICES-01

• E-Mail -02

P a g e | 248

effects, layer features like locking, styles, opacity and blending options.-05




Aug 2015 22

OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 15

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 UNIT-IV:- IMPLEMENTING OOPS IN JAVA –[16] contd:-

Implementing the concept of polymorphism, -11, Inheritance and Operator Overloading -5.

UNIT-V:- IMPLEMENTING OOPS IN

JAVA –[03] Contd:- Inheritance and Operator Overloading.. 03

Theory Periods: 19 UNIT-III::- . RELATIONAL DATA MODEL: [06]:-

Types and attributes,-01 types of keys. -01,

Formal query languages – commercial query languages – -02,

CODD rules -02 UNIT-IV:- . SQL [13]:-

Introduction to SQL – 02, data types –-02, DDL,DML and DCL Commands -07, Set operators and joins – 02

Theory Periods: 19 UNIT-III:- LAN COMPONENTS: -[06]:-.

Adapters- 02, Functions and types. -02, Multiplexers Functions and Types -02

UNIT-IV:- INTERNET CONNECTIVITY

AND SERVICES. [13]:- Introduction to internet – Advantages, -03, Browsers Services:- Messaging – E-mail and

FTP. -06 Introduction to Internet security – viruses,

Trojans, worms, phishing and hacking – 04

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT -IV :- CREATING AND USING CLASSES AND OBJECTS -22 UNIT -V :- IMPLEMENTING POLYMORPHISM AND OPERATOR

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT-III:- IMAGE EDITING WITH PHOTOSHOP – [17]:-contd:-

Familiarizing with the types of tools in the toolbox. – Working with the selection tools –The marquee tools, lasso tools, move tools,

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT –IV-[22]:-BROWSING , E-Mail, AND FILE TRANSFER :- Usage of Public Internet Services for the following ‖ protocols -06 ‖Internet Fax -04 ‖Web Surfing -06 ‖File Transfer -06

P a g e | 249

OVERLOADING -01 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

and the magic wand, crop and slice tools. -01

Working with the retouch paint tools –The healing tools, brush, clone, history, eraser, fill tools, sharpen/blur, dodge/burn and sponge tools., Working with the drawing and type tools – The pen, freeform pen, Path selection, Line, Rectangle - 04

Polygon, Ellipse, Custom shape, Direct selection, Anchor point and Convert Point Tools. -01

Horizontal and Vertical Type and Type Mask tools.- 01 ,

Working with the annotation and measurements tools. -02

Working with the Image Menu - Image Size, Canvas Size, Image Adjustments, Colour Modes etc. -02

Working with the filter menu - Blur, Sharpen, Extract, Liquefy, Vanishing Point, Distort, Pixelate, Render etc. -02

Working with the View Menu - Zoom In, Zoom Out, Proof Colours, Screen Modes, Rulers, Guides, Snap etc. -02

Exercises involving image modifications using various photo editing and photo effects together.- 02 UNIT-IV:- DTP with PAGE MAKER –[06]:-

Introduction to Adobe PageMaker - 01

The Page Maker Window - The Toolbox and

UNIT –V-[01]:- CREATING WEB PAGES using HTML:- Introduction to HTML -01

P a g e | 250

Pointer Tool - 04

Views - Fixed Views and zooming, -02




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 UNIT-V:- PACKAGES AND

INTERFACES –[12] contd.. • Concepts and uses of packages. 02, • Creating and importing packages.-03, • Concepts of interface and its uses-03, . • Writing and implementing simple interfaces-04

UNIT-VI:- . EXCEPTION HANDLING – 05 :-

• Exception Handling fundamentals -01 .

• Exception types, -01, • the try, catch, throw, throws and

finally keywords. -01, • Java’s built in exceptions. Writing

simple programs for exception handling. -02

UNIT-VII:- . THREADS -02 :-Concepts of Threads,-02

Theory Periods: 19 UNIT-IV:- SQL:- 12 contd:-

• Sub queries -06, • database objects. -06

UNIT-V:- . Pl/SQL -07:-

• PL/SQL – Introduction – 01, • Advantages – Data types – Logical ,

Comparisons (Numeric, character and Boolean expressions) -03

• Control structures – concept of error handling exception.. -03

Theory Periods: 19 UNIT-IV:- INTERNET CONNECTIVITY AND SERVICES. [02]:-

• Antivirus software etc.—01, • Current trends -01.

UNIT-V :- HTML & WEB PAGE

DESIGN:--[17]:-, .

• HTML basic elements and attributes, -05,

• HTML heading, body, title, paragraphs, formatting and fonts tags. -08

• Tags for Images and tables. -02

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT -V :- IMPLEMENTING POLYMORPHISM AND OPERATOR OVERLOADING -09

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT-IV:- DTP with PAGE MAKER – [23]:-

Practical Periods: 23 UNIT –V-[23]:- CREATING WEB PAGES using HTML:- HTML code using the following:

P a g e | 251

UNIT –VI:- PROGRAMS INVOLVING INHERITANCE-10 UNIT –VII:- CREATING PACKAGES AND INTERFACES-04 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

• Moving and Resizing Objects - Adding and Deleting Pages -02

• Using the Hand Tool -01 • Using Guides and Rulers -02 • Drawing Tools - Drawing Lines,

Rectangles and Ovals, Polygons-03 • Fills and Outlines - Outline and

Stroke, Colour Fills - Creating Frames and Blocks, Working with the Control Palettes -05

• Working with Text- Selecting Text, Managing Fonts, Working with Paragraphs- Justification, Indents, spacing and tabs -05

• Working with Graphics – Placing, editing, linking graphics -05

1. Basic Tags for a website – Html, Head, Title and Body - 03 2. Tags for Text - <p>, <br>, <blockquote>, Headings <h1>…<h6>, Bold and italic tags, Horizontal line tags -04 3. Tags for creating lists - Ordered Lists, Unordered Lists -03 4. Tags for creating hyperlinks -03 5. Tags for creating and modifying images -03 6. Tags for creating Tables -02 7. Tables for creating frames Tags for creating forms - 02 ‖Creating and hosting a web page - 03




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 :- UNIT-IV:- THREADS -03:- • Multithreading and Multitasking. -01, • The Thread class and its methods. -

01, • Writing simple programs involving

threads- 01. UNIT-VIII:- THE JAVA APPLET -05 :- • Introduction to Java Applets. 01, • Basic methods of the Applet class, -01, • Applet initialization and Termination-

01, • the HTML applet tag and writing

code to create simple applets.-05

Theory Periods: 20 :- UNIT-V:- .Pl/SQL -13:-

• Tables (Declaration, Referring and inserting, deleting and fetching rows etc).-03,

• Database Triggers – syntax – parts of triggers (statement, body and restriction) -05

• types of triggers (before and after options) Enabling and disabling triggers – Dropping triggers.-04

UNIT-VI:- SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND LIFE CYCLE [07]:-

Theory Periods: 20

UNIT-V:- HTML & Web page Design:--[08]:-

• Creating Lists and frames.- 02, • Creating hyperlinks. -03, • Tags to create forma and form

objects. -03 UNIT-VI:- DHTML [12]:-

• Introduction to DHTML -01, ‖Advantages of DHTML. -02, ‖Components of DHTML -, , HTML ,

P a g e | 252

UNIT-IX:- - THE JAVA ABSTRACT WINDOWING TOOLKIT –[10]:- • The Java AWT concepts, its purpose, -

02, • commonly used AWT classes,-02 , • creating and managing forms with

simple controls to implement common arithmetic operations like adding two numbers etc-06

. UNIT-IV:- EVENT HANDLING –{02}:-Concepts of event, event sources and listeners. -02

• Definition of system, -02, analysis

and design -02, Study of software life cycle – 04

o CSS , o Scripting , o DOM ‖Events- Mouse events-03

Practical Periods: 21 UNIT –VII:- CREATING PACKAGES AND INTERFACES-06 UNIT –VIII:- WORKING WITH AWT, JAVA APPLETS AND EVENT HANDLING -15 Note:- Practice more related programs on each TOPIC. For List of sample Programs refer the syllabus

Practical Periods: 21 UNIT-IV:- DTP with PAGE MAKER – [21]:-

contd..:- • Creating a Keyline Manipulating with

the Control Palette -02 • Positioning and using the Magic Scale ,

Rotating, Skewing and Mirroring , Ordering, Aligning, Distributing and Grouping objects, - 03

• Image Control and Bitmap Effects Non Printing Items -03

• Working with the Story Editor -02 • Working in Long Documents - Document

Set-up, Setting Up Master Pages -02 • Working with layers, Sorting Pages and

Managing Links -02 • Working with Tables- Creating,

Formatting and Exporting Tables -04 • Printing, Exporting to PDF, Building a

Booklet -03

Practical Periods: 21 UNIT –V-[01]:- CREATING WEB PAGES using HTML:-

• Creating and hosting a web page - 01 UNIT –V-[20]:-. DHTML:- 1. Writing DHTML code for the following: Create a webpage with HTML to display current date and time using document. -02 Change an HTML element – change the content of a h1 element using java script-02 Change the ‘src’ attribute of an image from one picture to a second using JavaScript-02 Change the content of the h1 element when a user clicks on it -02 Change Style of the Current HTML Element-02 Writing code to change the visibility of text on a page -02 Writing code to change the background colour of a page -02 Writing code to change the objects properties on events like on click, on dblclick, on mouse

P a g e | 253

move etc.-02 Create a form that accepts data and copies it to other controls on clicking a button-02 Create dropdown menus to link to relevant websites.-02




Feb 2016 24 08

Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-X:- EVENT HANDLING –{08}:-

• Common event classes and methods. -03,

• Creating Forms and writing code to manage simple Events on buttons and mouse.(click, double click, mouse move over)-05

Theory Periods: 08 UNIT-VI:- SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND LIFE CYCLE [08]:-

• Requirement analysis , -02 , • design ,-01, • development, -01, • testing,-01, • implementation and maintenance.-

03

Theory Periods: 08

UNIT-VI:- DHTML [08]:- DHTML in Layer TAG -01, Layer Attributes,-01 The Style Object of IE ,-01 Dynamic Contents in IE4-01, Introduction to CSS -04




March 2016 21


P a g e | 254

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN Basic aim of the course Electronics Engineering Technician is to impart the following skills in students during the 2-year Intermediate course.

1. Assembling, Testing and maintenance of Electronic equipment.

2. Repairing of different electronic equipments.

3. Installation and maintenance of electronic equipments.

4. Installation and maintenance of P A System.

5. Installation and maintenance of Inverter type Power supply.

6. Repairing of Radio/Tape recorder/Television.

7. Electronic equipment sales and service.


9. Dealership/agency of Electronic Equipment.

10. Manufacturing of electronic equipments.

11. Computer Assembling.

P a g e | 255


ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE COURSE CODE: 312 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of


periods Theory No of

periods Practical

THEORY-I CIRCUIT THEORY &

ELECTRONICCOMPONENTS

THEORY-II ELECTRONI DEVICES &

CIRCUITS

THEORY-III DIGITAL ELECTRONICS &

COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS

June 2015- 25 23 21

THEORY:23 1. RESISTORS 1.1. TYPES OF RESISTORS, Fixed & Variable 1..2. Fixed-carbon film, wire wound, metal film 1.3. Colour codes 1.4. Measurement of resistance 1.5. VARIABLE-types: potentiometers, presets 1.6. Power rating :1/8 watt, ¼ watt, ½ watt, 1 watt, 2 watt, Metal/carbon film resisters, wire wound resisters from 5 watts to few 1000 watts etc. 1.7. Resistors in series and parallel 2.INDUCTORS & TRANSFORMERS

2.1. Electromagnetic induction 2.2. Faraday’s laws and Lenz law

THEORY:23 1.SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENTS 1.1. State the electrical properties of solid state Semiconductor materials 1.2. Describe the formation of P type and N type materials 1.3. Identify Majority and Minority carriers in P and N Type materials. 1.4. Explain the formation of PN junction diode. 1.5. Describe the working of PN junction Diode forward/Reverse Bias with graph 1.6. Interpret the manufacturer specifications of a given diode from data sheet 1.7. Know the formation of transistor & Draw the symbol of transistor.

THEORY:23 1. NUMBER SYSTEMS 1.1. Explain Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number systems and compare with decimal system..1.2. Convert a given decimal number into Binary, Octal, and Hexadecimal numbers and vice versa. 1..3. Convert a given binary number into octal and hexadecimal number system and vice versa. .1.4. Perform binary Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division.1.5. Write 1’s complement and 2’s complement numbers for a given binary number.1.6. Perform subtraction of binary numbers in 2’s complement method.1.7. Explain the use of alphanumeric codes (ASCII & EBCDIC)1...8. State different postulates in Boolean algebra.

P a g e | 256

2.3. Self inductance 2.4. Mutual inductance concept 2.5. Co-efficient of coupling

1.8. Explain the working of PNP and NPN Transistors with characteristics 1.9. Define alpha, beta and gamma Factors 1.10. Understand the specifications in DATA SHEET of transistors 1.11. FET & MOSFET principle of working and symbols 1.12. Advantages over BJT 1.13. Understand the naming convention of Semiconductor components

2. POWER SUPPLIES & FILTERS 2.1. Draw the block diagram of regulated DC power supply and explain the function of each block. 2.2. Draw and describe the working of half wave rectifier with waveforms. 2.3. Write the equations for RMS value, average value, ripple factor and efficiency for the half wave rectifier. 2.4. Draw and describe the working of centre tapped full wave rectifier with waveforms. 2.5. Draw and describe the working of bridge rectifier with waveforms.

2. LOGIC GATES & DIGITAL IC FAMILIES 2.1. Explain AND, OR, NOT gates with truth table. 2.2. Explain the working of universal logic gates (NAND, NOR gates) using truth tables. 2.3. Explain the working of an exclusive – OR gate with truth table. 2.4. State and explain De-Morgan’s theorems. 2.5. Develop AND, OR, NOT operations using NAND, NOR gates.

Electronic Devices & Circuits Lab Practical Paper I PRACTICAL : 21

Digital Electronics and Computer Fundamentals Lab Practical Paper – II

Engineering Drawing Practical Paper – III PRACTICAL : 21

P a g e | 257

Importance of Engineering Drawing Drawing instruments

PRACTICAL : 21 1. Measurement of Resistance, Capacitance and inductance by E and I method and verification of Resistance by Colour code. 2. Resistors in Series and Parallel Circuits 3. Measurement of Coefficient of coupling of an iron core transformer

1. Logic gates - I - AND, OR, NOT (Using IC's) 2. Logic gates - II - NAND, NOR, EX-OR (Using IC's)

July 2015- 26 23 23

THEORY:23 2.6. Inductors in series and parallel 2.7. Ratings and specifications 2.8. Factors effecting the inductance 2.9. TRANSFORMER – working principle 2.10. Types of transformers: Step UP/DOWN, AF, RF & IF 2.11. Types of cores used and usage 2.12. Power transformer and other types 2.13. Ratings and specifications 3. CAPACITORS 3.1. Working principle 3.2. Types of capacitors: Fixed & Variable 3.3. Types of Dielectrics used: air, paper, mica, glass, ceramic, electrolyte and its applications 3.4. Types polarized and non-polarized 3.5. Color codes 3.6. Measurement of capacitance 3.7. Capacitors in series and parallel 3.8. Ratings and Specifications

THEORY:23 2.6. Derive the equations for RMS value, average value, ripple factor and efficiency for the full wave rectifier. 2.7. Compare the above rectifier circuits. 2.8. Explain the need for a filter in power supplies and list different types of filters. 2.9. Explain the operation of a rectifier circuit using capacitor input, series inductor and CLC filters. 2.10. Define voltage regulation. 2.11. Explain the operation of simple Zener regulator 3. SMALL SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS 3.1. Explain the need for proper biasing in amplifier circuits and List the types of biasing circuits. 3.2. Explain the need for stabilization

THEORY:23 2.6. List different digital logic families. 2.7. Explain the characteristics of digital ICs such as logic levels, propagation delay, Noise margin, Fan-in, Fan-out, and Power dissipation. 2.8. Compare the TTL, CMOS and ECL logic families. 2.9. List the numbers of Digital IC Logic gates and understand the specifications 3. COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS 3.1. Give the idea of combinational logic circuits. 3.2. Draw Half adder circuit using Exclusive OR gate and AND gate and explain its function using truth table. 3.3. Realize a Half-adder using NAND gates only and NOR gates only. 3.4. Draw the full adder circuit and explain its operation with truth table.

P a g e | 258

3.3. Draw the different transistor configurations & list applications 3.4. Know cut off, saturation and active regions. 3.5.Compare characteristics of CB, CC and CE configurations

3.5. Show that two Half-adders and an OR – gate constitutes a full-adder. 3.6. Draw and explain a 4 Bit parallel adder using full – adders. 3.7. Draw and explain the operation 4 X 1 Multiplexer 3.8. Draw and explain the operation 1 to 4 demultiplexer.

PRACTICAL : 23 Free hand lettering & Numbering Dimensioning Practice

PRACTICAL:23 4. Series Resonance Circuit and determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 5. Parallel resonance circuit, determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 6. PN Diode Characteristics - Forward and Reverse characteristics

PRACTICALS:23 4. Full adder - Sub tractor (Using IC Logic gates) 5. Verification of truth tables of RS, RST, D, T 6. To study details of counters IC's like 7490

Assignment-1 Assignment-1 Assignment-1 August 2015- 23 20 19

THEORY:20 4. FUNDAMENTALS OF DC & AC CIRCUITS 4.1. Electrical quantities :voltage, current, resistance, conductance, admittance, power, VA etc 4.2. OHM’s Law 4.3. Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law 4.4. Kirchhoff’s Current Law 4.5. Series & Parallel circuits-simple calculations

THEORY:20 4. POWER AMPLIFIERS 4.1. Explain why a voltage amplifier cannot be used as a power amplifier. 4.2. Distinguish between voltage amplifiers and power amplifiers. 4.3. Classify the amplifier circuits on the basis of frequency, period of conduction, and configurations. 4.4. Define efficiency of a power

THEORY:20 3.9. Draw and explain 3 X 8 decoder. 3.10. List the applications of multiplexers and decoders. 3.11. List some of the popular digital ICs and appreciate the applications THEORY:20 4. SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 4.1. Give the idea of Sequential logic circuits. 4.2. Explain NAND and NOR latches

P a g e | 259

4.6. Power calculations 4.7. AC Fundamentals : Sinusoidal ac, frequency 4.8. Instantaneous values, peak values, average values, notations used 4.9. AC power : real power & apparent power 4.10. AC circuits containing RL,RC & RLC in Series & Parallel 4.11. Derive expression for Resonance(for above circuits)

amplifier. 4.5. Draw the circuit of a class-A amplifier with resistor load at the collector and explain the operation. 4.6. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.7. Draw the circuit of a class-A amplifier with transformer at the collector and explain the operation. 4.8. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.9. List the advantages of push pull power amplifier 4.10. Explain the operation of class-B push-pull amplifier and mention its disadvantages. 4.11. Write an expression for efficiency of the above circuit. 4.12. List the applications of power amplifiers. 4.13. List different IC numbers for power amplifiers. 5. FEEDBACK APLIFIERS & OSCILLATORS 5.1. Compare Negative and Positive feedback. 5.2. Draw the block diagram of negative feedback amplifier and explain 5.3. List the types of negative feedback

with truth tables 4.3. State the necessity of clock and give the concept of level triggering and edge triggering, 4.4. Draw and explain clocked SR flip flop using NAND gates. 4.5. Study the need for preset and clear inputs . 4.6. Construct level clocked JK flip flop using S-R flip-flop and explain with truth table 4.7. Explain the level clocked D and T flip flops with the help of truth table and circuit diagram. 4.8. Give only the truth tables of edge triggered D and T flip flops with their symbols. 4.9. List the applications of flip flops. 4.10. State the need for a Register and list the types of registers. 4.11. Draw and explain working of 4 bit shift left and shift right registers(7475) 4.12. Draw and explain parallel in parallel out shift register 4.13. Explain the working of Universal shift register (74194 ) 4.14. Draw and explain asynchronous decade counter.

P a g e | 260

amplifiers PRACTICAL: 19

Lines, Planes and Solids Orthographic Projection

PRACTICAL :19 5. Parallel resonance circuit, determination of its resonant frequency, bandwidth 6. PN Diode Characteristics - Forward and Reverse characteristics 7.ZenerDiode characteristics

PRACTICAL:19 6. To study details of counters IC’s like 7490 7. To study shift register IC’s like 7495 8. Observe the output of decade counter 7490 On a seven segment display using a decoder

ASSIGNMENT-III,UNIT TEST-II ASSIGNMENT-III,UNIT TEST-II

ASSIGNMENT-III,UNIT TEST-II

September 2015- 23 20 19

THEORY:20 5.7. Relays: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.8. Contactors: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.9. Microphone: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.10. Loud speaker: principle, types, symbols and ratings 5.11. Testing of all above components

THEORY:20 5.4. State the condition for an amplifier to work as an oscillator. 5.5. Classify oscillator circuits. 5.6. Draw and Explain the working of an R.C. phase shift oscillator 5.7. Draw and Explain the working of tuned collector oscillator 5.8. Draw and explain the working of Hartley oscillator. 5.9. Draw and Explain the working of Colpitts oscillator 5.10. Write the expressions for frequency of above oscillators 5.11. Explain the disadvantages of RC and LC oscillators. 5.12. List the advantages of crystal oscillators over other types 5.13. Draw and explain the working of transistor crystal oscillator. 5.14. State the reasons for instability in

THEORY:20 4.15. Distinguish between synchronous and asynchronous counters Education 4.16. List applications of counters. 4.17. List the IC numbers of flip flops, registers and counters. 5. D/A & A/D CONVERTORS 5.1. State the need for A/D and D/A converters. 5.2. Explain the terms resolution, Accuracy, Mono tonicity and settling time of D/A converter. 5.3. Explain D/A conversion using binary weighted resistors. 5.4. Explain D/A conversion using R-2R ladder network

P a g e | 261

oscillator circuits. 5.15. List the applications of oscillators.

6. ANALOG IC’s 6.1. Explain the operation of transistor series voltage regulator. 6.2. Explain the operation of transistor shunt voltage regulator 6.3. List the types of IC regulators and give the advantage of IC regulators.

PRACTICAL :19 Sectional views Development of surfaces

PRACTICAL:19 9. FET Characteristics 10. SCR Characteristics 11. Zener Voltage regulators and measurement of percentage of regulation 12. RC coupled Amplifier : obtain the frequency response and calculate the gain 13. Study of Push pull power Amplifier 14. Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier with and without filter, calculate the ripple factor and percentage of regulation

PRACTICAL:19 9. A/D, D/A Converter 10. Identify the various peripherals 11. Know how to open an application program 12. Know how to create a folder in a specified location 13. Open MS-word and Identify the components on the screen

October 2015- 15




P a g e | 262

12 14

THEORY:12 6. SOLDERING & PCBs 6.1. Soldering basics 6.2. Soldering irons, de soldering pumps –types, soldering lead-types, ratings, fluxes 6.3. Temperature controlled soldering/De-soldering stations 6.4. PCB-types, single sided, double sided, multilayered 6.5. Soldering drills 6.6. Steps in preparation of PCB 7. SMD COMPONENTS 7.1. SMD components –types 7.2. SMD soldering stations 7.3. Give an idea of Surface Mount Technology (SMT). 7.4. State the advantages of SMT over pin through hole (PTH) mounting

THEORY:12 6.4. Explain the operation of fixed positive and negative voltage regulators.( using 7800 series and 7900 series) 6.5. Explain the operation of adjustable voltage regulator (LM317). 6.6. Draw and explain the differential amplifier. 6.7. State the function of an operational amplifier. 6.8. Know the operational amplifier characteristics like Input impedance, Open loop gain, Slew rate, CMRR, Input offset voltage, Input offset Current, 6.9. List the specifications of ideal operational amplifier. 6.10. Draw the block diagram and pin out diagram of IC 741 and explain each block and pin 6.11. Illustrate the use of operational amplifier as summer, integrator, differentiator, inverter and multiplier, voltage follower, voltage to current converter, current to voltage converter, comparator, square wave generator 6.12. Draw the block diagram of 555 IC and explain. 6.13. Explain the working of As table multivibrator using 555 IC.

THEORY:12 6. SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORIES 6.1. State memory read operation, writes operation, access time, memory capacity, address lines and word length. 6.2. Classify various types of memories. 6.3. Differentiate between ROM and RAM 6.4. Explain basic principle of working of diode ROM 6.5. Distinguish between EEPROM and UVPROM. 6.6. List different ROM and RAM Ics 6.7. Explain the working of basic dynamic MOS RAM cell. 6.8. Compare static RAM and dynamic RAM 6.9. Explain the working principle of NVRAM 6.10. State difference between Flash ROM and NV RAM 6.11. Give an idea of memory modules used in computers 7. COMPUTER HARDWARE & NETWORKING BASICS 7.1. Study the layout of components in the motherboard. 7.2. List different expansion slots available on the motherboard. 7.3. Describe the functions of chip set

P a g e | 263

6.14. State PLL 6.15. Draw and explain the block diagram of PLL – LM565. 6.16. Explain the operation VCO (LM566)ion 6.17. Define lock range of PLL 6.18. Define capture range of PLL. 6.19. List the applications of PLL. 6.20. Explain frequency multiplier and FM demodulator using PLL.

& know chipset numbers in use. 7.4. Know the specifications of processor. 7.5. Know different types of RAMs in use. 7.6. Know about cache memory. 7.7. Know about accelerated graphics port/card. 7.8. Study about power supply connectors and external devices.

Practical Periods: 14 Sectional views Development of surfaces

PRACTICAL :14 15. Measurement of frequency of Hartley and Colpitts oscillators 16. Measurement of frequency of Tuned Collector and Crystal Oscillators

PRACTICAL :14 14. Create a document using MS-word and save it 15. Familiarize with spell checker facility of MS-Word

November 2015

OJT OJT OJT

December 2015

OJT OJT OJT

P a g e | 264

January 2016 22 20 18

Theory – 20 8. BATTERIES & CELLS 8.1. Primary cells and secondary cells-uses 8.2. Types: NiCad, Alkaline, Ni-ion, Li-ion, Li-polymer –Uses 8.3. Charging and discharging of cells 8.4. Cells in series and parallel-effect on current/voltage 8.5. Testing of Cells

Theory-20 7. POWER ELECTRONIC DEVICES 7.1. List different thyristor family devices. 7.2. Sketch the ISI circuit symbols for each device. 7.3. Describe constructional details of SCR. 7.4. Draw & Explain the Volt – Ampere characteristics of SCR. 7.5. Mention the ratings of SCR. 7.6. Give constructional details of DIAC & TRIAC 7.7. Draw & Explain the Volt-ampere characteristics of DIAC & TRIAC under forward / reverse bias. 7.8. State the different modes of TRIAC triggering. 7.9. Draw & Explain SCR circuit triggered by UJT. 7.10. Explain power control circuits DIAC, TRIAC & SCR’s. 7.11. Briefly explain the working of Reverse conducting thyristor (RCT), Asymmetrical SCR

Theory-20 7.9.Know about Serial, parallel and USB ports(basics). 7.10. Know the connector details for printer, serial port, mouse, keyboard and USB. 7.11. Know different voltages in SMPS and connector details. 7.12. Know about SCSI Hard Disk controller. 7.13. Describe the functioning of Network card and list its specifications. 7.14. Understand BIOS, Operating system, application software 7.15. Appreciate the need for networking of computers 7.16. Explain the concepts of router and routing 7.17. Categorise the computer networks 7.18. Explain the working of LAN 7.19. Understand Bluetooth technology 7.20. Write the role of DNS server. 7.21. Explain how email is transferred. 7.22. Explain file transfer operation (FTP) in web applications 7.23. Explain the working of Web

(ASCR), Power BJT, Insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT), MOS-controlled thyristors (MCT) with characteristics. 7.12. Study of Manufacturer’s data sheet of power electronic devices. 7.13. List the applications of all power

server. 7.24. Explain the working of Web browser. 7.25. Discuss about hyperlinks. 7.26. Know the concept of remote login

P a g e | 265

electronic devices 7.14. POWER CONTROL SCHEMATIC

Practical Periods: 18 Sectional views Development of surfaces

Practical Periods: 18 17. Study of different IC packages and pin identification 18. Study of different types of batteries

Practical Periods: 18 16. Open MS-Excel and identify the components on the screen 17. Create a Worksheet in MS-Excel and save it 18. Sort and filter data in a worksheet

February 2016 21 17 21

Theory – 17 8.6. Ratings & specifications 8.7. Batteries – Lead acid & maintenance free batteries 8.8. Testing of batteries 8.9. Ratings & specifications

Theory – 17 8. OPTO ELECTRONIC DEVICES 8.1. Classify optoelectronic devices 8.2. Explain the operation of LDR 8.3. Explain the construction, working principle and characteristics of LED 8.4. Understand the generation of different colour LEDs, their forward voltages, and specifications.

Theory – 17 8. MICROSOFT OFFICE 8.1.Word: Basics of creating a document, editing and formatting 8.2.Excel: Basics of creating a excel sheet, editing and formatting 8.3.Power point: Basics of creating a power point presentation, editing and formatting Practical Periods: 16 19. Create a simple Power point presentation for a small unit 20. Backup required files and folders to a CD-ROM

Practical periods :21 Sectional views Development of surfaces

Practical periods :21 19. Photo diode characteristics 20. Know the various cut-in voltages of different LEDs (All colors)

Practical periods :21 19. Create a simple Power point presentation for a small unit 20. Backup required files and folders to a CD-ROM

P a g e | 266

IPE February 2016 Practical Exams



Theory Revision for IPE March Theory Revision for IPE March Theory Revision for IPE March March 2016 IPE March 2016 Exams IPE March 2016 Exams IPE March 2016 Exams

P a g e | 267

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE:: 312 SECOND YEAR

Month & No. of



periods Practical

COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Theory Paper - I

T.V. & MODERN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

Theory Paper - II

MEASURING INSTRUMENTS & CONSUMER ELECTRONICS

Theory Paper - III

June 2015-25 22 23

THEORY:22 1.MODULATION 1.1. Basic elements of a communication system. 1.2. Block diagram of communication system. 1.3. Need for modulation in communication systems. 1.4. Distinguish between base band, carrier, and modulated signals with waveforms. 1.5. Explain the relationship between channel bandwidth, base band bandwidth and transmission time 1.6. Define the modulation index of AM signal 1.7. Measurement of modulation index using oscilloscope. 1.8. Significance of bandwidth in a communication system.

THEORY:22 1. TV Transmitter 1.1. Introduction to the TV transmitters 1.2. Draw the block diagram of basic TV system and explain the function of each block. 1.3. Explain formation of picture. 1.4. State the need for horizontal and vertical scanning. 1.5. CCIR - B standards and specifications for Monochrome TV. 1.6. Explain the interlaced scanning. 1.7. Sketch the composite video signal as per ISI specification.

THEORY:22 1. MEASURING & TESTING OF COMPONENTS V Transmitter 1.1. Measurement of AC/DC Voltages and currents using voltmeters and current meters 1.2. Study and use of various regulated power supply units 1.3. Measurement of voltages, currents and resistance using analogue and digital Millimeters and continuity test. 1.4. Test and measure the values of capacitor using R.L.C meter and compare with the marked/color code value 1.5. Test the given Transformer and measure Primary and secondary DC resistance and Voltages by using Millimeter

P a g e | 268

1.9. Introduction to Angle modulation. 1.10. Explain the types of Angle modulation. 1.11. Explain the differences between Amplitude and Angle modulation techniques

Communication Engineering Lab Practical Paper – I PRACTICALS:23 1. Study of Servicing tools and instruments (Soldering Iron, Screw Driver Set, Tweezers, Nose Pier, Cutter, Hammer, File, De-solder pump, Squeezer) 2. Electronic Lab safety precautions (Regarding wiring, Flooring, First Aid Treatment) 3. Soldering Practice on PCB and wiring practice

T V Servicing Lab Practical Paper – II PRACTICALS:23 1. Study of pattern generator and its use 2. Study of wobbuloscope and its use for alignment of T.V. receiver 3. Study of operating controls and servicing controls of B/W T.V and typical voltages

Measuring Instruments and Servicing lab Practical Paper – III PRACTICALS:23 1. Conversion of Ammeter into Voltmeter. 2. Study and use of Analog Multi-meter 3. Study and use of Digital Multi-meter

Assignment-I

Assignment-I Assignment-I

July 2015 26 22 25

THEORY-22 1.12. Write the time-domain equation for an FM signal. 1.13. Calculate bandwidth, sideband frequencies of FM signal. 1.14. Define modulation index for FM signal. 1.15. Explain the merits and demerits of FM over AM 2.TRANSMITTERS & BASICS OF

THEORY-22 1.8. State the need for vertical synchronization, horizontal synchronization, blanking pulses, front porch, back porch and equalizing pulses. 1.9. Name the different types of camera tubes. 1.10. Describe the construction and working of Image Orthicon tube. 2. TV RECEIVER

THEORY-22 1.6. Test the given Loud speaker and measure the Voice coil resistance –using Multi-meter 1.7. Test the working of different types of switches ,Relays ,Connectors and Cables 2. CRO AND FREQUENCY GENERATORS

P a g e | 269

DIGITAL COMMUNICATION 2.1. Introduction to transmitters and receivers. 2.2. List specifications of transmitters. 2.3. Distinguish between high level and low level modulation. 2.4. Draw the block diagram of a Low level AM transmitter.

2.1. Draw the block diagram of a T.V. receiver and state the function of each block. 2.2. Sketch the types of signals at various input and output stages in the block diagram. 2.3. Introduction to Color

2.1. Study and Use CRO(single trace and Dual Trace) for measuring frequency and amplitude (CRT type) 2.2. Study and use of A.F/R.F signal generators 2.3. Study and use DSO for measuring frequency, Amplitude, Phase, Modulation Index of A.M

2.5. Draw the block diagram of a High level AM transmitter. 2.6. DIGITAL COMMUNICATION CONCEPT 2.7. Compare analog and digital communication techniques. 2.8. Describe pulse-code modulation 2.9. Describe delta modulation. 2.10. Describe the basic types of digital modulation. 2.11. State the need for digital modulation. 2.12. Briefly explain ASK, FSK and PSK

Television System. 2.4. Explain the main characteristic of human eye with regard to perception of colors. 2.5. Distinguish between additive and subtractive mixing of colors. 2.6. Explain complementary colors, hue, saturation, and Color circle.

PRACTICALS-25 4. Familiarization and Testing of Electronic Components like resistor, capacitor, inductor, transformer, loud speaker, switches, relays, connectors, fuses and cables and semi conductor devices like diode,

PRACTICALS-25 4. Tracing of different stages in B/W T.V. Receiver 5. Familiarization of different stages with Transistors, IC's used in B/W T.V., typical voltages 6. Tracing of different stages of Colour T.V. receiver

PRACTICALS-25 4. Study and use of Audio Frequency Oscillator 5. Study and use of AMSSG 6. Study and use of Digital R-L-C meter

P a g e | 270

transistor, IC packages 5. Study of power supply stage in Radio Receiver (Full wave Bridge Rectifier with Filter) 6. Study of output stage, voltage measurement




August 2015 OJT OJT

OJT

September 2015

OJT OJT

OJT

October 2015

OJT

OJT OJT

November 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 3.TRANSMISSION LINES, WAVE PROPAGATION & ANTENNAS 3.1. Introduction to transmission lines and different types. 3.2. Know the losses in transmission lines. 3.3. Explain the importance of impedance matching with respect to transmission lines. 3.4. Describe the nature and behavior of radio waves. 3.5. Describe reflection, refraction and diffraction of EM waves. 3.6. Describe the ground wave propagation of EM waves.

Theory Periods: 19 2.7. Explain compatibility and reverse compatibility in TV system. 2.8. Mention the different standards of Color transmission system like NTSC, PAL and SECAM. 2.9. Draw the block diagram of a Color TV receiver and state the function of each block. 2.10. State the different Color receiver- operating & servicing controls. 2.11. Describe constructional features of Color picture tubes. 3. LCD/LED TVs 3.1. Understand the principle of LCD/LED monitor 3.2. Understand block diagram of LCD/LED

Theory Periods: 19 2.4. Identify leads and testing of different diodes and transistors. 2.5. Study of data manuals/ application manuals for diodes and transistors 3. UPS AND INVERTERS 3.1. Compare online UPS and OFF line UPS 3.2. Classify inverters 3.3. Explain the working of single-phase bridge inverter using MOSFET 3.4. Explain the working of voltage source inverter

P a g e | 271

3.7. Describe the space wave propagation of EM waves. 3.8. Describe the sky wave propagation of EM waves. 3.9. Know about the impedance of free space. 3.10. Introduction to antenna systems. 3.11. Sketch the radiation pattern of isotropic and half wave dipoles. 3.12. Define radiation resistance. 3.13. Define antenna gain, directivity, beam width, and front to back ratio. 3.14. Explain the basic principles of operation of antenna systems. 3.15. Explain the concept of grounding. 3.16. Describe the principle of Marconi (monopole) antenna. 3.17. Describe the operation and applications of folded dipole. 3.18. Describe the operation and applications of loop, helical antennas.ucation 3.19. Explain radiation pattern and applications of Yagi antenna. 3.20. Explain the principle of parabolic reflector. 3.21. Explain the operation of Dish antenna system

TVs

Practical Periods: 23 7. Study of Detector and AF Voltage

Practical Periods: 23 7. Familiarization of different stages with

Practical Periods: 23 7. Measurement of DC and AC

P a g e | 272

Amplifier, Voltage measurement 8. Study of IF Amplifier Stage and Voltage measurement. 9. Study of RF Amplifier, Mixer, Local oscillator stage and voltage measurement 10. Study of FM receiver

transistors, IC's used in Color T.V. and Typical Voltages. 8. Measurement of picture tube voltages of B/W, Color T.V. and picture adjustments 9. Assemble and erection of T.V. antenna 10. Front panel controls and adjustments

Voltage using CRO 8. Measurement of Frequency and phase using CRO. 9. Measurement of Modulation Index using CRO 10. Study and use of pattern generator




December 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 4.RADIO RECEIVERS 4.1. Basic functions of a Radio receiver. 4.2. Define sensitivity, selectivity, fidelity of a receiver. 4.3. Compare AM and FM receivers. 4.4. Explain the process of super heterodyning in radio receiver. 4.5. Draw block diagram of super heterodyne receiver and explain its operation. 4.6. Explain the need for AVC (AGC). 4.7. Explain the process of demodulation in FM receivers (Foster-Seely ) 4.8. Draw the block diagram of TRF receiver and explain its working. 4.9. List various ICs used receivers with internal block diagrams 4.10. List common faults and servicing techniques 5.PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

Theory Periods: 19 3.3. List various ICs USED in the above with a typical schematic circuit 3.4. List advantages of LCD/LED TV technology 3.5. Discuss common faults in all the above with servicing procedures to rectify 4. CABLE TV/DTH SYSTEM 4.1. Draw and explain the block diagram of CATV. 4.2. Explain the cable TV components such as amplifiers directional couplers and converters. 4.3. Explain the necessity of midband and super band channels 4.4. State the need for satellite for TV broadcasting over wide area. 4.5. Explain the DTH reception with block diagram. 4.6. List the deficiencies in the existing TV system. 4.7. Explain how the existing TV system can be improved in HDTV system.

Theory Periods: 19 3.5. State the need for uninterrupted power supply(UPS) 3.6. Explain the working of three-phase inverter 3.7. List different types of UPS 3.8. Draw and explain the block diagram of off-line UPS 3.9. Draw and explain the block diagram of on-line UPS 3.10. Understand a typical schematic of each and 3.11. Discuss ICs used and servicing procedures

P a g e | 273

5.1. Define speech, music and noise. 5.2. Know the nature of sound, reflection, refraction, diffraction and absorption. 5.3. Know the concept of Hi-Fi and Stereo. 5.4. Know the need of bass, treble, balance, and volume control in stereo amplifier. 5.5. Explain a simple circuit showing the above controls.

5. OPTICAL FIBRE COMMUNICATION FUNDAMENTALS 5.1. Basic Introduction to Fibre Optic communication.

Practical Periods: 23 11. Study of IC version 2-band Radio AM/FM Radio receiver 12. Study of Multiband Radio receiver 13. Mention typical faults in a Radio receiver and observe the effect on voltage data and performance of the Radio Receiver 14. Study of PA system and measurement of standard voltages at various points 15. Rectifying the faults in PA system

Practical Periods: 23 11. T.V. picture, sound djustments by using pattern generator 12. Study the faults in various stages of B/W T.V. and rectification 13. Rectify the given faults in various stages of colour T.V. 14. Study of SMPS and measurement of the output voltages 15. Identify the stages of SMPS, and mention the faults in SMPS and rectification of the Faults

Practical Periods: 23 11. Study of Battery Eliminator and measurement of standard voltages at various points. 12. Rectify the faults in the Battery Eliminator 13. Study of Electronic Stabilizer and measurement of standard voltages at various points. 14. Rectify the faults in the Electronic stabilizer. 15. Study of Emergency Light and measurement of standard Voltages at various




January 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 5.6. Briefly describe disc recording of audio signal with block diagram. 5.7. Briefly describe reproduction of audio signal recorded on disc with

Theory Periods: 20 5.2. Explain total internal reflection phenomena used in optical fibres. 5.3. Define numerical aperture, modes, dispersion.

Theory Periods: 20 4. TELEPHONE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION 4.1. Understand a basic telephone system

P a g e | 274

block diagram. 5.8. Briefly explain the principle of magnetic recording and reproduction. 5.9. List the advantages and disadvantages magnetic recording. 6.MODERN DISC RECORDERS/PLAYERS 6.1. List the types of optical recording. 6.2. Explain the method optical recording of sound on film. 6.3. Explain the method optical recording of sound on Compact Disc. 6.4. List the advantages and disadvantages of CDs. 6.5. Explain optical pick-up system. 6.6. Explain working of compact disc player with block diagram. 6.7. Know the MP3 format and differentiate this with audio CD.

5.4. List various losses with reference to optical fibre. 5.5. Explain the advantages of optical fibres in communication. 5.6. Explain types of fibre optic cables, 5.7. Mention different splices and connecters, optical couplers, switches and relaysducation 5.8. Explain the operation of LED used in optical fibre communication 5.9. Explain the operation of Laser diodes used in optical fibre communication. 5.10. Explain the operation of PIN diode used as detector in optical fibre Communication 5.11. Explain the operation of APD used as detector in optical fibre Communication 6. FIBRE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 6.1. Explain basic fibre optic communication system with block diagram. 6.2. Explain repeaters and optical amplifiers. 6.3. Define wavelength division multiplexing. 6.4. Explain the principle of DWDM. 6.5. Discuss use of optical fibre in local area network.

4.2. Explain the operation of basic telephone equipment 4.3. Understand the working of digital dialing instrument(push button type) 4.4. Understand a simple intercom system 4.5. Basic concepts of Mobile Communication system 4.6. Intelligent network concept 4.7. Explain cellular concept 4.8. Describe cellular system operation 4.9. Significance of frequency re-use and hand off features.

Practical Periods: 21 16. Study of Tape Recorder, Two-in-one and Audio CD player 17. Rectify the faults in the Tape

Practical Periods: 21 16. Study of different types of Tuners 17. Study of LCD TV 18. Familiarization of different voltages in

Practical Periods: 21 16. Rectify the faults in the TV remote control. 17. Identify the different stages of TV

P a g e | 275

Recorder, Two-in-one 18. Rectify the faults in Audio CD player 19. Rectify the faults in DVD player 20. Familiarization of SMD handling tools used for soldering/ De-soldering

LCD TV 19. Familiarization of different voltages in LED TV 20. Connection and Tuning of Cable TV

remote control Transmitter and receiver. 18. Identify the different faults in cardless telephone and cell phone




February 2016 21 08

THEORY:8 6.8. Differentiate CD and DVD. 6.9. Explain the working principle of DVD player. 6.10. Explain the concept of noise reduction using DOLBY system. 6.11. Arrange the Public Address system and test the performance. 6.12. Know the block diagram and understand with a typical schematic diagram

THEORY:8 6.6. Discuss Ethernet on fibre and gigabit Ethernet. 6.7. Mention the applications of optical fibres. 6.8. Discuss the applications of optical fibres in local telephone and cable TV applications 6.9. Know the various tools used and methods for measurement of parameters on OFCs 6.10. OTDR applications in servicing

THEORY:8 4.10. Concepts of digital cellular mobile system. 4.11. Know GSM standards and service aspects 4.12. List the radio characteristics of GSM 4.13. Basic concepts of CDMA systems used in mobile communication.

IPE PRACTICAL EXAMS 2016



THEORY Revision THEORY Revision THEORY Revision Pre final examinations – 2 (2nd week of Feb 2016)



March 2016 21

IPE MARCH 2016 IPE MARCH 2016 IPE MARCH 2016

P a g e | 276

ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN Basic aim of the course Electricial Technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. Basic concept on fundamentals of Electrical Technology 2. Basic concept on Electrical Wiring materials and

Accessories used for Electrical wiring. 3. Design, Installation and Testing of different types of Domestic

Wiring. 4. Fundamental principles of Electrical Domestic Appliances 5. Construction, working, troubleshooting and Assembling of

Domestic Appliances. 6. Re-winding of simple machines. 7. Estimation of Electrification for small residential buildings

Work-shops, business establishments etc., 8. Establishment and maintenance of Electrical workshop. 9. Electrical maintenance of Buildings/Offices 10. Electrical Contractor/wireman.

P a g e | 277

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE : 313 FIRST YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of


periods Practical

Elements of Electrical Engineering (Theory Paper I)

Electrical Engineering Materials and Wiring (Theory Paper II)

Electrical Measuring Instruments and Electronic Devices (Theory Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Electric Current-Ohms Law - Kirchhoff’s law 1.1 Electric current conductors-Semiconductors- Insulators (4) 1.2 Electric potential resistance laws of resistance (1) 1.3 Problems on laws of resistance(2) 1.4 Effects of temperature simple problems (2) 1.5 Ohms law-simple problems (1) 1.6 Resistance in series parallel simple problems (2) 1.7 Definitions of network elements-junction, branch, loop (3) 1.8 Kirchhoff’s law-Wheatstone bridge (3) 1.9 Solution of networks using Kirchhoff’s law (3) 1.10Transformation of STAR to DELTA

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction (9) 1.1 Structure of Atom (2) 1.2 Atomic number, valence electrons (2) 1.3 Atomic bonds (2) 1.4 Classification of electrical engg. Materials (3) 2.0 Conducting & Semiconducting materials (14) 2.1 Concept on conducting materials (1) 2.2 Conducting materials effect of alloying - temperature –applications (2) 2.2 Low resistance materials and applications (2) 2.3 Properties of Aluminum, Copper (2) 2.4 High resistance materials and applications (1) 2.5 Properties of Eureka, Nichrome and Tungsten (1) 2.6 Concept on semiconducting materials (2) 2.7 Atomic structure of silicon germanium (1)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Introduction to Electrical Measuring System (5) 1.1 Fundamental units, derived units, system of units, SI system (2) 1.2 Multiplication factors, Electrical Quantities and their units. (2) 1.3 Classifications of Measuring Instruments (1) 2.0 Indicating Instruments (18) 2.1 Classification of Indicating type measuring instruments (2) 2.2 Effects of currents used in indicating instruments, torques/forces in electrical instruments (4) 2.3 Basic requirements of indicating instruments (2) 2.4 Moving Iron Instruments (4) 2.5 MC instruments –difference between MI and MC instruments., Extension of MI & MC Instruments (6)

P a g e | 278

and DELTA to STAR simple problems (2)

2.8 Classification and application of semi conducting materials (2)

Elements of electrical lab (Practical Paper I) Practical periods: 21 1. Verification of ohms law by using ammeter, voltmeter in dc circuit or low voltage. (6) 2. Verification of the characteristics of dc series circuits (7) 3. Verification of the characteristics of dc parallel circuits. (8)

Electrical wiring and workshop (Practical Paper II) Practical periods: 21 1. Study of electrician tools. .(7) 2. Simple carpentry practice like cutting, chiselling drilling on teak wood..(7) 3. Practice on fixing electrical accessories on switch boards/main boards .(7)

Engineering drawing (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 1. Practice on drawing instruments by drawing simple figures (sheet1). (11) 2. Practice on dimensioning-aligned system.(10)


July 2015 26/ 23/ 23

Theory Periods: 23 2.0 Units-Work-Power and energy (12) 2.1System of units-SI system (1) 2.2Work-power-energy definitions and units (1) 2.3Conversion of Electrical units to thermal units (1) 2.4 Problems on Work power- energy (4) 2.5 Energy consumption and monthly billing-problems (5) 3.0Heating Effects of Electric Current (11) 3.1 Effects of Electrical Energy (1) 3.2 Heating effect of electric current (1) 3.3 Heat produced by flow of current- Joule’s law- Mechanical equivalent of heat (2) 3.4 Applications of heating effect of electric current (2) 3.5 Simple problems (5)

Theory Periods: 23 3.0Magnetic materials (10) 3.1 Classification of magnetic materials (1) 3.2Permiability- susceptibility currie point magnetostriction (2) 3.3 Soft and hard magnetic materials- general properties & applications (3) 3.4 Properties of pure Iron, Silicon steel, Nickel, Cobalt, Alnico, Ferrites & applications (2) 3.5 B-H curve ,cycle of magnetization, (2) 4.0 Insulating materials (13) 4.1 General properties of insulating materials (1) 4.2 Factors affecting insulation resistance & Di-electric strength, dielectric loss (1) 4.3 Classification of insulating materials & applications (1) 4.4 Properties and uses of Fibrous materials like wood, paper, textiles etc., (2)

Theory Periods: 23 2.0 Indicating Instruments contd (11) 2.6 Dynamometer type and induction type inst., (6) 2.7 Different types of Errors in indicating inst., (5) 3.0 Integrating Instruments (12) 3.1 Definition and classification of integrating instruments (5) 3.2 1-ph, 3-ph phase induction type energy meters (5) 3.3 Errors in energy meters (2)

P a g e | 279

4.5Properties and uses of Asphalt, Bitumen, Mineral insulating Liquids , synthetic liquids and special insulating liquids (2) 4.6Properties and uses of Ceramics-mica etc. (2) 4.7Insulating glasses - rubbers – PVC (1) 4.8 Insulating resins-amber, wood resins, shellac, Thermo plastics-thermo sets, Bakelite (2) 4.9 Applications of Insulating gasses- Air, N, H2, SF6 (1)

Practical Periods: 23 4. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws by using Meter Bridge or appropriate method or by using series and parallel circuits. (7) 5. Verification of Resistance laws by using ohm meter. (8) 6. Testing of accumulator/lead acid battery by hydrometer and tongue tester on charging and discharging. (8)

Practical Periods: 23 4. Practice on wire joints-married joint , T joint , pig tail joint and familiar with thimbles/lugs (7) 5. Practice on simple lamp circuits-one lamp controlled by one switch by surface conduit wiring. (8). 6. Lamp circuits- connection of lamp and socket by separate switches in surface conduit wiring. (8)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Practice on dimensioning-Uni directional system. (11). 4. Practice on single stroke lettering (12)




Aug 2015 23/20/19

Theory Periods: 20 4.0. Electro Magnetism (20) 4.1 Introduction to magnets (1) 4.2 Magnetic pole magnetic axis-pole strength (1) 4.3 Properties of magnets (1) 4.4 Typical shapes of magnets (1) 4.5 Classification of magnets (1) 4.6 Rules to find polarity (1) 4.7 Magnetic fields (1) 4.8 Inverse square law(2) 4.9 Simple problems (2)

Theory Periods: 20 5.0 Di-electric materials and Special purpose materials (6) 5.1 Di-electric strength, Permittivity, Polarization, Di-electric loss, Applications (2) 5.2 Protective materials like lead, steel tapes, wires, strips etc (2) 5.3 Thermocouple, Bimetals, soldering materials(1) 5.4 Fuse, galvanizing and Impregnations (1) 6.0 Wiring accessories (14) 6.1 Types of wires (2)

Theory Periods: 20 4.0 Special instruments (10) 4.1 Power factor meter (2) 4.2 Frequency meter, (1) Synchronoscope (1) 4.3 Multi meter, Megger (4) 4.4 Tongue tester (2) 5.0 Digital Instruments (10) 5.1 Need of digital instruments (3) 5.2 Digital Voltmeter, Ammeter and frequency meter (3) 5.3 Digital multimeter, tachometer (4)

P a g e | 280

4.10 Magnetic effect of electric current (1) 4.11 Force on a current carrying conductor- Fleming left hand rule (1) 4.12 Field pattern field strength of long straight conductor, solenoid and teroid-(1) 4.13 force between conductors (1) 4.14 Magnetic circuits definitions of flux, mmf, flux density, magnetizing force and reluctance and their relation (2) 4.15Comparison between magnetic circuit and electric circuit (1) 4.16 Simple problems on electromagnetism (2)

6.2 Types of switches (2) 6.3 Other accessories like lamp holders, ceiling roses, sockets, fuses etc.(detailed study) (3) 6.4 Main boards, Distribution boards, Switch boards (2) 6.5 Fuses and fuse materials (2) 6.6 MCB & CBs (3)

Practical Periods: 19 7. Measurement of Power by wattmeter. (6). 8. Measurement of Power by voltmeter and ammeter. (7) 9. Verification of Faraday laws of electromagnetic induction. (6)

Practical Periods: 19 7. Practice on simple lamp circuits- connects two lamps in series/parallel in casing capping wiring. (7). 8. Practice on simple lamp circuits-install bedroom lighting in casing capping wiring. (6). 9. Simple lamp circuits- install stair case wiring in surface conduit wiring. (6).

Practical Periods: 19 5. Geometric construction-bi section of lines, bi section of angles, tangents. (7) 6. Geometric construction-Polygons (sheet 1). (6) 7. Geometric construction-conic sections like parabola, hyperbola and ellipse. (6)




Sep 2015 23/20/19

Theory Periods: 20 5. Electro Magnetic Induction (20) 5.1 Concept of electromagnetic induction Lenz’s law -Fleming's right hand rule (5) 5.2 Faraday laws of electromagnetic induction- types of emf’s - dynamically induced emf and statically induced emf (6) 5.3 Self and mutual induction and their emf’s-coefficient of coupling (5) 5.4 Energy stored in a magnetic field-lifting

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Wiring tools and wire joints (10) 7.1 Wiring tools (3) 7.2 Wire joints (3) 7.3 Soldering, taping and termination of wires/joints (4) 8.0. Wiring Systems & Types of House Wiring (10) 8.1 Looping system and ring system (2) 8.2 Ring system and distribution box system -

Theory Periods: 20 6.0 Semi conducting components 6.1Introduction to Conductors, insulators and semi conductors (2) 6.2 P type and N type materials (2) 6.3 PN junction diode-detailed study (2) 6.4 Brief study of special diodes- Zenar diode, LED, LCD, Tunnel diode Varactor diode, solar cell, PV array (4) 6.5 Transistor-construction and working (1)

P a g e | 281

power of electro magnet simple problems (4)

selection of particular system of wiring (3) 8.3 Types of house wiring- Cleat wiring, CTS/TRS wiring, Conduit wiring, Casing capping wiring detailed study (3) 8.4 Comparison between different wiring Methods (2)

6.6 Transistor biasing and configuration (1) 6.7 Brief study on special transistors- UJT, FET and SCR (8)

Practical Periods: 19 10. Measurement of Power factor by p.f. meter. (7). 11. Measurement of power factor by voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter. (6) 12. Measurement of energy by energy meter. (6)

Practical Periods: 19 10. Practice on simple lamp circuits- install go-down wiring in conduits.. (6) 11. Preparation of main board/distribution board based on sub circuits. . (7) 12. Testing of wiring by ohmmeter/ megger. (6).

Practical Periods: 19 8. Orthographic projections like projection of points, lines, plans and projection of Solids. (7) 9. Isometric Projections, like Isometric views of prism and Pyramids. (6) 10. Electrical symbols (6)




Oct 2015 15/12/14

Theory Periods: 12 6. Cells and Batteries (12) 6.1 Chemical effects of electric current faraday laws of electrolysis- simple problems (2) 6.2 Cells and their components-Definition of battery-Primary cells -defects and remedies, dry cell-Secondary cell-comparison between primary cells and secondary cells (2) 6.3 Lead acid cell-principle and working of lead acid cell detailed study- Wh & Ah efficiencies of cell (2) 6.4 Charging methods of secondary cells (2) 6.5 Maintenance of Lead acid cell and testing of lead acid battery (2) 6.6Basic concept on Special types of cells- Silver oxide cells-Solar cells- fuel cells. (2)

Theory Periods: 12 9.0. Wiring circuits (12) 9.1 Simple lamp circuit and bedroom lighting Circuits (2) 9.2 Stair case wiring, series and parallel Circuits (3) 9.3 Master switch circuits, Corridor wiring circuits (3) 9.4 Fluorescent tube light circuit, flashers, moving lights and sodium vapour and mercury vapour lamp circuits (2) 9.5 Selection of number of sub circuits and selection (2)

Theory Periods: 12 7. Power supplies (12) 7.1 Regulated power supply (2) 7.2 Rectifiers (2) 7.3 Metal rectifiers (1) 7.4 Study of Inverter (2) 7.4 Servo voltage stabilizers Non automatic voltage stabilizers Automatic voltage stabilizers (2) 7.5 Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) (3)

P a g e | 282

Practical Periods: 14 13. Testing of energy meter. (7) 14. Tracing of magnetic lines of bar magnet. (7)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Installation of pipe earthing.(7) 14. Installation of plate earthing. (7)

Practical Periods: 14 11. D.C. Starters like 3-point & 4-point Starters. (7) 12. A.C. Starters like DOL, Star/Delta Starters. (7)




Nov 2015 OJT OJT OJT

Dec 2015 OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22/20/18

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 Electrostatics (20) 7.1Deffination of Electric charge& its Units (3) 7.2Deffination of unit charge (1) 7.3State Coulombs Law of Electrostatics (3) 7.4 Absolute & Relative Permittivity (1) 7.5 Field Pattern of +ve, - ve, Like & Unlike Charges (2) 7.6 Field intensity, (1) 7.8 Capacitance Definition and formula (2) 7.9 Types of Capacitors (2) 7.10 Capacitors in series and parallel (3) 7.11 Applications and simple problems. (2)

Theory Periods: 20 10.0 Earthing (11) 10.1 Necessity of earthing definitions of fundamental terms in earthing like earth, earth lead, earth electrode, earth wire etc (4) 10.2 Types of earthing detailed study of pipe earthing ,Strip earthing and plate earthing (3) 10.3 Specifications of materials used for Earthing (3) 10.4 Measurement of Earth Resistance (1) 11. Safety precautions and IE rules for wiring (9) 11.1 Precautions in handling tools (2) 11.2 Electric shock-First aid on electric shock (3) 11.3 Precautions to be observed while installing different electric appliances in houses (2) 11.4 I E Rules regarding house wiring (2)

Theory Periods: 20 8.0 Amplifiers & ICs (14) 8.1 Definition, working principle and Classification of amplifiers (3) 8.2 What is IC and its advantages (2) 8.3 Discrete Circuits (2) 8.4 Comparison between integrated circuits and discrete circuits (2) 8.5 Classification of Integrated circuits (3) 8. 6 Applications of IC’s (2) 9.0 Optical Fiber Cables (6) 9.1Basic introduction to Fiber optics, (1) 9.2 Types of Fiber Optic cables (1) 9.3Properties & applications of optical Fibers (1) 9.4 Cabling and Cable Jointing (1) 9.5 Optical Transmitters (1) 9.6 Optical Nodes and Trouble Shooting (1)

Practical Periods: 18 15. Tracing of magnetic lines of U-magnet.(8) 16. Testing of maintenance free Batteries. (10)

Practical Periods: 18 15. Soldering practice. (6) 16. Connection of Fluorescent lamp/tube light. (4) 17. Prevention of Electric Shock - First Aid. (8)

Practical Periods: 18 13. Drawing of Plate Earthing & Pipe Earthing. (8) 14. Drawing for 1-Phase Energy meter and Distribution Board in a house hold

P a g e | 283

connection.(10)




Feb 2016 24/17/21

Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Elements of Electrical Engineering

Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Electrical Engineering Materials and wiring

Theory Periods: 17 Revision of Electrical Measuring Instruments and Electronic Devices

Practical Periods: 21 Revision and preparation for practical exams as per the question bank supplied by BIE



Pre final examinations – 2



March 2016 21


P a g e | 284

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 313 SECOND YEAR

Month &

No. of working

days/ No. of


periods Practical

Electrical Machines and Power Systems (Theory Paper I)

Domestic Appliances and Rewinding (Theory Paper II)

Electrical Estimating and Utilization (Theory Paper III)

June 2015 25/22/23

Theory Periods: 22 1.D.C.Generators 1.1 Generator Principle, simple loop generator (2) 1.2 Production of induced EMF and its nature (2) 1.3 Construction details of DC Generator Yoke poles- pole shoes - Armature- Commutator - brush assembly bearing Field coils (2) 1.4 Armature winding-lap and wave winding (2) 1.5 E.M.F. equation (2) 1.6 Simple problems (2) 1.7 Types of Generators separately-Self excited series-shunt-compound wound (2) 1.8 Failure of Building up of voltage in a shunt generator ,OCC of DC Shunt Generator (2) 1.9 Losses and efficiency of generators Losses-iron copper- mechanical losses (2) 1.10 Efficiency of generator (2) 1.11 Applications of different types of

Theory Periods: 22 1.Introduction (6) 1.1Classification of domestic appliances (2) 1.2General Procedure for servicing-Drives used in domestic appliances. (4) 2.Heating appliances (16) 2.1Construction,working and trouble shooting of electric room heater, electric stove, Electric Rice cocker, Toaster (4) 2.2Construction,working and troubleshooting of Electric kettle, coffee maker (4) 2.3 Construction, working and troubleshooting Electric iron, immersion heater, geyser (4) 2.4Construction,working and trouble shooting of Hair drier, dish washer and micro-wave oven (4)

Theory Periods: 22 1.Domestic Wiring 1.1Various types of house wiring and basic requirement of various utilities, estimate, and Format of estimation. (2) 1.2. Material and accessories used in domestic wiring and their cost, types of loads and sub Circuits. (3) 1.3Types of service mains. (2) 1.4Design of number of sub circuits and distribution boards as per IE rules. (4) 1.5Preparation of wiring installation plan, layout with light load, power load and control point (switch board). (3) 1.6Selection of main switch, cable etc., based on the load in circuit/sub circuits (2) 1.7Calculation of length of wiring, cable and labour charges. (2) 1.8Preparation of detailed estimate in

P a g e | 285

Generators (2) standard Proforma. (2) 1.9 Estimation of wiring of small residential building, offices and Commercial establishments like shops, sales counter, stores etc. (2)

Electrical Machine Lab (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Identification of terminals and measurement of resistance of windings of DC machine by multimeter. (8) 2. Familiarization with various parts and connections of D.C Shunt motor by 3-point starter. (8) 3. Familiarization with various parts and connections of D.C Compound motor by 4-point Starter. (7)

Domestic Appliances Lab (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1. To be familiar with testing of domestic appliances. (8) 2. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric room heater (rod type) (7) 3. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of ordinary/automatic electric iron, Immersion Heater, kettle etc. (8)

Electrical Estimation and Utilization lab (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 23 1. Making connections of 1-ph service mains, main board and distribution board (load 1000W) (8) 2. Making connections of 3-ph service mains, main board and distribution board (load 4500W) (8) 3. Taking the measurements of residential building and preparation of wiring layout. (7)

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I July 2015 26/ 22/ 25

Theory Periods: 22 2.D.C.Motors (9) 2.1 Principle of working-Significance of back EMF(Eb) (1) 2.2 Types of dc motors Series-shunt and compound motors(1) 2.3 Losses and efficiency Losses-iron-copper mechanical losses Simple problems (1) 2.4 Speed and Torque equation- Simple Problems (1) 2.5 Speed Control of Motors-Field control method for series & shunt motors-Armature control methods (for shunt motors only) (2) 2.6 DC motor starters-Necessity of starter

Theory Periods: 22 3.Motarised appliances (22) 3.1Construction,working,troubleshooting of electric fans, mixer, grinder, washing machine (11) 3.2Construction working troubleshooting of room cooler, vacuum cleaner, domestic water pumps. (11)

Theory Periods: 22 2.Power Wiring (22) 2.1Discussion on various loads and wiring methods, circuits and in small industries, agriculture etc (2) 2.2Materials and accessories used in motor installation and their cost. (2) 2.3Designing of distribution boards, cable, motor control panel etc. (2) 2.4Preparation of wiring installation plan and single line diagram. (4) 2.5Calculation of length of wiring, cable and labour charges. (4) 2.6Detailed estimate in the standard

P a g e | 286

working of 3-point starter-4-point starter (2) 2.7 Applications of different types of motors (1) 3. A C fundamentals & Circuits (13) 3.1Definations of Alternating currents and voltage, different wave forms (1) 3.2 Definition of cycle, time period, Frequency, Amplitude, Instantaneous value ,maximum ,Average and RMS values of A.C voltage & Current (1) 3.3 Form factor , Peak factor of sinusoidal wave (1) 3.4 Phaser representation of A.C, Phase & Phase difference of ac ,Power & Power Factor. (1) 3.5 Simple problems (2) 3.6Single phase A.C. Through Pure Resistive/ Inductive/capacitive circuit-current voltage- phaser diagrams power-power factor (1) 3.7 A.C. through R-L/RC/R-L-C Circuit Current -voltage-phasor diagram- Power-Power factor (1) 3.8 Simple problems on RL- C circuits (1) 3.9 Poly phase circuits- advantages of poly phase over single phase (1) 3.10 Star and delta connection- voltage & current Relation in star connection - Delta or mesh connections (1) 3.11 The vector diagram of star and delta connections-3-phase power equation & simple problems (2)

proforma. (3) 2.7Related problems on installation of motors for small workshops and irrigation pump sets. (5)

Practical Periods: 25 4. Determination of OCC of D.C. Shunt Generator. (7) 5. Speed control of DC Shunt motor by

Practical Periods: 25 4. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of electric stove (7) 5. Dismantling, re-assembling and

Practical Periods: 25 4. Taking the measurements of shop and preparation of wiring layout. (6) 5. Taking the measurements of college block

P a g e | 287

Armature or Field Control Method. (10) 6. Testing of 1-ph (2 to 5A) transformer-Open Circuit and Short Circuit test . (8)

troubleshooting of electric geyser (10) 6. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Table fan and Ceiling fan (8)

and preparation of wiring layout. (6) 6. Preparation of detailed estimate in standard format for installing surface conduit wiring in a small residential building. (6) 7. Preparation of detailed estimate in standard format for installing casing and capping wiring in a small shop. (7)




Aug 2015 OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23/19/23

Theory Periods: 19 4. Transformers (11) 4.1Deffination and working Principle -E.M.F equation (No derivation)-Transformation ratio (2) 4.2 Step up and step down transformers (1) 4.3Construction details and types of transformers Like Auto transformers, Instrument Transformers , Welding Transformers. (2) 4.4 Losses and efficiency of transformer (1) 4.5 All-day efficiency of transformer (1) 4.6 Simple problems (2) 4.7 Cooling systems of transformers (1) 4.8Maintanance of Transformers (1) 5.0 Alternators (8)

Theory Periods: 19 4.Other Appliances 4.1Different lamps(light sources), (5) 4.2Construction,working and trouble shooting of electric bell , buzzer, emergency light, (9) 4.3Construction, working and troubleshooting of voltage stabilizer, Inverters and UPS. (5)

Theory Periods: 19 3. Low Tension(LT)Distribution Lines and Village Electrification (12) 3.1Types of distribution lines, line supports and main components of O.H. lines (2) 3.2Estimation of quantity of material and accessories required for erecting OH lines to meet the requirement of single phase, three phase domestic and industrial consumer with/without street light provision – simple problems. (3) 3.3Load survey in village and location of distribution transformer. (2) 3.4Preparation of single line diagram of OH Distribution line of colony/village/small town. (2)

P a g e | 288

5.1 Principle and operation of Alternators (2) 5.2 Relation between speed, no. of poles and frequency. (2) 5.3 Constructional details of alternator – Salient pole type and smooth cylindrical type (2) 5.4 EMF equation and simple problems (2)

3.5Preparation of Estimation in standard proforma with quantity of material and accessories only-Simple problems. (3) 4.0 Estimation of Distribution Substation (7) 4.1 Types of transformer substations and various components in errection of transformer substation (2) 4.2 Detailed elevation and single line representation of transformer substation (3) 4.3 Preparation of estimation, schedule of materials and accessories for errection of Pole mounted and plinth mounted substations. (2)

Practical Periods: 23 7. Measurement of 3-Ph Power by using Two Watt meter method. (8) 8. To be familiar with parts & connections of 3-Ph Induction motor by DOL starter . (8) 9. Verification of voltage & current relations in 3-Ph star and Delta systems. (7)

Practical Periods: 23 7. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of room air cooler (8) 8. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Voltage stabilizer (8) 9. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of Florescent Tube (7)

Practical Periods: 23 8. Install a casing capping/surface conduit wiring in a model building/ class room, make the list of materials. (6) 9. Preparation of main board, distribution board, and motor control panel for controlling of 1-ph motors. (for 1/2/3 motors of different ratings). (5) 10. Preparation of main board, distribution board, and motor control panel for controlling of 3-ph motors. (for 1/2/3 motors of different ratings) . (6) 11. Preparation of an estimate in standard proforma for installation of 5-HP motor in a small work shop. (6)




P a g e | 289

Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 6.0 Three-Phase Induction Motors 6.1 Classification of 3-Ph motors (1) 6.2 Working principle of 3- Ph Induction motors (1) 6.3 Relations between Ns, no. of poles and supply frequency-Definition of Slip & slip speed -Simple problems (2) 6.4 Constructional details of Induction Motors Schematic diagrams of squirrel cage and slip ring Motors (2) 6.5 Losses-iron & copper, mechanical losses-Power stages-efficiency- Problems (3) 6.6 Starters for Induction Motors-Necessity o f starter-D.O.L starter- Star/delta starter-Rotor resistance starter for slip ring Induction Motor effect of Ra On torque and speed (4) 7.0 Single phase Induction Motors 7.1Principle of operation of Single phase Induction Motors (2) 7.2 Types of 1-Ph Induction motor like Split phase, capacitor start -capacitor start capacitor run-shaded pole motors-universal motor and their applications (4)

Theory Periods: 19 5.General Procedure for Rewinding 5.1Tools required for rewinding- (1) 5.2Removing of stator and rotor, old coils collecting of winding information (2) 5.3Preparation of stator & rotor coils (2) 5.4 End connections & Testing of winding. (2) 5.5 Varnishing, baking and re assembling of motor. (2) 6.0 DC Machine Winding 6.1 Fundamental definitions (2) and materials used for dc winding 6.2 Lap and Wave winding (2) 6.3 Simple winding diagrams (2) 6.4 Generalized troubleshooting. (2)

Theory Periods: 19 5.0Theatre/Auditorium wiring and Public Address system(Field visit) (11) After field visit detailed report should be submitted on the following Units. 5.1Basic requirement of an auditorium. (2) 5.2General wiring layout of an auditorium. (2) 5.3Preparation of estimation for electrification of small auditorium in standard proforma. (2) 5.4Public address system major components of P.A system (2) 5.5Layout of P.A system for a hall, open ground and Estimation of quantity of material, accessories and equipments to install P.A. Systems-simple problems. (3) 6.I.E.Rules (8) 6.1Extracts from IE rules 1956 and code of practice by APTRANSCO to supply electric energy. (2) 6.2I.E rules connected with domestic and industrial wiring. (2) 6.3Testing of electrical installation as per IE rules (2) 6.4Deparmental procedure for obtaining a service Connection (2)

Practical Periods: 23 10. To be familiar with parts & connections of 3-Ph Induction motor by STAR-DELTA starter. (8) 11. Identification of terminals of 3-ph induction motor. (8)

Practical Periods: 23 10. Dismantling, re-assembling and troubleshooting of emergency light. (6) 11. Testing of burnt/faulty motor like (ceiling fan, 3-ph motor and mixer motor. (8) 12. Preparation of motor for re-winding. (9)

Practical Periods: 23 12. Prepare a detailed schedule of material, layout to install an OH distribution line about 2 km along with street lights (use nearby street light/distribution line). . (5)

P a g e | 290

12. Connecting, starting, running and reversing the direction of rotation of 1-ph capacitor start motor. And observe the current and speed at different loads . (7)

a. -name plate details b. -dismantling the motor c. -noting the winding data, d. -connections e. -stripping off the winding f. -slot insulation

13. Prepare a single line diagram of OH distribution line for a model colony/village along with marking of T/f. . (6) 14. Preparation of detailed list of materials and accessories (schedule) of pole mounted Transformer (make a visit and record the observations). (7) 15. Preparation of detailed list of materials and accessories (schedule) of plinth mounted transformer (make a visit and record the observations). (5)




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 8.0 Generation of Power (9) 8.1 Sources of Electrical Energy-conventional-non conventional energy sources (2) 8.2 Generation of Electrical power-working of Hydal, Thermal and Nuclear power stations. (7) 9. Transmission and Distribution of Power (11) 9.1Tansmisssion of power from generating station to receiving stations (2) 9.2Use of step-up and step down transformers and associated equipment (1) 9.3Use of Circuit breaker isolators-earth switches, C.T.’s etc. (2) 9.4Line diagram of Transmission line from generating station to receiving station. (1) 9.5Distribution of power. (1) 9.6Line diagrams of a feeder from HV

Theory Periods: 20 7.0 AC Motor Winding 7.1Fundamental definitions materials used in AC motor winding (2) 7.2Types of AC winding placing of coils-starting winding and running winding (3) 7.3Diferent motors used in domestic appliances-simple winding diagrams for mixer grinder motor ,ceiling fan , table fan ,water pump (9) 7.4 Generalised troubleshooting and maintenance of domestic motors and starters. (6)

Theory Periods: 20 7.Contracting (4) 7.1Tender form, caution deposit, earnest money deposit (EMD). (2) 7.2Procedure for filling up of tender forms agreement forms for contracting and receiving back the EMD after completion of work. (2) 8.0 Utilization of Electrical Energy (16) 8.1 Illumination lighting schemes lamps levels of illumination for various application. (2) 8.2Design of lighting and lighting schemes (2) 8.3Lamps for decoration and Advertisement (4) 8.4Neon sign, flasher, halide lamps. (4) 8.3Industrial application of electric energy like Heating ,welding, (2)

P a g e | 291

substation to distribution substation. (1) 9.7Transformer substations(1) 9.8Distribution T/F substation-Double Pole structure-Pole mounted and Plinth mounted T/F(1) 9.9Substation associated equipment such as A.B. switch, L.A.-H.G. Fuse- Circuit Breaker. (1)

8.4Refrigeration and Air-conditioning –Basic concept and wiring diagrams (2)

Practical Periods: 21 13. Connecting, starting and running of shaded pole motor (cooler pump motor). . (5) 14. Connecting, starting and running of the universal motor (mixer grinder motor). And observe (5) the current and speed at different loads . 15. To study the effects of improvement of power factor by adding a capacitor to an inductive load/ induction motor (concept on static capacitors) . (6) 16. Measurement of power in RLC circuits (Use 1-ph Induction motor /ceiling fan). (5)

Practical Periods: 21 13. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding the table fan. (7) 14. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding the ceiling fan . (7) 15. Imparting Basic skills on re-winding of 3-ph Induction motor. (7) .

Practical Periods: 21 16. Prepare detail schedule of material for Pipe earthing or Plate earthing. (6) 17. Preparation of lighting scheme and Estimation of wiring for classroom/small auditorium/meeting hall. . (6) 18. Visit near-by sub-station and prepare a single line diagram, list of accessories and equipment. (5) 19. Visit nearby auditorium/cinema theatre and prepare a single line diagram, list of accessories and equipment (general wiring layout of auditorium) and PA system. (4)




Feb 2016 24/8

Theory Periods: 08 Revision of Electrical machines and power systems

Theory Periods: 08 Revision of Domestic appliances and rewinding

Theory Periods: 08 Revision of Estimating and utilization




March 2016 21 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 292

Mechanical Engineering Technician

Basic aim of the course Mechanical Engineering Technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. Technician in fabrication unit.

2. Technician in repairing unit (mechanical)

3. Pump mechanic

4. Technician in farm equipment

5. Refrigerator and Air conditioner technician

6. Tractor mechanic

7. Non conventional energy appliances technician

8. Domestic appliances Technician (Electrical)

P a g e | 293

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PALN 2015-2016

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 314 FIRST YEAR

MONTHE NO OF

WORKING DAYS NO

OF PERIODS

BASIWORK SHOP TECHNOLOGY (THEORY) WORK SHOP PRACTICE (PRACTICAL)

PAPER-1

MECHANICAL THECHNOLOGY (THEORY)

ENGINEERING DRAWING (PRACTICAL)

PAPER-II

ELECTRICAL TECHANOLOGY (THEORY)

MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENGG. LAB

(PRACTICAL) PAPER-III

JUNE-2015

25 23 21

THEORY Periods: 23 ENGINEERING MATERIALS :(17) Properties and uses of common engineering materials (03) cast iron, types properties (02) classification of steels mild steel, Low Carbon steel, High Carbon steel (02) Non ferrous metals, Copper brass, Tin zinc, Aluminum (03) Non Ferrous Alloy metals, Gun metal Bronze white metal, Aluminum.(03) Non metals Wood, Plastic, rubber (02) Importance of safety precautions of work shop ( 02) 2. MEASURING INSTRUMENTS Introduction (02) 2.1 Venire calipers (02) (B) Micrometer (02)

THERMO Periods: 23 1.1 Introduction (01) 1.2 Thermo Dynamic system (02) 1.3 Types of Thermo Dynamic system (02) 1.4 Properties of Thermo Dynamic Systems (02) 1.5 Definitions of properties like Pressure (P) Volume (V) Temperature (T) Enthalpy, Atmospheric pressure Internal energy Specific heat. (08) 2. LAWS OF THERMO DYNAMICS: (08) 2.1 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics (03) 2.2 First law of thermodynamics.(02) 2.3 Second Law of Thermodynamics.(03)

Theory Periods: 23 1. SAFETY (08)

1.1 Introduction 1.2 Safety Precautions (02) 1.3 Re moral form electric shock (01) 1.4 Methods of Artificial respiration (02) 1.5 Hand tools of an Electrician (02) Basic Electricity(15) : 2.1 Introduction (01) 2.2 Electric Potential,(01) 2.3 Potential Difference, (01) 2.4 Resistance,(01) 2.5 Current,(01) 2.6 Ohm’s Law,(02) 2.7 Problems on Ohm’s Law,(03) 2.8 Laws of Resistance,(01) 2.9 Specific Resistance (02) 2.10 Specific conductivity (02) 2.11 Effects of Temperature on Resistance. (01)

P a g e | 294

Practical periods: 21 1. FITTING & DRILLING: (21) Identification & usage of tools,(02) sawing practice,(04) Filing practice(04) chiseling practice,(04) preparation of ‘T’ (04) ‘L’ sections.(03)

Practical Periods:21 1. INTRODUCTION (06) 1.2 Importance of Engineering Drawing (03) 1.3 Description of Drawing Instruments (03) 2. FREE HAND LETTER WRITING: (15) 2.1 Free hand letter writing Numbers, Dimensions (08) 2.2 Different types of lines their use (02) capital & small letters (05)

Practical Periods: 21 A. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB: (21) 1.1 Flash Point (5) 1.2 Fire Point (5) 2.1 Viscosity Measurement (11)

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I July -2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 2.MEASURING INSTRUMENTS(8): Height gauge(03) Dial Indicator (02) Since bar (03) 3. FITTING & DRILLING: (15) Cutting tools – chisels, Hack saws files, scrapers, Drill bits reamers taps and Dies and sockets (5) striking tools, Hammers, (01) Holding Devices (02), marking tools(02), checking and measuring Instruments(02), Miscellaneous(01) various fitting and Drilling Operations(02).

Theory Periods: 23 3.LAWS OF PERFECT GASES: (13) Charles Law, Avogadro’s law, Joules Law, Renaults Law, Boylies Law (05). 3.3 Characteristic of gas (02) Equation 3.4 General gas Equation(01) 3.5 Problems (05). Thermodynamic Process in gases(10) 4.1 Types of thermodynamic processes (02), 4.2 Constant volume process, constant pressure process, Adiabatic Process, polytrophic process,(08)

Theory Periods: 23

2.BASIC ELECTRICITY: (15) 2.12 Series and Parallel connections in Resistance (03), 2.13 Simple Problems on series and parallel (05)2.14 kickoffs Law 2.15 Problems on Kirchhoff’s Law(04) 2.16 Wheat stone bridge.(03) 3. WORK POWER ANO ENERGY: (08) 3.1 work and it’s units (02) 3.2 Power and it’s units (02) 3.3 Energy and it’s units(02) 3.4 Electrical power (02)

Practical Periods: 23 1.FITTING & DRILLING(06) Drilling,(03) Tapping. (03) LATHE & GRINDING: (17) 2.1 Plain turning (03) 2.2 Step turning (03) 2.3 Chamfering (02)2.4 Knurling(02)

Practical Periods: 23 3.GEOMETRICALCONSTROCTION:(23) 3.11 Division of line into Equal parts(05) 3.12 Construction of regular polygons(08) 3.13 Construction of Ellipse, Parabolic and Hyperbolic. (10)

Practical Periods: 23 A. MECHANICAL

ENGINEERING LAB: 3.1 Calorific value tests. (15) B. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB: 1. A.C. CIRCUITS:

P a g e | 295

2.5 Threading(02) 2.6 cylindrical Grinding(02) 2.7 Surface Grinding(03

1.1 Determination of voltage & Current in series (4) 1.2 Determination of voltage & current in parallel. (4)

UNIT TEST-I / ASSIGNMENT-II UNIT TEST-I / ASSIGNMEN T-II UNIT TEST-I/ ASSIGNMENT-II Aug-2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 4.SHEET METAL WORK(12) Metals used for sheet metal work (01) sheet metal hand tools-(02) measuring and cutting tools(02), stakes(01), sheet metal operation(01) -shearing, bending Drawing(01), squeezing, sheet metal Joints Hem & Seam joints(02) Fastening methods-Riveting soldering Brazing and spot welding(02). 5. FOUNDRY: (08) Advantages and limitations of casting (01), foundry Equipment (02) – Hand molding tools(02), molding Boxes (02) Types of sand and properties.(01)

Theory Periods: 20 4.THERMODYNAMIC PROCESS INGASES: 4.3 Equation for work done during the above process and calculations of change of internal energy. (05) 4.4 Equation of heat supplied or rejected during the process (05) 5. FUELS AND COMBUSTIONS: 5.1 Introduction (01) 5.2 Types of fuels Liquid fuels, (03) Gaseous fuels 5.3 Merits and demerits of liquid fuels (03) 5.4 Merits and demerits of gaseous fuels. 5.5 Calorific value (03)

Theory Periods: 20 3.WORK POWER AND ENERGY: 3.5 Electrical Energy (01) 3.6 Simple Problems on electricity bills (06) 4. CONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS: 4.1 Conductors (01) 4.2 Properties of conductors (01) 4.3 Insulators(01) 4.4 Properties of insulators (01) 4.5 Semi conductors (01) 4.6 Grading of Conducting wires (01) 5.ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES: 5.1 Electrical Accessories and Their uses (02) 5.2 Switch and their types (02) 5.3 Lamp holders and their types (02) 5.4 ceiling rose. (01)

P a g e | 296

Practical Periods:19 3.BLACK SMITHY: (20) Practicing of usage of tools (02), making & round bar (05), a square bar. Marking of crane hook.(05) S-hook, T-bolt,(03) Flat chisel Gib head sunk key (03)

Practical Periods: 19 4. ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTIONS:20 4.1 Different angle methods of projections(02) 4.2 concept of plan Elevation and side view.(06) 4.3 Orthographic Projections of Triangle square pentagon, and hexagon prisms and pyramids.(11)

Practical periods: 19 B. ELECTRICAL

ENGINEERING LAB: 1.A.C CIRCUITS: 1.3 Calibration of single phase energy meter. (06) 2. DCCIRCUTS: 2.1 Verify the ohms Law (06) 2.2 Practice the Ammeter –voltmeter (07)

UNIT TEST-II ASSIGNMENT-III



SEPT-2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods:20 5. FOUNDARY: (12) Patterns: Classifications and making cores & core mocking castings (03), Green sand and Dry sand molding(02), Shell molding(02). Ceramic molding (02) special casting(01). defects in casting(02) 6. FORGING AND WELDING(08) Hand Forging (01) ,hand tools Heating Devices,(02) smith operations, (01) m/c Forging(01) Forging hammers(01) Forging press, (01) m/c Forging operations(01).

Theory Periods:20 6.AIRSTANDARD CYCLES: 6.1 Introduction (01) 6.2 Study of Carnot cycle (02), Otto cycle,(02) and Diesel cycle.(02) Comparison of Otto cycle and Diesel cycle. (01) 7. IC ENGINES : (12) 7.1 Introduction Heat Engines(01) 7.2 Classification of engines(02) 7.3 Classification of IC Engines(02) 7.4 Working Principle of Two stroke petrol and Diesel Engine.(07)

Theory Periods : 20 5. ELECTRICAL

ACCESSORIES:(06)

5.5 Pin Plug (01) 5.6 Socket & Adapter(02) 5.7 Fuses (01) 5.8 Wires and Cables.(02) 6. MAGNETISM AND ELECTRO MAGNETISM: (14) 6.1 Some important definitions of Magnetism.(02) 6.2 Magnetic field (01) 6.3 Magnetic Poles (01) 6.4 Magnetic line of force.(02) 6.5 Magnetic Flux(02) 6.6 Flux density (01) 6.7 Magneto motive force (02) 6.8 Reluctance (01) 6.9 Care and maintenance of

P a g e | 297

Magnets.(02)

Practical periods : 19 4. TINSMITHY : (14) 4.1 Make a rectangular tray( 03) make a Rectangular Scoop,(03) Funnel.(03) 4.2 Riveting Practice(02) 4.3 Soldering the joints (02) 4.4 Elbow(02) 5. WELDING Arc Welding : 5.1 Making a square(04)

Practical Periods:19 4. ORTHO GRAPHIC PROJECTIONS: 4.3 circles, cube, cylinder. Cone and different engineering objects in 1st Angle. (11) 5. SETIONAL VIEWS: 5.1 Need for drawing sectional views (02) 5.2 Location of cutting plane (02) 5.3 Meaning of full. Half revolved local (or) partial sections (02) 5.4 Hatching (02)

Practical Periods:19 2.DC CIRUTS(07) 2.3 Practice the Multi Meter. Finding the Resistance (04) 2.4 Practices on Rheostat. (03) .3. DC MACHINES: (12) 3.1 Identify the components in & DC motor (04) 3.2 Identify the components in & DC Machine (04) 3.3 Practice & DC Machine (04)

UNIT TEST-III ASSIGNMENT-IV



OCT-2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods:12 6. FORGING AND WELDING: Welding: Arc & Gas welding (03) Welding: T/G & M/G welding (02) 7. LATHE AND GRINDING Lathe main parts,(02) simple lathe operations (03) Grinding-(02)

Theory Periods:12 7. ICENGINES: 7.5 Working Principle of four stroke petrol and diesel engine.(08) 7.6 Comparison between two stroke and four stroke cycle Engine. (04)

Theory Periods: 12 6. MAGNETISM AND ELECTRO MAGNETISM: 6.10 Magnetic Field & around a current carrying conductor (02) 6.11 Comparison Between Electric and magnetic circuits (02) 7. ELECTRO MAGNETIC INDUCTION: (02) 7.1 Friday’s laws of Electromagnetic Induction 7.2 Lenz’s law (02) 7.3 Fleming Right hand Rule (02) 7.4 Self inductance. (01) 7.5 Mutual inductance. (01)

Practical Periods:14 5. WELDING:

Practical Periods:14 5. SECTIONAL VIEW\S(06)

Practical Periods:14 4. BATTERY: (06)

P a g e | 298

Making of ‘T’ joint (02) lap joint (02 corner joint, Identification of welding positions (04) G & S Welding: Identification of Gas welding Equipment (06)

5.5 Conventional Practices to represent the sections of Ribs, shafts, and bolts nuts screws rivets spokes we baskets cotters thin sections etc as per B.I.S. specification. (06) 6. PICTORAL DRAWING(08) 6.1 Brief Description of Isometric oblique and perspective drawings and uses(01) 6.2 Isometric drawing of common features like rectangular circular shapes non-isometric lines. (07)

4.1 Charging procedure of Battery(03) 4.2 Discharging procedure of Battery (03) 5. WIRING: 5.1 Connect one lamp from two different phases in stair case wiring (08)




Nov-2015 (OJT) (OJT) (OJT) Dec-2015 (OJT) (OJT) (OJT) Jan – 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 7. LATHE AND GRINDING: Working Principle of Grinding(03) wheel materials, (03) Applications of Grinding (04) 8. CNC TECHNOLOGY: CNC Machines Advantages. (10)

Theory Periods: 20 7. IC ENGINES: 7.7 comparisons between petrol and diesel engine. (03) 7.8 Carburetor,(03) fuel injection pump (03) 8. PUMPS: 8.1 Introduction (01) Functions of & pumps (03). 8. PUMPS: 8.2 Classification of Pumps (04) 8.3 Applications of Pumps (01)

Theory Periods: 20 8. ELECTRICAL MACHINES: (10) 8.1DC Generator (01) 8.2 Principle of working (01) 8.3 Parts of Generator (01) 8.4 DC motors (01) 8.5 of Principle of working (01) 8.6 Parts of motor (01) 8.7 Fleming left hand Right hand Rule. (02) 8.8 Trouble shooting in an electric motor(02) 9. ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES: 9.1 Immersion Rod (02) 9.2 Electric Iron. (03) 9.3 Electric Stove (03) 9. ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS:

P a g e | 299

9.4 Geyser(01) 9.5 Water heater(01) 9.6 ceiling Fan (02)

Practical Periods: 18 5. WELDING: Setting of Gas welding (06) Equipment setting of welding flames practicing (06) Gas welding techniques (06)

Practical Periods:18 6.PICTORIAL DRAWINGS: (08) 6.3 Use of Box and offset construction (02) 6.4 Preparation Isometric projections (02) for given orthographic drawings(02) 6.5 Oblique drawing of common features like rectangular. Circular and inclines surfaces.(02) 7.CAD: (10) 7.1 Study of Auto CAD Screen Tools bars menus & various commands.(05) 7.2 Exercises on mirror rotate Array move commands.(05)

Practical Periods:18 5 wiring: 5.2 Practice Conduct wiring (06) 5.3 Setting of fuse. (06) 5.4 Connect the fluorescent lamp (06)

Pre-Final Examination 23.01.16 to 30.01.2016



Feb-2016 21 17 21

Theory periods:17 8. CNC TECHNOLOGY: Comparison between CNC m/c And conventional machines G- codes & M- codes simple CNC programme for plain and step turning , chamfering , corner radius, threading etc.(17)

Theory periods: 17 8. PUMPS: 8.2 Classification of Pumps (04) 8.3 Applications of Pumps (03) 8.4 Working centrifugal reciprocating jet. Submersible pumps (10)

Theory Periods: 17 10. BATTERIES: 10.1 Batteries -02 10.2 Cell (02) 10.3 Lead Acid cell construction -02 10.4 Applications of Lead Acid cells (02) 10.5 Care and Maintenance of cell (03) 10.6 Charging and Discharging of Batteries (06)

P a g e | 300

Practical Periods:21 6. CNC LAB: Simple CNC program for Lathe Operations i.e step turning & threading (21)

Practical Periods: 21 7. CAD: 7.3 exercises on Dimensioning & Watching (04) 7.4 Exercise on 2D Drawing (05) 7.5 Study the 3D solids tool bar options. (06) 7.6 Draw bolt & Nut in 3D (06)

Practical Periods: 21 5. WIRING: 5.5Earthing Practice (08) 6. OVERHULING THE APPLIANCES: 6.1 Overhaul an Electric iron (06) 6.2 Over haul & ceiling fan (07)

Mar-2016 Revision IVP Examinations-2016

Revision IVP Examinations-2016

Revision IVP Examinations-2016

P a g e | 301


MECHANICAL ENGNEERING TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 314 SECOND YEAR

MONTHE NO OF

WORKING DAYS NO OF

PERIODS

ENERGY SOURCES AND POWER PLANT(THEORY)

ENERGY SOURCES LAB (PRACTICAL)

PAPER-I

LIGHT MOTOR VEHICLES (THEORY)

LIGHT MOTOR VEHICLES SERVICING LAB (PRACTICAL)

PAPER-II

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (THEORY)

R & AC SERVICING LAB ( PRACTICAL)

PAPER-III June-2015

25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.ENERGY SOURCES: (08) 1.1 Introduction to Energy (02) 1.2 Different forms of energy (02) 1.3 Energy sources and their availability (03) 1.4 Conventional & Non conventional sources of energy (01) 2. SOLAR ENERGY: (14) 2.1 Introduction (02) 2.2 Solar constant (01) 2.3 Instruments for measuring solar Radiation at the Earth surface (03) 2.4 Instruments for measuring solar Radiation & sun shine (02) 2.5 Solar energy utilization –Basic ideas about the pre historic ways of using solar energy (06)

THEORY PERIODS:22 1.DESCRIPTION OF MOTOR

VEHICLES: 1.1General Description of motor vehicles (04) 1.2 Major assemblies (04) 2. WHEELS TYRES & TUBES: 2.1 Description of wheels & tires selection of tires inflation pressure and carrying capacity (08) 3. STEERING MECHANISM: (06) 3.1 Different types of steering boxes power steering description it’s advantages.(06)

Theory periods:22 1.FUNDAMENTALS OF REFRIGERATION: INTRODUCTION: 1. Methods of refrigeration i<e refrigeration Dry ice refrigeration. Air expansion refrigeration Liquid gas refrigeration vapor compression Refrigeration (08) 2.REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT 2.1Compressors condensers & cooling towers(14)

PRACTICAL PERIODS:23 1.SOLAR RADIATION MEASUREMENT: 1.1 Study of solar Radiation by using pyranometer-Aim, Apparatus, procedure

PRACTICAL PERIODS:23 1.1 General Servicing of vehicles, washing, cleaning, Greasing and lubrication and lubrication of vehicles (06) Wheels tires & tubes: Removing wheel

PRACTICAL PERIODS:23 1.SERVICING & MAINTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION APPLICATION:

P a g e | 302

(08) 2. SOLAR DISTILLATION: Study of solar Distillation-Aim Apparatus, procedure (07) 3.SOALR PUMPING: study water heater Aim, Apparatus procedure (08)

from vehicle dismantling tires & tubes checking puncture assembling inflating to connect pressure (06) 2.STEERING SYSTEM: (11) 2.1Inspect & adjust steering linkages, alignment steering wheel with respect to front wheel, check and correct toe-in (11)

1. a) Domestic Refrigerator(12) b) Water Cooler (11)

ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I ASSIGNMENT-I July – 2015 22 22 25

Theory periods:22 2.SOLAR ENERGY: (07) 2.6 Solar energy applications (01) solar collectors’ (01) solar cookers solar (01) solar water heater (01) solar distillation (01) solar pumping (01) electricity from solar energy solar photo voltaic applications of solar photo voltaic system in Rural Areas. (01) 3. WIND ENERGY: (05) 3.1 Introduction (01) 3.2 Classification of wind mills (01) 3.3 Horizontal wind mill, (02) vertical wind mills 3.4 Advantages and disadvantages of wind energy (01) 4. BIO ENERGY:(10) 4.1 Introduction, History of Bio-gas (02) 4.2 Process of bio-gas generation wet process, Dry process (02) 4.3 Raw materials available for Bio-gas fermentation (02) 4.4 Selecting of site for installation of a Bio-gas plant (02)

Theory Periods: 22 4. BRAKING SYSTEM: (08)

4.1Breaking cars & trucks, hand breaks mechanical & Hydraulic breaking system in cars 5. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM: (14) 5.1 Different types of clutches used in vehicles layout of transmission system.

Theory periods: 22 2.REFRIGERRATION

EQUIPMENT: (14) Evaporators (07) Expansion devices (07) 3.REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: Definition of Refrigeration unit of Refrigeration (01) Domestic Refrigerator (05) Water cooler, Ice plant (02)

P a g e | 303

4.5 Material required for the construction of bio-gas plant(02)

Practical Periods:25 4.Solar cooker: (10) 4.1 Prepare delicious food by using solar cooker –Aim, Apparatus Ingredients Procedure. (05) 4.2 Dismantling and Assembling of a solar cooker-Aim, Apparatus tools required procedure. (05) 5.Solar water heater (15) 5.1 Study of thermo siphon system. 5.2 study of forced circulation system

Practical Periods: 25 3.BREAKING SYSTEM: (13) 3.1 Adjusting brake pedal play,

dismantling wheel brake assembly, cleaning inspecting brake shoes for proper

clearance, bleeding hydraulic brakes & Disc Brakes (13)

4.TRANSMISSION: (12) 4.1 Adjusting clutch pedal play removing gear box clutch assembly (12)

Practical Periods: 25 1.SERVICING & MAINTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: C& Ice plant (12) D& cold storage (13)

UNIT TEST –I ASSIGNMENT-II



Aug-2015 ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT)

Sept – 2015 ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT). ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) OCT – 2015 ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING (OJT) NOV – 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods : 19 4.6 Constructional details of Bio-gas plant (03) 5.TIDAL ENERGY: (05) 5.1 Introduction (01) 5.2 Components of Tidal Power Plant (02) 5.3 Snide tidal power plant (02) 5. TIDAL ENERGY : (01) 5.4 Advantages and limitations of tidal power plant 6. FUEL CELLS-10 6.1 Working Principle (03) 6.2 Bacar’s High Pressure Fuel cell

Theory Periods : 19 6. GEAR BOX 5.TRANSMISSION SYSTEM: Study of hydraulic clutches (03) 6.1 Operations in different gear Positions. (03) 6.2 Common troubles of remedies (03) 6.3 Lubrication in Gear Box.(03) 7. ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (07)

7.1 Engine cooling Methods (03) 7.2 Air water cooling radiators, Pump,

Thermo stat & Fan. (04)

Theory Periods : 19 4. FUNDAMENTALS OF AIR

3.REFRIGERATION APPLICATIONS: Cold storage (05) CONDITIONING : (10) 4.1 Introduction (01) Meaning of air conditioning Psychometric and it’s Properties (03) 4.2 Dry Air 4.3 Moist air (02)

4.4 Dry bulb temperature. (02) 4.5 Wet Bulb temperature. (02)

P a g e | 304

construction details and working Principle. (05) 6.3 Aluminum and Fuel cell working Principle. (03)

5. AIR CONDITIONING EQHIPMENT : 5.1 Fans & Blowers (04)

Practical Periods: 23 Solar Lanterns And Street Light: 6.1 Study of solar Lanterns –Aim apparatus, Procedure (03) 7. BIOGAS l (16) 7.1 Study of KVIC Biogas Plant – Aim, Apparatus, Procedure. (04) 7.2 Study of Pragathi Bio-gas plant Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04) 7.3 Study of Janatha Bio- gas plant Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04) 7.4 Study of Deenubandhu Bio-gas plant -6 Aim, Apparatus, Procedure (04) 8. WIND ENERGY : (04) 8.1 Study of Horizontal wind mill Aim, Apparatus, and Procedure. (04)

Practical Periods: 23 Trans Missions: 4.1 Vehicle cleaning and inspecting parts-10

5. GEAR Box : (13) 5.1 Dismantling of gear Box, identifying

noise from gearbox and rectifying, changing oil/in gear Box (13)

Practical Periods: 23 2. SERVICING AND

MAINTENANCE OF AIR CONDITIONING

APPLICATIONS : (10) b) Window Air condoner (06) C) Split Air conditioner (07)

UNIT TEST-II / ASSIGNMENT-III

UNIT TEST-II / ASSIGNMENT-III UNIT TEST-II / ASSIGN MENT-III

Dec-2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods:19 7. STEAM BOILERS : 7.1 Classification, function uses of boilers. (07) 7.2 Cochran Boiler. (04) 7. STEAM BOLIERS: 7.2 Babcock Wilcox boiler (08)

Theory Periods:19 7.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM: 7.3 Reasons for Engine over heating (01) 8. LUBRICATION: (13) 8.1 Need for Lubrication of engine parts (07) 8.2 Lubrication system parts, oil filters & their uses (06) 9. CARBURETORS: (05) 9.1 Types of Carburetors (05)

Theory Periods: 19 5.2 Ducts (03) 5.3 Supply air outlets. (03) 5. AIRCONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: (09) 5.4 Return air out lets (03) 5.5 Filters & dust collectors (03) 5.6 Heating & cooling coils (03) 6. AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS:

P a g e | 305

6.1 Air cooler (04) Practical Periods: 23

9. FUCELCELLS: 9.1 Study of fuel cells – Aim, Apparatus, procedure (06) 10. BOILERS: 10.1 Study of Boilers (08) 11. NOZZLES: 11.1 Study of Nozzles (09)

Practical Periods:23 6.ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM: 6.1checking engine cooling system dismantling & cleaning of radiators testing water pump (08) 7. LUBRICATION SYSTEM: 7.1Study of lubrication oil flow system In engine overhauling oil filters, repairing lubrication system (08) 8. CARBURETORS: (07) 8.1 Repairs to carburetors adjusting float level (07)

Practical Periods: 23 2.SERVICING AND MANTENANCE OF AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS: D & Packaged Air condition system(13) 2.INDUSTRIAL VISIT: Cold Storage Plant (10)

UNIT TEST –III ASSIGNMENT-IV



Jan-2016 22 20 21

Theory periods: 20 8. Flow of steam through nozzles convergent nozzle Divergent Nozzle (10) 9. STEMTURBINES: (10) 9.1 working principle of reaction turbines with line diagrams

Theory periods:20 9.CARBURETORS:08 9.2 Different adjustments and their purposes 10. FUEL INJECTION SYSTEMS: (12) 10.1 Fuel feed system in motor vehicles its layout. (04) 10.2 Study of diesel fuel supply (04) 10.3 FIP timing (04)

Theory periods: 20 6. AIR CONDITIONING APPLICATIONS:

6.2 Window air conditioner (08) 6.3 Split air conditioner (08) 6.4 Packaged air conditioner (04)

Practical periods: 21 12. TURBINES: (10) 12.1 Study of turbines (10) 13. Condensers: 13.1 study of condensers (05) 14. Industrial Visit (06)

Practical Periods: 21 8. CARBURETORS: (10) 8.1 Studying flow circuit in carburetors 9.FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM: (11) 9.1Simple repairs in fuel feed system overhauling of petrol pump, carburetors fuel filters and air cleaners.

Practical Periods: 21 3.INDUSTRIAL VISIT: To cold storage plant (21)

P a g e | 306

Pre-final examinations-I (23-01-2016 to 30-01-2016)



Feb -2016 24 08

Theory Periods: 08 10.STEAM CONDENSER: (08) 10.1 Functioning of steam condenser (08)

Theory Periods: 08 10.4 Engine idling speed adjustment (02) 10.5 Study of LPG & CNG driving vehicles (02)

10.6 Study of Air conditioning (04)

Theory Periods: 08 7. SERVICING AND MANTENANCE OF REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: (08) 7.1Trouble shooting of refrigeration and air (08)




Mar-2016 21


IVP Examinations-2016 IVP Examinations-2016 IVP Examinations-2016

P a g e | 307

BUILDING CONSTRUCTON AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN

Basic aim of the Course Building Construction and Maintenance Technician is to impart following skills in student.

1. Knowledge of plumbing tools, plumbing materials,

fitting of water supply and sanitary items.

2. Preparation of building drawing.

3. Estimate the buildings works including

water supply and sanitary works.

4. Acquire the skill in surveying of the field.

5. Acquire the knowledge of Auto cad.

6. Estimate of different types of Civil Engineering works.

P a g e | 308


BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN: COURSE CODE :315 FIRST

YEAR

Month & No. of



WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING THEORY PAPER – I

SURVEYING THEORY THEORY PAPER – II

ENGINEERING MECHANICS THEORY PAPER-III

June 2015 25 23 21

Theory periods :23 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Importance and Necessity for planned water supplies(1) 1.2. Wholesome water(1) 1.3. Status of protected water supply in India(1) 1.4. Planning and Execution of Modern water supply schemes(2) 2.0. Water Demands 2.1. Various types of water Demands((1) 2.2. Per capita demand((1) 2.3. Factors affecting per capita demand((1) 2.4. Variations in demand((2) 2.5. Design Period((1) 2.6. Total requirement of water for a town or a city((2) 2.7. Population forecasting methods and problems(2)

Theory periods :23 1.0.Introduction 1.1. Concept of surveying(3) 1.2. Purpose of surveying(3) 1.3. linear and angular measurements(3) 1.4. Classification of surveying.(1) 1.5. Reconnaissance, preliminary location survey, final location survey(3) 2.0. Chain Surveying 2.1. Purpose and principle of chain survey(2) 2.2. Equipments used and their function - chains, arrows, tapes - ranging rods pegs -plumb bob - cross staff(1) 2.3.Conventional signs.(1) 2.4. Errors in chaining –(2)

Theory periods :23 1.0. Systems of Measurements and

Units-07 1.1. S.I. and M.K.S. System(2) 1.2. F.P.S. System(1) 1.3. Fundamental and Derived units(2) 1.4. Units of Physical quantities used in Civil Engineering like length, area, volume, mass, force(2) 2.0. Forces and Moments 2.1. Definition of Force, Moment, Resultant, Equilibrant and Moment of a couple(5) 2.2. Resultant of forces at a point, parallelogram law, Triangle law of forces, polygon law of forces(5) 2.3. Distinguish between scalar and vector quantities, co-planar and non-co-planar forces, parallel

P a g e | 309

3.0. Sources of water supply 3.1 Hydrological concepts(3) 3.2. Surface sources(3) 3.3. Sub surface sources(2)

2.5. Corrections due to incorrect length of chain or tape.(2) 2.6. Types of survey lines(1) 2.6.1. Base line 2.6.2. Tie line 2.6.3. Check line 2.7. Fixing of survey stations(1)

and non-parallel forces, like and unlike forces(6)

Civil Engineering Lab ( Practical Paper I) Practical Periods :21 Collection of samples, sample preservation ( 2) 1.Prepare standard solution of Na2 Co3(6) 2.Determine the normality of Hydrochlore acid present in given solution(6) 3.Determine the Hardness of a given sample of water(3) 4. Determine the concentration of free chlorine available in water(4)

Surveying Practice (Practical Paper II) Practical periods: 21 Practicing unfolding and folding of chain (2) Ranging practice, direct and indirect ranging ( 4) 1.Determine area of the given field by the method of Chain Triangulation(6) 2. Determine area of the given field by conducting Cross-Staff Survey.(9)

Engineering Drawing (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 Drawing instruments and uses (1) Scales, reduced and enlarged scales, sheet sizes ( 2) (a) What are the recommended size of letters and numbers (2) (b) State the object of drawings (1) (c) Print the following in single stroke lettering of given size 12mm.(1) “Vocational Education” (d) Mention the system of dimensioning. (1) (e) State the aligned system of dimensioning (1) (a) Draw an Isometric scale (1) (b) What is an Isometric projection (1) (c) Draw an Isometric projection of a rectangle (1) (d) State the difference between isometric view and isometric projection. (1) (a) Where do you keep object in first angle projection

P a g e | 310

(b) Draw a Projection of point “A” above HP and in front of VP. (1) (c) Where do you keep the object in third angle protection (1) (d) What is the meaning of orthographic projection (2) (e) Draw a projection of line length 70 mm parallel to both H.P and V.P. (1)

July 2015 26 23 23

Theory periods :23 3.0. Sources of water supply-(10) 3.4. Intakes for collecting surface water, definitions and general introduction(2) 4.0. Quality of water 4.1. General Introduction(1) 4.2. Characteristics of Water(4) 4.3. Water Borne Diseases(1) 4.4. Drinking water standards(2) 5.0. Treatment of Water 1. General Introduction(3) 5.2. Treatment unit flow diagram(3)

Theory periods :23 2.0. Chain Surveying 2.8. Types of survey stations.(3) 2.9. Different operations in chain surveying - chaining – ranging setting out right angles chaining on sloped ground.(4) 2.10. Principles used in chain Triangulation.(4) 2.11. Recording field notes - field book - conventional signs.(4) 2.12. Obstacles in chain surveying.(4) 2.13. Calculation of Areas - Average Ordinate, Simpson, Trapezoidal methods(3) 3.0. Compass Surveying-1 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey - description, use and working of prismatic compass.(1)

Theory periods :23 2.0. Forces and Moments-07 2.4. Conditions of Equilibrium of rigid bodies(3) 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia 3.1. Definition - Centroid, First moment of area, moment of inertia, Radius of gyration(3) 3.2. Position of centroid of Rectangle, triangle, circle, semi circle.(5) 3.3. Determine position of centroids of simple built up sections made of rectangle, triangle, circle, semi-circle.(5)

Practical Periods: 23 5.Determine of PH of a given sample(4) 6. Determine the conductivity of a given sample(6) 7. Determine the Dissolved Oxygen content in

Practical Periods: 23 3. Find the bearings of given station points and calculate their included angles.(11) 4. Conduct a Compass Survey along

Practical Periods: 23 (a) Identify and list of various input device.(1) (b) Identify and list of various output device.(1)

P a g e | 311

the given sample(6) 8. Determine the total solids present in the water sample(7)

the closed traverse and plot the traverse.(12)

(c) Write different window accessories(2) (d) Write any four uses of computer(2) (e) Write the components of computer (2) (a) Define Hardware and Software (2) (b) What is an Icon.(2) (c) How do you create new document in MS Word.(3) (d) What are the various types of storage devices (2) Inscribe a regular pentagon in given circle of a radius 50 mm.(6)




Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory periods :20 5.0. Treatment of Water 5.3. Screening(3) 5.4. Sedimentation(4) 5.5. Filtration(4) 5.6. Disinfection(4) 5.7. Defluoridation - by Nalgonda technique(4) 6.0. Distribution System-1 6.1. General Introduction(1)

Theory periods :20 3.0. Compass Surveying 3.1. Purpose and Principle of compass survey - description, use and working of prismatic compass.(4) 3.2. Concept of true meridian - magnetic meridian – Arbitrary meridian.(4) 3.3. Bearing - Representation of Bearing WCB, Quadrantal Bearing. Conversion of whole circle bearing to quadrantal bearing.(4) 3.4.Compass traversing in field.(4) 3.5.Local attraction - detecting and correcting bearings.(4)

Theory periods :20 3.0. Centroid and Moment of Inertia 3.4. Determine M.I. of simple and built-up sections by applying perpendicular axes theorem(4) 3.5. Radius of gyration, polar M.I. of solid and hollow circular sections(5) 4.0. Simple stresses and strains-11 4.1. Stress and strain - tensile, compressive and shear(5) 4.2. Mechanical properties of materials - elasticity, plasticity, ductility,brittleness, malleability, stiffness, hardness, fatigue(6)

Practical Periods: 19 9. Determine the concentration of total solids

Practical Periods: 19 5. Find the Reduced Levels of the

Practical Periods: 19 7. Inscribe a regular heptagon in given

P a g e | 312

in a given water sample(3) 10. Determine the chemical oxygen demand of a given sample(5) 11. Connecting given length of pipe line using coupling, T-ee and Union(5) 12. Perform connection for a given length of pipe using following specials reducer, Elbow(5)

given points using Levelling instrument. Take Bench Mark as 100.000m(10) 6. Find the Reduced Levels of the given points involving atleast one point lying above the line of collimation(9)

circle of radius 60 mm.(7) 8. Inscribe a regular hexagon in a given circle of radius 30 mm.(7) 9. Construct an Ellipse by concentric circles method major axis as 120 mm and minor axis 60 mm.(5)




Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory periods :20 6.0. Distribution System-20 6.1. General Introduction(5) 6.2. Requirements of a good distribution system(5) 6.3. Layouts of Distribution Networks(5) 6.4. Systems of Distribution(5)

Theory periods :20 3.0.Compass Surveying 3.6. Calculation of included angles in compass traverse.(2) 3.7. Errors in compass surveying - natural and instrumental.(2) 4.0. Levelling 4.1. Purpose of Levelling - Definition of terms, level surface, datum bench marks, types of bench marks.(5) 4.2. Types of levelling instruments - dumpy level - component parts. - Relationship between fundamental lines of instrument.(5) 4.3. Types of Levelling staves - description.(6)

Theory periods :20 4.0.Simple stresses and strains 4.3. Stress-strain curves for ductile materials - Mild steel, elastic limit, yield point, ultimate stress,(6) breaking stress, working stress, factor of safety. 4.4. Hooke's Law - Youngs modulus of elasticity, deformation under axial load(6) 4.5. Longitudinal and lateral strain - poisson's ratio - Bulk modulus,relationship between elastic constants. (proof not required)(5) 5.0. Columns-03 5.1. Effective Lengths for different end conditions.(3)

Practical Periods: 19 13. Perform the cutting and threading of a given G.I pipe / PVC /with diset (4) 14. Prepare pipe line in Bath Room with joints

Practical Periods: 19 7. Determine the Horizontal Angle between the given points by Repetition method using Theodolite.(10)

Practical Periods: 19 10. Draw a parabola hyperbola through and axis height of 60 mm by rectangular method.(8)

P a g e | 313

and turns(5) 15. Find out leakages in water supply connections and their Repairing.(5) 16. Assemble the Hand pump connections(5)

8. Determine the Horizontal Angle between the given points by Reiteration method using Theodolite.(9)

11. Draw a rectangular hyperbola through a point “Q” which is at distance 40mm from “OY” and 60mm from “OX”.(7) 12. Draw a projections of following points on same ground (a) is 40 mm above HP and 25 mm in front of VP. (b) “B” is in the HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(4)




Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory periods :12 6.0. Distribution System 6.5. Pumps(4) 7.0. Appurtenances in the distribution system-8 7.1. Understand the various appurtenances in a distribution system(2) Uses of sluices valve, air valve, drain valve, water meter, fire hydrants ( 6)

Theory periods :12 4.0. Levelling 4.4. Temporary adjustments of dumpy level.(3) 4.5. Field work - field book - reduction of levels by height of collimation method. Rise and fall method.(3) 4.6. Errors due to curvature and refraction – corrections(3) 5.0. Theodolite Surveying 5.1. Principles of Theodolite Surveying - component parts, technical terms - temporary Adjustments(3)

Theory periods :12 5.0.Columns 5.2. Columns – Long and Short Columns – Comparison(2). 5.3. Slenderness ratio of a column – Rectangular , Square, I , Circular Sections(3). 5.4. Load carrying capacity by Euler’s and Rankines Formula.- Simple Problems(4) 6.0. Shear Force and Bending

Moment 6.1. Types of beams - cantilevers, simply supported, over hanging -fixed and continuous beams(3)

Practical Periods: 14 17. Assemble the connections of electric Heaters in building(4) 18. Prepare half lap joint of the given wooden piece(3)

Practical Periods: 14 9. Measure the Vertical Angle of a given point with respect to the instrument station and other given point by using Transit Theodolite.(14)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Draw a projection of the following points on same ground (a) “A” is 30 mm below of HP and 25 MM behind the VP. (b) “B” is 40 mm below the

P a g e | 314

19. Prepare Dovetail joint of the given wooden piece(3) 20. Prepare Tenon joint of with given wooden(4)

HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(4) 14. A line PQ 80mm long is in the HP and make an angle 45, with the VP. Its end 25mm behind VP. Draw projections.(5) 15. A line PQ 75mm long is parallel to both HP and VP and 30mm above HP and 20 mm in front of VP.(5)




Nov 2015 23

OJT OJT

OJT

Dec 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory periods :20 7.0. Appurtenances in the distribution system-2 7.2. Use of(7.2.6—7.2.7)-(2) 8.0. Water supply plumbing systems in buildings and Houses 8.1. Plumbing System in Water Supplies(2) 8.2. The House Water Connection(2) 8.3. Stop Cocks(2) 8.4. Water taps and Bib cocks(2) 8.5. Pipe fittings(2) 8.6. Storage of water in buildings(2) 8.7. Water piping systems in building(4) 9.0. Rainwater Harvesting-3 9.1. Rain water Harvesting structures into the ground(3)

Theory periods :20 5. 0.Theodolite Surveying 5.2. Measurement of Horizontal angles by repetition method and reiteration method, vertical angle.(10) 5.3. Determination of heights and distances(10) 6.0. Total Station & Dastomate 6.1.Total Station - Parts and the functions- Adjustments of total station for taking observations.(2)

Theory periods :20 6.0.Shear Force and Bending Moment 6.2. Calculation of S.F. and B.M. values at different sections for cantilevers, simply supported beams, over hanging beams under point loads and uniformly distributed loads - position and significance of points of contraflexure(22)

Practical Periods :18 21. Perform the connection of one lamp

Practical Periods: 18 10. Determine the Height of a given

Practical Periods: 18 16. Draw the front view, top view,

P a g e | 315

controlled by a single switch(4) 22. Make L shape job by using M.S.Flate(4) 23. Make the connection of stair case wiring.(5) 24. To prepare earthing in house wiring.(5)

object by measuring Vertical Angle using Transit Theodolite.(18)

side view of figure shown(6) 17. Draw the front view, top view, side view of the given figure .(6)18. Draw an Isometric view of circle diameter 80 mm.(6)




Feb 2016 21 17 21

Theory periods :17 9.0. Rainwater Harvesting 9.2. Rain water directed to Service wells(1) 9.3. Rain water harvesting by percolation pit method(1) 10.0 Liquids and Their Properties-5 10.1. Mass Density – Specific Weight – Specific Gravity(2) 10.2. Adhesion – Cohesion – Surface Tension – Capillarity – Compressibility(2) 10.3. Dynamic Viscosity – Vapour Pressure(1) 11.0.Pressure Head and Measurement

11.1. Atmospheric Pressure – Gauge Pressure – Absolute Pressure(2) 11.2. Pressure Measuring Instruments - Piezometer – Manometer and Differential Manometer(2) 11.3. Pressure Head – Datum Head and Kinetic Head(2) 11.4. Bernoullis Theorm(2) 11.5. Water Hammer(2) Practical Periods :21 25. To conduct tension test on the given steel specimen(6) 26. To perform torsion test on mild steel

Theory periods :17 6.0. Total Station & Dastomate 6.2. Measurement of Horizontal Distance, Slope distance, Difference in Height between two points.(2) 6.3. Elevation of a Point.(2) 6.4. Horizontal angle and distance between two stations.(2) 6.5. Setting out right angles at different points on a base line.(2) 6.6. Setting out plan of a building on the ground.(2) 6.7. Prolonging a straight line.(2) 6.8. Area of a closed Traverse.(2) 6.9. Earth work calculation.(2) 6.10. Distomats(1) 6.10.1. Distomat DI 1000. Practical Periods :21 11. Measure the Horizontal Angle and Distance between given Two Stations using Total Station.(10) 12. Measure the area of a closed traverse using Total station.(11)

Theory periods :17 6.0.Shear Force and Bending Moment 6.3. Relation between rate of loading, S.F. and B.M. - drawing S.F. and B.M. diagrams - Location of points of contraflexure(7) 7.0.Graphic Statics 7.1. Representation of forces graphically, bows notation(2) 7.2. Parallelogram law of forces, resultant and equilibriants(2) 7.3. Graphical Method of determination of centre of gravity for I,L,T Sections(3) 7.4. Drawing SFD and BMD by graphical method for SSB and cantilever beams(3) Practical Periods :21 19. Draw an Isometric view of a given box .(5) 20. Draw an Isometric view of a regular Hexagon whose side 40 mm.(4) 21. Draw an Isometric view from the

P a g e | 316

specimen for finding out the modulus of rigidity(7) 27. To Determine the characteristics compressive strength of given wooden piece(8)

following orthographic views.(4) 22. Create soft copy using MS word with assume own statical data.(4) 23. Create soft copy using MS Excel with assume own statical data.(4)

Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2 March 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 317

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN: COURSE CODE: 315

SECOND YEAR Month &

No. of working



Environmental Engineering THEORY PAPER – I

Building Materials and Maintenance THEORY PAPER – II

Estimating and Costing THEORY PAPER-III

June 2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Objects of providing sewerage works(1) 1.2. Definition of terms - Sullage, Sewage, sewer and sewerage(1) 1.3. Classification of sewage(1) 1.4. Systems of sewage disposal(1) 1.5. Types of sewerage systems and their suitability separate, combined and partially separate systems(1) 2.0. Quantity of Sewage 2.1. Quantity of discharge in sewers, dry weather flow, variability flow 2.2. Determination of storm water flow 2.3. Surface drainage - requirements, shapes, laying and construction 3.0. Sewerage systems 3.1. Different shapes of cross section for sewers, circular and noncircular, merits and demerits

Theory Periods: 22 1.Stones 1.1. Classification of rocks 1.1.1 Geological Classification 1.1.2.Physical Classification 1.2. Uses of Stones 1.3 Requirements of good building stones 1.4. Characteristics of stones - Granite, Sand Stone, lime Stone and marble 1.5. Selection of Stones and marble 1.6. Artificial Stones 1.7. Introduction of aggregate - grading of aggregates 2. Bricks 2.1. Definition - Composition of good brick earth – Manufacturing process 2.2. Classification of bricks 2.3. Properties of bricks 2.4. Special types of bricks and their uses 2.5. Grade of bricks as per B.I.S. 3. Cement

Theory Periods: 22 1.0. Introduction 1.1. Definition – Purpose – Data required for estimation 1.2. Types of estimates 1.2.1. Detailed Estimate - Abstract estimate - Definitions - formats for detailed and abstract estimates 1.2.2. Preliminary estimate or Approximate estimate - plinth area estimate - cubic rate estimate 1.3. Units of measurement of various Items of work as per IS Code 1200 2.0. Methods of Building Estimates 2.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of building using centre line method/long wall - short wall

P a g e | 318

3.2. Brief description and choice of types of sewers - stoneware, cast Iron, cement concrete and A.C. pipes 3.3. Laying of Sewers - setting out alignment of a sewer, excavation, checking the gradient, preparation of bedding, handling, lowering, laying and jointing, testing and back filling 4.0. Sewer Appurtenances 4.1. Brief description, location, function and construction of 4.1.1. Manholes(1) 4.1.2. Drop Manholes(1)

3.1. Definition - Composition of ordinary portland cement – Functions of cement, ingredients(2) 3.2. Different types of cements(2)

method a) Single room building b) Single room with varandah c) Two rooms building d) Two rooms building with Varandah

Civil Engineering Lab – II Paper – I Practical Periods: 23 1.Construct layer of English bond of 230 mm brick masonry wall(9) 2. Construct a C.R.S stone Masonry of 450 mm thick wall(14)

Civil Engineering Drawing Paper - II Practical Periods: 23 1. Draw the conventional signs of (i) Concrete (ii) Wood.(3) 2. Draw the conventional signs of (i) Gas (ii) Brick Masonry(3) 3. Draw the Panel door of sizes 1.00 x 2.00 m.(3) 4. Draw a neat sketch of glass window size 1.20 m x 1.20 m.(3) 5. Draw cross section of R.R. Masonry foundation (specify the sizes of the parts).(4) 6. Draw a neat sketch of rectangular column footing of size 1.20 m x1.50 m (Specify the sizes of the parts (7)

CADD LAB Paper - III Practical Periods: 23 1. Set the limits of given drawing sheet. 2. Draw the given figure by line command. 3. Draw a circle in different methods. 4. Draw a ellipse. 5. Draw a polygon. 6. Modify the given figure by using modify commands. 7. Draw a rectangle with chamfer/fillet

July 2015 Theory Periods: 22 Theory Periods: 22 Theory Periods: 22

P a g e | 319

26 22 25

4.0.Sewer Appurtenances 4.1.3. Street inlets(1) 4.1.4. Catch basins(1) 4.1.5. Flushing tanks(1) 4.1.6. Regulators(2) 4.1.7. Inverted siphon 4.2. Necessity of pumping sewage - location and component parts of pumping station(3) 5.0.Sewage Characteristics 5.1. Strength of sewage, sampling of sewage, characteristics of sewage, physical, chemical and biological 5.2. Analysis of Sewage - significance of the following tests. 1. Solids, 2. C.O.D, 3. B.O.D, 4. PH- value, 5. Chlorides (No details of tests) 5.3. Characteristics of industrial waste water - principles of treatment, reduction of volume, and strength of waste water 6.0.Sewage treatment and disposal 6.1. Preliminary treatment - Brief description and functions of the following units 1. Screens, 2. Skimming tanks and 3. Grit chambers(4)

3. Cement 3.3. Grades of cement (33, 43 and 53)(1) 3.4. General Uses of Cement(1) 3.5. Admixtures – uses(1) 3.6. Lime as basic ingredient of cement - importance of lime in construction - classification of lime - Fat, Hydraulic and poor lime - modern usage of lime as cement.(2) 4. Sand 4.1. Sources of sand 4.2. Characteristics of good sand 4.3. Grading of sand 4.4. Bulking of sand 5. Mortar 5.1. Definition - Properties and uses of mortar 5.2. Types of mortar - Cement, Lime mortar 5.3. Preparation of cement mortar 6. Concrete 6.1. Definition - Constituents of concrete and their requirements(1) 6.2. Uses of Concrete - Types of Concrete(2) 6.3. Preparation of cement concrete - Hand mixing, Machine mixing and Ready mix concrete(2) 6.4. Compaction of concrete – Methods(2)

2.0. Methods of Building Estimates 2.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of building using centre line method/long wall - short wall method e) Single bedroom house including with RCC staircase f) Double bedroom house including with RCC staircase g) Compound wall and steps 3.0. Analysis of Rates 3.1. Definition – data required(2) 3.2. Factors effecting Rate Analysis(2)

Practical Periods: 25 3. Determine the water absorption capacity of burnt clay building bricks(8) 4. Determine the bulking of sand(8)

Practical Periods: 25 7. Draw neat sketch of gully trap.(5) 8. Draw sections of P-Trap, Q-Trap, S-Trap(5)

Practical Periods: 25 8. Draw a figure with dimensions lines.(5) 9. Draw a figure hatch with

P a g e | 320

5. Determine the fineness modulus of coarse and fine aggregates by sieve analysis. (9)

9. Draw a rough sketch of Bath Room with conventional signs of fixtures.(5) 10. Draw a neat sketch of two types of stair case (not to scale)(5) 11. Draw a neat sketch of W.C specify the sizes.(5)

different patterns.(4) 10. Draw a figure and copy, move, etc.(2) 11. Print table by text command.(3) 12. Draw a figure with different colors.(5) 13. Draw a five types of lines.(2) 14. Draw a donut, solid a given figures (4)

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-II

Unit test-I Assignment-II Unit test-I


Aug 2015 23

OJT

OJT

OJT

Sep 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Oct- 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 6.0.Sewage treatment and disposal 6.2. Primary treatment - Brief description and functions of plain sedimentation(5) 6.3. Secondary treatment - Brief description of 1. Trickling filters, 2. Activated sludge process.(3) 6.4. Septic tank(3) 6.5. Sewage disposal - dilution, disposal on to lands, groundwater recharge, reuse etc(4) 7.0. Solid Waste Management 7.1. Municipal, Industrial, Hazardous solid wastes, their characteristics, study of solid waste

Theory Periods: 19 6. Concrete 6.5. Curing of concrete – Methods(2) 7. Timber-09 7.1. Common Varieties of Timber(2) 7.2. Defects in timber - Seasoning of timber(2) 7.3. Wood based products(2) 7.4. Characteristics of good timber(3) 8. Miscellaneous building Materials 8.1. Metals(1) 8.2. Plastics(1) 8.3. Asbestos - Uses of asbestos(1) 8.4. Adhesives - Uses of Adhesives(1)

Theory Periods: 19 3.0. Analysis of Rates 3.3. Cost of material at source and at site(3) 3.4. Standard Schedule of Rates (SSR) of different materials(4) 3.5. Types of Labour - Wages as per SSR(4) 3.6. Lead and lift - preparation of lead statement(4) 3.7. Preparation of unit rates for finished items of works using standard data & SSR(4)

P a g e | 321

treatment systems (3) 8.5. Glass(1) 8.6. Thermocole(1) 8.7. Plaster of Paris(1) 8.8. Wall paper & 8.9. P.V.C (1)

Practical Periods: 23 6. Determine the workability of mixed concrete buy compaction factor test. (7) 7. Determine the intial setting tome and final setting time of cement.(8) 8. Determine the workability of given by slump cone test. (8)

Practical Periods: 23 12. Draw a rough sketch of manhole(6) 13. Draw the bar bending schedule of reinforcement of slab of single room.(4) 14. Draw the cross section of T-Beam specify dimensions(6) 15. Draw plan, section of single room building (specify sizes).(4) 16. Draw plan, elevation of single room building (specify sizes(3)

Practical Periods: 23 15. Array the given object in two methods.(4) 16. Prepare a text document by MS Word.(4) 17. Create cell in MS Excel. (2) 18. Select different fonts and sizes print a sentence.(4) 19. Write a formulae to give cell in MS Excel.(3) 20. Set the cell height and enter the data.(3) 21. Construct a given figure in different colors and dimensions (specify the figures).(2)




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 7.0.Solid Waste Management Sources - collection methods - transportation - disposal methods - dumping, sanitary land fill, incineration - composting – preparation(10) 8.0.Drainage and sanitation in Buildings 8.1. Aims of building drainage and its requirements - General layout of Sanitary fittings to a house, drainage arrangements for a single

Theory Periods: 19 8. Miscellaneous building Materials 8.10. Bitumen and tar(1) 8.11. Fal-G Concrete(1) 9. Types of Buildings 9.1. Classification of building as per NBC(2) 9.2. Component parts of building(3) 10. Foundations 10.1. Definition - Functions of Foundation(1)

Theory Periods: 19 3.0.Analysis of Rates 3.8. Methods of calculating quantities of ingredients of various proportions of cement concrete(7) 4.0. Estimation of Open Drains and Roads 4.1. Estimation of open drain in rural area(4) 4.2. Estimation of earthwork by trapeziodal Rule(4)

P a g e | 322

and multi storeyed buildings as per IS code of practice(2) 9.0. Rural water supply and sanitation 9.1. Disinfection of wells(1)

10.2. Classification of Soil(1) 10.3. Types of foundations - Shallow and deep(2) 10.4. Bearing capacity of soil(2) 10.5. Requirements of good foundation(2) 10.6. Causes of failures of foundations and remedial measures(2) 11. Masonry 11.1. Stone Masonry - Definition - Material required for stone masonry - tools required - types of masonry - rubble and ashlar masonry.(2)

4.3. Estimation of earthwork by prismoidal method(4)

Practical Periods: 23 9. Determine the normal consistency of cement of vicat needle method(10) 10. Perform connection of stone ware pipe from water closet of septic tank.(6) 11. Perform the water supply connection in a given room(7)

Practical Periods: 23 17. Draw the line diagram of double bed room with details and sizes.(5) 18. Draw the cross section of two storied single room building specify the sizes.(7) 19. Draw the plan section of dog legged stair case of 1.5 m x 3.6 m.(6) 20. Draw a neat sketch of over head tank and specify pipe Connections(5)

Practical Periods: 23 22. Construct a double room building plan/ section elevations in details.(4) 23. Draw a 2BHK building plan with all details in different colors / layers.(3) 24. Prepare site plan / lactation plan with information required.(3) 25. Draw a line diagram of columns, beams, foundations in different layers.(3) 26. Draw a isometric view of given figure (give fig).(3) 27. Draw the reinforcement details slab with T-beam.(3) 28. Draw 1 BHK plan show water supply and sanitary connections.(2) 29. Draw a over head tank, show the pipe connections.(2)

P a g e | 323




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 8.0.Drainage and sanitation in Buildings 8.2. Sanitary fittings - traps, water closets, flushing cisterns, urinals, inspection chambers, antisiphonage inspection, testing and maintenance of sanitary fittings(9) 9.0. Rural water supply and sanitation 9.1. Disinfection of wells(1) 9.2. Rural Sanitation and sanitary latrines, brief description and operational details of bio-gas plant using cow dung, night soil and agricultural waste(9) 10.0. Air pollution and Ecology 10.1. Definition - sources of air pollution - effects of air pollution(1)

Theory Periods: 20 11. Masonry 11.2. Brick masonry - Definition - Types of brick masonry – English and flemish bonds(4) 12. Maintenance Problems in Building and Their Solutions 12.1. Definition – Objectives of Maintenance – Annual and Special (3) 12.2. Dampness in buildings at various locations – causes (3) 12.3. Treatment with standard water proofing chemicals (4) 12.4. Cracks in walls – causes and preventions(2) 12.5. Types of floors – construction of cement concrete flore, mosaic floor, and marble floor(2) 12.5.1. Maintenance of floors – Settlement of floors – repairs (1) 12.5.2. Removal of stains (1)

Theory Periods: 20 4.0. Estimation of Open Drains and Roads 4.4. Estimation of roads (abstract estimates) of—(3) a) Water bound Macadam Road b) Cement Concrete Road 5.0. Estimation of public health engineering works 5.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of a) Septic tank(17)

Practical Periods: 21 12. Perform the cold water distribution in a building and draw plan.(7) 13. Perform sanitation fittings in building and draw plan.(7) 14. Draw plan of rain water harvesting by percolation pit method and explain. (7)

Practical Periods: 21 21. Draw a neat sketch of septic tank with pipe connections and specify the components parts.(7) 22. Draw a neat sketch of deep man hole and specify the components.(6) 23. Draw a neat sketch of reinforcement schedule of the roof slab of double room building.(5)

Practical Periods: 21 30. Draw a layout of plots, show the drainage, roads etc.(4) 31. Prepare MS Word document for permission of work.(4) 32. Prepare a estimate in MS-Excel.(5) 33. Prepare analysis of rate of any item in excel.(4)

P a g e | 324

24.Draw a neat sketch of toilet block and show the drainage connections.(3)

34. Prepare table in MS Word for lead statement.(4)




Feb 2016 24 8

Theory Periods: 08 10.0. Air pollution and Ecology-8 10.2. Control of air pollution - methods - air pollution control at source - zoning - installation of control devices and equipment(2) 10.3. Air pollution control by stacks and vegetation(2) 10.4. Environment - Biosphere - Atmosphere - Acid rains, Greenhouse effect - Ozone layer Depletion(2) 10.5. Ecology and Ecosystem - Components of Ecosystem flow of matter in an ecosystem(2)

Theory Periods: 08 12. Maintenance Problems in Building and Their Solutions-08 12.6. Types of Roofs – Pitched roof - flat roof 12.6.1. Roofs – Leakages of Roofs – causes and repairs 12.6.2. Spalling of concrete 12.6.3. Corrosion of Reinforcement – repairs

Theory Periods: 08 5.0. Estimation of public health engineering works-08 5.1. Preparation of detailed estimates of b) Estimation of quantity of sanitary pipes and pipe specials and fittings for a building from the plan of the building

Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2 March 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 324

COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY

Basic aim of the course COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY is to impart following skills in student.

1. Illustrate fashion figure skill fully.

2. Design garments.

3. Select appropriate fabrics for different garments.

4. Operate the industrial modern machines.

5. Stitch and finish a garment.

6. Assess the quality.

7. Finishing and packing.

8. Beautify garments with embroidery, painting, appliqué etc.

P a g e | 325


COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE-405 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of working days/No. of

periods Theory/No. of periods Practical

Paper-1 Principles of Garment

Making (Theory and Practical)

Paper-2 Textile Science

(Theory and Practical)

Paper-3 Garment Construction (Theory and Practical)

JUNE 2015 25 23 21

Theory Periods : 23 1. Terminology a) Fabric (01) b) Garment (01) c) Selvedge (01) d) Sloper (01) e) Bodice Block (01) f) Pattern (01) g) Commercial Pattern (01) h) Grain (01) i) Bias (01) 1.1 Tools and equipment a) Measuring tools (01) b) Marking Tools (01) c) Cutting Tools (01) d) Pressing Tools (01) 2. Sewing machines a)Types-domestic and industrial machines (01) b) Parts and Functions (02) c) Machine troubles-causes and remedies (04) d) Care of the sewing machine (03)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Classification & general properties of textile fibers a) Definition of terms-Staple (02) b) Filament (02) c) General properties Texture (01) Resiliency (01) Luster (01) Static electricity (02) Crimp and elasticity (02) d) Difference between Vegetable & Synthetic Fibres (04) 2. Manufacture & Properties of cellulose Fibres- cotton (08)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Taking body measurements a) Points to remember while taking- body measurements (06) b) Taking & recording measurements for different garments Children (06) Women (06) Men (05)

Practical Periods: 21 Practical Periods : 21 Practical Periods : 21

P a g e | 326

1. Basic stitches 1.1 Temporary/ Basting stitches a) Even (02) b) Uneven Permanent stitches- (02) c)running (03) d) Back stitch (03) e) Run and back (02) f) Hemming stitch-Ordinary (4) g) slip (03) h) Knotted (02)

1. A. Identification of textile fibers a) Microscopic (07) b) Visual (07) c) Burning test (07)

1. Taking & recording Measurements a) Children (07) b) Women (07) c) Men (07)

Assignment – I Assignment - 1 Assignment – 1 JULY 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 3. Pattern making a) Draping (05) b) Drafting (04) c) Flat-pattern (04) d) Contents of paper patterns (05) e) Merits & demerits (03) f) Uses of paper patterns (02)

Theory Periods : 23 3. Manufacture & properties of protein fibers a) Silk (05) b) Wool (05) 4. Manufactured fibers a) Rayon (08) b) Polyester (05)

Theory Periods : 23 2. Study on different types of material Available in the market for Children’s garments. a) Brocade (03) b) Chiffon (03) c) Corduroy (03) d) Crape (03) e) Georgette (03) f) Woven fabric (04) g) Knitted fabric (04)

Practical Periods : 23 2. Seams and seam finishes a) Plain Seams (03) b) French seam (03) c) Run and fell seam (03) d) Lapped seam (03) 2.1 Seam finishes a) Pinked finish (03) b) Edge stitch (03) c) Double stitch finish(03) d) Herring bone stitch finish(02)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Yarn a) Identifying types of yarn (12) b) Measuring cloth count (11)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Drafting, cutting and stitching, fabric estimation of Jhangia (12) 3. Drafting, cutting and stitching, Fabric estimation of Jabla (11)

Assignment – II Unit Test - I


Assignment – II Unit Test – I

P a g e | 327

AUGUST 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods : 20 4. Preparation of material for cutting a) Strengthening of fabric grain (01) b) Off grain (01) c) Pre-shrinking (01) d) Pressing of material (01) 5. Seams and seam finishes a) Plain seam (01) b) French seam (02) c) Run and fell (01) d) Lapped (02) e) Slot seam (02) 5.1 Seam finishes a) Pinked (02) b) Edge stitch (02) c) Double stitch (02) d) Herring bone stitch seam finish (02)

Theory Periods : 20 5. Spinning a) Mechanical (02) b) Chemical (02) 5.1 Yarns Classification of yarns a) Types of yarns (01) b) Twist in yarns (02) c) Balance of cloth (02) d) Yarn count (02) e) Novelty yarns (02) 6. Fabric construction methods a) Weaving (03) b) Knitting (02) c) Non woven (02)

Theory Periods: 20 3. Selection of material for various Garments a) Jhangia (04) b) Jabla (04) c) Romper (04) d) A-line frock (04) e) Baby frock with bib (04)

Practical Periods : 19 3. Neck line finishes a) Bias (01) b) Joining of bias (03) c) Stay stitching (03) d) Facing- bias (04) e) Fitted facing (04) f) Binding- Single, Double (04)

Practical Periods: 19 3. Preparation of weaves a) Basic weaves and their variations (19)

Practical Periods : 19 4. a)Drafting of Romper (04) b) Cutting of Romper (04) c) Stitching of Romper (07) d) Estimation of Romper (04)

Assignment –III Unit Test –II



SEPT 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 6. Fullness in garment Darts a) Single Dart (02) b) Double dart (02) c) Tucks-pin (02) d) Plain (02) e) Cross (01) f) Pleats-Knife (02)

Theory Periods: 20 7. Looms a) Steps in weaving (04) b) Weaving process (03) c) Kinds of weaves d) Plain weave & its variations (04) e) Twill (03) f) Satin (03)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Clothing selection a) Factors influencing selection of clothing according to age (05) b) Occasion (03) c) Figure type (04) d) Fashion (04) e) Colour (04)

P a g e | 328

g) Box (02) h) Inverted box (02) i) Gathers (02) j) Shirring (01) k) Flare (01) l) Godet (01)

g) Examples of fabrics with such weaves(03)

Practical Periods : 19 4. Fullness in garments a) Single Dart (02) b) Double Dart (02) c) Tucks- pin (02) d) Plain (02) e) Cross pleats (02) f) Knife (02) g) Box (01) h) Inverted Box (01) i) Pinch (02) j) Gathers (01) k) Ruffles – Single & Double (02)

Practical Periods: 19 4. Identification of fabrics and weaves a) Poplin (01) b) Satin (02) c) Voile (02) d) Chiffon (02) e) Crepe (02) f) Rayon (02) g) Terricot (02) h) Ruby (02) i) Blended fabrics (02) j) Wool (02)

Practical Periods: 19 5. a) Drafting of A-line frock (05) b) Cutting of A-line frock (05) c) Stitching of A-line frock (05) d) Fabric estimation of A-line frock (04)

Assignment-IV Unit Test – III



OCT 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 7. Placket Opening a) Standards of good placket(2) b) Tailored placket (02) c) Zipper Placket (02) d) Narrow Bound Placket (02) e) Placket for kalidar kurta (02) f) Selection & choice of plackets on various garments (02)

Theory Periods: 12 8. Stains a) Definition (02) b) Classification (04) c) Types of stains (02) d) General rules to be observed in removal of stains on various fabrics (04)

Theory Periods: 12 5. Preparation of material for cutting a) Marking (04) b) Different layouts (04) c) Different methods of marking & laying a fabric and cutting (04)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Plackets and openings a) Continuous Wrap opening (04) b) Two piece placket (05) c) Bound (05)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Stain removal Removing the following stains on a) Cotton- Ballpen (02) b) Ink (01)

Practical Periods: 14 6. Drafting, cutting, stitching and Fabric estimation of baby Frock (07) 7. Drafting basic bodice block and

P a g e | 329

c) Rust (01) d) Halide (01) e) Blood (01) f) Coffee/Tea (01) g) Scorch (01) h) Paint (01) i) Oil (01) j) Curry (02) k) Pan (02)

Sleeve block for a child (07)

Half Yearly Examinations 03-10-2015 to 09-10-2015



NOV 2015 23

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

DEC 2015 24

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

P a g e | 330

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE : 405 SECOND YEAR

Month & no. of working days/No. of

periods Theory/No. of periods Practicals

Paper-1 Apparel Manufacture (Theory and Practical)

Paper-2 Fabric Embellishment (Theory and Practical)

Paper-3 Apparel & Fashion Designing


JUNE 2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Adaptation of Basic Sleeve: Adaptation of basic sleeve into different Sleeve types a) Puff sleeve variation (04) b) Bell sleeve (04) c) Bishop sleeve (04) d) Leg-O-Mutton (04) e) Kimono sleeve (03) f) Raglan sleeve (03)

Theory Periods : 22 1. Embroidery Stitches: a) Stem stitch (03) b) Chain stitch (03) c) Feather stitch (03) d) Satin (03) e) Button Hole (03) f) Fishbone (03) g) Couching (02) h) Herring bone (02)

Theory Periods: 22 1. Introduction to design elements: a) Line (05) b) Form (06) c) Colour (06) d) Texture (05)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Sleeves: a) Drafting of plain sleeve (11) b) Adaptation of plain sleeve to Puff sleeve (12)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Embroidery Stitches a) Stem stitch (03) b) Chain stitch (03) c) Twisted Chain (03) d) Magic chain (02) e) Double chain (02) f) Open Chain (02) g) Feather stitch (02) h) Satin stitch (02) i) Long and short stitch (02) j) Button Hole (02)

Practical Periods : 23 1. Principles of Designing a) Designing Garments (05) b) Principles and elements of design (06) c) Line (04) d) Form (04) e) Colour (04)

Assignment – I Assignment - 1 Assignment - 1

P a g e | 331

JULY 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 2. Creating Design variety a) Methods of creating variety in designing (06) b) Collar (05) c) Yokes (05) d) Pockets (06)

Theory Periods: 22 1. a) Rumanian stitch (03) b) French knot (03) c) Double knot (03) d) Bullion knot (03) e) Seed stitch (03) f) Pekinese stitch (03) g) Fly (04)

Theory Periods: 22 2. Principles of Design a) Harmony (04) b) Balance (04) c) Rhythm (05) d) Emphasis (05) e) Proportion (04)

Practical Periods: 25 1. Variation of sleeves a) Bell sleeve (03) b) Kimono sleeve (04) c) Raglan sleeve (04) d) Leg-O-Mutton (04) e) Stitching samples of set-in sleeve (04) f) Stitching samples of Raglan sleeve (03) g) Stitching samples of Kimono sleeve (03)

Practical Periods: 25 1. a) Fishbone (03) b) Couching (02) c) Herring bone (03) d) French knot (02) e) Double knot (03) f) Bullion knot (03) g) Seed stitch (03) h) Pekinese stitch (03) i) Fly (03)

Practical Periods : 25 2. a) Texture (05) b) Harmony (04) c) Balance (04) d) Rhythm (04) e) Emphasis (04) f) Proportion (04)




AUGUST 2015 23

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

SEPT 2015 23

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

OCT 2015 15

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

P a g e | 332

NOV 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 3. Grading: a) Introduction to Grading (02) b) Grading principles (02) c) Methods of Grading (03) d) Grading machine (06) 4. Commercial Sewing machines a) Types of machines (02) b) Features (02) c) Uses (02)

Theory Periods : 19 2. Study of handling different types of fabrics a) Crepe (02) b) Felt (02) c) Lace (02) d) Metallic fabrics (02) e) Jersey pile fabrics (02) f) Plastic fabrics (02) g) Sheer fabrics (02) h) Synthetic fabrics (02) i) Finished fabrics (03)

Theory Periods: 19 3. Colour a) Hue (04) b) Value (04) c) Intensity (04) d) Prang (04) e) Colour chart (03)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Collars a) Developing a bodice block (04) b) Drafting (04) c) Cutting and stitching (03) d) Peter pan collar (04) e) Mandarin (04) f) Sailor collar (04)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Fabric painting a) Handling brushes for various strokes(04) b) Types of strokes (04) c) Filling (05) d) Shading (05) e) Dry and wet techniques (05)

Practical Periods: 23 2. a) Colour (06) b) Prang colour chart (06) c) Colour harmonies (06) d) Application in garments (05)




DEC 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 5. Production process in industry a) Collecting materials for production (01) b) Laying (01) c) Making (01) d) Cutting (01) e) Stitching (01) f) Finishing (02) g) Checking (03) h) Laundering (03) i) Pressing (03)

Theory Periods: 19 3. Fabric painting a) Tools used (01) b) Types of paints (02) c) Types of brushes (02) d) Techniques used (02) e) Strokes (03) f) Filling (03) g) Shading (03) h) Dry and wet techniques (03)

Theory Periods: 19 3. f) Colour Harmonies (06) g) Colour expression (03) h) Warm and cool colours (05) i) Effect of colours (05)

P a g e | 333

j) Packaging (03)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Pockets Cutting and Stitching: a) Cutting and Stitching of Patch pocket (08) b) Cutting and Stitching of Bound pocket (07) c) Cutting and Stitching of pocket in a seam(08) Assignment-IV Unit Test – III

Practical Periods: 23 3. a) Patch work (05) b) Applique work (06) c) Types (05) d) Quilting (07) Assignment-IV Unit Test – III

Practical Periods: 23 3. a) Design development (03) b) Basic drawing of fashion (03) c) Details (03) d) Neck lines (04) e) Collar variation (03) f) Sleeve variation (03) g) Incorporating the developed details in garments (04) Assignment-IV Unit Test – III

JAN 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 6. Apparel industry terminology a) Costume (02) b) Ethnic (02) c) Apparel (02) d) Boutique (02) e) Classic (02) f) Fad (02) g) Silhouette (02) h) Comouflage (01) i) Courtier (01) j) Adaptation (01) k) Custom Made (01) l) Display (01) m) Accessories (01)

Theory Periods : 20 4. Patch Work, Applique Work and Quilting a) Patch Work (03) b) Plain (03) c) Printed (03) d)Quilting(03) e)Material used for filling(03) f)Stitches used for Patch Work, Applique Work and Quilting(05)

Theory Periods: 20 4. Basic Principles of Fashion Designing a) Factors to be considered in drawing dress designs for women and children(05) b) Structural Line(05) c) Choosing a right fabric for different types of figures(05) d)Selecting Style lines for different types of figures(05)

P a g e | 334

Practical Periods: 21 4. Womens Wear a) Drafting(04) b) Cutting and Stitching of Saree Petticoat(02) c) Saree Blouse (03) d)Kameez(02) e)Salwar or Chudidar Pyjama(03) 5. Material Requirement and Costing a) Calculating the material Requirement for different Garments (04) b) Calculating the cost of Finished Garments (03)

Practical Periods: 21 4. Traditional Textiles a) Kantha Work(03) b) Cut Work(03) c) Kashmiri embroidery (03) d) Lucknow Work (03) e) Mirror Work (03) f) Kasuti of Karnataka Work (03) g)Stitches Used (03)

Practical Periods: 21 4. a)Accessory Designing(03) b)Hats(03) c)Shoes(03) d)Hand Bags(03) e)Jewellery(03) 5. Basic Knowledge of Fashion Designing in Computers(06)

Pre-Final Examinations-I 23-01-2016 To 30-01-2016



FEB 2016 24 08

Theory Periods: 08 7. Quality Control a)Importance of quality control in garment industry (04) b)Specifications and Quality Control (04) Revision

Theory Periods : 08 5. Study of traditional embroidered textiles of India a) Kantha Work (01) b) Phulkari Work (02) c) Kashmiri Embroidery (02) d) Lucknow Work (01) e) Mirror Work (01) f) Kasuti Work (01) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 5. Accessories used in Fashion Designing a) Hats (01) b) Bags (01) c) Shoes (02) d) Scarfs (01) e) Belts (02) f) Jewellery (01) Revision

Pre-Final Examinations-II 2 week of February 2016



MAR 2016 21

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

P a g e | 335

FASHION AND GARMENT MAKING Basic aim of the course FASHION AND GARMENT MAKING is to impart the following skills in student. 1) Illustrate fashion figures skill fully. 2) Design garment which are functional and decorative. 3) Know to select appropriate fabrics suited to the design of the garment with special reference to color, texture and design of fabric. 4) Operate industrial modern machines. 5) Stitch and finish garment. 6) Quality assessment 7) Finishing and packaging.

P a g e | 336


FASHION GARMENT MAKING :: COURSE CODE: 406 :: FIRST YEAR Month & no. of working days/No. of

periods Theory/No. of periods Practical

Paper-1 Fundamentals of Garment Construction


Paper-2 Fundamentals of Textile Theory


Paper-3 Fashion and Apparel Designing


JUNE 2015 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Sewing equipment and tools a) Measuring (01) b) Marking (01) c) Cutting (01) d) General tools (01) e) Pressing tools (01) f) Selection (01) g) Use and care (01) 2. Sewing machines a) Types of sewing machines (01) b) Domestic models (02) c) Parts and Functions (02) d) Threading of machine (01) e) Machine adjustments (01) f) Stitch length (01) g) Tension (01) h) Changing the needle (01) i) Minor defects (01) j) Repair (01) k) Care of the sewing machine (02) l) Cleaning (01) m) Oiling (01)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Textile terms and definitions a) Fiber (01) b) Yarn (01) c) Filament (01) d) Staple (01) e) Count (01) f) Denier (01) g) Thermoplastic (01) h) Elasticity (01) i) Hydrophilic (01) j) Hydrophobic (01) k) Elongation (01) l) Absorbency (01) m) Luster (01) n) Heat (01) o) Sensitivity (01) p) Solubility, Resiliency, Cohesiveness (01) 2.Classification of Fibers: a) Natural (01) b) Vegetable (01) c) Animal (01) d) Mineral (01) e) Manmade Cellulosic (01)

Theory Periods : 23 1. Introduction to Design: 1.1 Elements of Designing a) Colour (02) b) Line (03) c) Texture (03) d) Shape (03) 1.2. Principles of Design a) Balance (03) b) Rhythm (02) c) Proportion (03) d) Harmony (02) e) Emphasis (02)

P a g e | 337

f) Synthetic Fibers (01) g) Classification by length, staple, Filament (01)

Practical Periods : 21 1. Stitches 1.1Basting stitches (01) a) Even (01) b) Uneven (01) c) Running (01) d) Back stitch (01) e) Run and back (01) f) Hemming (01) g) Slip hemming (01) h) Knotted hemming (02) 2. Seam and Seam Finishes a) Plain Seams (01) b) French seam (01) c) Run and fell seam (01) d) Lapped seam (02) e) Slot seam (01) f) Bound seam (01) g) Counter (01) 2.1 Seam Finishes a) Pinked finish (01) b) Edge stitch (01) c) Herring bone (01) d)Double stitch finish(01)

Practical Periods: 21 1. A. Identification of textile fibers a) Microscopic (10) b) Burning test (11)

Practical Periods : 21 1. Apparel Designs and their analysis a) Collection of Different dress designs from magazines (03) b) Papers (03) c) Other Publications (03) d) Analysis for Design Principles (05) e)Analysis of Design Elements (07)

Assignment – I Assignment - 1 Assignment – 1 JULY 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 3. Hand Sewing Techniques a) Temporary Stitches(01) b) Uneven and Even (01) c) Permanent Stitches (01) d) Running (01) e) Back Stitch (01)

Theory Periods : 23 3. Processing of cotton fibers and its properties a) Opening (01) b) Blending (01) c) Carding (01) d) Combing (01)

Theory Periods : 23 2. Colour and Colour Theory a) Colour (02) b) Prang colour chart (02) c) Hue (01) d) Value (01) e) Intensity (01)

P a g e | 338

f) Run and Back Stitch (01) g) Hemming (01) h) Slip Hemming (01) i) Knotted Hemming (01) j) Suitability of Stitches for various fabric types (01) 4. Seam and Seam Finishes 4.1Importance and Types a) Plain Seams (01) b) French seam (01) c) Flat and fell seam (01) d) Lapped seam (01) e) Bound seam (01) g) Counter (01) h) Suitability of seams to various fabric types and end uses (01) 4.2 Seam Finishes a) Pinking finish (01) b) Edge stitch (02) c)Double stitch finish (01) d)Suitability on different fabrics (02)

e) Drawing (01) f) Spinning (01) g) Physical Properties (01) h) Chemical Properties (01) 4. Processing of Wool fibers and its properties a) Types of Wool (01) b) Pulled Lambs Wool (01) c) Processing (01) d) Shearing (01) e) Sorting (02) f) Scouring (02) g) Oiling (02) h) Dying (01) i) Physical Properties (02) j) Chemical Properties (02)

f) Tints (01) g) Shades(01) h) Colour Harmonies (02) i) Monochromatic (02) j) Complementary(02) k) Split Complementary (02) l) Analogous (02) m) Triad (02) n) Use of colour in designing (02)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Fullness a) Tucks (04) b) Pleats (04) c) Gathers (04) d) Shirring (04) e) Ruffles (02) f) Godets (02) g)Smocking (03)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Preparation of weaves a) Plain(08) b) Twill (08) c) Satin (07)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Exercises on Colour a) Prang colour chart (03) b)Preparation of Prang colour chart (03) c) Creation of Colours for Hue and Intensity (03) d) Colour Value (03) e) Shades Charts (04) f) Creation of harmonies (04)




AUG 2015

Theory Periods : 20 5. Creating Fullness in garments

Theory Periods: 20 5. Processing Silk Fiber and its

Theory Periods : 20 3. Introduction to elements of fashion

P a g e | 339

23 20 19

a) Tucks (02) b) Pleats (02) c) Pin (01) b) Shell (02) e) Cross (02) f) Knife (02) g) Inverted Box (01) h) Gathering (02) i) Shirring(01) j) Ruffles (01) k) Godets (01) l) Smocking (01) m) Preparation and Stitches used (02)

properties a) History of Silk(01) b) Cultivation of silk worm (01) c) Processing (01) d) Sorting(01) e) Softening(01) f) Reeling (01) g) Spinning (01) h) Gathering (01) 5.1 Properties a)Physical (01) b)Chemical (01) 6. Origin Manufacture and Properties of man made cellulose Rayon Fiber a) Manufacture (01) b) Processing (01) c) Spinning (02) d) Dyeing (02) 6.1 Properties a)Physical (02) b)Chemical (02)

a) Classification of fashion(01) b) Definition of fashion (01) c) Fashion Terminology(01) d) Fashion(01) e) Style (01) f) Garment (01) g) Silhouette (01) h) Avant Garde (01) i) Fad (01) j) Craze (01) k) Classic (01) l) Couture (01) m) Knock-offs (01) n) Fashion Cycle (01) o) Importance and lengths of cycles(01) p) Fashion Theories (01) q) Trickle down (01) r) Bottom up (01) s) Trickle across (01) t) Silhouettes and their types (01)

Practical Periods: 19 4. Plackets a) Continuous (04) b) Bound (05) c) Zipper(05) d) Kalidar Kurta Placket (05)

Practical Periods: 19 3. Identification of weaves a) Plain(06) b) Twill (07) c) Satin (06)

Practical Periods: 19 3. Sketching croqui a) Sketching of normal and fashion croqui (11) b) Planning page and proportions (04) c) Drawing 10 head figure (04) d) Drawing stick figure (04) e) Drawing geometric figure (02) d) Fleshing out (04)




SEPT 2015

Theory Periods: 20 6. Placket Openings

Theory Periods: 20 7. Origin, Manufacture and

Theory Periods: 20 4. Designing Process

P a g e | 340

23 20 19

a) Standards of a good placket (02) b) Types (01) c) Continuous (01) d) Bound and Faced (01) e) Zipper (02) f) Tailored (03) 7. Methods of finishing neck lines a) Bias strip and its preparation (03) b) Application of bias facing (03) c) Application of bias binding(02) d) Application of fitted facing (02)

Properties of man made synthetic fiber Polyester a) Manufacture (01) b) Processing (02) c) Spinning (02) d) Dyeing (02) 7.1 Properties a)Physical (01) b)Chemical (01) 8. Types of Yarns A. Classification a) Simple (01) b) Double (01) c) Ply(01) d) Cord (02) e) Novelty Yarns (01) f) Fancy Yarns (02) g) Yarn Twist (02) h) Yarn Fineness (01)

a) Theme based designing fashion(08) b) Designing fashion illustrations (06) c) Colours (03) d) Textures (03)

Practical Periods: 19 5. Fasteners a) Types of Fasteners used for various garments (09) b) Selection(05) c) Application Methods(05)

Practical Periods: 19 4. a) Collection of samples (10) b) Identification for construction processes (09)

Practical Periods: 19 4. Drawing facial Features front view, profile view in different levels a) Placing hair line(03) b) Mouth(02) c) Eyes (03) d) Nose (03) 4.2 Drawing hair styles a) Sketching basic silhouette(04) b) Drawing clusters and filling in hair (04)




P a g e | 341

OCT 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 8. Types of Fasteners and their suitability to different openings a) Buttons & Button holes (01) b) Hooks & Eyes (01) c) Metal buttons (01) d) Thread (01) e) Press Buttons (01) f) Fancy Buttons (01) g) Suitability (01) h) Positioning (02) i) Stitching of fasteners (03)

Theory Periods : 12 9. Fabric Construction Methods a) Weaving (02) b) Knitting (01) c) Felting (02) d) Non Woven (03) e) Laces (02) f) Nets (02)

Theory Periods: 12 5. Designers of India a) Famous Designers of India (06) b) Explain about any ten designers and their work for fashion Industry (06)

Practical Periods : 14 6. Neck-line finishes a) Making bias strip (01) b) Bias Facing (01) c) Binding, Fitting facing (01) 7. Embroidery a) Chain (01) b) Stem (01) c) Feather (01) d) Button Hole (01) e) Fish Bone (01) f) Couching (01) g) Hering Bone (01) h) Rumanian (01) i) French Knot, Double Knot, Bullian Knot (02) j) Seed Stitch, Fly (01)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Collection of different types of Yarns (14)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Figure Analysis a) Explain about Figure Analysis (05) b) About proper placement of Style Lines(04) c) Moving the figure for various poses (05)




NOV 2015/23

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

DEC 2015/24

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

P a g e | 342

JAN 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 9. Importance of paper patterns a) Types of paper patterns (08) b) Contents of patterns (08) c) Uses(04)

Theory Periods: 20 10. Textile Finishes a) Classification of finishes (04) b) Mechanical(04) c) Chemical (04) d) Calendaring (04) e) Singeing (04)

Theory Periods: 20 6. Fashion and Fabric Information a) By Different media like films (08) b) News papers (06) c) Magazines (06)

Practical Periods : 18 8. Taking Body Measurements and making paper patterns a) Basic Bodice (06) b) Sleeve Patterns (06) c) Marking Patterns (06)

Practical Periods: 18 6. Collection of different types of Finishes (18)

Practical Periods : 18 6. Analysis of Hand ,Legs and Feet a) Rectangle Formula of Hands (06) b) Drawing Geometric Form (06) c) Drawing Front view (06)




FEB 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods : 17 10. Body Measurements a) Principles and Rules in measuring (09) b) Direct and standard system of measurements (08)

Theory Periods: 17 10. Textile Finishes f) Tentering (04) g) Napping (04) h) Mercerising (05) i) Bleaching, Burnt Out (05)

Theory Periods : 17 6. Fashion and Fabric Information d) Fashion Services (08) e) Fashion Advertisements (09)

Practical Periods : 21 9. Drafting cutting and stitching of children’s Wear Jhangia(11) Jabla(10) Revision

Practical Periods : 21 6. finishes and their analysis(21) Revision

Practical Periods : 21 6. Analysis of hand , legs and feet d)Drawing Profile view(11) e) feet formula (10) Revision




MAR 2016/21

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

P a g e | 343

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 FASHION GARMENT MAKING COURSE CODE: 406 SECOND YEAR

Month & no. of working days/No. of periods Theory/No. of periods Practical

Paper-1 Advanced Dress Designing (Theory and Practical)

Paper-2 Traditional Textiles (Theory and Practical)

Paper-3 Fashion Garment Designing (Theory and Practical)

JUNE 2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Garment Making Principles a) Drafting (01) b) Draping (01) c) Flat Pattern Designing (01) d) Advantages and Disadvantages of above(02) 2. Handling methods for various Fabrics: a) Handling of Chiffon (01) b) Georgette (02) c) Pile Fabrics (02) d) Velvets (02) e) Lace Fabrics (02) f) One way design Fabrics (02) g) Satins (01) h) Fabric Preparation Techniques (02) i) Types of layouts (01) j) Cutting Methods (02)

Theory Periods : 22 1. Study of Motifs: a) Types of motifs (04) b) Geometric (04) c) Natural (04) d) Abstract (05) e) Stylized (04)

Theory Periods : 22 1. Designing through flat pattern technique: a) Principles (05) b) Terminology (05) c) Material Used (06) d) Techniques followed (06)

Practical Periods : 23 1. Designing Yoke Designs: a) Cutting and stitching record samples with various yoke designs(23)

Practical Periods : 23 1. Motifs: a) Collection of designs and identification of different types of motifs(06) b) Geometric (01) c) Natural (01)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Sketching Garments and garment details a) Sketching different Neck Lines(11) b) Sketching different Collars(12)

P a g e | 344

d) Abstract (01) e) Stylized (01) f) Types of layouts (03) g) Side and Half Drop (02) h) Border (02) i) All Over (01) j) Creating different designs for record(05)

Assignment – I Assignment - 1 Assignment – 1

JULY 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 3. Selection of clothing a) Selection of fabrics (02) b) Garment Styles According to age(01) c) Occasion (01) d) Figure Type (01) e) Fashion (02) f) Colour suitability for children (01) g) Colour suitability for Adolescents (01) h) Colour suitability for Adults (01) i) Colour suitability for Old age People(01) 4. Types of sleeves a) Basic sleeve and its adaptation into different sleeve types (02) b) Puff sleeve and its variation (01) c) Bell sleeve (01) d) Bishop sleeve (01) e) Kimono sleeve (01) f) Raglan sleeve (01) g) Umbrella sleeve (01) h) Leg-O-Mutton (01) i) Suitability of sleeve types to figure types(02)

Theory Periods : 22 1. B.Types of Layouts a) Side and Half Drop(06) b) Border (06) c) All Over Motifs of India (06) d) Styles and Colour Combinations (04)

Theory Periods : 22 2. Designing through Draping a) Basic Tools (11) b) Principles of Draping (11)

P a g e | 345

Practical Periods: 25 1. Creating different Sleeve Styles a) Drafting of plain sleeve (02) b) Adoptation of plain sleeve to puff sleeve and its variation (04) c) Bell sleeve (02) d) Kimono sleeve (04) e) Raglan sleeve (04) f) Bishop sleeve (03) g) Leg-O-Mutton (03) h) Preparation of samples for record (03)

Practical Periods: 25 2. Stencil Printing a) With Traditional and Stylized motifs for pillow cover (07) b) Tray Cloth(07) c) Fabric Painting (11)

Practical Periods: 25 1. c) Sketching Sleeves(04) d) Skirts (04) e) Pants (04) f) Blouses (09) g) Overcoats and cowls (04)




AUGUST 2015/23

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

SEPT 2015/23

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

OCT 2015/15

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

ON THE JOB TRAINING

NOV 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 5. Drafting Yokes: a) Definition (05) b) Types of yokes(04) c) Selection of yoke design for different dresses (05) d) Creating variety (05)

Theory Periods: 19 2. Hand Woven fabrics of India a) Study of Ducca Muslins (02) b) Chanderi (02) c) Patola (02) d) Paithani (02) e) Pithambari (02) f) Himrus-Amrus (02) g) Baluchar (02) h) Buttedar (02) i) Pochampalli (02) j) Motifs used ,colours used in these textiles (01)

Theory Periods: 19 3. Fashion Scenario (09) 4. Status of Indian Apparel Industry (10)

P a g e | 346

Practical Periods: 23 3. Creating different Collars a) Developing collars using bodice blocks (03) b) Peter pan collar (04) c) Mandarin (04) d) Scalloped collar (03) e) Sailor collar (03) f) Preparation of samples for record (06)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Simple Dyeing a) Dyeing fabrics with direct dyes(23)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Fashion Accessories a) Sketching Accessories (07) b) Bags (02) c) Hats (03) d) Shoes (03) e) Scarves (03) f) Belts (03) g) Buckles (02)




DEC 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 5. Drafting of collars a) Introduction to different collar types (06) b) Terms used in collars (07) c) Creating variety in collar designs (06)

Theory Periods : 19 3. Traditional Dyed, Painted,and printed textiles of India a) Bandhanis (04) b) Kalamkari (05) c) Mahubani Batik (05) d) Other Resist Dyed Textiles (05)

Theory Periods: 19 5. Fashion Accessories a) Bags (02) b) Shoes (02) c) Jewellery (02) d) Hats (02) e) Scarves (02) f) Ties (02) g) Belts (02) h) Buckles (02) i) Terminology used in various designs (03)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Women’s Wear a) Drafting,Cutting and Stitching (06) b) Six Gore Saree Petticoat (03) c) Saree Blouse (06) d) Kameez (04) e) Salwar or chudidar pyjama (04)

Practical Periods: 23 4 Tie and Dye. a) Techniques (10) b) Making ten samples with direct dye (13)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Themes Profiles a) Developing various themes and designing garment lines with swatch board (07) b) Colour Board (04) c) Forecast for different Seasons (07) d) Adopting Traditional Costumes of India (05)

Assignment-IV Assignment-IV Assignment-IV

P a g e | 347

Unit Test – III Unit Test – III Unit Test – III JAN 2015 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 7. Pattern Grading a) Introduction to grading(03) b) Grading principles (04) c) Methods of grading (04) d) Grading machine (04) e) Grading Procedure for basic slopers (05)

Theory Periods: 20 3. e)Printed Textiles of Rajasthan(09) f) Process (05) g) Designs and colours used for different types mentioned above (06)

Theory Periods: 20 6. Study on different Costume Styles of India a) Andhra Pradesh(03) b) TamilNadu(02) c) Karnataka(03) d) Maharastra (02) e) Punjab (02) f) Rajasthan (03) g) Kashmir (02) h) Gujarat (03)

Practical Periods: 21 5. Designing garments for different age groups a) Designing garment styles suitable for Children (03) b) Designing garment styles suitable for Adolescents (06) c) Designing garment styles suitable for men and women and rendering them in colour (03) d) Collection of dress designs and adaptation of the same to new designs(03) 6. Garment Costing a) Estimating the material Requirement for different Garments stitched (03) b) Calculating the cost of Finished garments(03)

Practical Periods: 21 5. Embroidered Textiles a) Creating traditional designs for different end uses (07) b) Sample making of any two types of traditional embroideries for record(07) 6. Visit to Museum / Trade Shows (07)

Practical Periods: 21 4. Designing through flat pattern technique a) Principles (03) b) Terminology (03) c) Material Used (03) d) Techniques Followed (03) 5. Designing through Draping a) Basic Tools (03) b) Principles of Draping (06)




FEB 2016 24

Theory Periods: 08 8. Automation in garment industry a) Importance (02)

Theory Periods: 08 4. Traditional embroidered textiles of India

Theory Periods: 08 7. Fashion Merchandising and marketing

P a g e | 348

08

b) Laying (02) c) Cutting(01) d) Sewing (02) e) Finishing Equipment (01) Revision

a) Banjara Work (01) b) Kutch Work (01) c) Kasheeda Embroidery (01) d) Kasuti Work (01) e) Kantha Work (01) f ) Chickankari Embroidery (01) g) Chambarumals Work (01) h) Phulkari Work (01) Revision

a) Basic Terminology (02) b) Core concepts (02) c) Product Development (01) d) Product Pricing (01) e) Branded versus Unbranded items (02) Revision




MAR 2016 21

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

P a g e | 349

HOTEL OPERATIONS The basic aim of the course HOTEL OPERATIONS is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Front Office Assistant.

b) Bill Desk assistant.

c) Captain/Supervisor.

d) Butler/personal valet.

e) Steward.

f) Room attendant

g) Hospital catering.

h) Industrial catering.

P a g e | 350

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16 HOTEL OPERATIONS COURSE CODE: 407 FIRST YEAR

Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical

FOOD PRODUCTION-1 (Theory Paper I)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE-1 (Theory Paper II)

ROOM DIVISION MANAGEMENT-I (Theory Paper III)

June 25 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO COOKERY (2) 1.1 Culinary History: Indian Regional Cuisine, French & International Cuisines (6) 1.2 Aims & Objectives of Cooking – Effect of cooking, characteristics of raw materials: salt, liquids, sweetening, fats & oils, thickening & binding agents, flavourings & seasonings, spices & herbs (6) 1.3 Preparation of Ingredients: (5) Mise-en-place Terms used inpreparation of food 1.4 Texture (3)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY (23 ) 1.1 Growth and development of catering industry (4) 1.2 Career opportunities (3) 1.3 Classification of catering industry (10) 1.4 Types of service operations (6)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY 1.1 Evolution and growth of the Hospitality Industry (5) Indian International 1.2 Classification of hotels (10) Size Target Market Levels of service Management & affiliation Star categorization in India 5.3 Types of rooms (5) 5.4 Examples of hotels in each category (3)

FOOD PRODUCTION-I (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21

1. Identification of various Kitchen Equipment, their utility, precautions in handling & maintenance (7)

2. Introduction to raw materials – identification & uses of perishable &

(FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE-1) (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 21 a) Introduction to various terms used in F&B service (6) b) Display of commonly used cutlery, crockery, flatware, hollowware, glassware, furniture (10)

ROOM DIVISION MANAGEMENT-I (Practical Paper III) Practical periods: 21 1.Grooming for hotel front office & housekeeping staff (10) 2.Understanding various forms used at Front office and filling with relevant data (9)

P a g e | 351

non-perishable materials (5) 3. Basic vegetable cutting: Fish Cuts,

Chicken cuts(9)

c) Display of special equipment (5)


July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 2.0 PRINCIPLES OF COOKING & MENU PLANNING (3) 2.1 Cooking techniques (10) Methods of heat transfer Different methods of cooking & their basic rules Infra-red cooking Microwave cooking 2.2 Principles of Menu Planning – points to be considered while planning (10)

Theory Periods: 23 2.0 F&B SERVICE ORGANIZATION (23) 2.1 Classification of F&B service department in a hotel (4) 2.2 Staff organization of F&B service department– Duties & responsibilities (8) 2.3 Coordination with other departments (5) 2.4 Attributes of a waiter (6)

Theory Periods: 23 2.0 ROOMS DIVISION – INTRODUCTION (1) 2.1 Functional organization of an all service hotel (3) 2.2 Functional organization of a Rooms division (3) 2.3 Understanding the difference in functional organization, service & facilities between different star categorized hotels (4) 2.4 Hierarchy of Front Office & House Keeping brigades(3) 2.5 Job descriptions of the Accommodation department staff (4) 2.6 Interdepartmental coordination between Front Office & other departments (2) 2.7 Attributes of Front office & Housekeeping staff (3)

Practical Periods: 23 4. Menu 1: Plain Rice, Cabbage foogath, Tomato dal, Cuchumber salad (5) 5. Menu 2: Plain rice, Rasam, Sambar, Bhendi fry (6) 6. Menu 2: Pulihora/Lemon rice, Tomato peanut chutney (6) 7. Menu 3: Tomato rice, Cucumber raita, Aloo Jeera, Chapati (6)

Practical Periods: 23 2.0 MISE-EN-SCENE AND MISE-EN-PLACE (3) 2.1 Cleaning and polishing of cutlery crockery, flatware, hollowware, glassware, furniture (8) 2.2 Setting up the side station (3) 2.3 Laying and relaying table cloth (3) 2.4 Laying different types of covers (6)

Practical Periods: 23 3.Understanding various forms used at Housekeeping and filling with relevant data (13) 4. Drafting layout of Front Office department – Front & back areas (10)




P a g e | 352

Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 3.0 UNDERSTANDING MAJOR COOKING INGREDIENTS (1) 3.1 Cooking Pulses, rice & cereals (3) 3.2 Vegetable cookery –Classification, composition, cuts & dishes (3) 3.3 Egg Cookery – Structure, composition, use in cookery & bakery, dishes (3) 3.4 Fish cookery –Classification, cuts, selection & purchase guidelines, dishes (3) 3.5 Poultry & Game Cookery –Classification, cuts of chicken, dishes (3) 3.6 Meat Cookery – Pre slaughtering stages, factors affecting quality of meat, tenderizing meat, various cuts of Beef, veal & pork (4)

Theory Periods: 20 3.0 RESTAURANT OPERATIONS (20) 3.1 Restaurant equipments : Types, standard sizes,care & maintenance, cleaning & polishing (5) 3.2 Duties of a waiter (2) 3.3 Mise-en-scene & Miseen-place (3) 3.4 Rules to be observed while laying a table and waiting at a table (3) 3.5 Guest cycle (2) 3.4 Types and styles of food & beverage service (5)

Theory Periods: 20 3.0ROOMS DIVISION LAYOUT (1) 3.1 Layout of hotel lobby (3) 3.2 Layout of hotel housekeeping (3) 3.3 Linen room & Laundry (3) 4.0 FRONT OFFICE OPERATIONS (10) 4.1 Guest cycle (3) 4.2 Formats and equipment used in front office (2) 4.3 Categorization of guests (3) a. FIT b. Groups c. Crews etc… 4.4 Associated functions in the guest cycle and the operating staff (2)

Practical Periods: 19 8. Menu 4: Jeera Rice, Dal fry, Egg curry, Roti, Green salad (6) 9. Menu 5: Vegetable Pulao, Boondi Raita, Bagara baingan, Rava kesari (6) 10. Menu 6: Egg preparation (boiled egg, fried egg, scrambled egg, omlette, poached egg ) (7)

Practical Periods: 19 2.5 Napkin folds (19)

Practical Periods: 19 5.Drafting layout of House Keeping department – Linen room, laundry, Housekeeping (9) 6.Bed making practical (10)




Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 4.0 BASIC PREPARATIONS (1) 4.1 Stocks: Definition, types & preparation (3) 4.2 Sauces: Definition, types & preparation, dishes (4) 4.3 Soups: Definition, classification, preparation, International soups (5) 4.4 Salads: parts of salad, classification & types, dressings, classical examples (4)

Theory Periods: 20 factors to be considered while deciding upon style of service (20) i.Table service: Silver service, American Service English service, French service Russian service, Gueridon service Bar ii. Assisted service, Carvery Buffet iii. Self service, Counter service

Theory Periods: 20 4.5 Basis of charging room tariff (5) a. Check in checkout basis b. 24 hr basis c. Packages 4.6 Different types of tariff (6) a. Rack rate/printed tariff b. Discounted rates 4.7 Food plans (4) 4.8 Basis for pricing a room (5)

P a g e | 353

4.5 Garnishes & Accompaniments (3) Free flow, Echelon Super market iv. Single point service Take away, Drive through Fast food, Vending Kiosk, Food court v. Specialized form of service, Tray service, Trolley Home delivery, Lounge Room service, Drive in, Room service 4.4 MEALS & MENU PLANNING 4.1 Origin and functions of menu 4.2 Objectives of menu planning 4.3 Types of menu 4.4 Courses of French

a. Hubbart’s formula b. Rule of thumb c. Market condition approach d. Day rate. e. Hourly rate

Practical Periods: 19 11Menu 7: Preparation of stocks (6) 12 Menu 8: Preparation of basic mother sauces (13)

Practical Periods: 19 3.0 SERVICE: GUEST CYCLE (Welcoming to Farewell) (19) 3.1 Welcoming (4) 3.2 Escorting (2) 3.3 Seating (2) 3.4 Water service (1) 3.5 Placing the napkin (2) 3.6 Presenting the menu (2) 3.7 Order taking (3) 3.8 Soup service and clearance (3)

Practical Periods: 20 7.Uses of various cleaning equipment – brooms, mops, vacuum cleaners etc…(14) 8. Telephone etiquettes (6)




Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 5.0 KITCHEN OPERATIONS (1) 5.1 The Hierarchy (1) 5.2 Attitude towards work (3) 5.3 Grooming & Personal hygiene (2) 5.4 Duties & responsibilities (3) 5.5 Coordination with other (2)

Theory Periods: 12 4.0 MEALS & MENU PLANNING (2) 4.1 Origin and functions of menu (3) 4.2 Objectives of menu planning (2) 4.3 Types of menu (5)

Theory Periods: 12 5.0 RESERVATIONS (1) 5.1 Importance of reservations (1) 5.2 Formats & reports used at reservations (2) 5.3 Handling telephonic reservations (2) 5.4 Telephone etiquettes (3) Telephone equipment used

P a g e | 354

Standard phrases Handling calls for reservations Handling calls for enquiries 5.5 Handling reservations via other media (2) 5.6 Understanding CVGR and credit lists (1)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Menu 9: Cream of spinach soup, parsley potato, Vegetable au gratin,Fruit custard (4) 14. Menu 10: Cream of tomato soup, glazed vegetables, Potato croquettes, Roast chicken (5) 15. Menu 11: Peas pulao, Kadhai vegetables, Kadhai chicken, Rice kheer (5)

Practical Periods: 14 3.9 Main course service (Platter to plate and pre-plated) and clearance (6) 3.10 Crumbing down procedure (1) 3.11 Service of dessert (2) 3.12 Settling the bill (3) 3.13 Farewell (2)

Practical Periods: 14 9.Taking reservations – phone, Travel agents, Companies, Groups, crews etc… (14)




Nov 2015 23

OJT

OJT OJT

Dec 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 6.0 KITCHEN CONTROLS (1) 6.1 Standard recipe system (2) 6.2 Portion control(2) 6.3 Food cost control (2) 6.4 Waste management (2) 6.5 Garbage disposal (2) 7.0 INTRODUCTION TO BAKERY& CONFECTIONERY (1) 7.1 Basic principles of Bakery & bakery terms (4) 7.2 Bread (4) Role of various ingredients in bread making Methods of bread making

Theory Periods: 20 4.4 Courses of French classical menu (6) 4.5 Types of meals: (4) i.Early morning tea ii.Breakfast (Continental,English, American,Indian) iii.Brunch iv.Lunch v.Afternoon / High tea vi.Dinner vii.Supper 4.6 Non-alcoholic beverages (6) i. Classification (Nourishing,Stimulating & Refreshing)

Theory Periods: 20 6.0 BELL DESK/CONCIERGE –UNIFORMED STAFF (1) 6.1 Organization of bell desk (1) 6.2 Hierarchy of bell desk (1) 6.3 Duties & responsibilities of bell desk staff (2) 6.4 Role of bell desk during check in & check out of guests (2) 6.5 Information directory (2) a. Local site seeing b. Shopping 6.6 Attributes of bell desk personnel (2) 7.0 HOUSE KEEPING (1)

P a g e | 355

Faults & remedies ii. Tea: Origin, manufacturing, types & brands iii. Coffee: Origin,manufacturing, types & brands iv. Juices & soft drinks: Brand names of juices, softdrinks, mineral water, tonic water, energy drinks v. Cocoa and malted beverages: origin and manufacture 4.7 Tobacco (4) i. History ii. Processing of cigarettes, pipe tobacco and cigars iii. Cigars: Parts, shapes, colours, sizes, service, storage

7.0 Cleaning Equipment and its uses (4) Classification of equipment Mechanical equipment Containers, brushes, mops & broom 7.3 Cleaning agents and their uses (4)Classification of cleaning agents Types

Practical Periods: 18 16. Menu 12: Coconut rice, Mutton korma, Vegetable korma, Semia payasam (5) 17. Menu 13: Mulligatawny soup, Vegetable cutlets, Fish Colbert MDH butter, Bread rolls (5) 18. Menu 13: Bread rolls (8)

Practical Periods: 18 4.0 SERVICE OF NON- ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES & TOBACCO: 4.1 Tray setup for tea and coffee service (4) 4.2 Service of juices and aerated water (4) 4.3 Tray setup for breakfast and afternoon tea service (6) 4.4 Service of cigarettes and cigars (4)

Practical Periods: 18 1. Bell desk responsibilities (10) 2. General knowledge – countries,

capitals, currencies & airlines Local sightseeing shopping, Places of Tourist, Pilgrim interest in India & International (8)




Feb 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 7.3 Cakes – Types,manufacturing process,faults & remedies (5) 7.4 Cookies: Types, making, faults & remedies (5) 7.5 Sugar: Importance of sugar, types of sugar, various Stages of sugar cookery (7)

Theory Periods: 17 5.0 SIMPLE CONTROL SYSTEMS (1) 5.1 Necessity of control system in a restaurant (2) 5.2 Functions of a control system (3) 5.3 Forms of KOTs’ and Bills (4) 5.4 Triplicate checking system (2) 5.5 Cash handling equipment (3) 5.6 Record keeping (2)

Theory Periods: 17 7.4 Guest Supplies (2) 7.5 Bed making (2) 7.6 Various formats used in House keeping (4) 8.0 COMPUTERIZATION OF HOTELS (1) 8.1 Names of software used at hotel (3) 8.2 Advantages & disadvantages of computers (2)

P a g e | 356

Practical Periods:21 19. Cake making: Basic sponge (14) 20. Cookies: Nan khatai, melting moments (7) Revision

Practical Periods:21 5.0 ROOM SERVICE 5.1 Tray setup for breakfast lunch, dinner, tea etc (10) 5.2 Order taking, service and clearance(11) Revision

8.3 Equipment used in IT department (3) Practical Periods:21 11.Information directory: Train timings, Flight timings, Theatre & show timings, Local handicrafts & handlooms (21) Revision

March 2016 21


P a g e | 357

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-16 HOTEL OPERATIONS COURSE CODE: 407 SECOND YEAR


FOOD PRODUCTION-II (Theory Paper I)

FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE-II (Theory Paper II)

ROOM DIVISION OPERATIONS-II (Theory Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 INDIAN CUISINE (1) 1.1 Introduction to Indian food (2) 1.2 Spices used in Indian cookery (4) 1.3 Masala mix used (2) 1.4 Basic gravies (2) 1.5 Famous cuisines of India– (concise) (12) Kashmiri Punjabi Mughalai & Awadhi Hyderabadi

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE(2) 1.1. Introduction and definition (1) 1.2 Production of alcoholic (4) Fermentation process, Distillation process Classification with examples 1.3WINES (4) A. Definition & history B. Classification with example Table/still/natural, Sparkling Fortified, Aromatized 1.4. Production of wines (2) 1.5 Food & Wine Harmony (2) 1.6 Storage of wines Wine terminology (English &French) (2) 1.7 BEER (5) A. Introduction & Definition B. Types of Beer C. Production of Beer D. Storage

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 FRONT OFFICE BASICS(1) Guest Cycle –recapitulation (5) Understanding the relation between Reservations & Registration (4) 1.3Interdepartmental coordination between Front Office & House Keeping (5) Glossary of terms used at Front Office & House Keeping (8)

FOOD PRODUCTION-II (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Basic Indian gravies – Red, yellow, green,

FOOD AND BEVERAGE SERVICE-II (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 23 1.0 Dispense Bar – Organizing Mise-en-

ROOM DIVISION OPERATIONS-II Practical Periods:23 1.Filling of various forms used during registration during check-in and check-out at

P a g e | 358

brown & white gravy (13) 2. Menu 1: Kashmiri Pulao, Mutton roganjosh, Chaman kaliyan,Dum aloo kashmiri, Kongeh Phirin(Suji phirni with saffron) (5) 3. Menu 2: Moti pulao, Amritsari machchi, Rajma masala, Tandoori murgh, Tandoori roti, Gajar ka halwa (5)

place (3) 1.1 Task-01 Wine service equipment (3) 1.2 Task-02 Beer service equipment (3) 1.3 Task-03 Cocktail bar equipment (3) 1.4 Task-04 Bar stock - alcoholic & non-alcoholic beverages (3) 1.5 Task-05 Bar accompaniments & garnishes (3) 1.6 Task-06 Bar accessories & disposables (5)

Reception, Cash counter, Bell desk & House Keeping (23)


July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 Gujarati (2) Rajasthani (2) Marathi (3) Bengali (3) Goan (2) Chettinad (2) Kerala (4) Andhra (4)

Theory Periods: 22 1.8 SPRITS ( 2) A. Introduction and Definition (2) B. Production of spirits (6) Pot –still method Patent still method C. Production of (8) Whisky, Rum, Gin, Brandy Vodka, Tequila D. Different Proof spirit (4) American Proof British Proof (Sikes scale) Gay Lussac (OIML Scale)

Theory Periods: 22 2.0 REGISTRATION (2) 2.1 Formats used at hotel reception (4) 2.2 A day as a front office assistant (4) a. Pre registration of guests b. VIP blocks c. Rooms inventory d. Flight schedule 2.3 Check in procedure for (6) a. FIT i. DFIT ii. FFIT b. Group/Crew c. VIP/CIP/DG d. Walk in 2.4 Check in procedure (5) a.Receiving of guests b.Filling of relevant forms c.Key handling d.Mode of payment & advance payment policy 2.5 Room allotment (1)

P a g e | 359

Practical Periods: 25 4. Menu 3: Galouti kabab, Yakhni pulao, Mughlai paratha, Gosht do pyaza, Paneer pasanda, Muzzafar (5) 5. Menu 4: Kachche gosht ki/Vegetable biryani, Dum ka murgh, Mirchi ka saalan, Khubani ka meetha (5) 6. Menu 5: Saarki, Brown rice, Oondyu, Gujrati dal, Mohanthal (5) 7. Menu 6: Gatte ka pulao, Dal, Bhati, Choorma, Laal maas, Moongdal halwa (5) 8. Menu 7: Masala bhat, Kolhapuri mutton/ vegetable, Amti, puranpoli (5)

Practical Periods: 25 2.0Service of Wines (6) Task-01 Service of Red Wine Task-02 Service of White/Rose Wine Task-03 Service of Sparkling Wines Task-04 Service of Fortified Wines Task-05 Service of Aromatized Wines 2.1 Service of Beer (5) Task-01 Service of Bottled & canned Beers Task-02 Service of Draught Beers

Practical Periods: 25 2.Guest pre-registration & registration procedure (15) 3. Bell desk operations (10)




Aug 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 15

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods:19 2.0 INTERNATIONAL CUISINES (3) 2.1 French & nouvelle cuisine (6)) 2.2 Italian cuisine (4) 2.3 Oriental cuisine (4)

Theory Periods: 19 2.0 DISPENSE & COCKTAIL BARS (2) 2.1. Introduction and definition (2) 2.2 Bar layout- physical layout of bar (5) 2.3 Bar stock- alcohol & non alcohol beverages (5) 2.4 Bar equipments (5)

Theory Periods:19 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES DURING GUEST STAY (1) 3.1 Message handling (1) 3.2 Paging (1) 3.3 Mail handling (2) 3.4 Complaint handling etc…(2) 4.0 CHECK OUT AND SETTLEMENT OF BILLS (1) 4.1 Standard guest check out procedure (2) 4.2 Check out procedure at Front Office & House Keeping (4) 4.3 Handling various methods of payment (5) a. Cash

P a g e | 360

b. Credit card c. Bill to company d. Travel agents vouchers etc…

Practical Periods:22 9. Menu 8: Ghee bhat, Luchi, Macher jhol, Shukto, Mishti doi (4) 10. Menu 9: Prawn pulao, Mutton vindaloo, Tur daal sorak, Dodal (4) 11. Menu 10: Coconut rice, Chicken chettinad, Malabar paratha, Palpayasam (4) 12. Menu 11: Aapam, Stew, Meen poriyal, Avial, Pumpkin erissery,Ada pradaman (5) 13. Menu 12: Plain rice , Mudda pappu, Chepala pulusu, Bendakaya vepudu, Khaja (5)

Practical Periods: 23 2.2 Service of Spirits (13) Task-01 Service styles – neat/on-the-rocks/with appropriate mixers Task-02 Service of Whisky Task-03 Service of Vodka Task-04 Service of Rum Task-05 Service of Gin Task-06 Service of Brandy Task-07 Service of Tequila 2.3 Matching Wines with Food (10) Task-01 Menu Planning with accompanying Wines

• Continental Cuisine • Indian Regional Cuisine

Task-02 Table laying & Service of menu with accompanying Wines

• Continental Cuisine • Indian Regional Cuisine

Practical Periods: 23 4.Guest complaint handling role plays (10) 5. Care of surfaces – metals, glass, etc…cleaning & polishing (13)




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods:19 3.0 KITCHEN HYGIENE AND SANITATION 3.1 Food laws (3) 3.2 Food additives (3) 3.3 Food adulteration (4) 3.4 Causes of food spoilage (4) 3.5 Common food & water borne diseases and their Prevention (5)

Theory Periods: 19 3.0 FUNCTION CATERING BANQUETS (1) 3.1 History (2) 3.2 Organization of banquet department (2) 3.3. Duties and responsibilities (3) 3.4 Sales (2) 3.5 Booking Procedure (1) 3.6. Banquet menus (2) 3.7 Banquet Protocol & Toasting (6) BUFFET:

Theory Periods: 19 5.0 INTRODUCTION TO GUEST ACCOUNTING (1) Vouchers (1) Folios(1) Ledgers (1) VTL (1) 6.0 CLEANING ROUTINES (1) 6.1 A day as a House keeping assistant(1) 6.2 Guest room cleaning (4) Cleaning process

P a g e | 361

a. Introduction and types b. factors to plan buffet c. equipment

Contents of guest room Furniture, Fixtures, Bed, Mattresses, Bedding Soft furnishings 6.3 Public area cleaning (4) Lobby, Corridors, Public restrooms Elevators & Staircases etc… 7.0 HOUSE KEEPING SUPERVISION (1) Role of a HK supervisor (1) Duties & responsibilities of a supervisor (2)

Practical Periods: 23 14. Salads & Sandwiches (4) 15. French menu (5) 16. Italian menu (5) 17. Chinese menu (5) 18. Puff Pastry: veg. puff, egg puff, chicken puff (4)

Practical Periods: 23 3.0Function catering –Banquets (3) Planning & organizing formal & informal Banquets (5) Planning & organizing outdoor caterings (5) Planning & organizing various types of Buffets (5)

Practical Periods: 23 6. Guest room cleaning – check out room, occupied room, vacant room (23)




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 4.0 ADVANCED BAKERY (2) 4.1 Pastry (10) Short crust Laminated Choux Puff 4.2 Icings and pastry cream (8) Basic icing and pastry cream

Theory Periods: 20 4.0. FOOD COST CONTROL (2) 4.1 Introduction to Cost Control (2) 4.2 Define Cost Control (1) 4.3 The Objectives and advantages of Cost Control (3) 4.4 Basic costing (4) 4.5 Food costing (4) FOOD CONTROL CYCLE Stages in food control cycle (4)

Theory Periods: 20 8.0 DIFFERENT SURFACES USED IN HOTELS AND THEIR CARE (1) 8.1 Wood & laminates (2) 8.2 Stone & ceramics (1) 8.3 Leather, rubber & rexine (2) 8.4 Metals (1) 8.5 Glass (1) 9.0 FABRICS USED AT HOTELS AND THEIR CARE (1) 9.1 Construction of cloth (warp/weft) (3) 9.2 Uniforms (1) 9.3 Upholstery (2) 9.4 Soft furnishings (2) 9.5 Washing/dry cleaning– chemicals used (3)

P a g e | 362

Practical Periods:21 19. Flaky Pastry: khari, tie-biscuit, cheese straws (5) 20. Danish Pastry: Danish, croissant, cinnamon rolls (5) 21. Short Crust Pastry: (5) Biscuits: vanilla, fruit, osmania Pies: apple pie Flans: fruit flan Tarts: jam tarts, lemon cream tarts 25. Desserts: (6) Mousse: chocolate, coffee Soufflé: lemon, vanilla Puddings: caramel custard, bread & butter pudding

Practical Periods: 21 4.0 Kitchen Stewarding (3) Using & operating machines (18) Exercise-physical inventory

Practical Periods: 21 7. Public area cleaning (21)




Feb 2016 24 8

Theory Periods:08 Uses in confectionary (8) Revision

Theory Periods:08 5.0 KITCHEN STEWARDING 5.1 Importance (1) 5.2 Duties and responsibilities (2) 5.3 Staffing (1) 5.4 Record keeping (2) 5.5Inventory (2) Revision

Theory Periods:08 10.0 SAFETY & SECURITY (1) 10.1 Theft by employee & guests (1) 10.2 Fire, Bomb threats (2) 10.3 Types of Keys & Key control – guestroom keys, department keys (2) 10.4 First aid (2) a. Breathing disorders –asthma b. Cardiac arrest c. Burns & scalds d. Fainting Revision


March 2016 21


P a g e | 363

PRE-SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING The basic aim of the course PRE-SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. Ability to plan and organize activities of pre school

2. Preparation of teaching aids

3. Preparation of suitable diets to pre school children

4. Establish and maintain crèche / care centres

5. Establish and organize pre schools

P a g e | 364


PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING COURSE CODE :408 FIRST YEAR

Month & No.of working days No.of periods theory/

No.of periods practical

Introduction to Child Development (Theory Paper-I)

Organization and Management of Creches Theory Paper – II)

Health and Nutrition (Theory paper –III)

June -2015 25 23 21

Theory Periods -23 1.0 Concepts in child development 1.1 Meaning of growth (1) 1.2 meaning of development (1) 1.3 principles of growth and development (3) 1.4 Meaning of maturation (1) 1.5 meaning of learning (1) 1.6 Interrelation ship (2) 1.7 Meaning of Heridity and importance (2) 1.8 meaning of environment and importance (2) 1.9a) Developmental needs i) biological needs (1) ii) psychosocial needs (3) iii) Egoistic needs (2) b) developmental tasks of children from (birth to 2 years ) -4

Theory periods -23 1.0 Introduction to crèche 1.1 definition of the crèche (1) Introduction to child care (5) 1.2 Aims and objectives of crèche (5) 1.3 Types of crèches a) crèches based on organization (6) i) Govt ii) private iii) voluntary iv) industrial b) crèches based on location (6) i) Rural ii) urban iii) tribal iv) mobile

Theory Periods -23 1.0 Immunization 1.1 need and importance of immunization (5) 1.2 immunization schedule (5) 1.3 care after vaccination (4) 2.0 weaning 2.1 Importance of weaning 2.2 supplementary feeding stages: i) liquid stage (2) ii) semi solid (2) iii) solid (2)

Practical Periods –21 Introduction to child development (19) 1.0 Observation of physical and motor

development in children. 1.1 Anthropometric measurement measuring height and weight of creche children (11)

Practicals -21 1.0 building plan of a crèche 1.1 preparation of model building plan for urban crèche (11) 1.2 preparation of model building plan for rural crèche –(10)

Practicals -21 1.0 planning and preparation of weaning foods for children between 6-2 years a) liquid food (7) i) soups ii) juices b) semi solid foods -7

P a g e | 365

1.2 preparation of growth chart (10)

i) kheer ii) kheer iii) banana c) solid food -7 i) idly ii) chapathi iii) rice

Assignment –I Assignment – I Assignment – I July 2015 26 23 23

Theory periods (23) 2.0 Areas of development Development during infancy 2.1 Physical development meaning of physical development (1) pattern of physical development (3) 2.2 motor development Meaning of motor development (1) Types of motor development (2) 2.3 Emotional development Meaning of emotional development (1) Types of motor development (2) 2.4 Social Development Meaning of social development (1) Stages of social development (3) 2.5 Cognitive Development Meaning of cognitive development (1) Stages of cognitive development (3) 2.6 Speech Development Meaning of speech (1) Listening and expressive skills (3)

Theory Periods (23) 2.0 importance of crèche 2.1 need for crèche (8) 2.2 role of crèche in meeting the needs of children parents and community (10) 3.0 Physical set up of a crèche 3.1 Location of the crèche (5)

Theory periods -23 2.3 supplementary foods during 6 months to 2 years -4 2.4 principles to be followed while introducing supplementary foods -6 3.0 Nutritional needs of children (Birth -3 years ) 3.1 Importance of nutrition -5 3.2 Nurtient requirement of -4 3.3 Planning of balanced children diet -4

Practicals (23) 1.3 Recording of gross motor skills exhibited by children Ex: Jumping, running, climbing tricycling etc. (12) 1.4 Recording of fine motor skills exhibited by children (11) Ex: Feeding, dressing, playing etc.,

Practical periods (23) Visit to different types of crèches i) Govt crèche -5 ii) private creche -5 iii) industrial creche -7 writing observation report -6

Practicals -23 2.0 Planning of preparation of diets for infants between 1-2 years -23

P a g e | 366

Assignment –II Unit Test –I



Aguust 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods -20 3.0 Delayed Development 3.1 Meaning of delayed development -1 3.2 Identification of differently abled children-4 3.3 Mentally challenged (Gifted and mentally retarded children) Meaning -1 Causes and categories -2 3.4 Physically challenged i) Blind -2 ii) Deaf and Dumb -2 iii) orthopedically -2 3.5 Services for differently abled children -6

Theory periods -20 3.2 Building requirements of a crèche -8 3.3 Space requirement of crèche child -4 i) indoor space ii) out door space 3.4 selection of equipment

Theory periods -20 4.0 nutritional deficiency diseases 4.1 i) P.EM ii) Kwashiorkar iii) Marasmus iv) vitamin A deficiency v) vitamin B deficiency

Practicals -19 2.0 observation of emotional and social development in children 2.1 Recording of different emotions observed in children -10 2.2 Recording of different social skills observed in children -8

Practicals -19 2.0 preparing the list of equipment

and maintenance of records in crèche – admission register-03 Attendance register-03 Stock register-03 Individual case register-04 Health register-03

Accounts register-03

Practical periods -19 3.0 planning and preparation of diets for the following nutritional deficiency diseases in children. a) Kwashiorkar -6 b) marasmus -6 c) vitamin A -7




September -2015 23 20 19

Theory periods -20 4.0 New born baby 4.1 meaning of new born baby -2 Characteristics of new born baby -10 Care of new born baby -6 Infantile Jaundice -2

Theory periods -20 4.0 Creche Staff 4.1 Staff pattern -4 4.2 Responsibilities of creche Supervisor -6 4.3 Responsibilities of crèche Ayah -6

Theory periods -20 i) vitamin c deficiency -4 ii) vitamin D deficiency -4 iii) Iron deficiency -3 5.0 common Ailments of children a) red sore buttocks -3 b) constipation -3

P a g e | 367

5.0 Planning Activities for crèche 5.1 importance of planning daily activities 5.2 Free play -4

c) Diarrhoea -3

Practical Periods -19 3.0 observation of cognitive and speech development in children. 3.1 Recording of vocabulary and Pronunciation in Children -10 3.2 Recording of cognitive skills in children -09

Practical periods -19 4.0 preparation of charts -6 Preparation of simple toys -6 Preparation of soft toys -7

Practical periods -19 3.0 B- complex deficiency disease -7 d) vitamin C deficiency Diseases -6 e) vitamin D deficiency disease -6

Assignment –IV Unit Test –III



October -2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods -12 5.0 Pre mature Baby 5.1 meaning of premature baby -1 5.2 identification of pre mature baby-4 5.3 causes of pre maturity -1 5.4 care of pre mature baby -4 5.5 feeding methods -2

Theory periods -12 5.3 Feeding -3 5.4 Toilet training -3 5.5 Bathing and washing -3 5.6 sleeping -3

Theory Periods -12 e) cold cough -3 f) fever -4 g) colic -4 Precaution for treating sick child -1

Practicals -14 4.0 observation of a challenged child. 4.1 recording of development of physically / mentally challenged children-07 4.2 writing report on observation-07

Practicals -14 5.0 planning and participation in crèche 5.1 planning crèche programme -14

Practical Periods -14 g) Iron deficiency -6 4.0 writing report on common ailments observed in children -8

HALF YEARLY EXAMINATIONS 3.10.2015 to 9.10.2015 10.10.2015 to 25.10.2015 I Term Holidays 26th Re-opening



November -2015, 23

OJT OJT OJT

December -2015, 24

OJT OJT OJT

January -2016 22 20

Theory Periods -20 6.0 Post Natal Care 6.1 care of mother – diet, bathing, clothing,

Theory Periods -20 6.0 Maintenance of records 6.1 types of records

Theory periods -20 Pre cautions for treating a sick child -3 Teething problems -4

P a g e | 368

18 medical aid, and care of breast -10 6.2 Care of infant -7 i) breast feeding ii) bottle feeding (Advantages of disadvantages ) 6.3 Importance of sterilization -3

i) Admission register -3 ii) Attendance register -3 iii) Health register -3 iv) Individual case report -3 v) stock register -2 vi) accounts register -3 vii) menu register -3

6.0 Habit formation 6.1 importance of habit formation -5 6.2 types of habits a) eating habits -4 b) sleeping habits -4

Practicals -18 5.0 Observation of a new born/pre mature baby. 5.1 Recording of observation of new born/pre mature baby -9 5.2 writing report on observations -9

Practical periods -18 6.0 participation in crèche programme-18

Practical periods -18 5.0 planning and preparation of charts on good habits -18

II Term Holidays 14.1.2016 to 17.1.2016



I Pre Final Examinations 23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016



February -2015 21/17/21

Theory periods -17 6.4 Methods Bathing, clothing, diapering and sleeping Revision

Theory periods -17 Advantages and importance of record keeping -17 Revision

Theory periods -17 c) toilet -8 e) dressing -9 Revision

Practical periods -21 Writing report on observations(21)

Practical periods -21 Participation in crèche programme (21)

Practical Periods -21 Preparation of charts on good habits(21)

II pre Final Examinations (2nd week of February 2016)



March 2016 Revision /IPE -2016 Revision /IPE -2016 Revision /IPE -2016.

P a g e | 369

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING COURSE CODE: 408 SECOND YEAR

Month & No.of working days No.of periods theory/ No.of periods practical

Early childhood care and Education (Theory Paper-I)

Organization and management of Pre-Schools Theory Paper – II)

Parent Education, Nutrition (Theory paper –III)

June -2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods (22) 1. Pre school period (22) Significance of pre school years (2) Characteristics of pre school children(6) Developmental needs (5) Developmental tasks (4) Interests (5) Practicals :23 1. Plan and write activities for physical Development (11) 1.1 plan and write activities for motor Development( 12)

Theory Period :22 1. Physical set up of pre school selection Of site (2) Building requirements (6) Selection of equipment (4) Care of equipment (2) 2. Methods of pre school education 2.1 Kindergarten method (4) 2.2 Montessori method (4) Practical periods (23) 1. Visit and study different types of pre School programmes Anganwadi (11) Pre Schools (12)

Theory Periods (22) 1. Parent Education : 1.1. meaning (1) 1.2 importance of parent education(3) 1.3 methods of parent education Individual (5) Group (5) 1.4 Parent teacher meetings (3) 2. Nutrition for Pre school children Need and importance of nutrition(5) Practical periods (23) 1. Planning of parent education Programmes (12) 1.1. Organizing parent education Programmes (11)

Assignment –I Assignment – I Assignment – I

P a g e | 370

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Period (22) 2. Development during early childhood period (2-6 years) a) physical development pattern (2) factors influencing physical development (2) b) motor development pattern (1) Factors influencing motor development (2) c) Emotional development : Pattern (2) Factors influencing emotional development (2) d) Social development Pattern (2) Factors influencing social development (2) e) cognitive development : pattern (1) factors influencing cognitive development (2) f) speech development pattern (2) factors influencing speech development (2) Practical Periods (25) 2.1 plan and write activities for emotional development (12) 2.2. Plan and write activities for social development (13)

Theory periods (22) 2.3 Nursery schools (3) 2.4 play way method (3) 2.5 Anganwadi (3) 3. Management of pre schools 3.1 Staff pattern (2) Qualifications (2) 3.2 Importance of Records and Reports (2) Different records (7) Attendance, Health, Stock, Records Of the child. Record of Teachers estimate on the individual child Home visit , record of PTA meetings (etc) Practical Periods :25 2. Writing of observation of different pre school programmes (13) Types of pre school programmes (12)

Theory periods (22) 2.2. Nutritional requirements of pre school children (3) 3. Dental Health : 3.1 Importance of dental Care in children (4) Care of teeth (3) Complications during teething (3) Prevention of dental caries (3) 4. Health of Pre school child. 4.1 Role of pre school in promoting childs health (6) Practical periods :25 2. Arranging parent teachers Meetings in teaching practice school Planning (10) Preparation(10) Participating in PTA meeting. (05)




Aguust 2015/23

OJT OJT OJT

September 2015/23

OJT OJT OJT

October 2015 /15

OJT OJT OJT

I term holidays 10.10.15 to 25.10.15 I term holidays 10.10.15 to 25.10.15 I term holidays 10.10.15 to 25.10.15 November 2015 23 19

Theory periods (19) 3. concept development Importance of concepts (5) Learning of various concepts

Theory periods (19) 3.3 Budget income and expenditure (4) 4.0 Pre school teacher : Characteristics (5)

Theory Periods (19) 4.2 common communicable diseases: symptoms, causes and prevention of a) pneumonia (5)

P a g e | 371

23 Size, shape, colour (14) Weight, time, number and social concept. Practical periods (23) 3.1 Plan activities and prepare materials for Congnitive development (11) 3.2 Plan activities and prepare materials for speech development (12)

Responsibilities (5) Need for parent teacher co operation (5) Practical Periods : (23) 3. Planning and preparation of Lesson plans: 3.1 Daily lesson plan (11) 3.2 Weekly lesson plan (12)

b) malaria (5) c) typhoid (5) d) Diphtheria (4) Practical periods (23) 3. Preparation of charts for dental care structure of infected tooth (7) Steps to better tooth brushing (7) Steps to keep your teeth healthy (9)




December 2015 24 19 23

Theory periods (19) 4.0 Play: Definition (1) Categories (2) Stages of play (6) Factors influencing play (4) 5.0 Pre school education : 5.1 Importance of pre school education (3) Need for pre school education (3) Practical Periods (23) 4. Plan and write games /organized play activities (10) 5. plan and prepare teaching aids for developing concepts. a) colour (7) b) size (6)

Theory periods (19) 5.0 pre school planning programmes 5.1 Principles involved in planning pre school proigramme (5) 5.2 Types – Long term planning (2) Short term planning (2) 5.3 Importance of rhymes /songs(3) 5.5 Importance of stories (3) Practical periods (23) 4. planning and preparation of teaching aids. a) conversation charts (7) b) story aids (7) c) Rhyme charts (9)

Theory periods (19) 4. E.Measles (2) F. Mumps (2) G. Chicken pox (2) H. Whooping cough (3) I. Tuber culosis (3) J. conjunctivitis (2) K. Scabies (2) 5. Behavior problems: Common behavior problems symptoms, causes and prevention of aggression, Jealousy (3) Practical periods (23) 4. Prepare a report for a pre school child suffering from communicable diseases Measles (3) Pneunonia (4) Malaria (4) Typhoid (4) Whooping cough (4) Tuber culosis (4)




January -2016 22 20

Theory Periods (20) 5.2 Aims and objectives of pre school education (10)

Theory periods (20) 5.6 Importance of creative activities (3) 5.7 Importance of science experiences (3)

Theory periods (20) 5. Thumb sucking (2) Nail biting (2)

P a g e | 372

21 6.0 Disciplining children 6.1 Definition (2) Importance of discipline (8) Practical periods (21) 5. Plan and prepare teaching aids for developing concepts. c) shape (5) d) number (5) e) weight (5) f) time (3) a) social concepts (3)

5.8 Importance of field trips (3) 5.9 Puppet show/dramatization (3) 6. organizations working for pre school education : NIPCCD – objectives and activities (4) NCERT – objectives and activities (4) Practical Periods (21) 4. D.Puppets (11) 5. Practice teaching in pre schools (10)

Pica, Hair pulling (4) Negativism, temper tantrums (4) Stealing, masturbation, (4) Bed wetting (2) 6. First aid and safety measures 6.1 Importance of first aid (2) Practical periods (21) 5. Prepare an individual case report for a pre school child with behavior problems : Any 7 problems (21)

II term holidays 14.1.16 to 17.1.2016 Pre Final Examinations –I 23.1.2016 to 30.1.2016

II term holidays 14.1.2016 to 17.1.2016 Pre Final Examinations –I 23.1.2016 to 30.1.2016

II term holidays 14.1.2016 to 17.1.2016, Pre final examinations –I 23.1.2016 to 30.1.2016.

February 2016 21 08

Theory periods (08) 6.2 Methods of disciplining the children Authoritarian technique (3) Permissive Technique (2) Democratic Technique (3) Revision

Theory Periods (8) 6. ICDS objectives and activities (3) UNICEF – objectives and activities (3) CARE – objectives and activities (2) Revision

Theory periods (8) 6.2 contents of first aid box (2) 6.3 providing child safe pre school environment (6) Revision.

Pre-Final examinations -2 2nd week of February 2016



March 2016 21

Revision IPE 2016

Revision IPE 2016

Revision IPE 2016.

P a g e | 373

COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION Basic aim of the course Computer Graphics and Animation is to impart the following skills in students.

1. DTP Operator and Designer.

2. Animation and Graphics development.


4. Junior computer programmer.

5. Computer maintenance contractor.


P a g e | 374

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-2016 COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION COURSE CODE: 503 FIRST YEAR

Month/number

of workingmonth

/number of working

days/no of periods

SUBJECT: COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS & MS OFFICE

(Theory Paper I)

SUBJECT:PROGRAMMING IN ‘C’ (Theory PAPER – II)

SUBJECT:FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS &

ANIMATION (Theory PAPER –III)

June 2015 25 23

21

Theory Periods : (23) 1. Introduction to computer

Systems and hardware. (23) • Introduction to computers,

generations of computer. (3) • Classification of Computers based

on purpose, operation & size. (3) • Anatomy of computers. (3) • Number Systems. (3) • Basic I/O Devices. (3) • Block Diagram of CPU. (3) • Memory units-Primary and

Auxiliary memory.(3) • Programming languages, general

software features trends and utilities. (2)

Theory Periods : (23) 1.Introduction to Problem Solving Techniques. (23)

• Procedure and Alogorithms. (8) • Flow charts.(8) • Pseudo code. (07)

Theory Periods : (23)

1. What is Multimedia. (23) • Definition, Multimedia elements

like text.(3) • Graphics. (3) • Audio(3) • Video(3) • Animation. (3) • Interactivity.(4) • Where to use-business, schoolas,

home, public places, virtual reality. (4).

PRACTICAL: WINDOWS & MS OFFICE (practical Paper I)

Practical (21) 1. FAMILIARIZATION WITH TO

WINDOWS – Working with the following: (5)

• Features of windows, Graphical user interface (GUI), File System,

PRACTICAL : C PROGRAMMING (practical Paper I)

Practical (21) • Area of a Circle, (5)

• Lowercase to Uppercase Character Conversion.(5)

• Lowercase to Uppercase Text,(5) • Reading a Writing a line of Text,(2)

PRACTICAL: ENGINEERING DRAWING. Practical (21) Introduction:

• Scope and objective of the subject, (5)

• Importance of engineering drawing as a communication medium, (3)

P a g e | 375

Multitasking, and plug and play support, Multimedia Support, Comparison with CUI (DOS or UNIX).

2. WORKING WITH WINDOWS-Working with the following: (5)

• Elements of Windows Interface, My Computer, My Documents, Internet Explorer, Network Neighborhood, Recycle Bin, Task Bar, My Briefcase, Short cut menus, property window, Mouse operations, Shortcuts.

3. STARTING A PROGRAM (APPLICATION)-Working with the following: (5)

• Start Menu, Programs Menu, Documents Menu, Settings Menu, Find and Help menu, Run Menu, Shutdown Menu, Log-Off Menu.

4. WINDOWS MANIPULATION. (4) • Customizing Windows, Resizing

Windows, Moving a Window. 5. SHUTTING DOWN THE PC. (2)

Stand By, Shut Down, and Restart in Ms.DOS Mode, Restart, Log Off Windows, Log On as a Different User.

ASSIGNMENT - I

• Averaging Student exam codes. (4).

ASSIGNMENT - I

• Drawing instruments and their uses. (3)

• Scales: Recommended scales, reduced & enlarged,(3)

• Sheetsizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, Layout of drawing sheet sizes of title block and it content.(3).

• Simple exercises on the use of drawing instruments.(4)

ASSIGNMENT - I

JULY 2015

26 23 23

THEORY PERIODS : 23 2. Overview of Operating Systems. (23) • Introduction to Operating System,

function and its types.(4) • Features of DOS. (4) • Working with DOS Commands. (4) • Features of Windows (4) • Meaning of Multitasking, File System,

THEORY PERIODS : 23 2. Features of “C” • Introduction to ‘C’ (7). • Structure of a ‘C’ program (7) • Data types in ‘C’-constants &

Variables-operations and Expressions (7).

THEORY PERIODS : 23 2.Text or Typography:

• About Fonts & Faces (6). • Using Text in Multimedia (6). • Computers and text (6). • The power of text with examples (Ads) (5).

P a g e | 376

desktop components, control panel, Windows Explorer, Device Manager, File Manager and Program Manager, Display Properties, taskbar properties.(7)

Practical (23) 6. MANAGING FILES AND FOLDERS

WORKING IN WINDOWS (7) -Working with the following: Folders,Desktop,My Computer Folder,My Document Folder,Notepad,Creating Text Files,Editin Text files,All the menu features of Notepad,Renaming the Folders,selecting the objects in folders,selecting One Folder,Boundary Box Method to select multiple files,selecting single group of consecutive folders,selecting Non-Consecutive Folder,deleting files and folders,Using Recycle-Bin,Restoring delecting files or Folder,emptying the recycle bin.

7. OPENING MULTIPLE OBJECTS: (7) • Open Multiple Objects,Open Multiple

Applications Using the Mouse,Creating our Own Folder,Copying Objects,Drag and Drop Feature,Using keyboard,Using Standard Toolbar,Right Dragging Method,Moving Objects,Drag and DropFeature,Using standard toolbar,right Dragging method.

• CONFIGURING WINDOWS FOR UNIQUE USER AND DESKTOP (9): Managing passwords, setting programs, starting programs onStart-Up Menu,Changing the Icon for a files tag or

Practical : (23) • Compound Interest Calculation (7). • Real Roots of Quadratic Equations,

Evaluating a polynomial (7). • Generating multiplication table of

given number ‘n’, averaging list of numbers.(9).

Practical : (23) Lettering and Dimensioning:

o Types of Lettering. (4) o Guide lines for lettering. (4) o Recommended sizes of

letters and numbers.(4). o Single stroke letters(4). o Dimensioning-rules and

systems of dimensioning-dimensioning a given drawing. (7)

P a g e | 377

other object,Control Panel,Setting Mouse properties,Setting Display Properties,Setting printer properties,setting Date and Time Options, controlling the Folders Appearance,Using the Task Bar,Featuresof taskbar,Setting the properties of taskbar, Desktop, Features of Desktop,Cutomizing the Desktop,windows Explorer,Viewing files and folders,Dragging and Dropping files,Cut-Copy-Paste,searching files, Previewing a document with Quick View. Assignment – II/Unit Test – I

Assignment – II/Unit Test – I

Assignment – II/Unit Test – I

AUG 2015 23 20 19

THEORY PERIODS : 20 3. Ms-word. • Introduction to Word Processing (2). • Editing a Document(2). • Move and Copy Text and Help

System (2). • Formatting Text and Paragraph(2). • Finding and Replacing Text and

Spell Checking (2). • Using Tabs (2). • Enhancing Document(2). • Columns, Tables and Other Features.

(2). • Using Graphics, Templates and

Wizards(1). • Using Mail Merge.(2) • Miscellaneous features of Word. (1)

THEORY PERIODS : 20

• Statements-data definition-assignment(4).

• I/O control structure(if-else,for,while,do-while) (4).

• Structure for looping and nested looping.(4).

• Branching(switch,break,continue) (4) • Unconditional branching (go to

statement) simple programs covering above units.(4).

THEORY PERIODS : 20

Images: • Making still images – Bitmaps (3). • Vector drawing (3). • Vector vs bitmap (3). • 2d-3d drawing. (3). • Color – Understanding natural light

and color (3) • computerized color (3) • color palettes. (2).

PRACTICAL (19)

1. USING ACCESSORIES,DISK

PRACTICAL (19)

PRACTICAL (19)

P a g e | 378

TOOLS AND PRINTERS ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE IN WINDOWS: (19)

• Using Standard Calculator,Using Scientific Calculator,Statistics Box, Word pad, Starting Word-pad, Creating New WordPad Document,Saving Document, selecting text,Moving and copying Text, windows paint,starting Windows paint, Drawing Pictures with paint,Drawing with pencil tool,Drawing the picture with tools,embedding a paint object,previewing painting,Finding files using file tool,using wild-cards,finding a program file,searching by modification,date,making a search case-sensitive,Formatting and Labeling Disks,Back-up Files,creating back-up files,saving file set,Opening files-set for using in back-up,restoring files, Verifying Back-up files, Using Printers,Windows-98 Printing Features, Spooled printing,rinting from Windows-Applications,Printing document,Printing Multiple Copies,Printing from Desktop,Printing from context Menu,Printing with drag and drop,printing with send to,printing from folder.

Assignment – III / UNIT TEST - II

• Calculation of students results and division. (3)

• Converting several line of text to Uppercase. (3)

• Encoding a String of Characters. (3) • Calculation of compound interest with

error trapping.(3) • Solution for algebraic equations.(7)

Assignment – III / UNIT TEST - II

Geometric Construction: • Bisecting a line-perpendiculars-parallel

lines-division of a line (3) • Angles-bisection (3) • trisection, Tangent lines touching circles

internally and externally (3) • Polygons-Regular polygons-

circumscribed and inscribed in circles (3). • Construction of Ellipse by Concentric

circles method (3). • Construction of parabola by rectangular

method.(4). Assignment – III / UNIT TEST - II

P a g e | 379

SEP 2015

23 20 19

THEORY PERIODS: 20 4. MS-EXCEL: • Introduction to Spreadsheet (2). • Creating Worksheets & feeding data

(2). • Using functions. (2). • Editing Cells and using commands

and functions. (2). • Moving and Copying. (2). • Inserting and Deleting Rows and

Columns (2) • Formatting a

Worksheet,Opening,Saving and printing a Worksheet(2)

• Working with Charts. (3) • Working with Macros, Pivot tables.

(3).

THEORY PERIODS: 20 Functions:

• What is a function (4) • Difference between a function and

a procedure (4) • Advantages of functions. (4) • User defined and library functions,

main function.(8)

THEORY PERIODS: 20 Sound:

• Sound theory (3) • digital audio(3) • Midi audio (3) • Midi vs. digital audio (3) • Sound in multimedia (3) • Audio file formats(3) • The power of sound.(2)

PRACTICAL 19 • Familiarization with Ms Word – (3). • Features of Word Processor,

Opening ms Word, Contents of Ms Word Window, Saving with password, Opening an existing Document. (3).

• Text Formatting - Selecting Continuous and Discontinuous text, using cut,copy,paste,using paste special, changing the font type,style,size and color, changing the text case, Highlighting the text, using superscripted and subscripted text, clearing the formatting. (3).

• Paragraph Formatting - text Alignment, Line spacing adjustment,

PRACTICAL 19 • Searching Palindrome (3). • Check whether given number is

Armstrong Number or not. (3) • Large of three given numbers (3) • Calculation of Factorial to given

number.(3) • Generating Pascal Triangle. (7).

PRACTICAL 19 Orthographic Projection:

• Definition-Planes of projection-Four quadrants-Reference line (4)

• First angle projection-Third angle projection (4).

• projections of points (4). • Straight lines, planes, solids,

Conversion of pictorial views into orthographic views. (7).

P a g e | 380

Indenting the text, bullets and numbering, inserting and changing tabs, applying borders and shading. (3)

• Searching for text – finding and Replacing Text, Jumping to the required section using “GoTo”. (3).

• Inserting objects-inserting and formatting pictures, inserting symbols and equations, inserting and editing shapes and charts, inserting text box, word art, auto text, working with headers and footers, inserting page number,hypelinks.Working with tables, working with page Layout, Additional Tools, Mail Merge – Creating and storing data for mail merge, creating the mail merge documents. (4).

ASSIGNMENT – IV / UNIT TEST - III



OCT 2015 15 12 14

THEORY PERIODS : 12 5. MS-POWER POINT

• Creating Presentations using AutoContent Wizard, Template & Blank Presentation.(3)

• Working with Master’s slide, Title handout and Notes. (3)

• Viewing a presentation. (3) • Drawing Objects & Inserting OLE,

Drawing freeform Shapes, Rotating Objects, and Animation in slides/objects. (3)

THEORY PERIODS : 12 Functions:

• Return types, Concepts associated with functions-Recursion (6)

• scope of a function, extent of a variable, Use of various categories of built in functions like math (),string () etc processing.(6)

THEORY PERIODS : 12 Animation: • About motion graphics (2) • Principles of animation (2) • Animation by computer (2) • Animation techniques (2) • Animation file formats (2) • Display of animated content.(2).

P a g e | 381

PRACTICAL : 14 • Features of Ms-Excel. (3) • Contents of the Ms-Excel window. (2) • Title Bar, Menu Bar, Toolbars, Cell,

Formula Bar. (2) • Managing Worksheets. (2) • Working with Data,Performing

Calculations in Excel. (2). • Charts in Excel, Working with Data,

Applying validation, Creating and using lists, Additional Tools in Excel, PRINTING Excel sheets-Setting the page size,orientation and margins,Inseting header and footer, Reporting rows/Columns to repeat in all pages.(3).

Half Yearly Examinations (3.10.2015 to 9.10.2015)

PRACTICAL : 14 • Printing Backwards, Finding sum of

series (3). • finding length of given text of lines

(3). • search for maximum(3). • Generating Fibonacci numbers. (5).


PRACTICAL : 14 Isometric Projection:

• Definition-Isometric axes (4) • lines and planes (4) • Isometric Scale-Isometric view (6).


Nov 2015 OJT OJT OJT

December 2015 OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 18

THEORY PERIODS : 20 MS-POWER POINT:

• Charts in Excel (2). • Working with Data (2). • Applying validation. (2) • Creating and using lists.(2). • Additional Tools in Excel (2). • PRINTING Excel sheets-Setting the

page size.(2) • orientation and margins (2) • Inserting header and footer (2) • Reporting rows/Columns to repeat in

THEORY PERIODS : 20 Arrays in ‘C’:

• Array as Data Structure-defining single and multidimensional arrays, simple operation on arrays, simple programs on arrays. (10).

• File operations like fopen (), fprint (), fscan () etc. (10).

THEORY PERIODS : 20 Video:

• Using video (1) • Analog video (1) • Digital video (1) • Characteristics of video (1) • Digital video containers – Codec,

video format converters (1) • video formats (1) • How to get video clips, (1) • shooting and editing video (1) • lighting, (1)

P a g e | 382

all pages. (4).

• chroma keys Nonlinear editing (NLE). (1).

Creating Multimedia Content: • Stages of Multimedia project (1) • Creativity & Observation skills (1) • Hardware,Software,word

processors(1) • OCR software (1) • Painting/drawing tools (1). • 2d/3d modeling and animation

software. (5). PRACTICAL : 18

• The Ms-Power Point Views – Slide Sorter view, Outline view, Notes pages view, Slide Show View. (7)

• Creating a new presentation – using templates, Using slide layouts, Inserting, deleting and rearranging slides Creating Spearker’s notes. (6)

• Working Slides – Inserting and formatting text, shapes, pictures, tables, charts, hyperlinks, music, video, Running the slide view.(5)

PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 1 (23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016)

PRACTICAL : 18 • A Piglet Generator (2) • Adding two tables of numbers (3) • Reordering list of strings.(2) • Matrix multiplication.(2) • Displaying the Day of the year.(2) • Concatenation of two strings. (2) • Updating customer records. (2). • Locating customer records. (3).


PRACTICAL : 18 Isometric Projection:

• Drawing of isometric views of plane figures (6).

• Drawing of isometric views of prisms and pyramids (7).

• Drawing of isometric view of cylinders and cones. (5).


February 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 MS-ACCESS:

• Concept of data and information, (1) • Introduction to Database

management systems (1) • Creating a database (1) • Concepts of related tables and

integrity constraints.(1) • Designing tables, (1)

Theory Periods : 17 Structures in C: • Structures – definition-declaration-

operation on structures, (4) • array of structures, array with structures,

(4) • Structure as data types, operations on

structures.(4). • Unions-definition-difference between

Theory Periods : 17 Multimedia Jobs/skills:

• Project manager, (1). • multimedia designer,(1) • writer, (1) • video specialist, (1) • audio specialist, (1) • multimedia programmer, (1) • Animator. (1).

P a g e | 383

• use of queries and creating queries, (1)

• Creating forms and reports.(1) • Concept of data and information, (1) • Introduction to Database

management systems, (2) • Creating a database, (1) • Concepts of related tables and

integrity constraints.(6).

union and structure, creating and using a structure. (5).

Multimedia & Internet: • Designing and Producing (2) • Content and Talent (2). • The internet and Multimedia (2). • Designing for WWW

Delivering Multimedia content. (4).

Practical: 21 • Familiarization with the access window

and objects, Table design using design wizard, Assigning primary key, adding validations, changing the data formatting table design, Creating fields with lookup data, creating relationships between tables. (11).

• Creating simple select queries in design mode, modifying the queries to add criteria, filtering etc, creating calculated queries, Creating Forms and modifying form design, Reports and modifying Report Design. (10).

REVISION/ PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2

Practical: 21 • Raising a number to power (3). • Creating a Data file (lowercase to

uppercase) (3). • Reading Data File (3) • Creating a file containing customer

records (4). • Updating a File containing customer

records (4) • Displaying in Bit pattern. (4).

REVISION/ PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2

Practical: 21 Using AutoCAD:

• Introduction to AutoCAD: (5) • the interface,The basics of using

AutoCAD Drawing Tools, (6) • Using AutoCAD Navigation Tools.

(10). REVISION/ PRE FINAL EXAMINATIONS – 2

March 2016 21

REVISION / IPE 2016 REVISION / IPE 2016 REVISION / IPE 2016

P a g e | 384

ANNUAL ACADAMIC PLAN 2015 – 2016 COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION, COURSE CODE: 503 SECOND YEAR

MONTH/NUMBER OF WORKING

DAYS/NO OF PERIODS

SUBJECT: GRAPHIC DESIGN (THEORY PAPER – I)

SUBJECT: 3D Animation (THEORY PAPER – II)

SUBJECT: Internet Technologies (THEORY PAPER – III)

June 25 22 23

Theory Periods : 22 1. All about design: (11) • What is design – Introduction to

design, Graphic design.(5) • Role of Design in society-

Impact/function of design, Indigenous design practices, Finer Communication Techniques, Printing/publishing technology, Role of a design in the changing social scenario.(3)

• Role and Responsibility of Designers.(3)

2. Introduction to Digital Photography: (11)

• How digital camera works.(6)

• Technical specifications & terminology.(5)

Theory Periods : 22 1.Fundamental Module: (11)

• Animation Principles and History.(5) • Animation Process.(2) • importance of drawing in animation

Context.(2) • types of Animation.(1) • Animation Software tools. (1) 2. Introduction to Maya: (11) • Learn Basics of 3D Computer

Graphics using Autodesk Maya

Theory Periods : 22 1. Basics of Internet: (8) • What is Networking, types of

networks, about internet, history, browsing, search engines

2. Basics of Web designing: (8) 3. Introduction to HTML: (6)

• What is HTMl, Tags Syntax, Create HTML

GRAPHIC Design (Practical Paper – I)

Practical: 23 • Handling the digital camera .(6) • Create posters on any festival theme

(paper).(6) • Create rough layouts for any given

3D Animation (Practical paper – II)

Practical: 23 • Model a Cartoon Living room set

with nurbs surface. (12) • Model a Cartoon Character Using

Polygon Surface. (11)

Internet Technologies (practical Paper – III)

Practical: 23

• Create a simple webpage using basic HTML.(12)

• Create a Simple webpage using

P a g e | 385

Advertisement. (11)

ASSIGNMENT - I

ASSIGNMENT - I

basic HTML tags like Bold, italic, Underline along with meta tags. (11)

ASSIGNMENT - I

JULY 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 3. Color Theory: (8) • How color works, Colors of light &

pigments,Primary,Secondary & tertiary, Color mixing techniques, psychology of color

4. Elements and Principles of Design: (8)

• Elements of design • Principles of design 5. Drawing for Designers: (6) • Define drawing & sketching

Basic drawing & sketching

Theory Periods: 22 3. Modeling: (11) • Surface Modeling • Polygon modeling 4. Texture Mapping/Shading: (11) • Learn the Texturing Techniques and

Shading Techniques

Theory Periods: 22 4. Html Document – html Document,

Meta data, basic Content (basic tags). (8)

5. Hyperlinks – Hyperlinks and link options. (8)

6. Embedded Contents – Image, video. (6)

Practical : 25 • Draw or sketch any human made or

natural object/element (15) • Create a typographic poster on

paper. (10)

Assignment – II / Unit Test - I

Practical : 25 • Assign Shades to the Cartoon living

room set. (10) • Texture the Cartoon Character by

Unwrapping it and painting the Textures in Photoshop. (15)

Assignment – II / Unit Test - I

Practical : 25 • Create a Multiple Webpage

Structure using Hyperlinks. (6) • Create a Rich Media Content page

using video and Images. (6) • Create a HTML table structure for

Students List with their Marks.(13) Assignment – II / Unit Test - I

Aug 2015 OJT OJT OJT Sep 2015

OJT OJT OJT

October 2015 OJT OJT OJT Nov 2015

23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 6. Introduction to Typography: (6) • What is Typography • The Anatomy of Fonts 7. Introduction to Illustrator: (13)

Theory Periods: 19 7. Lighting and Rendering. (10) 8. Rigging: (09)

• Setup a Character for a Wide Range of Complex Body

Theory Periods: 19 7. Tables – Creation tables.(06) 8. Forms – Form, Form controls. (06) 9. Sections. (07)

P a g e | 386

• Getting started, • Toolbox, • Making selections, • working with layers, • creating basic shapes, • inserting and formatting text, • Placing images, arranging, grouping,

locking, working with symbols, saving.

Practical: 23 • Create symbols, Create Logos,

Create Corporate Identities, and Visiting Card.(12)

• Illustrator – Create Envelope cover, Letterhead, create a digital illustration. (11) Assignment – II/ Unit Test - II

Movement with controls that are in active and flexible

Practical: 23 • Setup 3 point lighting for the

Cartoon Character.(8) • Setup Interior Lighting for the

Living Room set. (8) • Setup a Character for a Wide Range

of Complex Body Movement with controls that are in active and flexible. (7) Assignment – II/ Unit Test - II

Practical: 23 • Create a feedback Form Structure

using Form tags.(8) • Create a Simple Ecommerce

Section page for a business house. (8)

• Create simple page and embed a style along with the basic script.(7)

Assignment – II/ Unit Test - II

Dec 2015

24 19 23

Theory Periods : 19 8. Introduction to Photoshop: (05) • Getting started, interface layout, palettes,

toolbox, selection tools, alteration tools, drawing and selection tools, assisting tools.(05)

• Color boxes and modes, basic image editing, cropping, resizing, correcting, sharpening/softening, saving.(05)

• Color boxes and modes, basic image editing, cropping, resizing, correcting, sharpening/softening, saving. (04)

Theory Periods : 19

10. Animation (19) • Types of

Animation,Keyframeanimation,2d/3dAnimation,FK and IK

Theory Periods : 19

10. Style and Script – Style Sheet, Script.(07)

11. Introduction to CSS – what is CSS, Syntax, Selectors, Create CSS. (07)

12. Styling – Texts, fonts, List, Links.(05)

P a g e | 387

Practical : 23 • Create a vector poster on any theme

(8). Photoshop:

• Create a photo composition using selection tools, retouch & repair a damaged photograph(8)

• Create a poster with social message, colorize, Featherer effects, working with layers etc. (7) Assignment – III/ Unit Test - III

Practical : 23 • Animate the Cartoon Character

(Character entering into room and sitting on sofa). (23)

Assignment – III/ Unit Test - III

Practical : 23

• Create a Basic CSS page(12). • Create and Control a HTML page

Styles through CSS. (11). Assignment – III/ Unit Test - III

Jan 2016

22 20 21

Theory Periods : 20 13. Introduction to In design: (20) • Getting started, Toolbox, organizing

the document, column specifications.

Theory Periods : 20 14. Dynamic Effects. (20)

Theory Periods : 20 13. Box Model:(06) • Box Model, paddings, Margins,

Background, Borders. 14. Layout – Layout Floating. (6) 15. Advanced CSS: • Inheritance, priority level of

selector. (8)

Practical: 21 • Create a cover page for a

magazine.(7) • Create a Brochure.(7) • Create a Newsletter; create a landing

page for a website.(7) Pre final examinations – 1 (23.1.2016 to30.01.2016

Practical: 21 • Lighting and Rendering-setup day

light for the above shot and render the file.(21)

Pre final examinations – 1 (23.1.2016 to30.01.2016)

Practical: 21 • Create a CSS based table less

HTML structure.(7) • Create a CSS based simple floating

structure. (7) • Create a full – fledged personal

website structure using all HTML and CSS tags. (7)

Pre final examinations – 1 (23.1.2016 to30.01.2016)

P a g e | 388

Feb 2016 24 08

Theory Periods : 08 Introduction to In design: (8)

• Rulers, guides, working with objects, placing images, layers andarranging, grouping,saving.

Revision / Pre final examinations – 2

Theory Periods : 08

• Visual Effects.(8) Revision / Pre final examinations – 2

Theory Periods : 08 15. Advanced CSS: (8) • Inheritance, priority level of

selector.

Revision / Pre final examinations – 2

March 2016

21

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

Revision / IPE 2016

TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUESThe basic aim of the course Tourism and travel techniques

a) Ability to communicate verbally/written about tourist places

other information.

b) Crisis management

c) Handle foreign tourists and guests

d) Foreign exchange calculation

e) Handle basic computer operations.

f) Tour organization

g) Photography and its collection

h) Coin and philatelic exhibition

i) Bed making and table arrangement.

TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUESTourism and travel techniques is to impart the following skills in the student

Ability to communicate verbally/written about tourist places

Bed making and table arrangement.

P a g e | 389

TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES is to impart the following skills in the student.

P a g e | 390

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 – 16

TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES: COURSE CODE: 504:: FIRST YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical

FUNDAMENTALS OF TOURISM & TRAVEL (THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER - I)

TOURISM GEOGRAPHY, CULTURAL HERITAGE (THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER - II)

TOURISM PRODUCTS (THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER - III)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory : 23 I. INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM (20) 1.1 Meaning, definition of Tourism (1) 1.2 Nature and scope of Tourism (3) 1.3 Tourist Meaning and Types (3) 1.4 Definition by W.T.O (1) 1.5 Other Definitions of Tourism (2) 1.6 Tourism-Abbreviations (2) 1.7 Types of Tourism (4) 1.8 History of Tourism (4) II. TOURISM ROLE (30) 2.1 Introduction (3)

Theory : 23 I. INTRODUCTION GEOGRAPHY (20) 1.1 Meaning of Geography (2) 1.2 Importance of Geography for Tourism (2) 1.3 Climate Variations (3) 1.4 Study of Maps (3) 1.5 Longitude & Latitude (2) 1.6 International Date line (2) 1.7 Time Variations (3) 1.8 Time Difference (3) II. INDIAN GEOGRAPHY (30) 2.1 Physical features of Indian Geography (03)

Theory : 23 I. INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM PRODUCTS (20) 1.1 Meaning and definition of Tourism Products (3) 1.2 Characteristics of Tourism Products(5) 1.3 Different types of Tourism Products (12) II. NATURE BASED PRODUCTS (20) 2.1 Various tourism products based on climate, Landscape (3)

Practical : 21 A) Visits to department of Tourism, Govt. of India, Tourism Department Organizational Structure , Functions, Departments, various Policy and Planning. (21)

Practical : 21 A) Visit To ASI (21)

Practical : 21 A) Visit to APTDC office to study the various tourism products (21)

ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I

P a g e | 391

July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 2.2 The Role of Tourism for a Nation, State,

or Region (13) 2.3 Various advantages and disadvantages of Tourism (10)

Theory Periods: 23 2.2 Political features of Indian Geography (12) 2.3 Various Climate Conditions (11)

Theory Periods: 23 2.2 Mountains (2) 2.3 Rocks (2) 2.4Valleys (2) 2.5 Caves (1) 2.6 Deserts (1) 2.7 Rivers (2) 2.8 Lakes (1) 2.9 Beaches and Waterfalls (2) 2.10 Wildlife Sanctuaries (2) 2.11 National parks (2) III. CULTURE BASED PRODUCTS -I (30) 3.1 Historical places (6)

Practical : 23 B) Visits to State Department Organizational structure , Various Departments , Functions, various Policy and Planning. (23)

Practical : 23 B) Visit To State Archaeology Department (23)

Practical : 23 B) Visit to natural sites(Godavari river, Borra Caves, Parks etc) (23)

ASSIGNMENT – II UNIT TEST - I



Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory : 20 Benefits of Tourism (4) III. TOURISM IMPACTS (25) 3.1 Impacts of Tourism on Economy, Culture and Society (16)

Theory : 20 forests of India (4) III. A.P GEOGRAPHY & TOURISM RESOURCES (25) 3.1 Physical features Of Andhra Pradesh Geography (8) 3.2 Various Climate Stages Of AP (8)

Theory : 20 3.2 Archaeological sites (6) 3.3 Heritage sites (8) 3.4 Museums (6)

Practical : 19 C) Visits to Professional Research and Development Organization, knowledge about conducting Research work, conducting Field Surveys, Research Report Preparation. (19)

Practical : 19 C) Visit To Local Weather Bureau (19)

Practical : 19 C) Visit to any cultural site(museum , art gallery, Golconda fort, etc) (19)

ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST - II



P a g e | 392

Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory : 20 3.2 Environmental Impacts (9) IV. TOURISM ORGANIZATION (20) 4.1 Government organisations - MoT,DoT,STDC,ITDC (6) 4.2 Non Governmental organisations - TAAI,FHRAI,IATO (5)

Theory : 20 3.3 Various Natural And Man- Made Tourism Resources Of Andhra Pradesh (9) IV. OUTLINE OF INDIAN HISTORY (20) 4.1 Evolution Of Indian Culture (11)

Theory : 20 3.5 Art Galleries (4) IV. CULTURE BASED PRODUCTS –II (25) 4.1 Religious and spirituals centres (4) 4.2 Dance forms (4) 4.3 Music (4) 4.4 Fair & Festivals (4)

Practical : 19 D) Visits to TAAI, Regional Office (19)

Practical : 19 D) Visit To Forest Department and Nature Study Centres (18)

Practical : 19 D) Visit to fair and festivals (tourism festival, Hyderabad festival, medaram fair etc (19)

ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST - III



Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory : 12 4.3 International organisations - IATA, WTO,PATA,UFTAA (9) V. TOURISM AS INDUSTRY (20) 5.1 Introduction (3)

Theory : 12 4.2 Brief History of Andhra Pradesh And Culture Features (9) V. CULTURAL HERITAGE OF INDIA (20) 5.1 Heritage Meaning And Importance (3)

Theory : 12 4.5 Folk arts (4) 4.6 tourist festivals (5) V. RECREATION BASED PRODUCTS (20) 5.1 Duty free shops (3)

Practical : 14 E) Visit to FHARI office, PATA Regional Office or branch (14)

Practical : 14 E) Visit To National Parks And Sanctuary (09) F) Visit to any Heritage site(05)

Practical : 14 E) Visit to recreation parks (malls- Gbk, Theatre, duty free shops, I-max,) (14)




Nov 2015 ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING Dec 2015 ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING ON THE JOB TRAINING Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory : 20 5.2 Tourism as an Industry (5) 5.3 Features of Tourism Industry (5) 5.4 Current trends and Tourism as a system (7) VI. TOURISM IN ANDHRA PRADESH

Theory : 20 5.2 World Heritage Site and Criteria For Selection (8) 5.3 The Indian Monuments And Architects (9) VI. MANAGING HERITAGE (20)

Theory : 20 5.2 malls (3) 5.3 cinema halls (3) 5.4 Theatre (3) 5.5 Theme parks / Amusement parks (4) 5.6 Resorts. (4)

P a g e | 393

(20) 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 Physical features of Andhra Pradesh (2)

6.1 Introduction of Managing Heritage (1) 6.2 How To Managing Heritage (2)

VI. ADVENTURE BASED PRODUCTS (20) 6.1 Introduction of land based, water based, air based Tourism (3)

Practical : 18 F) Visit to APTDC office, CRO office, Paryatic Bhavan Office (18)

Practical : 18 G) Visit To Historical Monuments Of AP; Know The Preservation, Protection And Conservation (18)

Practical: 18 F) Visit to theme park , film city and resorts(18)




Feb 2016 24 17 21

Theory : 17 6.3 Various Tourist places of Andhra Pradesh (8) 6.4 APTDC Role and Contribution in Tourism (3) 6.5 Tourism Trends and Scenario (6)

Theory : 17 6.3 Protection Conservation & Preservation Of Cultural Heritage (6) 6.4 Marketing of Heritage (6) 6.5 INTACH (5)

Theory : 17 6.2 Various land based sports (6) 6.3 water sports (5) 6.4 Air sports (6)

Practical :21 G) Visit Various Tourist places of A.P (21) Revision

Practical :21 G) Visit To Any One World Heritage Sites (21) Revision

Practical :21 G) Visit to Adventure place(Anant giri hills, orkuvally, vizak, Elagandula fort) (21) Revision


March 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 394


TOURISM & TRAVEL TECHNIQUES COURSE CODE: 504 SECOND YEAR Month & No. of working days/ No. of periods Theory/No of periods Practical

TOURISM PROFILE IN ANDHRA PRADESH ( THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER - I)

TRAVEL AGENCY AND TOUR OPERATION ( THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER - II)

APPLICATION OF COMPUTER FOR TOURISM & TRAVEL ( THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER - III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory : 22 I. HISTORY OUTLINE OF ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 Early History of Andhra Pradesh (5) 1.3 Medieval History of Andhra Pradesh (7) 1.4 Modern History of Andhra Pradesh (7) II. TOURISM PROFILE IN ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 2.1 Tourist flows to the state (2)

Theory : 22 I.INTRODUCTION TO TRAVEL AGENCY (20) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 travel Agency Meaning & Types (5) 1.3 Travel Agency Role and Importance (6) 1.4 Online Travel Agency (8) II. HISTORY OF TRAVEL AND TOUR OPERATIONS (25) 2.1 Introduction (2)

Theory : 22 I. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER (10) 1.1 Introduction (1) 1.2 Meaning and definition of Computer (1) 1.3 Historical evolution of Computer (1) 1.4 Computer Terminology - Abbreviations & Definitions (1) 1.5 Components of Computers (1) 1.6 Types of Computers (1) 1.7 Characteristics of Computer (1) 1.8 Uses of Computers (1) 1.9 Role of Computers (1) 1.10 The applications of Computers in Tourism Industry (1) II. HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE (5) 2.1 Hardware (3) 2.2 Software (2) III. MS – OFFICE (30) 3.1 Introduction to MS - Office (7)

Practical : 23 A) Visit to APTDC- know the currents trends in Tourism (23)

Practical : 23 A) Visit to a travel Agency (like Thomas cook , SOTC ,COX-&-Kings) their various departments , functions and structure (23)

Practical :23 A) Windows Live Demonstration on

wording on window (17) B) Hard ware & soft ware(06)

P a g e | 395

ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I ASSIGNMENT - I

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory : 22 2.2 Tourism attractions of the state (8) 2.3 Types and Forms of Tourism in Andhra Pradesh (10) III. TOURISM DESTINATIONS OF ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 3.1 Introduction (1) 3.2 Tourist spots in Andhra Pradesh –Religious destinations (3)

Theory : 22 2.2 Orgin (6) 2.3 First Travel Agent (7) 2.4 Travel Business in America (9)

Theory : 22 3.2 Orgin of MS - Office (2) 3.3 Components of MS - Office (3) 3.4 Main Features of MS - Office (6) 3.5 Importance & Advantages of MS-Office (5) 3.6 Introduction to MS-Word (1) 3.7 MS-Word Documents Preparation (5)

Practical : 25 B) Visit to state department of Tourism:- statistical information (25)

Practical : 25 B) Visit to tour company :- Understanding the tour Operations , functions and Various packages (25)

Practical : 25 c) MS-WORD:-Preparation of MS-WORD documents with all application of MS-WORD(25)




Aug 2015


Sep 2015


Oct 2015


Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory :19 3.3 Tourist spots in Andhra Pradesh-Museums, Galleries , Eco-adventure, nature, Beaches (10) 3.4 Tourist spots in Hyderabad(06) IV TOURISM SIGNIFICANCE IN ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Impacts of Tourism (2)

Theory : 19 2.5 American express (1) III. FUNCTIONS AND STGRUCTURE OF A TRAVEL AGENCY (20) 3.1 Introduction (1) 3.2 Functions of a Travel Agency (4) 3.3 Travel Agency Structure (4) 3.4 Travel Agency Revenue and Linkages (4) 3.5 Tour Operator Functions and Role (5)

Theory :19 3.8 Using Word Commands (1) IV. MS - EXCEL & POWER POINT (30) 4.1 Introduction to MS - Excel (1) 4.2 Components (2) 4.3 Uses and Advantages (2) 4.4 Main Functions (4) 4.5 Operation Procedures (2) 4.6 Introduction to MS - Power Point (2) 4.7 Preparation of MS - Excel Sheets (5)

P a g e | 396

Practical :23 C) Visit to various Destinations (within AP) (23)

Practical : 23 C) Making package tour :-Creation of small tour itinerary coasting of package cost (23)

Practical : 23 d) MS-Excel:-Preparation of Excel sheet at computer with all application of Excel (23)

ASSIGNMENT – III UNIT TEST – II



Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory :19 4.2 involvement of the private sector (6) 4.3 Andhra Pradesh Culture (11) V. TOURISM FACILITIES IN ANDHRA PRADESH (20) 5.1 Introduction (2)

Theory : 19 3.6 Tour Operator Revenues (2) IV. RECOGNITION OF TRAVEL AGENCIES AND TOUR OPERATORS (25) 4.1 Introduction (1) 4.2 Setup for a Travel Agency (4) 4.3 Travel Agency Approval By MoT (4) 4.4 Travel Agency Approval by IATA (4) 4.5 Setup for a Tour Operator (4)

Theory : 19 4.8 Excel Command Practices (4) 4.9 Power Point Presentation (4) 4.10 Power Point Commands (4) V. NETWORKING (10) 5.1 Introduction to Networking (1) 5.2 types of Networking (2) 5.3 Network Topology (2) 5.4 Understudy LAN (1) 5.5 Main Features of LAN (1)

Practical : 23 D) Visit to Local Destinations (In Hyderabad) 11) E)Visit to such departments involve in tourism planning and policy making (12)

Practical : 23 D) Visit to APTDC OFFICE :- knowledge about various types of Booking systems and reservations , preparation of APTDC various Tour packages ,coach-tour , Daily tour ,Religious tour (23)

Practical: 23 E) MS-Power point:-Preparation of Power Point Slides (12) F) Create a e-mail at any website (11)

ASSIGNMENT – IV UNIT TEST – III



Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory : 20 5.2 Tourist Accommodation (5) 5.3 Transportation (6) 5.4 Super Structure (7) VI TOURISM PLANNING AND POLICY OF ANDHRA PRADESH (10) 6.1 Introduction (1) 6.2 State level agencies associated with tourism (1)

Theory : 20 4.6 Tour Operator Approval as Domestic Tour Oprator by MoT (4) 4.7 Tour Operator Approval as Inbound Tour Operator by MoT (4) V. PACKAGE TOUR OPERATIONS (20) 5.1 Meaning of Package tour (1) 5.2 types of Package Tours (11)

Theory : 20 5.6 LAN Networks (1) 5.7 Understudy WAN (1) 5.8 Networks of WAN (1) VI. INTERNET & CRS (25) 6.1 Introduction to Internet (1) 6.2 History & Development of Internet (4) 6.3 Advantages & Disadvantages of Internet (3) 6.4 Functions of Internet (5) 6.5 Role of Internet in Tourism Industry (4)

P a g e | 397

Practical : 21 F) Small survey on tourism facilities of AP at various destinations (21)

Practical : 21 E) Visit to Railway stations :- Reservation office, systems of Booking, Various Railway package (13) F) Visit to Airport (8)

Practical : 21 G) Preparation of a presentation (only five slides),with help of MS_POWER-POINT and DEMONSTRATION. (21)




Feb 2016 24 08

Theory :08 6.3 Tourism related festivals (4) 6.4 tourism Planning and Policy (4) Revision

Theory :08 5.3 Preparation and costing of Various Package tour (4) 5.4 Various Packages of APTDC (4) Revision

Theory :08 6.6 Browsing Internet (2) 6.7 Google Search (1) 6.8 E-Mail (2) 6.9 Computer Reservation System & Practices (3) Revision




March 2016 Revision/IPE 2016

Revision/IPE 2016

Revision/IPE 2016

P a g e | 398

DENTAL TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course Dental Technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Proper Identification and use of dental materials.

b) Proper handling of the dental laboratory equipment.

c) Fabrication of different types of Prosthesis and

Orthodontic appliances bases on the scientific knowledge and

Clinical requirements.

d) Set – up and running of own laboratory to cater to the needs of

Private dental practitioners.

e) Dental Technician demonstrator.

P a g e | 399

ANNUAL ACDEMIC PLAN 2015-2016

DENTAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 610 FIRST YEAR

MONTH/NUMBER OF

WORKING DAYS/ NO OF

PERIODS

APPLIED ORAL ANATOMY THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER: I

DENTAL MECHANICS (PRIMARY) THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER: II

DENTAL MATERIALS THEORY AND PRACTICAL PAPER:

III

JUNE 2015 25 23 21

THEORY: (23) 1.DENTAL FORMULAS(3) A)FDI Notation B)Palmar Notation C)Universal Notation 2.Cronology (3) A)All Decidious Teeth B)All Permanent Teeth 3.Parts Of Tooth (2) A)C.S of Tooth(2) B)T.S of Tooth(2) 4.Elementary Anatomy of structure of denture bearing area (8) 5.Anatomical Land Marks(2) a)Maxillary Edentulous cast b)Mandibular Edentulous cast ASSIGMENT-I (1)

THEORY: (23) 1.DENTAL FORMULAS(3) A)FDI Notation B)Palmar Notation C)Universal Notation 2.Cronology and its Types(3) A)All Decidious Teeth B)All Permanent Teeth 3)Anatomical Land Marks (3) A)Maxillary Edentulous Cast (3) B)Mandibular Edentulous Cast(3) 4.Impression Tray Classification(4) 5.Primary Impression Care(3) ASSIGMENT-I (1)

THEORY: (23) 1.Introduction to All Dental Materials(1) 2.Gypsum & Gypsum Products(6) 3.Impression Material (Rigid type) –(5) 4.Elastic Impression Materials(5) 5.Irreversible Hydrocollides (5) ASSIGMENT-I (1)

PRACTICAL: (21) Plaster Block Preparation(10) Carving of plaster block(11)

PRACTICAL: (21) 1.Impression Trays Identification(5) 2.Pouring of Maxillary Cast(8) 3.Pouring of Mandibular cast(8)

PRACTICAL: (21) 1.Identification of Dental Materials(11) 2.Identification of Dental Instruments(10)

JULY -2014 26 23 23

THEORY: (23) 1.Human Dentition & Occlusion(5) a)Maxillary(6) b)Mandibular(6) 2.Functions Of Teeth(6)

THEORY: (23) 1.Final Impression Care(3) 2.Beading &Boxing (6) 3.Construction of special Tray: A)Shellac Base Plate (4)

THEORY: (23) 1.Elastomeric Impression Materials(8) 2.Denture Base materials

P a g e | 400

UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II (2)

B)Self-Cure Acrylic(4) C)Without Spacer(2) D)With Spacer(2)


A)Self-cure(5) B)Heat-Cure(5)


PRACTICAL: (23) Tooth Carving On Plaster 1.Anterior Teeth Carving(23)

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Primary & Final Impression Care(10) 2.Beading &Boxing (13)

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Mixing of Gypsum & Gypsum Products(13) 2.Pouring of Dentulous & Edentulous Casts(10)

AUGUST- 2014 23 20 19

THEORY: (20) 1.Morphology of crowns of Teeth A)Maxillary Anterior Teeth (5) B)Maxillary Posterior Teeth (5) 2.Morphology Of Crowns Of Teeth: A)Mandibular Anterior Teeth (4) B)Mandibular Posterior Teeth (4) UNIT-II ASSIGMENT-III (2)

THEORY: (20) 1.Cast Preparation & Trimming (2) 2.Prepration of Occlusal Rims (4) 3.Articulators (2) 4.Selection of Teeth (2) 5.Principles Of Teeth Setting (2) A)Maxillary B)Mandibular 6.Articulation (1) 7.Occlusal Plane (1) 8.Curve of spee (1) 9.Compensating curves(1) 10.Balance Occlusion(1) 11.Overjet, Overbite (1) UNIT-II ASSIGMENT-III (2)

THEORY: (20) 1.Dental Cements (1) 2.Classification of Dental Cements(4) 3.Temporary Filling Material(3) 4.Permanent Filling Material(4) 5.Luting Cements(2) 6.Cavity Varnishes(2) 7.Cavity Liners(2) UNIT-II ASSIGMENT-III (2)

PRACTICALS: (19) 2.Posterior Teeth Carving(19)

PRACTICAL: (19) 1.Preparation of special Tray using: A)Shellac base plate(2) B)Self-cure Acrylic without spacers(3) 2.Self-Cure special tray with spacer(4) 3.Base Plate Adaptation(4) 4.Occlusal Rims Preparation(4)

PRACTICAL: (19) 1.Aliginate –Mixing(10) 2.Zinc-Oxide-Eugenol impression paste – Mixing(9)

P a g e | 401

5.Articulation (2) SEP-2015

23 20 19

THEORY: (20) 1.Muscles Of Matication (10) 2.Muscles Of Facial Expressions (10) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT –IV (1)

THEORY: (20) 1.Key Of Occlusion (1) 2.Flasking (2) 3.Dewaxing (2) 4.Packing (2) 5.Curing (2) 6.Deflasking(3) 7.Trimming(3) 8.Finishing&Polishing(1) 9.Denture Relining &Rebasing(3) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT –IV (1)

THEORY: (20) 1.Direct Filling Gold(2) 2.Dental Casting Alloys(2) 3.Dental Waxes(3) 4.Classification of Dental Waxes(2) 5.Properties Of Dental Waxes(3) 6.Inlay Wax(2) 7.Sticky Wax(1) 8.Modelling Wax(1) 9.Carving Wax(1) 10.Base Plate Wax(2) UNIT TEST-III ASSIGMENT –IV (1)

PRACTICALS: (19) 1.Tooth Carving On Wax Blocks: A)Maxillary Anterior Teeth Carving(19)

PRACTICAL: (19) Teeth Setting 1.Maxillary Anterior Teeth Setting(10) 2.Mandibular Anterior Teeth setting(9)

PRACTICAL: (19) 1.Elastomeric Impression Material Mixing(6) 2.Mixing of Denture Base Materials(6) 3.Impression Compound Softening(7)

OCT-2015 15 12 14

THEORY: (12) 1.Blood Supply To Mandibular Teeth(6) 2.Temporo Mandibular Joint(6)

THEORY: (12) 1.Principles Of Partial Denture Design(3) 2.Surveyor(4) 3.Duplication Of Cast(1) 4.Clasps, Parts Of clasps And Design Of Clasps(4)

THEORY: (12) 1.Phosphate Bond Investment Materials(4) 2.Silica Bond Investment Materials(4) 3.Model Cast & Die Materials(4)

HALF-YEARLY EXAMS (6) 03-10-2015 TO 09-10-2015



PRACTICALS: (14) 1.cont.Maxillary Anterior Teeth Carving (14)

PRACTICAL: (14) 1.Maxillary posterior Teeth Setting(5) 2.Mandibular Posterior Teeth Setting(5) 3.Wax Carving, (4)

PRACTICAL: (14) 1.Mixing Of Dental Cements(9) 2.Identification Of Dental Waxes & Their Manipulations(5)

NOVEMBER -2015/23

OJT OJT OJT

P a g e | 402

DECEMBER-2015/24

OJT

OJT

OJT

JAN – 2016 22 20 18

THEORY: (20) 1.Jaw Bone: A)Maxilla(10) B)Mandible(10)

THEORY: (20) 1.Principles Of Wire Bending(6) 2.Occlusal Rest(4) 3.Lingual Bar (4) 4.General Principles Of Denture Retention(6)

THEORY: (20) 1.Ideal Properties of Die materials(6) 2.Dental Ceramics(8) 3.Abrasive Agents(3) 4.Polishing Agents(3)

PRACTICAL: (18) 1.Mandibular Anterior Teeth Carvings(18) PRE-FINAL EXAMS FROM 23-01-2016 TO 30-01-2016

PRACTICAL: (18) 1.Finishing & Polishing(4) 2.Flasking(4) 3.Dewaxing(4) 4.Packing(3) 5.Curing(3) PRE-FINAL EXAMS FROM 23-01-2016 TO 30-01-2016

PRACTICAL: (18) 1.Making Impressions Using Impression Compound(18) PRE-FINAL EXAMS FROM 23-01-2016 TO 30-01-2016

FEB-2016 24 17 21

THEORY: (17) 1.Nerve supply of Maxillary & Mandibular teeth(10) 4.Blood Supply To Maxillary Teeth (7) PRACTICAL:21 1.Mandibular Posterior Teeth Carving (21) REVISION PRE-FINAL-II 2nd week of feb 2015

THEORY: (17) 1.Immediate Denture(5) 2.Denture Repair Using A)Self-Cure(5) B)Heat –Cure(5) 3.Kennedy’s Classification(2) PRACTICAL:21 6.Deflasking(2) 7.Trimming,Sandpapering, Finishing & Polishing(1)

THEORY: (17) 1.Dental Casting Investment Materials(5) 2.Ideal Properties OF Dental Investment Materials(6) 3.Gypsum Bond Investment Materials(6) PRACTICAL:21 2.Mixing Of Dental Cements(21) REVISION PRE-FINAL-II 2nd week of feb 2015

P a g e | 403

8.Clasp Bending(5) 9.Fabrication of Partial Dentures with & without Clasps(2) REVISION PRE-FINAL-II 2nd week of feb 2015

MARCH -2015 I.V.P.E EXAMS I.V.P.E EXAMS I.V.P.E EXAMS

P a g e | 404

ANNUAL ACDEMIC PLAN 2015-2016

DENTAL TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE: 610 SECOND YEAR

MONTH/ NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS/ NO OF PERIODS

DENTAL MECHANICS (FINAL) PAPER: I

ORTHODONTICS PAPER: II

DENTAL METALLURGY PAPER: III

JUNE-2015 25 22 23

THEORY: (22) 1.Introduction(1) A)Crowns & Bridges(4) B)Importance of Crown & Bridges(1) C)Advantages Of Crowns & Bridges(1) 2.Casting(2) A)Types(1) B)Machines(1) C)Centrifugation Casting(2) D)Pressure Casting(2) 3.Casting Machines(1) 4.Casting Furnaces(2) 5.Procedure Of casting Furnaces(3) ASSIGMENT-I – (1)

THEORY: (22) 1.Introduction(1) 2.Definations(1) 3.Nature of Malocclusion(2) 4. Need Of Orthodontic Treatments(3) 5.Malocclusion(3) 6.Classification Of Malocclusion(2) 7.Malpositon of Individual Tooth(3) 8.Appliance Theory(2) 9.Removable Appliances(3) ASSIGMENT-I (1)

THEORY: (22) 1.Introduction(1) 2.Metallurgical Terms(1) 3.General Properties Of Metals(2) 4.Metals Used In Dentistry(3) A)Gold(4) B)Silver(4) 5.Study of metals: 1.Copper(2) 2.Zinc(2) 3.Tin(2) ASSIGMENT-I (1)

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Wax Pattern Preparations (11) 2.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(6) 3.Investing of Wax Pattern(6)

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Study Model Preparation(5) 2.Short Labial Bows(6) 3.Long Labial Bows(6) 4.Begg’s Retainer(6)

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Preparation of Wax Patterns Primary(9) 2.Preparation Of Wax Pattern Final(8) 3.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(6)

JULY-2015 26 22 25

THEORY: (22) 1.Principles of Cavity(1) 2.Casting Techniques Of: A)Crowns(2) B)Bridges(2) 3.Occlusal Rests(2) 4.Partial Dentures(4) 5.Wax Pattern Fabrication(2) 6.Spring The Wax Pattern(2) 7.Investing(1) 8.Casting Procedures(4)

THEORY: (22) 1.Myofacial Appliances(3) 2.Orthodontic Appliances (2) 3.PartsOfAppliances(1) 4.Anchorage(2) 5.Relative Advantages of Fixed Appliances(1) 6.Relative Advantages Of Removable Appliances(1) 7.Appliances Design(4) 8.Material used in Construction of Appliances(2) 9.Soldering(2)

THEORY: (22) 1.Led (1) 2.Aluminum(1) 3.Alloys Used In Dentistry(1) A)Cast Gold Alloy(2) B)Wrought Gold Alloy(2) 4.Silver Alloy (2) 5.Stainless Steel(2) 6.Copper Alloy(2) 7.Cobalt Alloy(2) 8.Heat Treatments(2)

P a g e | 405

UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II

10.Welding(2) UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II

9.Annealing(2) 10.tempering(1) UNIT TEST-I ASSIGMENT-II

PRACTICAL: (25) 1.Investing Wax Pattern(7) 2.Burn out Wax Pattern(6) 3.Dental Casting(6) 4.Metal Trimming(6)

PRACTICAL: (25) 1.Adam’s Clasp Preparation(10) 2.Bite Plane Construction(6) 3.Habit Breaking Appliances fabrication(9)

PRACTICAL: (25) 1.Spruing Of Wax Pattern(10) 2.Investing Of Wax Pattern(15)

AUGUST- 2015/23

OJT OJT OJT

SEPTEMBER-2015/23

OJT OJT OJT

OCTOBER- 2015 15

OJT HALF-YEARLY EXAMS 03-10-2015 TO 09-10-2015



NOVEMBER- 2015 23 19 23

THEORY: (19) 1.Burn Out Procedures(3) 2.Metal Trimming, Finishing & Polishing(2) 3.Inlay Classification(3) 4.Types Of Abutments(5) 5.Pontic Designs(4) UNIT-II ASSIGMENT-III

THEORY: (19) 1.Removable & Functional Appliances(2) A)Removable Appliances In which Screws Are Incorporated(1) B)Removable Appliances With Maxillary Splints(2) 2.Fixed Appliances & Their Types(2) 3.Attachments Of Fixed Appliances(1) 4.Molar Bands(1) 5.Brackets(2) 6.Labiolingual Appliances(2) 7.Spring Bows(2) 8.Flexible Bows(2) UNIT-II ASSIGMENT-III

THEORY: (19) 1.Solders((2) 2.Fluxes(1) 3.Anti-Fluxes(1) 4.Tarnish(2) 5.Corrosion(2) 6.Electro Deposition(3) 7.Dies(3) 8.Counter Dies(3) UNIT-II ASSIGMENT-III

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Finishing(3) 2.Polishing(3) 3.Preparation of Cast Partial Dentures(17)

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Space Maintainers(8) 2.Expansion Appliances(4) 3.Surgical Appliances(3) 4.Z-Spring(4) 5.T-Spring(4)

PRACTICAL: (23) 1.Cont.Invsting Of Wax Pattern(10) 2.Burn Out Wax Pattern(13)

P a g e | 406

6.Fingure Spring(3) DECEMBER-

2015 24 19 23

THEORY: (19) 1.Bridge Retainers(8) 2.Cobalt-Cromuim Denture Bases(5) 3.Wrought Alloy Denture Bases(6) UNIT TEST-III (1) ASSIGMENT-IV (1)

THEORY: (19) 1.Local Fixed Appliances(6) 2.Surgical Orthodontics(7) 3.Computers In Orthodontics(6) UNIT TEST-III (1) ASSIGMENT-IV (1)

THEORY: (19) 1.Electro Forming(11) 2.Soldering(4) 3.Welding(4) UNIT TEST-III (1) ASSIGMENT-IV (1)

PRACTICALS: (23) 1.cont. Preparation Of Cast Partial Dentures(10) 2.Preparation Of Maxillofacial Prosthesis(13)

PRACTICALS: (23) 1.Oral Screen(7) 2.Activator(6) 3.Fabrication Of Activator(4) 4.Frankel Appliance(4) 5.Welding & Soldering(2)

PRACTICALS: (23) 1.Casting(23)

JAN – 2016 22 20 21

THEORY: (20) 1.Cast Gold Restoration(5) 2.Ceramics(5) 3.Maxillofacial Prosthesis(5) 4.Obturator(5)

Pre-Final Exams from 23-01-2016 to 30-01-2016 (6) PRACTICALS: (21) 1.Ceramics(11) 2.OverDentures(10)

THEORY: (20) 1.Retention Appliances(20) Pre-Final Exams from 23-01-2016 to 30-01-2016 (6) PRACTICALS: (21) 1.Indirect bonding (6) 2.Blaster(2) 3.Boxing(6) 4.Face Bow(2) 5.Retention Appliances(5)

THEORY: (20) 1.Chrome Cobalt Casting(20) Pre-Final Exams from 23-01-2016 to 30-01-2016 (6) PRACTICALS: (21)

1.Metal Trimming(10) 2.Finishing(6) 3.Polishing(5)

FEB-2016 24 8

THEORY: (8) 1.Splints(2) 2.Mouth Guards(2) 3.Immediate Dentures(2) 4.Over Dentures(2) REVISION Pre-Final Exams II 2nd Week Of Feb

THEORY: (8) 1.Study Models(8) REVISION

THEORY: (8) 1.Metal Polishing Agents(8) REVISION

MARCH -2016

I.P.E EXAMS I.P.E EXAMS

I.P.E EXAMS

P a g e | 407

DENTAL HYGIENIST

The basic aim of the course Dental Hygienist is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Scaling, polishing of teeth and application of fluorides.

b) Processing and developing of Dental Radiographs.

c) Performing oral diagnostic tests and interpretation of case to dentist.

d) Mixing of filling/impression materials and preparing models.

e) Assisting the Dental Surgeon during dental procedure.

f) Post operative care and providing oral health care instructions to

Patients.

g) Thorough knowledge about the dental materials and procedures.

h) Able to manage medical emergencies in dental practice.

P a g e | 408

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-16 DENTAL HYGIENIST COURSE COURSE CODE :611 FIRST YEAR

Month /No of working days/

periods

Theory and Practical Paper-I Dental Anatomy, physiology, Histology

Theory and Practical Paper-II Oral Pathology, Bacteriology, Dental

Pharmacology

Theory and Practical Paper-III Dental Radiology- Food Nutrition

June 2015 25 23 21

Theory periods -23 1.0 – Osteology & embryology-10 1.1- Terminology-02 1.2 - Oral mucosa structure-04 1.3 - Oral mucosa functions-04 2.0- Bones of cranium-13 2.1- Bones of face-04 2.2 – embryology-03 – Development of maxilla & mandible-06

Theory periods -23 1.0-General Principles of pathology-10 1.1- Inflammation-03 1.2- Repair-03 1.3- De-generation & necrosis-02 1.4- Immunity-02 2.0- Introduction to Pharmacology-13 2.1- Definitions in pharmacology-03 2.2- Nomendaturef pharmacology-04 2.3- Sources of various drugs-03 2.4- Routes of drug –administration-03

Theory periods -23 1.0- Basics in Radiology-10 1.1-Properties of X-Rays-2 1.2-Production of X-rays-3 1.3- X-ray film composition-2 1.4- Classification of x-ray film-3 2.0- Basics in Nutrition-13 2.1- Oral Health & food chemistry-3 2.2- Carbohydrates-3 2.3- Proteins -4 2.4- fats-3

Practical Periods -21 • Bones of skull-02 • Slides on oral mucosa-03 • Bones of the face-03 • Charts on tooth development-03 • Charts on development of maxilla &

mandible-05 • Record work-05

Practical Periods -21 • Models & charts on Inflammation-02 • Repair-02 • Degeneration & necrosis-02 • Nomenclature in pharmacology-02 • Sources of drugs-04 • Routes of drug administration-04 • Record work-05

Practical Periods -21 • Introduction to X-ray machine-2 • Processing of X-ray film-3 • Intraoral radiographic technic-3 • Charts on vitamins-2 • Charts showing proteins &

carbohydrates-2 • Ill effect of refined sugars-4 • Record work-5

P a g e | 409

July2015 26 23 23

Theory periods -23 3.0-Muscles of the cranium-11 3.1- Structure of muscle-2 3.2- Function of muscle-3 3.3- Muscles of mastication-3 3.4-Muscles of facial expression-3 4.0- Blood vessels-12 4.1- Structure of blood vessels-2 4.2- Functions of blood vessels-2 4.3- Blood supply to face-4 4.4- Blood supply to jaws-4

Theory periods -23 3.0- Developmental defects-11 3.1- Developmental defects in teeth-3 3.2- Developmental in enamel & dentine-2 3.3- Developmental defects in jaws-3 3.4- Developmental lips, palate & tongue-3 4.0- Pharmacological action-12 4.1- Pharmacological actions of drugs-1 4.2- Therapeutics-4 4.3- Absorption, excretion & side effects of drugs-4

Theory periods -23 3.0- Hazards of Radiation-8 3.1-Gen effects of radiation-3 3.2- Protection from radiation effects-3 3.3- Protection of pregnant women-2 4.0- Vitamins & minerals-15 4.1- Fat soluble vitamins-5 4.2- Water soluble vitamins-5 4.3- Micro & macro minerals-5

Practical Periods -23 • Charts on muscles of mastication-5 • Charts on muscles of facial

expression-4 • Charts on structure of blood vessels

& charts on structure of blood supply to the face-9

Record-5

Practical Periods -23 • Charts on developmental defects of teeth-4 • Charts on developmental defects of enamel

& dentine -4 • Charts on developmental defects of jaws-4 • Charts on developmental defects lips,

palate & tongue-3 • Collection & identification of drugs-3 Records-5

Practical Periods -23 • Intra oral radiographic technic-4 • Mounting of x-ray films-4 Processing of x-ray films-4 Collection of x-ray films for discussion-3 • Charts on calcium, magnesium , Iron &

fluorides-3 Records-5

Assignment –II Assignment –II Assignment –II Unit-I Unit-I Unit-I August-2015 23 20 19

Theory periods -20 5.0- Nervous system-10 5.1- Structure & functions of nerves-4 5.2-Cranial nerves-02 5.3- Trigeminal & facial nerves-4 6.0- Salivary glands-10 6.1- Structure & functions of salivary glands-5 6.2- Composition & functions of saliva-5

Theory periods -20 5.0- Precancerous conditions-11 5.1- Precancerous lesions of the oral cavity & neoplasm-4 5.2-Differences between malignant & benign & lesions-2 5.3- Oral manifestations of systematic diseases-3 5.4- White lesions of oral cavity-2 6.0 Infections of oral cavity-3

Theory periods -20 5.0-Classification of intra oral x- rays-6 5.1-Periapical, bitewing & ocelusal films-6 6.0-Intraoral radiographic technic-5 6.1- Position of patient , angulations-2 6.2-Developing & fixing-3 7.0--Dental caries & prevention-9 7.1- Effects of carbohydrates-3 7.2-Prevention of dental caries -3 7.4 –Fluorides-3

P a g e | 410

6.1 ANUG, Herpes, candidiasis, HIV, Hepatitis.-3 7.0-Antibiotics & Analgesics-6 7.1-Classification of antibiotics-4 7.2-Narcotic analgesics-1 7.3 -Non narcotic analgesics-1

Practical Periods -19 Charts on trigeminal nerve-3 Charts on facial nerve-3 Charts on salivary glands-4 Charts on composition of saliva-4 Records-5

Practical Periods -19 Charts, slides on precancerous lesions-3 Charts , slides on neoplasm-2 Oral lesions with systemic diseases-3 ANUG, candidiasis-3 Antibiotics & analgesics-3 Records-5

Practical Periods -19 Intra oral x-ray technic & processing of film-4 Collection of films & pasting on the charts-4 Charts on cariogenic & healthy food-3 Charts on prevention of caries-3 Records-5

Assignment-III Assignment-III Assignment-III Unit-II Unit-II Unit-II September – 23 20 19

Theory periods -20 7.0- Joint & Tongue-10

7.1 – Types of Joints-3 7.2- Temporomandibular joint-4 7.3- Tongue-3 8.0- Nome4nclature of Teeth-10 8.1- Types of Teeth-03 8.2- Dental formulae-03 8.3- Tooth numbering system-04

Theory periods -20 8.0-Sterilization & infection control-10 8.1-Classification of sterilization technics-08 8.2 – Infection control-02 9.0- Sedatives & hypnotics-05 9.1 – classification-03 9.2- Barbiturates-02 10.0- Anaesthesia-05 10.1- types of anaesthesias-02 10.2- stages & classification of L.A- 03

Theory periods -20 8.0-Intensifying screen &grids-05 8.1-Intensifying screens-02 8.2 – grids & cassettes-03 9.0- causes of faculty radiographs-05 9.1 – problems in film exposure-03 9.2- Problems in film development-02 10.0 nutritional disorders-05 10.1- vitamin deficiency-03 10.2- mineral & protein deficiency-02 11.0- special diet patients-05 11.1- diet chart for pregnant & lactating women-05

Practical Periods -19 Charts on types of joints-03 Demo on skull & bones of the face-03 Charts & diagrams on tooth numbering system-04 Dental formulas-04

Records-05

Practical Periods -19 Sterilization of instruments-05 Charts on infection control-05 Charts on sedatives & hypnotics-04 Records-05

Practical Periods -19 Practising x-ray technic--03 Practising processing of film-04 Charts on nutritional deficiencies-03 Chart on diet for pregnant & lactating women-04

Records-05

P a g e | 411

Assignment-IV Assignment-IV Assignment-IV Unit Test-III Unit Test-III Unit Test-III Oct-15 12 14

Theory periods -12 9.0-tooth morphology-08 9.1-morphology permanent teeth-4 9.2-morphology of deciduous teeth-04 10.0- eruption-04 10.1- eruption of teeth-02 10.2- shedding of teeth-01 10.3- occlusion of teeth-01

Theory periods -12 11.0- microbiology-06 11.1- bacteria-2 11.2- viruses-02 11.3- protozoa-02 12.0- haemostatic drugs-06 12.1- physical measures-02 12.2- chemical measures-02 12.3- astringents-02

Theory periods -12 12.0- extra oral radiography-8 12.1- lateral skull projection-2 12.2- submentovertex-2 12.3- water projection-2 12.4- postero anterior skull projection-02 13.0- water-04 13.1- functions of water-02 13.2 water balance-02

Practical Periods -14 Collection of natural teeth & study them-04 Charts on tooth morphology-03 Sequence of tooth eruption-03 Records-04

Practical Periods -14 Study if bacteria-03 Study of micro scope & its –parts-03 Collection of haemostatic drugs-04 Records-04

Practical Periods -14 OPG projection-04 Extra oral radiographic techniques-03 Charts on water balance-03 Records-04

Half yearly examination -3-10-15 to 09-10-2015 Nov-23 OJT OJT OJT Dec-24 OJT OJT OJT Jan-16 22 20 18

Theory periods -20 11.0- mastication, deglutition & phonation-09 11.1- structure involved in mastication-03 11.2- deglutition steps-03 11.3 phonation-03 12.0 – study of cells-11 12.1- structure of human cell-02 12.2- enamel structure-02 12.3- structure of dentine-02 12.4- pulp, cementum, periodontal, membrave gingiva , alveolar bone 05

Theory periods -20 13.0- dental caries-10 13.1- bacteria of dental caries-05 13.2- etiology of dental caries-05 14.0- antiseptics & disinfectants-10 14.1- classification of antiseptics-5 14.2- disinfection of instrument-5

Theory periods -20 14.0- study of normal radiographs-10 14.1- systemic radiographic examination-04 14.2- radiographic features of caries-02 14.3- radiographic features of periodmtal diseases-02 14.4- radiographic features of fractures of teeth & jaws-02 15.0 diet for special patients-10 15.1- diet for pt with fractured jaws-05 15.2- diet for pt with cleft palate-05

P a g e | 412

Practicals-18

Charts on mastication, deglutition & phonation-05 Charts on human cell-05 Charts on enamel, dentine pulp cementum & gingiva -03 Records-05

Practicals-18 Charts on bacteria of dental caries-05 Etiology of dental caries-02 Antiseptics of dental caries-02 Disinfectants of dental caries-01 Records-05

Practicals-18 Collection of old extra oral radiographs for study-05 Diet charts for pt with fractured jaws-04 Diet charts for pt with cleft palate-04 Records-05

Pre final examination –I – 23-01-16 to 30-01-16 Feb-2016 17 21

Theory Periods-17 13.0- oral histology-10 13.1- enamel-03 13.2- dentine-02 13.3- pulp, cementum , gingival periodontal membrane-05 14.0- haematology -07 14.1-- histology of RBC-03 14.2- histology of WBC-02 14.3- histology of platelets-02 Practical Periods 21 Charts on enamel-03 Charts on dentine-02 Charts on pulp, cementum, gingiva , peri. Membrane-06 Slide study on RBC-02 Slide study on WBC-02 Slide study on platelets -01 Records work-05

Theory periods -17 16.0 bacteria-06 16.1- disease transmission-03 16.2- normal flora of mouth-03 17.0 mouth washes &gum paints-11 17.1- composition & uses of a mouth wash-03 17.2- gum paint , composition & uses-03 17.3 disclosing solutions-03 17.4- Obtundents-02 Practical Periods 21 Charts on different types of bacteria-05 Preparation of mouth washes-05 Preparation of gum paints-03 Demo of disclosing solutions on patients-03 Record work-05-

Theory periods -17 16.0 specialized radiographs-09 16.1 panoramic imaging-05 16.2- open mouth projection-04 17.0 specialised diet-08 17.1- diet for denture wearer-04 17.8 diet for diabetics-04 Practical Periods 21 Extra oral radio graphic technic-05 OPG projection-05 Revision on intra oral radio graphs-06 Records-05

P a g e | 413


DENTAL HYGIENIST COURSE CODE : 611 SECOND YEAR

Month /No of working days/

periods

Theory and Practical Paper-I Dental Hygiene & oral prophylaxis

Theory and Practical Paper-II Public health & dental public health

Theory and Practical Paper-III Chair side assistance, dental ethics jurisprudence & dental materials

June-2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods 22 1. Definitions of hygiene & dental

hygiene-02 2. Objectives of dental hygiene-02 3. Periodentium-04 4. Classification of perio dental

diseases.-06 5. Etilogy of gingival & periodontal

diseases-08

Theory Periods 22 1. Health definition-02 2. Definition of dental health-04 3. Definition of dental health

education-04 4. Aims & objectives of dental health

education-06 5. Materials required for dental

health education-06

Theory Periods 22 1. Reception of patients-02 2. Appointment control-04 3. Management of waiting patients-04 4. Ethics & code ethics-06 5. Basic dental materials-06

Practical Period -23 1. Basic periodontal instruments-08 2. Demo of scaling on models-09 3. Records-06

Practical Period -23 Preparation of models-05 Preparation of charts-06 Charts on dental caries & oral prophylaxis-06 Records-06

Practical Period -23 Dental chair parts-06 Operating dental chair-05 Collection of gypsum products & pasting in the records-06 Records-06

Assignments –I Assignments –I Assignments –I

P a g e | 414

July-2015 25 22 25

Theory periods -22 1. Periodontal microbiology-06 2. Plaque-02 3. Calculus-02 4. Theories of calculus formation-04 5. Role of plaque & calculus-04 6. Classification of gingival

enlargements-04

Theory periods -22 1. Dental health education to public-

05 2. Dental health education to groups

& to individuals-02 3. Dental health education to parents-

02 4. Dental health education to

pregnant mother & pre- school child-05

5. Dental caries – etiology & prevention-04

6. Oral cancer- etiology & prevention-04

Theory periods -22 1. Role of a dental hygienist as a chair

side assistant-02 2. Assisting during surgery- 3. Post surgical care- {04} 4. Preparation of patient 5. Sterilization of instruments-04 6. Periodontal pack-02 7. Dentist act 1948-02 8. Duties of a D.H according to 1948

act.-02 9. Gypsum products-02 10. Waxes.-04

Practical Period -25 Scaling on patients , only lower anterior teeth-06 Scaling on upper teeth demo-07 Scaling on patient only upper anterior teeth-06

Records-06

Practical Period -25 Dental health education to public , groups to individuals & parents-06 Arrangements for dental camp-07 Attending dental camps-06

Records-06

Practicals-25 Role of a dental hygienist a chair side assistant-05 Chair side assistance, during surgery , post operative care-05 Collection on of waxes-03 Charts on sterilization -06

Record-06 Assignment-II Assignment-II Assignment-II Unit test-I Unit test-I Unit test-I August-23 OJT OJT OJT Sep-23 OJT OJT OJT Oct-15/23 OJT OJT OJT Half yearly examination 3-10-15 to 9-10-15

P a g e | 415

November2015 23 19 23

Theory periods -19 1. Acute infections of oral cavity-01 2. ANUG-04 3. Herpes-03 4. Candidiasis-03 5. gingivitis & periodontitis-04 6. pericoronitis-04

Theory periods -19 1. definition of epidemiology-03 2. aims & objectives of

epidemiology-04 3. OHTs-03 4. Bleeding index-03 5. Mobility index-03 6. Ressell’s index-03

Theory periods -19 1. Care & maintenance of equipment-04 2. Care of dental instruments-02 3. Layouts of an idea dental-03 4. IDA Indian clinic dental association-03 5. Negligence-03 6. Impression materials-03

Practical Periods -23 Scaling on patients-04 Polishing of teeth-04 Fluoride application-03 Charts on acute infections-06

Records-06

Practical Periods -23 Attending camps-06 Charts on oral hygiene-05 Motivating the patient about oral hygiene-06

Records-06

Practical Periods -23 Collection of impression materials-06 Model of an ideal dental clinic-06 Charts on Indian dental association-05 Records-06

Assignment-III Assignment-III Assignment-III Unit test-II Unit test-II Unit test-II Dec-2015 24 19 23

Theory periods -19 1. Classification on periodontal

pockets-02 2. Description of pockets-02 3. Supra & infra bony pockets-02 4. Pathogenesis in pockets-03 5. Periodontal instruments-03 6. Perio probes-04 7. Oral prophylaxis in detail-04

Theory periods -19 1. Equipment to the camp-04 2. Materials to the camp-04 3. Organising dental camp in a slum-

03 4. Dental health camp in a school -04 5. Dental health camp in a rural area-

04

Theory periods -19 1. Tooth numbering systems-02 2. Procedure of surgery before surgery,

during surgery-04 3. Post operative instructions-02 4. Health organisations in India-04 5. Technique of silver amalgam

preparation-04 6. Continuation of impression materials -

03

Practical Periods-23 Sharpening of instruments-03 Disclosing solutions application-04 Brushing methods-06 Ultrasonic scaling -04

Practical Periods -23 Brushing techniques demo on models-05 Charts on brushing methods-06 Attend dental health camps-06 Records-06

Practical Periods -23 Silver amalgam preparation-06 Preparation of periodontal packs-05 Collection of dental materials-06

P a g e | 416

Records-06 Records-06 Assignment-IV Assignment-IV Assignment-IV Unit-III Unit-III Unit-III Jan-2016 20 21

Theory periods -20 1. Classification & description of

probes-10 2. Brushing techniques-04 3. Juvenile periodontitis-02 4. Aggressive periodontitis-02 5. Gum massage-02

Theory periods -20 1. Fluoridation of water-06 2. Safety dose of fluorides-04 3. Various brushing methods-04 4. Inter dental cleaning agents-04 5. Mouth washes-02

Theory periods -20 1. Parts of dental chair-04 2. Various chair adjustments-04 3. Medical emergenies

Hermorahage – management Shock—management-06 Syncope-management

4. Denture- base materials -06

Practical Periods -21 Splinting on models-05 Patients education on plaque control-05 Ultrasonic scaling-05

Records-06

Practical Periods -21 Attend dental camps-05 Plays & dramas on plaque control-05 Display posters pm plaque control-05

Records-06

Practical Peridos -21 Collection of denture base materials Identification of dental materials-05 Collection of emergency medicines-05

Records-06

Pre-final I-23-1-16 to 30-01-2016 Feb -2016 21 08

Theory Periods -8 1. Inter dental cleaning methods-02 2. Patients education-02 3. Mouth washes & gum paints-02 4. Desensitizing pastes -02

Theory Periods -8 1. Gum paints-02 2. Dental health team-02 3. Dentifrices-02 4. Dental auxiliaries-02

Theory Periods -8 1. Polishing agents-03 2. Legal & illegal practice by dental

hygienist-03 3. Methods of payments for dental care-

02

Pre-final-II 2 nd week of February Pre-final-II 2nd week of February Pre-final-II 2nd week of February March-2016 Revision /IPE 2016 Revision /IPE 2016 Revision /IPE 2016

P a g e | 416

MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN is to impart the following skills in the student.

a) Train the student to work in diagnostic labs.

b) Train the student to work in manufacturing units of

Diagnostic reagents.

c) Laboratory Technicians in various departments of Medical and

Pharmacy colleges.

d) Self employment: Setting up of diagnostic laboratory and sale of

readymade reagent kits and media.

e) Laboratory technicians in hospitals of various sectors.

P a g e | 417

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 - 16 MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN COURSE CODE : 612 - FIRST YEAR


BIOCHEMISTRY (Theory & Practical Paper I)

MICROBIOLOGY&PATHOLOGY (Theory & Practical Paper II)

ANATOMY&PHYSIOLOGY (Theory & Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Introduction to Bio-Chemistry including code of ethics for Medical Lab Technicians and Medical Lab Organizations. (06) 2. Reception, Registration and Bio-Chemical Parameters investigated. (08) 3. Glassware and plastic ware used in Biochemical laboratory. (09) 3.1. Glass ware: (07) 3.1.1 Types of glass and composition. (01) 3.1.2 Types of glassware, their identification, applications and uses (05) 3.1.3 Cleaning, Drying, Maintenance and storage of glassware (01) 3.2 Plastic ware : Brief Outline (02)

Theory Periods: 23 1. Historical introduction to Microbiology contribution of famous Scientists in the field of Microbiology in brief. (04) 1.1 Antony Von Leuwenhoek (01) 1.2 Robert Koch (01) 1.3 Edward Jenner , 1.4 Louis Pasteur (01) 1.5 Joseph Lister (01) 2. Microscopy (05) 2.1 Principle, working and maintenance of Compound Microscope. (03) 2.2 Principle of Fluorescent Microscope & Dark Field Microscope. (02) 3. Sterilization and disinfection – classification and methods of sterilization (06) 3.1 Principle and Methods of sterilization by heat.(10) 3.1.1 By Dry Heat - Flaming, Red Heat, Hotair oven, incineration.(01) 3.1.2 By Moist heat-Pasteurization, Inspissations, Tyndallisation autoclave.(01) 3.2 Filtration Methods – in brief.(01) 3.3 Ionising Radiation (01)

Theory Periods: 23 I Basics in Human Anatomy 1. Introduction to Human Anatomy (06) 2. Cell – Definition, Structure and properties (06) Tissue – Classification in brief [epithelial, connective, muscular, nervous] (06) 3. Respiratory system (05)

P a g e | 418

3.4 Disinfection – Mode of action and uses of important chemical disinfectants – phenol and phenolic compounds, alcohols, aldehydes halogens , dyes, acids and alkalies (01) 3.5 Gaseous methods of sterilization (01) 4. Cleaning, drying & Sterilization of Glassware,disposal of contaminated material i.e. ClinicalInfective material and inoculated culture media. Handling and disposal of Biomedical waste.(04) 5. Morphology and classification of Bacteria (04) 5.1 Structure of Bacterial Cell, Capsule, Flagella, Spore etc (03) 5.2 A Anerobic methods of cultivation of bacteria

(BIOCHEMISTRY) (Practical Paper I) Practical Periods: 21 1. Reception and registration (11) 2. Collection of capillary blood (10)

(MICROBIOLOGY&PATHOLOGY) (Practical Paper II) Practical Periods: 21 1. Lab instructions for personal safety precautions(11) 2. Receipt and recording a specimen in the lab and discarding after processing (10)

(ANATOMY&PHYSIOLOGY) (Practical Paper III) Practical Periods: 21 I Human Skeleton (30) 1. Names of Bones (05) 2. Identification points (05) 3. Surfaces of Skull (02) 4. Scapula, clavicle, humerus, radius (02) 5. Ulna, carpal bones, meta carpal bones (02) 6. Phalanges – In nominate bone (02) 7. Femur, patella (03)


July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 Instrumental methods of Bio-Chemical analysis (12) 4.1. Colorimetry : Visual and photoelectric Methods ,involved ,construction, operation, applications, care

Theory Periods: 23 6. Methods of Collection of Clinical Specimen for Microbiological investigations [ in detail] like (05) 6.1 Sputum – Pettroff’s method of Concentration (02)

Theory Periods: 23 3. Respiratory system (01) 4. Digestive system & Hepato Biliary system(06) 5. Cardio-vascular system (05)

P a g e | 419

and maintenance.(08) 4.2. Spectrophotometry: Principle, theory, types, construction ,operation and applications.(04) 5. Basic lab operations like (06) 5.1. Separation of solids from liquids (02) 5.1.1 Centrifugation: Principle, Different types of centrifuges, construction of electrical centrifuge, care and maintenance, applications.(01) 5.1.2 Filtration – using funnel.(01) 5.2 weighing (01) Different types of balances – simple balance, electronic balance Operation, uses, care and maintenance. 5.3. Evaporation (01) 5.4 Distillation (01) 5.5 Refluxing (01) 5.6 Drying different salts (01) 6. Water, Chemicals and related substances (05) 6.1 Purity of chemicals (02) 6.2 Corrosives 6.3 Hygroscopic Substances

6.2 urine, swabs, stool, blood, CSF and Aspirates (03) 7. Processing of clinical specimen collected for Isolation and identification of organism (08) 7.1 Preparation of direct smear and staining (03) 7.2 Different Techniques of inoculation for isolation of bacteria.(04) 7.3 Hanging drop preparation and its use (01) 7.4 Preparation and Inoculation of various media for Bio-Chemical reactions.(02) 8. Composition and preparation of staining reagents and different methods of staining.(10) 8.1 Simple staining (01)

a. Grams Staining(01) b. Giemsa’s Staining (01) c. ZIehlneelson Staining (04) d. Albert Staining 01) e. Negative Staining (01) f. Fluorescent Staining (02)

6. Lymphatic system. (05) 7. Bones & Joints(05) 7.1 Bones (02)) 7.2 Joints (03) 8. Nervous system – CNS (01)

Practical Periods: 23 3. Collection of venous blood. (10) 4. Collection of arterial blood (10) 5. Separation of Serum and plasma from blood.(03)

Practical Periods: 23 3 .Cleaning and care of glassware, syringes, Apparatus, preparation of Pasteur pipettes (05). 4. Handling and care of Microscope(10) 5. Operation of (08) 5.1 Autoclave 5.2 Incubator

Practical Periods: 23 8. Tibia, fibula, tarsal bones (03) 9. Meta tarsal bones (01) 10. Phalanges (02) 11. Ribs-classification (02) 12. Vertebrae (03) 13. Sternum (02) II. Human Organs[POP Models ] (20)

P a g e | 420

1. Brain (02) 2. Stomach (02) 3. Lungs (02) 4. Intestines (02) 5. Heart (02)




Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 7. Prevention, Safety and first aid in lab (08) 8. Collection of specimens.(08) 8.1 Blood – Phlebotomy [ How to draw the blood and precautions] (03) 8.2 Blood- types of Specimens, processing and preservation.(05) 8.3 Urine (04) Types of specimen collection of 24 hours urine and preservation, preservatives

Theory Periods: 20 9. Culture Media – Classification of Media, Composition, preparation and uses.(10) a) Basal Media- Peptone Water, Nutrient, Agar, Glucose broth (01). b) Enriched Media-Blood agar, Loffler’s serum slope, chocolate agar (01) c) Enrichment Media – Selenite Fbroth, Tetrathionate broth, Alkaline peptone water (01). d) Differential Media- Mac Conkey’sAga (01) e) Indicator & selective media –Lowenstein’ Jenson Media, Potassium tellurite Media, TCBS,Wilson and Blair Media. Deoxycholate citrate, Agar media (01). f) Media for Blood culture – Brain heart infusion broth, Typticase soya broth (01) g) Anaerobic media – Robertson’s Cooked. Meat Media, Thioglycolate media (01) h) Sugar Media for Bio-Chemical Reaction – Glucose,. broth, Hartley’s broth, bile broth.(01) i) Media for Biochemical reactions –In dole, MR,VP,Citrate ,Urease ,Oxidase , Catalase test, Nitrate reduction test, Phenyl Alkaline Deaminase test, gelatine liquefaction test (01) j) Fungal media – Sabouraud’s dextose (01) PATHOLOGY 1. Urine Analysis (10)

Theory Periods: 20 8. Nervous system – CNS (04) 9. Excretory system – Urinary system (05) 10. Endocrine system (05) 11. Reproductive system (05) a ) Male (02) b) Female (03) 12. Sense organs (05) 12.1 Eye (01)

P a g e | 421

1.1Collection –a) Collection of samples (04) 1.1 b)Type of Samples, labelling & preservatives.(01) 1.2. Physical Examination: Colour Appearance ,Quantity, Odour ,Specific gravity, Albumin, P.H.(02) 1.3. Chemical Examinations: Sugar, Ketone bodies, Albumin ,Bile salts,Bile pigments, Blood, Strip method. (03) 1.4 Microscopic Examination – Centrifuging, Crystals, RBC & Casts, WBC& Casts, Epithelial cells &Casts, Hyaline casts, Granular casts. Atypical cells. (03)

Practical Periods: 19 5. Separation of Serum and plasma From blood. (contnd…) (10) 6. Preparation of protein free blood filtrate (09)

Practical Periods: 19 5.3 Water bath (02) 5.4 Seitz filter (02) 6. Preparation of various media.(10) 7. Preparation of stains and smears (05)

Practical Periods: 19 6. Kidney (03) 7. Liver (02) 8. Uterus (01) 9. Spleen (02) 10. Fallopian tubes (02) III. Human Slides [ Permanent Slides] 1. Epithelial Tissue, Connective Tissue (04) 2. Muscular Tissue, Nervous Tissue (05)




Sep 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 9. Urine biochemical parameters (04) 10. Units of measurements. (04) 11. Solutions (12) 11.1 Types based on solute and solvent (02) 11.2 Types based on method of expressing concentration, calculations (06)

Theory Periods: 20 2. Preparation of reagents, procedures, principles and Interpretation (05) 3. Sputum Analysis (10) 3.1 Physical Examination (02) 3.2 Preparation (02)

Theory Periods: 20 12.2 Ear (01) 12.3 Skin (01) 12.4 Nose (01) 12.5 Tongue (01) II. Basics in Human physiology 1. Introduction to Human Physiology (04) 2. Muscle physiology & Nerve physiology

P a g e | 422

3.3 Making a smear (02) 3.4 Staining 3.5 Mounting 3.6 Microscopic examination

(06) 3. Blood & Lymph (07) 3.1 Blood (04) 3.2 Lymph (03)

Practical Periods: 19 7. Lab glass ware: (10) 7.1 Identification (03) 7.2 Handling (02) 7.3 Care and Maintenance (02) 7.4 Uses (02) 8. Lab instruments (08) 8.1 centrifuges (02) 8.2 Balances (01) 8.3 Photo Electric Colorimeter (02) 8.4 Spectrophotometer (02)

Practical Periods: 19 8. Methods of collection of microbiology specimen and its importance (10) PATHOLOGY 1. Collection of blood (10) 1.1 Receipt of requisition forms (02)

Practical Periods: 19 3. Liver (02) 4. Kidney (02) 5. Spleen (02) 6. Pancreas (02) 7. Lymph nodes (02) 8. Skin (02) 9. Testes(01) 10. Ovary (02) 11. Uterus (01) 12. Tonsil (01)




Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 12. Carbohydrates and lipids. (08)

12.1 Carbohydrates (04) - Definition (01)

- Biological importance (01) - Classification (01) - Qualitative tests. (01) 12.2 Lipids (04) - Definition (01) - Biological importance (01)

Theory Periods: 12 4. Semen Analysis (05) 4.1 Collection – after counselling (01) 4.2 Physical Examination- colour, quantity, nature etc. (01) 4.3 Microscopic Examination- count, motility, orphology[Normal Abnormal]- staining (03) 5. Body fluids- collection , labelling (10) 5.1 Peritoneal fluid (01) 5.2Pericardial fluid (01) 5.3Pleural fluid (01)

Theory Periods: 12 4. Respiratory system. (06) 5. Digestive system (06)

Practical Periods: 14 9. Preparation of (10) 9.1 Percentage solutions (04 9.2 Normal Solutions (03) 9.3 Molar Solutions (03) 10. Qualitative identification tests for

Practical Periods: 14 1.2 Receipt of samples (04) 1.3 Labelling (04) 2.Universal precautions (6)

Practical Periods: 14 13. Stomach layers (01) 14. Small intestine (02) 15 Large intestine (02) 4. Blood pressure-Estimation of Blood pressure (08)

P a g e | 423

sugars (04)




Nov 2015 23

OJT

OJT OJT

Dec 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 17

Theory Periods: 20 12.2. - Classification (01) - Clinical importance (01) 13. Amino Acids and proteins (08) 13.1 Amino Acids (04) - Definition (01) - Biological importance(01) - Classification (01) -Qualitative tests. (01) 13.2. Proteins: (04) - Definition(01) - Biological importance (01) - Classification (01) - Qualitative tests. (01) 14. Diagnostic Tests (19) 14.1 Blood Sugar- [GOD –POD Method] (05) 14.2 Blood urea [ DAM-TSC Method, Enzymatic Method] (05)

Theory Periods: 20 5.4 Cerebrospinal Fluid [ C.S.F] (02) 5.5 Diluting fluids. Charging the improved Neuberger chamber (02) 5.6 Identifying & counting the cells (03) 6. Haematology (20) 6.1 Collection of blood. -Universal precautions -Methods of collection, venous puncture, finger puncture and vacutainer methods,materials required, procedures, precautions, uses of the sample And advantages of Each method. POCT [Sample Collection At bed side] also for children. (03) 6.2 Preparation of anti coagulants-Double oxalate, sodium citrate, EDTA ,Heparin, action of each preparation, uses, disadvantages, quantity Required (02). 6.3 RBC,WBC count: Methods [Micro dilution andbulk dilution], materials required, diluting fluids, preparation, procedures advantages of each method, precautions, formula for calculation and clinical significance (05) 6.4 Platelet count: Morphology and functions of platelet, diluting fluids, procedure, formula for Calculation and clinical significance (01).

Theory Periods: 20 6. Cardio – Vascular system (05) 7. Excretory system –Urinary system (08) 8. Endocrine system (07)

P a g e | 424

6.5 Reticulocyte Count: Methods [dry & wet] staining, diluting, fluids, normal Morphology And values, clinical significance (02).

Practical Periods: 18 10. Qualitative identification tests for sugars (contnd…) (08) 11. Qualitative identification tests for proteins. (10)

Practical Periods: 18 3. Preparation of anticoagulants (05) 4. RBC, WBC & Platelet count (07) 5. ESR stands & ESR estimation (06)

Practical Periods: 18 5. T.P.R. [ Temperature, pulse, respiration ] chart (08) 6. TC,DLC [ RBC Total Count, WBC Total Count, differential Leucocytes count ] (30) 6.1 RBC Total count (10)




Feb 2016 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 14.3 Glucose tolerance Test [ GTT] (03) 14.4 Serum Uric Acid (03) 14.5 Serum Creatinine [ Jaffe’s method /Alkaline Picrate method] (03) 15. Vitamins and Minerals (08) 15.1 Vitamins (04) - Vitamins classification (01) -Water soluble vitamins(01) -Fat Soluble Vitamins (01) -Sources, Daily requirements ,Deficiency diseases (01) 15.2 .Minerals (04) - Sources ,Daily requirements (02) - Deficiency diseases (02)

Theory Periods: 17 6.6 Haemoglobin Estimation: Materials, procedure of Tall Quist, Sahli’s, Alkali, Haldane, Cyan meth haemoglobin and Specific Gravity [S.G] method, advantages and disadvantages and clinical Significance (02). 6.7 Estimation of PCV Macro & Micro methods, procedure of filling the tube, centrifuging and reading, values advantages of each method – Normal values and clinical significance. Estimation of Erythrocyte indices calculation and importance MCV,MCH, MCHC, RDW, colour index.(03) 6.8 ESR- methods used, procedure, stages, factors Affecting and clinical significance (02). 7. Disposal of hospital waste (05) 7.1Cotton, swabs ,needles (02) 7.2 syringes, blood, urine and other material.(03) 8. Glass slides ,cover slips- Cleaning & maintenance.(05)

Theory Periods: 17 8. Endocrine system (02) 9. Reproductive system (05) 9.1 Male (02) 9.2 Female (03) 10.Nervous system [ CNS] & Sense organs [ Eye , ear, skin, nose, tongue] (10)

P a g e | 425

Practical Periods:21 12. Quantitative determination of Blood Sugar (10) 13. Semi Quantitative determination of Urine Sugar (11) Revision

Practical Periods:21 6..PCV – estimation (04) 7. Hb estimation by different methods.(08) 8. Urine- physical examination, Chemical examination & Microscopic examination- collection - Preservatives -Strip method (08) Revision

Practical Periods:21 6.2 WBC total count (10) 6.3. DLC[differential Leucocytes count ] (11) Revision


March 2016/21


P a g e | 426

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-16 MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN (MLT) COURSE CODE 612: SECOND YEAR


BIOCHEMISTRY-II (Theory & Practical Paper -I)

MICROBIOLOGY -II (Theory & Practical Paper -II)

PATHOLOGY -II (Theory & Practical Paper -III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 I. Instrumental methods of Bio- Chemical Analysis (10) 1.1 Flame photometry: Principle, Theory, Construction of Flame photometer, General and Clinical applications, study of electrolytes using flame photometer, clinical importance of determination of electrolytes. (05) 1.2 Fluorimetry: Fluorescence, Principle and theory, construction of Fluorimeter, general and Clinical applications. (05) II. Separation Techniques. (10) 1. Chromatography: Definition, Basic Principles, (02) different types and their techniques, General and Clinical applications. (03) 2. Electrophoresis: Definition and basic principle involved, (02) Different types, procedures, general and clinical applications, (02) electrophoretic fractionation of serum proteins and lipo proteins. (01)

Theory Periods: 22 I. Normal Flora of Micro- organisms in the Human Body (05) II. Introduction to Immunology: (10) a) Brief outline of Immunity (01) b) What are antigens? (01) c) What are antibodies? (01) d) Different types of antigen and antibody reactions, their applications in the diagnostics- agglutination, precipitation, (03) Complement fixation, Neutralisation, RIA. (02) e) Principle and method of ELISA Test. (02) III. Collection and processing of faecal samples, concentration techniques of stool for Microscopic Examination (07) Parasitology : - E – histolytica (01) - Giardia lambia (01) - Plasmodium spp. (02) - Ascaris lumbricoidis (01) - Taenia solium (01) - Enterobius vermicularis (01)

Theory Periods: 22 I. Preparation of blood smears and examination:(08) - Thin & thick blood films. (01) - Making an ideal blood film. (01) - Methods – slide method, Cover slip method (01) - Staining – composition, preparation & procedure of leishman stain. (01) - Knowledge about Romano sky Stains.(01) - Examination – Morphology & Identification of RBC, WBC & Platelets (02) - Counting – DLC – Counting methods, Normal values, clinical significance and limitations. - Oils used for immersion- types (01) II. Special stains for Bone marrow smears : (05) - Giemsa, Wrights, Myeloperoxidase stain, (03) Periodic Acid Schiff [PAS]- Composition,

P a g e | 427

III. Immuno Assays – Definition, Basic Principles of Immuno chemical reactions and immune assays. (02) 1. Radio immune assays. (02)

Preparation, procedure and interpretation.(02) III. Bone Marrow Aspiration / trephine biopsy : (05) - Setting up of tray for bonemarrow aspiration(02) - Preparing smears–methods-Imprints, crush.(02) - Staining, clinical significance. (01) IV Identification of hemoparasites : (04) - Morphology of malaria parasite, microfilaria, leishmania, trypanosomiasis. (02) Importance of sample collection time. Making thick and thin smears. Procedure of making & staining the smears. (02)

BIOCHEMISTRY-II (Practical Paper-I) Practical Periods: 23 1. Electrophoretic fractionation of serum proteins and lipo proteins – Demo. (05) 2. Separation of amino acids and carbohydrates by paper chromatography – Demo. (05) 3. Determination of plasma prothrombin time (05) 4. Oral glucose tolerance test [GTT]- Demo (03)

MICROBIOLOGY-II (Practical Paper-II) Practical Periods: 23 1. Collection of clinical samples like blood, urine, stool, sputum, swabs etc. (10) 2. Parasitology (08) a) Collection, preservation and transportation of faecal material for examination of parasites.(04) b) Concentration techniques of stool for ova and cysts. (02) c) Wet preparation of faecal sample for ova and cysts. (02)

PATHOLOGY –II (Practical Paper-III) Practical Periods: 23 I Unit (10) I.1. Maintenance, Cleaning and care about Automatic tissue processor (02) 2. Microtomes & knives – sharpening (02) 3. Water bath- tissue floatation (02) 4. Incubator. (01) 5. Maintenance & Cleaning. (02) 6. Care about equipment. (01) II. Maintenance & Preservation of cytology slides (07) histopathology blocks & slides – Histopathology specimens & Processing. - Preparation of formalin for fixation.

P a g e | 428


July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 III. Immuno Assays (Contd..) (06) 1. Introduction to radioactivity, Radioactive substances, Safety and precautions, Hormone assays [ T3,T4,TSH] (04) 2. Enzyme linked immuno assays. Description of instruments used in these assays. (02) IV. Metabolism: (10) 1. Carbohydrate metabolism – Glycolysis and TCA Cycle. (06) 2. Lipid metabolism- β- Oxidation of Fatty Acids. (02) 3. Protein metabolism – Urea cycle (02) V. Titrimetric methods of quantitative determination, preparation of various solutions used in Titrimetric analysis.(05) VI. Liver Function Tests[ LFT]: (01) 1. Classification of LFT (01)

Theory Periods: 22 III. Collection and processing of faecal samples, concentration techniques of stool for Microscopic Examination (Contd…) (03) - Wucheraria bancrofti. W.Malayi . W.Loaloa.(03) IV. Antibiotic sensitivity Test – preparation of Antibiotic discs. (05) V. Preservation methods of stock cultures and their importance and principle procedure. (05) VI. Brief outline of Morphology cultural characteristics and Lab diagnosis of imp. Pathogens. (09)) a) Gram Positive – Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Pneumococcus (03) b) Gram Negative cocci– Gonococci, Meningococci. (03) c) Gram Positive Bacilli- Corynebacterium – diphtheriae, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae (03)

Theory Periods: 22 IV Identification of hemoparasites: (Contd..) (01) - Identification of the parasite. (01) V Absolute Eosinophil count : (05) - Materials required, diluting fluids, procedure, (03) Identification and counting of cells (02) VI Sickle cell preparation: (05) - Principle, procedure, methods, Materials required, (04) clinical significance. (01) VII Osmotic fragility test : (05) - Methods used, materials required, procedure, observation, reporting, Normal values, (04) factors affecting and interpretation. (01) VIII Coagulation Tests: (06) a) Bleeding time- methods- Dukes method, lvy’s method – procedure, normal values and clinical significance. (03) b) Clotting time – methods- Lee & White, capillary tube method procedure, materials, normal values, factors affecting coagulation and clinical significance. (03)

Practical Periods: 25 5. Estimation of serum calcium and inorganic phosphate. (05) 6. Practice and use of automated pipettes. (05)

Practical Periods: 25 3. Procedure, processing of sputum for AFB (05) 4. Procedure of skin clipping of leprae bacilli. (05) 5. Identification of organisms with

Practical Periods: 25 III. Glass Ware (05) - Slides, Cover slips, sample collection jars, test tubes and watch glasses. (05) IV. Immuno Hematology & Blood Banking (20)

P a g e | 429

7. Estimation of HDL cholesterol. (10) 8. Determination of urine proteins by turbidmetric method – [Sulfosalysilic Acid] (05)

Biochemical reactions of common organisms like – taphylococcus, E.coli, Klebsiella, Shigella, salmonella, Proteus, Pseudomonas. (10) 6. Antibiotic Sensitivity Tests. (05)

- ABO Blood grouping techniques (03) - RH Factor (03) - Cross matching. (04) - Coombs test- Direct & indirect methods. (05)




Aug 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Sep 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 Half yearly examinations Half yearly examinations Half yearly examinations Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 VI. Liver Function Tests[ LFT]: (Contd…) (09)) 2.Basic concepts-including normal & abnormal bilirubin metabolism (2) 3. Determination of Serum Bilirubin – Malloy & Evelyn method, Vandenbergh’s method. (02) 4. Determination of total Serum proteins & A/G Ratio. (02) 5. Estimation of Enzymes – Transaminases [SGOT, SGPT], Alkaline Phosphatase & Acid phosphatase (03) VII. Kidney function tests[KFT/RFT]: (10) 1. Classification of KFT (01) 2. Basic concepts (01)

Theory Periods: 19 VI. Brief outline of Morphology (Contd….) (16) d) Gram Negative Bacilli– enterobacteriaceae E.coli, Klebsiella, Salmonella, Shigella. (05) e) Anaerobic Bacteria-Bacteriodes, Clostridium spp (03) f) Vibriocholera, Pseudomonas. (02) g) H.influenza, B.pertusis. (02) h) Spirochetes- Treponema, Leptospira. (02) i) Actinomyces & Nocardia. (02) VII. Bacteriological Examination (03) of Water (03)

Theory Periods: 19 VIII Coagulation Tests: (Contd….) (02) c) Prothrombin time [PT] (01) d) APTT (01) IX Buffy coat preparation : (05) L.E. cells, microfilaria & Abnormal cells. (05) X. * L.E cell Test : (05) - Principle, procedure, material required, reporting, (04) Clinical significance. (01) XI. Basics of coulter counter : - Diluting fluids - Maintenance of counter. (05) XII. Histopathology : (02) - Maintenance of Registers – receiving register, gross register, Slide register and report issue register. - Biopsy (02)

P a g e | 430

3. Estimation of Blood urea [DAM-TSC & Enzymatic methods ] (02) 4. Estimation of serum creatinine [Jaffe’s method / Alkaline picrate] (02) 5. Clearance tests [ Urea, Creatinine] (02) 6. Concentration & dilution tests. (02) Practical Periods: 23 9. CSF analysis – Pandy’s test Nonne- Apelt – Sugars, Proteins (08) 10. Demonstration of working of Auto analysers. (08) 11. Training of Computer basics. (07)

Practical Periods: 23 6. Antibiotic Sensitivity Tests.(Contd………) (06) 7. Preservation of Stock Cultures. Mycology processing. (05) 8. Collection of specimen for fungal examination like skin scrapings, CSF & Nail clippings. (05) 9. Fungal Examination by wet preparation (07)

Practical Periods: 23 V. Histopathology : (15) 1. Fixation of Tissue 2. Processing (02) 3. Dehydration (02) 4. Clearing (01) 5. Impregnation (01) 6. Paraffin embedding and block making. (01) 7. Trimming of block (01) 8. Staining of the sections (02) 9. Special stains– PAS, Perls, Reticulin, Masson’s Trichrome.(02) 10. Mounting & labeling (03) 11. Decalcification(04) VI. Cytology : Fixatives. (05)




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods: 19 VII. Kidney function tests[KFT/RFT]: (Contd…) (02) 7. Urine Examination in assessing KFT – Proteins, Sugars, blood [Qualitative] (02) VIII. Gastric Function Tests [GFT] (05) 1. Introduction & Basic concepts. (03) 2. Estimation of Free HCL combined Acids – Clinical significance. (02)

Theory Periods: 19 VII. Bacteriological Examination (Contd…) (07) of Milk (04) & Food (03) VIII. Mycology. (12) Morphology, cultural characteristics & lab diagnosis of : Candida, (03) Cryptococcus, (03)

Theory Periods: 19 XII. Histopathology: (Contd...) (11) tissue specimens – Example: Thyroid, GIT, breast, soft tissue, bone etc. Fixatives - processing Dehydration - clearing (03) Impregnation – paraffin embedding and block making - Trimming of blocks.

P a g e | 431

IX. Thyroid Function Tests [ TFT] (05) 1. Introduction & Basic Concepts. (02) 2. Estimation of Thyroid Hormones [T3,T4,TSH] – [ RIA & Chemiluminiscence methods], Clinical Significance. (03) X. Pancreatic Function Test [PFT] (05) 1. Introduction of Basic concepts. (02) 2. Determination of Serum amylase. (03) XI. Clinical Enzymology : (02) 1. Introduction & Basic concepts of Enzymes, Co- Enzymes, Iso Enzymes. (01) 2. Importance of Enzymes. (01)

Dermatophytes, (03) Aspergillus, (03)

Tissue cutting [ Microtomes] - Staining of the sections. - Mounting & Mounting Media, cover slips, labeling. - Decalcification of bone & calcified tissue. (04) - Routine Hematoxylin & Eosin staining. - Immuno histochemistry. (02) - Special stains- PAS, Reticulin, Perls, Masson’s Trichrome etc. - Filing of slides, storing of blocks etc. (02) XIII. Microtomes & Knives: (08) - Types of Microtomes –Maintenance. (03) - Sharpening of Knives – Honing & stropping (03) - Advantages and dis-advantages of frozen section cutting (02)

Practical Periods: 23 12. Estimation of serum sodium and potassium by Flame photometry. (04) 13. Qualitative identification of urine sugars. (05) 14. Qualitative identification of urine proteins [ Heat Coagulations} (07) 15. Qualitative identification of urine Bile Salts & Bile Pigments (07)

Practical Periods: 23 10. Fungal Culture (05) 11. Germ Tube Test. (05) 12. Serology (13) CRP, ASO (03) RA, VDRL (03), Widal (04), Brucella (03)

Practical Periods: 23 VI. Cytology : (Contd….) (08) Cytological exam of all fluids Slide preparation , staining (04) Pap smears – staining, labeling, mounting & preservation (04) VII Sickle Cell preparation (08) VIII Buffy Coat preparation (07)




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 XI. Clinical Enzymology : (03) 3. Gamma Glutamate transaminase

[GGT] (01) 4. Cardiac Enzymes – CPK, LDH,

SGOT. (01)

Theory Periods: 20 VIII. Mycology. (Contd….) (03) Morphology, cultural characteristics & lab diagnosis of : Penicillum. (03) IX Virology Classification, General properties

Theory Periods: 20 XIV Cytology : (08) - FNAC - Guided aspiration - Pap smear - Cytosine – equipment – machine, Procedure, material, laying a tray for the

P a g e | 432

5. Acid Phosphatase. (01) XII. Body Fluids: (05) 1. Outlines of formations of different

body fluids (01) 2. Composition & Analysis of CSF

including. a) CSF Sugar estimation b) CSF

Proteins estimation (02) c) CSF Chlorides estimation. Including interpretation of results. (02) XIII. Automation of Biochemistry Labs and usage of Computers. (05) XIV Quality Control (05)

a) Introduction and importance of quality assurance, General principle. (03)

b) Internal and external quality control. (02) XV Diagnostic Tests : (02)

1. Lipid profile – Serum Total cholesterol, HDL Cholesterol, LDL cholesterol.(02)

and cultivation of imp.pathogenic (10) viruses such as Polio (02), Hepatitis (02), Rabies(02), HIV (02), Dengue (02) X. Quality Control in Laboratory. (07)

procedure. (04) Making smears, staining & mounting cover slip, labeling. Identification & Interpretation – basics. (04) XV Museum techniques: (05) - Labeling (01) - Storage of specimens - Methods of color maintenance. - Presentation of specimen. - Mounting, Labeling and cataloging the specimen (02) - Maintenance and cleanliness of the Museum. -Disposal of waste, - Safety in the lab. (02) XVI Autopsy : (05) Aims & methods of performing Autopsy, Cleaning, suturing and restoring the body. (03) Cleaning the autopsy instruments, tables and rooms, preservation of organs. (02) XVII. Immuno Hematology and Blood Banking: (02) - Introduction (02)

Practical Periods: 21 16. Determination of Serum Bilirubin, SGPT & Alkaline Phosphatase [ LFT] (05) 17. Determination of Blood Urea and serum creatinine [KFT] (08) 18. Practice and interpretation of lipid profile. (08)

Practical Periods: 21 12. Serology (Contd…) (11) ELISA (04), Western blot tests(04) 13. Incubation of fertile eggs & Inoculation by various routes. (10)

Practical Periods: 21 IX Bone marrow smears- preparation & staining. (10) X. Coagulation tests – B.T. , C.T. (11)




P a g e | 433

Feb 2016 24 08

Theory Periods: 08 XV Diagnostic Test (08) 2. Glycosylated hemoglobin. (02) 3. Serum calcium (02) 4. Inorganic phosphate. (02) 5. Blood gas analysis [ PCo2 & PO2] (01) 6. Analysis of Renal & BiliaryCalculi [Stone analysis] (01) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 X. Quality Control in Laboratory. (03) XI Automation in Clinical Laboratories - in brief. (05) Revision

Theory Periods: 08 XVII. Immuno Hematology and Blood Banking: Human blood group antigens, their inheritance and antibodies. - ABO Blood group systems. RH Blood group system. (03) Techniques of grouping & cross matching.(02) Blood collection, screening of donor, preservation and maintenance of records.(02) Coombs Test -a) Direct b) indirect. (01) Revision




March 2016 21


P a g e | 434

OPTHALMIC TECHNICIAN The basic aim of the course ophthalmic technician is to impart the following skills in the student.

1. To provide through knowledge of lenses & various optical instruments

2. Participation in eye screening camps & dispensing optical outlets

3. Multidisplinary & clinically oriented education

4. Early inroduction to lenses, instruments & patient care via observation

5. Learn basic examination procedures during the consecutive years

6. Participation in ophthalmological sub speciality & surgical management

7. Extensive knowledge & utiliaxation of pre clinic laboratory

during years 1 & 2.

P a g e | 435

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015 - 16 OPHTHALMIC TECHNICIAN, COURSE CODE : 613 FIRST YEAR


Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology (Theory & Practical Paper I)

Physical & Physiological Aspects of spectacles (Theory & Practical Paper II)

Community Ophthalmology & Health Education (Theory & Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 23/ 21

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye(9) 1.1 Lids (4) 1.2 Conjunctiva Cornea and sclera (5) 2.0 Physiology(7) 2.1 General Physiology of the Eye and Introduction (4) 2.2 Cornea and Lens (3) 3.0 Pharmacology(7) 3.1 Ocular Pharmacology and Pathology (4) 3.2 Mode of therapy Eg. Drops, Oral, Injection etc. (3)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (12) 1.1 Principles of Refraction (6) 1.2 Retinoscopy, Principles & Practise (6) 2.0 Optics (11) 2.1 Ophthalmic Glasses (5) 2.2 Physical forms & Sizes and Shapes [Spherical – Concave and Convex ] (6)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Examination Of The EYE (6) 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (6) 2.5 Refractive Errors (3) 2.6 Eye Donation (3) 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (5) 3.5 Reading problems in children (3) 3.6 Statistical evaluation of the surveys (2) 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.4 Specific Measures for a): Xerosis (2) b): Trachoma (2) c ): Conjunctivitis (2)

Practical Periods: 21 1. Drawing of different parts of the Eye. .

Practical Periods: 21 1. Diagrams of refraction

Practical periods: 21 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps. d. At Industries


P a g e | 436

July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (13) 1.3 Iris and Ciliary body 2.0 Physiology (5) 2.2 Pupillary Reflexes (3) 2.3 Visual Acuity and Form Sense (2) 3.0 Pharmacology (5) 3.3 Commonly used Drugs in Ophthalmology (3) 3.4 Antibiotics (2)

Theory Periods: 23 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (13) 1.3 Eye as Refractive Apparatus 2.0 Optics (10) 2.3 Astigmatic Lenses [ Cylindrical & Ptoric Lenses ]

Theory Periods: 23 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (11) 2.1 Conjunctivitis 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.1 Screening and Survey of the school children 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.1 Blindness and causes

Practical Periods: 23 2. Recording of distance vision, near vision, Colour vision (23)

Practical Periods: 23 2. Hypermetropia (23)

Practical Periods: (23) 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (23)




Aug 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (8) 1.4 Lens and vitreous (4) 1.5 Retina and Choroid (4) 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.4 Night vision (3) 2.5 Colour vision (3) 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.5 anti-inflammatory (3) 3.6 Anti-Allergic (3)

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (10) 1.4 Myopia and its correction 2.0 Optics (10) 2.4 Prisms and its Uses

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (8) 2.2 Cataract 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.2 Eye Screening of the Industrial workers 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.2 Nutrition

Practical Periods: 19 Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology (Practical Paper I) 5. Visual fields Recording

Practical Periods: 19 Physical & Physiological aspects of Spectacles (Practical Paper II) 3. Myopia

Practical Periods: 19 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (10) b. Old age homes, (9)




Sep 2015 23 20

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (8) 1.6 Ocular muscles

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (10)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and

P a g e | 437

19 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.6 Accommodation 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.7 Mydriatics & Miotics 3.8 Antiseptics

1.5 Hypermetropia and its correction 2.0 Optics (10) 2.5 Prismatic effect

referral (8) 2.3 Vitamin-A Deficiency 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.3 Eye Camps 4.0 Health Education (6) 4.3 Environmental Sanitation and Water supply, sewage, disposal

Practical Periods: 19 6. Lacrimal test [19]

Practical Periods: 19 4. Astigmatism (19)

Practical Periods: 19 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (10) b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes (9)




Oct 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods: 12 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (4) 1.7 Cranial Nerves – I, II, III, IV and VII (3) 2.0 Physiology (4) 2.7 Convergence 3.0 Pharmacology (4) 3.9 Methodology of Applying medication to the eye. (2) 3.10 Aseptic Techniques. (2)

Theory Periods: 12 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (6) 1.6 Astigmatism and its correction 2.0 Optics (6) 2.6 Chemistry of Lenses

Theory Periods: 12 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (4) 2.4 Injuries and Occupational hazards 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (4) 3.4 Detection of the Blind and their rehabilitation, and with note on preventable, permanent and reversible blindness and visually handicapped 4.0 Health Education (4) 4.4 Specific Measures for ( i ): Blindness & Causes

Practical Periods: 14 7. Uses of Mydriatics & Myotics (14)

Practical Periods: 14 5. Aphakia (14)

Practical Periods: 14 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps.




P a g e | 438

Nov 2015 23

OJT

OJT OJT

Dec 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

Jan 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (8) 1.8 Lacrimal apparatus 2.0 Physiology (6) 2.8 Production of Aqueous (3) 2.9 aqueous dynamics [I.O.P] (3) 3.0 Pharmacology (6) 3.11 Urine examination (3) -Albumin & -Sugar Deposits. 3.12 General Information On (3) -Infection -Inflammation -Hypersensitivity -Blood Pressure level (B.P) -Blood Sugar Level (Diabetics)

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (10) 1.7 Presbyopia and its correction (5) 1.8 Prescription of glasses (5) 2.0 Optics (10) 2.7 Optical Aberrations (5) 2.8 Chemistry of Frames (5)

Theory Periods: 20 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (6) 2.7 Certain Terms 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (6) 3.7 Detection of Eye diseases due to Nutritional disorders (3) 3.8 Industrial hazards and Eye Protection (3) 4.0 Health Education (8) 4.4 Specific Measures for ( i ): Blindness & Causes ( ii ): Xerosis ( iii ): Trachoma ( iv ): Conjunctivitis ( v ): Cataract

Practical Periods: 18 8. Methodology of Applying Medications (18)

Practical Periods: 18 7. Reflection, refraction of light (18)

Practical Periods: 18 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools (4) b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes (4) c. Eye Camps (5) d. At Industries(5)




Feb 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods: 17 1.0 Anatomy of the Eye (7) 1.1 Lids (3) 1.2 Conjunctiva Cornea and sclera (4) 2.0 Physiology (5) 2.1 General Physiology of the Eye and

Theory Periods: 17 1.0 Elementary basics of light and vision (9) 1.9 Aphakia, Pseudophakia and its correction (5) 1.10 Low Visual Aids (4)

Theory Periods: 17 1.0 Examination Of The EYE (5) 2.0 Practical Demonstration of Eye problems and their management and referral (4) 3.0 Community Ophthalmology (4) 4.0 Health Education (4)

P a g e | 439

Introduction (3) 2.2 Cornea and Lens (2) 3.0 Pharmacology (5) 3.1 Ocular Pharmacology and Pathology (2) 3.2 Mode of therapy Eg. Drops, Oral, Injection etc (3)

2.0 Optics (8) 2.9 Measurement of Power [ lens meter and Geneva Lens Measure ] (4) 2.10 General Introduction of Contact Lenses (4)

Practical Periods:21 1. Drawing of different parts of the Eye. a)Lids b)cornea c)anterior segment Revision

Practical Periods:21 1. Prism (10) 2. Practical demonstration of: (11) a. Refraction through prism b. Refraction through convex lens c. Refraction through concave lens. Revision

Practical Periods:21 1. Out Door work – Conducting Eye camps a. At schools b. Old age homes, Computer Institutes c. Eye Camps. d. At Industries Revision

March 2016 21


P a g e | 440

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-16 OPHTHALMIC TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE 613: SECOND YEAR


Spectacle Lens Grinding, Dispensing of Spectacles (Theory & Practical Paper I)

Common Occular Diseases & Primary Operation Theatre Procedures (Theory & Practical Paper II)

Refractive Errors, Maintenance of Investigative Instruments & Equipment (Theory & Practical Paper III)

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (11) 1.1 Types of Lenses (3) 1.2 Principles of grinding (4) 1.8 Ingredient of Material (4) (i): Grinding (ii): Powder (iii): Pads (iv): Tools (v): Laps, etc. 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (11) 2.1 Human Eye and Spectacles, Intrapupilary distance 2.2 Bifocals and Multifocal requirements, types centering 2.9 Cylindrical 2.10 Measurement of spectacle lens, power and focimeter.

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases.(9) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.1 Conjunctivitis (5) 1.2 Lid infection (4) 2.0 Routine Investigations (9) 2.1 Tension Taking [Tonometer] (5) 2.2 Colour vision (4) 3.0 Operation Theatre Procedure [Minor] (4) [ Introduction to techniques & preparation of the patient ] 3.1 Asepsis – How to achieve and sterilization (1) 3.2 Anaesthetic agents and where indicated (1) 3.3 Carrying out pre-operative and post-operative instructions(1) 3.4 Bandaging the Eye(1) 3.5 Lacrimal sac-syringing (1)

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.1 Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia (5) 1.2 symptomatology and management of myopia (5) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (6) 2.1 Trial set (3) 2.2 Torches (3) 3.0 Special Investigations (6) 3.1 Visual Acuity Charting a) Distant b) Near c) With Pin Hole d) Colour vision

P a g e | 441

Practical Periods: 23 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses b) Grinding c) Finishing d) Polishing 2. Dispensing spectacles in Opticals.

Practical Periods: 23 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Conjunctivialtis b) Lid Infection c) Styes d) Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage e) Eye-Allergy f) Cataract g) Injuries h) Practise of Retinoscopy. 2. swab smears and cultures

Practical Periods:22 1. examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia 3. Aphakia 4. Contact lens- prescription and practise


July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (11) 1.3 Bifocal Grinding (6) 1.4 Cylindrical Grinding (5) 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (11) 2.3 Protective glasses

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (11) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.3 Styes (6) 1.4 Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (11) 2.3 Visual fields

Theory Periods: 22 1.0 Refractive Errors (11) 1.3 Symptomatogy and management of Astigmatism 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (11) 2.3 Ophthalmoscope

Practical Periods: 25 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses

Practical Periods: 25 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Conjunctivitis

Practical Periods: 25 1. examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia




Aug 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

P a g e | 442

Sep 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

Oct 2015 15

OJT OJT OJT

Nov 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods:19 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (9) 1.5 Prismatic Lens Grinding 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.4 Lens form and thickness effective, equivalent and vertex power.

Theory Periods: 19 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. [ Symptoms and Detection of ] (10) 1.5 Eye-Allergy (5) 1.6 Corneal Ulcer (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (9) 2.4 Various instruments and their principles

Theory Periods:19 1.0 Refractive Errors (9) 1.4 Presbyopia 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (10) 2.4 Slit-Lamp

Practical Periods:22 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses b) Grinding

Practical Periods: 23 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Conjunctivitis b) Lid Infection c) Styes

Practical Periods: 23 1. examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint.




Dec 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods:19 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.6 Aberrations’ and base curves 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (9) 2.5 Trial lenses and frames

Theory Periods: 19 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (10) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.7 Cataract (5) 1.8 Vitamin-A Deficiency (5) 2.0 Routine Investigations (9) 2.5 Fluorescence staining and techniques (5) 2.6 Lacrimal test (4)

Theory Periods: 19 1.0 Refractive Errors (9) 1.5 Aphakia 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (10) 2.4 Slit-Lamp (5) 2.5 Keratometers (5)

Practical Periods: 23 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses

Practical Periods: 23 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management

Practical Periods: 23 1. examination of Refractive errors (13) a) Symptomatology and management of

P a g e | 443

b) Grinding c) Finishing

a) Conjunctivialtis b) Lid Infection c) Styes d) Sub-conjunctival Haemorrahage

Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia (10)




Jan 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (10) 1.7 Aphakic glasses 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (10) 2.6 frame types and specific indications

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (10) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 1.9 Injuries. 2.0 Routine Investigations (10) 2.7 Urine test – (I). Albumin (II). Sugar

Theory Periods: 20 1.0 Refractive Errors (10) 1.6 Suint (5) 1.7 Contact lens: prescription and practice.(5) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (10) 2.6 Surgical Instruments (5) 2.7 Foci-meter [ Lensometer ] (5)

Practical Periods:21 1. Work-shop practise a) Cutting and fitting of Glasses b) Grinding c) Finishing d) Polishing

Practical Periods: 21 1. Common Eye Diseases – detection and Management a) Injuries b) Practise of Retinoscopy. 2. swab smears and cultures

Practical Periods: 21 examination of Refractive errors a) Symptomatology and management of Hypermetropia. b) Symptomatology and management of Myopia c) Symptomatology and management of Astigmatism. d) Symptomatology and management of Squint. 2. Presbyopia 3. Aphakia 4. Contact lens- prescription and practise




P a g e | 444

Feb 2016 24 8

Theory Periods:08 1.0 Special Lens Grinding (4) 2.0 Dispensing of spectacles (4) Revision

Theory Periods:08 1.0 Introduction of common Eye diseases. (4) [ Symptoms and Detection of ] 2.0 Routine Investigations (4) Revision

Theory Periods:08 1.0 Refractive Errors (3) 2.0 Explanation and maintenance of Equipment (3) 4.0 Maintenance of Medical Records and Statisticals. (2) Revision

Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2 Pre final examinations – 2 March 2016 21


P a g e | 445

PHYSIOTHERAPHY The basic aim of the course Physiotheraphy is to impart the following skills in the student.

1) Recognize various systems and function of body parts.

2) Proper use and handling of Electrotherapy equipment.

3) Usage and handling of exercise therapy equipment.

4) Proper assessment of Orthopaedics and Neurological cases.

5) Selection of suitable treatment method and rehabilitation

technique of various conditions.

6) Develop skills in

a) Massage.

b) Hydrotherapy.

c) Electrical stimulation.

d) Exercise therapy techniques.

e) Pre and post operative rehabilitation.

P a g e | 446

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-16 PHYSIOTHERAPY, COURSE CODE : 614 FIRST YEAR

Month &No.of working days /No.of Periods theory/No.of

periods practical

Anatomy & Physiology (Theory & Practical Paper -I )

Pscychology & Abnormal Psychology (Theory & Practical Paper-II )

Bio-Mechanics & Exercise Therapy (Theory & Practical Paper - III )

June 2015 25 23 21

Theory Periods :23 1.Topographical and Functional aspects of Anatomy. (06) 1.1) Planes of the human body(02) 1.2) Systems of the body (02) 1.3) Units of structure & Function of cell (02) 2. Osteology (17) 2.1) Anatomical position planes ,surfaces ,relationship of parts of body- proximal & distal (03) 2.2) Types of bones (02) 2.3) Structure of long bone (04) 2.4) Vertebral column (03) 2.5) Vertebral bones (02) 2.6)Surface land marks(03)

Theory Periods :23 1.what is psychology(05) 1.1) Introduction(02) 1.2)Definition (01) 1.3)various branches of psychology.(02) 2. Behaviour(10) 2.1)Definition(01) 2.2)Types of behaviour(02) 2.3)Factors influencing behaviour(02) 2.4)Definition of abnormal behaviour(01) 2.5)types of abnormal behaviour(01) 2.6)Methods of studying behaviour(03) 3.Intelligence(08) 3.1)definition(01) 3.2)Types of intelligence(02) 3.3)Theories of intelligence(02) 3.4)Evaluation of intelligence(02) 3.5)Intelligence quotient &Mental retardation(01)

Theory Periods :23 1.Bio Mechanics(10) 1.1)Mechanical Principles((01) 1.2)Def.of biomechanics,Axis, Planes,kinematics(01) 1.3)Gravity,centre of gravity,line of gravity,base of support(01) 1.4)equilibrium,fixation,stabilization force and types of force(01) 1.5)levers of body and their mechanical advantage (01) 1.6)pulley, spring, elasticity(01) 1.7)Types of muscle contraction(01) 1.8)range of muscle work(01) 1.9)Group action of muscles(01) 1.10)limb length measurement(01) 2.Gait(10) 2.1)Definition(01) 2.2)stages of gait (05)) 2.3)Pathological gaits (04) 3.Exercise Therapy 3.1)Introduction to PT, role &principles of PT(01) 3.2)Starting positions(02)

P a g e | 447

Anatomy &Physiology (Practical Paper-I ) Practical Periods : 21 1)Bones : (15) 1.1)Identification & description of bones(03) 1.2)Upper limb Bones (03) 1.3) Lower limb bones (03) 1.4) Vertebral bones (02) 1.5) Skull bones (02) 1.6) Thoracic cage (01) 1.7) Identification of surface land marks (01) 2)Joints- 06 Identification of joints(05) 2.1 Upper limb joints (01)

Pscychology & Abnormal Psychology (Practical Paper-II ) Practical Periods:21 1)Intelligence Evaluation(20) 1.1)Intelligence quotient(05) 1.2)Various methods(15) 2) Intelligence test (01) 2.1 Evaluation (01)

Bio-Mechanics & Exercise Therapy (Practical Paper - III ) Practical Periods:21 1)Gait and gait training.(10) Gait analysis: 1.1)Assessment of patient(02) 1.2)Preparation of patient(01) 1.3)Instructions to patients(02) 1.4)Precautions(01) 1.5)Safety measures.(01) 1.6)Limb length measurement(02) 2.Suspension therapy(10) 2.1) Assessment of patient(02) 2.2)Preparation of patient(02) 2.3)Instructions to patient(02) 2.4)Position of patient(02) 2.5)Technique of treatment.(02) 3. Passive movements (01) 3.1 Assessment of patient (01)

Assignment-I Assignment-I Assignment-I July-2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods:23 2)Osteology continued : (01) 2.6)Surface land marks (01) 3) Arthrology(14) 3.1)Classification of joint (02) 3.2)Construction of joints (04) 3.3) Motion of joints (04) 3.4) Articulation & Articular surfaces & Types of joints (04) 4) Myology :(08) 4.1) Types of muscles & fascia(03) 4.2)Muscle spindle in detail(01) 4.3)Muscles of upper limb(03) 4.4)Muscles of lower limb(01)

Theory Periods:23 3.3)Introduction to Exercise Therapy : (10) a)Aims of E.T(02) b)Techniques of E.T(02) c)Goniometry in detail (06) 3.4)Passive movements(05) : a)Definition(01) b)Classification(02) c)principles(01) d)Effects &Use(01) 3.5)Active Movements : (08) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(03) c) Techniques(04)

P a g e | 448

Practical Periods (23) 2)Joints continued (14) 2.1)Upper limb joints (02) 2.2) Lower limb joints (03) 2.3)Movements taking place in joints (05) 2.4)Muscle origin , insertion ,nerve supply, action(04) 3)Study of microscope(05) 4)Demonstration of Thorax with organs in situation :(04) 4.1) Heart (04)

Practical Periods (23) 2)Intelligence test continued(19) 2.2)Evaluation (19) 2.3)Various tests(10) 3) Binets scale (04)

Practical Periods (23) 3)Passive movement continued (09) 3.1) Assessment of patient(01) 3.2)preparation of patient (01) 3.3)instructions to patient (02) 3.4)position of patient (01) 3.5)technique of treatment(03) 3.6)Precautions(01) 4)Active movements(10) 4.1) assessment of patient(02) 4.2)preparation of patient(01) 4.3)instructions to patient(02) 4.4)position of patient(01) 4.5)technique of treatment(03) 4.6)Precautions(01) 5) Resisted exercise (04)




August 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods :20 4) Myology continued(04) 4.4)Muscles of lower limb(02) 4.5)Muscles of trunk, eye & face (02) (Origin, insertion nerve supply &action ) 5)Cardio vascular system (13) 5.1)Heart structure (02) 5.2)Properties of Heart muscle(02) 5.3)Cardiac cycle (02) 5.4)Arteries, capillaries &veins(03) 5.5) B.P(01) 5.6)Systemic ,Pulmonary &Lymphatic circulation(03) 6)Blood(03) 6.1)composition of blood(01) 6.2)plasma (01) 6.3)Blood group(01)

Theory Periods :20 6)Personality development continued :(01) 6.6)Clinical features of disorders(01) 7)Learning :(08) 7.1)Definition (01) 7.2)Theories of Learning (03) 7.3)Methods of Learning(02) 7.4)Factors influencing learning(02) 8)Remembering &Forgetting :(08) 8.1)Definition (02) 8.2)factors influencing forgetting(03) 8.3) factors influencing remembering(03) 9)Thinking, perception & attending:(03) 9.1)Definitions(02) 9.2)Various types of perception (01)

Theory Periods:20 3.5)Active movements continued: (02) d)Effects & uses(02) 3.6)Relaxation :(18) a)Definition(01) b)Principles(02) c)techniques of general relaxation(12) d)local relaxation techniques(03)

P a g e | 449

Practical Periods: 19 4)Demonstration of Thorax with organs in situation :(06) 4.1) Heart (01) 4.2)Lungs(05) 5)Recording of BP(10) 6)Identification of various organs with the abdomen (03)

Practical Periods:19 3)Binets scalec (06) &Stanford Binets scale (10) 4) Personality evaluation (03) 4.1 Human figure test, drawing test (03)

Practical Periods:19 5)Resisted exercise(01) 6)Goniometry in detail (15) : 6.1) assessment of patient(02) 6.2)preparation of patient(02) 6.3)instructions to patient(02) 6.4)position of patient(02) 6.5)technique of treatment(06) 6.6)precautions (01) 7)Joint mobilization techniques (03) : 7.1)shoulder (03)

Assignment – III Unit Test –II



September 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods:20 6)Blood continued(02) 6.4)Coagulation phenomenon(02) 7)Respiratory system (17) 7.1)Anatomy of Respiratory organs(05) 7.2)Air passages(02) 7.3)Mechanism of Breathing(03) 7.4)Lung volume &Capacitance(03) 7.5)Dyspnoea(01) 7.6)Bronchial tree &Segments(03) 8)Animal cell (01)

Theory Periods:20 9)Thinking, perception & attending continued (05) 9.2)Various types of perception (01) 9.3)Factors influencing perception ,thinking &attention(04) 10)Individual differences (08) 10.1)introduction (02) 10.2) Definition(02) 10.3)Causes(01) 10.4)Factors influencing I.D(02) 10.5)Disadvantages of I.D (01) 11)Frustation &Conflicts(07) 11.1) Definition(01) 11.2)Factors leading to frustation(02) 11.3) Factors leading to conflicts(01) 11.4)Types of conflicts(02) 11.5)Disadvantages (01)

Theory Periods:20 3.6)Relaxation continued (02) d)Local relaxation techniques(02) 3.7) Joint mobility(10) a)Introduction(01) b)Classification of joint(02) c)Limitation of joint ROM(02) d)Hip mobilization methods(02) e)Knee mobilization methods (02) f)Ankle mobilization methods (01) 3.8)Muscle strength (08) a)Introduction(01) b)Type of muscle work(01) c) Range of muscle work(01) d)Muscular weakness (02) e)Paralysis(03)

Practical Periods : 19 6)Identification of various organs with

Practical Periods:19 4)Personality evaluation continued (17)

Practical Periods:19 7)Joint mobilization techniques continued(12) :

P a g e | 450

the abdomen (07) 7)TPR description(10) 8)Records of various system diagram &labelling(Anatomy) (02)

4.1:Human figure test, drawing test painting &play(07) 4.2)Wechrlers memory scale (10) 5)Visit to psychiatric institutions(02)

7.1)shoulder (02) 7.2)Elbow (02) 7.3)Hip (05) 7.4)Knee(03) 8)Manual muscle testing (07) 8.1)Introduction(02) 8.2) Upper limb(03) 8.3) Lower limb (02)

Assignment – IV Unit Test –III



October 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods:12 9)Nervous system:(12) 9.1)Division &Function of nervous system(01) 9.2)Nerve tissue –neuron &nerve fibre(01) 9.3)Spinal cord ,brain &their structures(03) 9.4)Neuromuscular junction(01) 9.5)Synapse(01) 9.6)functions of cerebellum, cerebrum, thalamus & hypothalamus (04) 9.7)Phenomenon of muscle contraction, degeneration &regeneration (01)

Theory Periods:12 11)Frustation &Conflicts continued (01) 11.5)Disadvantages (01) 12)Psychosomatic & psychoneurotic disorders (08) 12.1)Definition (01) 12.2)Signs &symptoms of psychosis &neurosis(04) 12.3)Various types of psychosomatic disorders(02) 12.4)Characteristic features of psychosomatic disorders(01) 13)Child ,Adolescent &Geriatric psychology (03) 13.1)Definition(01) 13.2)Factors influencing(02)

Theory Periods:12 3.8)Muscle strength(02) f)Prevention of muscle wasting (02) 3.9)Stretching (05) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(03) C)Effects &uses (01) 3.10)Neuromuscular coordination (02) a)Frenkel ‘s exercise(02) 3.11)Proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation (03) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(02)

Practical Periods: 14 8)Records of various system diagram &labelling(Anatomy) (08) 9)Description of Brain &Peripheral nerves(06)

Practical Periods:14 5)Visit to psychiatric institutions(14)

Practical Periods:14 8)Manual muscle testing continued (03) 8.3)Lower limb(01) 8.4)Back(02) 9)Muscle strengthening techniques (11) : 9.1) assessment of patient(02) 9.2)preparation of patient(01) 9.4)instructions to patient(02)

P a g e | 451

9.5) Oxford techniques (04) 9.6) Deloreme techniques (02)

Half yearly exams ( 3.10.2016 to 9.10.2016)

Half yearly exams( 3.10.2016 to 9.10.2016)

Half yearly exams( 3.10.2016 to 9.10.2016)

November 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

December 2015 24

OJT OJT OJT

January 22 20 18

Theory Periods:20 9) Nervous system continued(06) 9.8)Changes in body during exercise(02) 9.9)Names the peripheral &CN supplying the major functional group(03) 9.10)CSF (01) 10)Digestive system :(05) 10.1)Anatomy of digestive organs (03)-Oesophagus, stomach &intestines. 10.2)Digestive glands (02) 11)Metabolism :(03) 11.1)Fat (01) 11.2)Carbohydrates(01) 11.3)Protein(01) 12)Excretory system (06) 12.1)Anatomy of Urinary Organs(04)-Kidney & urinary bladder B)Functions of kidney(01)) C)Micturation phenomenon (01)

Theory Periods:20 13)Child ,Adolescent &Geriatric psychology continued:(12) 13.3)Causes for abnormal behaviour (01) 13.4)Various types of child behaviour(02) 13.5)Dementia, depression, delirium in old age(03) 13.6)Steps to overcome the abnormal behaviour in individual(02) 13.7) Psycotherapy for child ,adolescent& old(02) 13.8)Old age home (02) 14)Alcoholism &Drug addiction:(08)

Theory Periods:20 3.11)Propioceptive neuromuscular facilitation continued c)Effects &uses (02) 3.12)Hydrotherapy (03) a)Definition b)Indications c)contra indications d)Dangers e)Precautions 3.13)Breathing exercise &Postural drainage(07) a)definition(01), b)Types (02) c)Technique(02) d)Indications(01) e)contraindications(01) 3.14)Posture (04) a)Definition(01) b)Classification(02) c)Postural training(01) 3.15)Exercise therapy equipments (04) a)Suspension therapy(02) b)Mat exercise(01) c)Re education board &Swiss ball (01)

P a g e | 452

Practical Periods : 18 9)Description of Brain &Peripheral nerves Continued(14) 10.Records of various physiological systems with labels(04)

Practical Periods:18 6)Visit to psychiatric institution continued(04) 7)Evaluation of psychiatric patients (14) A)Assessment B)Evaluation

Practical Periods:18 9)Muscle strengthening techniques continued (04) 9.6)Deloreme technique(02) 9.3)Macqueen(02) 10)Breathing exercise& Postural drainage (14)

Pre-Final Examinations-I 23.01.2016 to 30.01.2016



February 24 17 21

Theory:17 12)Excretory system continued : (03) C)Micturation phenomenon(01) D)Skin function & temperature regulation(02) 13)Reproductive system :(09) A)Male &Female reproductive organs(04) B)Menstruation(02) C)Physiological changes during Pregnancy(02) D)Contraceptive methods(01) 14)Endocrine system :(05) a)Functions of Pancrease(02) B) Functions of Pitutary(02) C) Functions of Thyroid(01)

Theory:17 14)Alcoholism &Drug addiction continued (02) 15)Menopausal syndrome(05) 16)Functional psychosis (10)

Theory:17 3.15)Exercise therapy equipments continued(06) d)shoulder wheel(01) e)CPM (01) f)Finger ladder(01) g)Parallel bars (01) h)Medicine ball(01) i)Equilibrium board (01) (Definition &Uses of all above equipments to be covered) 3.16)Walking aids& Gait training (03) 3.17)Massage in detail(08) a)Definition (01) b)Classification(03) c)Techniques(03) d)Effects &uses (01)

Practicals : 21 10.Records of various physiological systems with labels continued(06) 101)Recording of changes during exercise(15) A)BP(05) B)Pulse rate(05) C)Respiratory rate(05)

Practicals:21 7)Evaluation of psychiatric patients continued (01) B) Evaluation (01) 8)Treatment of patients with alcoholism &Drug addiction continued (10) 9)Treating different psychiatric conditions (10)

Practicals:21 10)Breathing exercise& Postural drainage continued (01) 11)Description of exercise therapy equipments & Uses continued (05) 12)Massage Techniques(15) A)Upper limb(04) B)Lower limb(04) C)Facial(02)

P a g e | 453

D)Back massage(05)


Prefinal – II Prefinal –II Prefinal-II

March 2016 21

Revision /I VP E 2016 Revision /I VP E 2016 Revision /I VP E 2016

P a g e | 454

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN 2015-16 PHYSIOTHERAPY COURSE CODE: 614 SECOND YEAR

Month &No.of working days /No.of Periods theory/no. Of

periods practicals

Medical & Surgical condition (Theory Paper -I )

Medical & Surgical conditions (Practical Paper -I )

Orthopaedics & Neurology (Theory Paper-II )

Orthopaedics & Neurology ( Practical Paper-II )

ElectroTherapy (Theory Paper-III)

ElectroTherapy (Practical Paper-III)

June 2015 25 22 23

Theory Periods :22 1)Infectious diseases : Bones & Joints (15) 1.1)Osteomyelitis (Acute &chronic(03) 1.2)Acute Pyogenic Arthritis(03) 1.3)Tuberculosis of spine(03) 1.4)Tuberculosis of hip(03) 1.5) Tuberculosis of shoulder (03) 2)Nutritional disorders(06) 2.1)Rickets(02) 2.2)Scurvy(02) 2.3)Osteo malacia(01) 2.4)Osteoporosis(01) 3)Respiratory disorders(01) 3.1)introduction(01)

Theory Periods :22 1)Introduction, orthopaedic surgery, definition & scope brief history (04) 2)Sprains &strains ,dislocation(04) : 2.1)Its types 2.2)Causes 2.3)Principle of treatment 3)Fractures(04) : 3.1)Types 3.2)Displacements 3.3)General symptoms 3.4)Healing process 3.5)Delayed union , malunion &non union 4)Fractures of upper limb & Lower limb , Pelvis fracture,MP & IP Joint dislocation colle’s ,montegia,l Gallezi ,phalanges & metacarpals fractures (04) 5)Crush injury of hand(04) 6)Bennet’s fracture, mallet finger(02)

Theory Periods:22 1)Physics &basic electrical components(20) 1.1)Current, EMF &Electromagnetic radiation(03) 1.2)Conductors &Non conductors of electricity(03) 1.3)Transmission of heat &static electricity(03) 1.4)Physical effects of heat(03) 1.5)Capacitance, resistance, ohms law &fuse(03) 1.6)Electric shock(03) 1.7)Earth shock (02) 2)Methods of heating tissue(02) 2.1)Physiological effects of heat(02)

P a g e | 455

Practicals Periods: 23 I.case history of respiratory conditions(20) 1)Assessment of patient(03) 2) Taking case history(03) 3)Breathing exercise(03) 4)Postural drainage(03) 5)Coughing &Huffing technique(03) 6)Relaxation(03) 7)Strengthening exercise(02) II. case history of cardiac conditions continued:(3): 1)Assessment of patient(02) 2) Taking case history(1)

Practicals Periods:23 I.case history of orthopaedic conditions(15) 1)Assessment of patient(03) 2)Taking case history(03) 3)Pain reducing modalities(02) 4)Teaching exercise(04) A)Home programme B)Do’S & Dont’s C)Mobilization 5)Stretching(03) II. case history of neurological conditions(08) 6)Assessment of patient(02) 7)Taking case history(03) 8)Pain reducing modalities(03)

Practicals Periods:23 1)Details of electro therapy equipments its knowledge& its operation(15) 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(08)

Assignment – I Assignment – I

Assignment – I

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods:22 3)Respiratory disorders continued:(06) 3.2)Asthma(02) 3.3)Bronchitis(02) 3.4)Emphysema(01) 3.5)Bronchiectasis(01) 4)Cardiovascular disorders (13) 4.1)Myocardial infarction (04) 4.2)Angina (02) 4.3)Congenital heart diseases (04) 4.4)Ischemic heart disease(03) 5)Endocrine disorders (03) 5.1)Dwarfism(02) 5.2)Gigantism(01)

Theory Periods:22 6)tenosinovitis &trigger finger (02) 7)Myositis(01),Tennis elbow(02),Supracondylar fracture(01) 8)Volkmans contracture(01),recurrent dislocation of shoulder(01) Peri arthritis of shoulder(02) 9)Brachial plexus injury(02),Carpal tunnel syndrome (02) 10)Osteoarthritis, Rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosis, spondylitis (04) 11)Metabolic disorders-Rickets, scurvy, osteomalacia & osteoporosis(04)

Theory Periods:22 2)Methods of heating tissue(18) 2.1)Paraffin wax bath(04) a)Physiological effects b)Techniques &application c)Indications& contraindications. d)Dangers 2.2)Moist heat 02) 2.3)Hot packs(02) 2.4)I.R rays (05)&U.V.RAYS(05) a)Production(01) b)Physiological effects(02) c)Techniques &application(01) d)Indications& contraindications &d angers(01) 3)Low frequency currents 3.1)Faradic current(04) a)Production(01) b)Physiological effects(02) c)Techniques &application(01) d)Indications& contraindications(01)

P a g e | 456

Practical Periods : 25 II.case history of cardiac conditions continued:(17) 1)Assessment of patient(02) 2) Taking case history(02) 3)breathing exercise(02) 4)Coughing &Huffing technique(02) 5)Relaxation(02) 6)Strengthening exercise(01) 7)Inscisional support(02) 8)Cardiac rehabilitation(04)

Practical Periods:25 II.case history of neurological conditions continued(07) 9)Teaching exercise(04) a)Home programme b)Do’S &Dont’s c)Mobilization 10)Stretching(03) 11)Identification of different orthotics&prosthetics (10) 12)Description &physiotherapy management for(08): A) different types of fractures(05) B)Amputation(03)

Practical Periods:25 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(25)

Assignment – II Unit test-1



Aug 2015 23

OJT

OJT OJT

SEP 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

OCT 2015

OJT OJT OJT

November 2015 23 19 23

Theory periods:19 6)Tetanus (03) 7)Gas gangrene (03) 8)S.T.D: (03) A)AIDS B)Syphylis C)Gonorrhoea 9)Leprosy(02)&Tuberculosis(03) 10)Surgery: A)Anaesthesia types(02) B)Types of incision(03)

Theory periods:19 12)Spinal deformities:(03) A)Scoliosis, Kyphosis, lordosis (01) B)Cervical spondylosis(01) C)Lumbar spondylytis(01) 13)C.T.E.V.,C.D.H. ,Torticolis(03) 14)IVDP (03) 15)Knee deformities(03) A)Genu varum B)Genu valgum C)Genu recurvatum 16)Tuberculosis of bones(03) 17)Amputations(03) A) types (01) B)Role of P.T(01) C)Counselling(01) 18)Orthopaedic appliances-

Theory periods:19 3)Low frequency currents continue : d)Indications& contraindications(01) B)Galvanic current(05) a)Production b)Physiological effects c)Techniques &application d)Indications& contraindications. C)SD Curve(03) a)Preparation of apparatus &patient b)Indication &contraindications D)Iontophoresis(02) E)TENS(05) a)Definition b)Types c)Physiological effects d)Techniques &application

P a g e | 457

Splints,Prosthosis&Orthotics(01)

e) Indications& contraindications. 4)Cryotherapy (03) a)Definition b)Physiological effects

Practicals periods: 23 III.Breathing exercise & postural drainage continued :(08) IV)Description &physiotherapy management for:(16) A)Leprosy(10) B) Burns(6)

Practicals periods :23 3)Description & physiotherapy management for :(23) b)Ampitation (02) c)OA (04) D) R.A (04) E)TKR(04) F)Paraplegia(04) G)Hemiplegia(01)

Practicals periods:23 2)Assisting to qualified physiotherapist(02) 3)Treatment or application of equipment on model (21) A)wax bath(05) B)Moist pack(05) C)Hot packs(05) D)Infrared (05) E)TENS(01)




December 2015 24 19 23

Theory periods :19 C)Burns :(10) a)definition(01) b)Classification(03) c)Degree of burns (03) d)Contactures(01) e)Skin graft(01) f)Flaps (01) D)Pre&post operative PT Management of :(09) a)Cardiac surgery(04) b)Respiratory surgery(03) c)TKR (02)

Theory Periods :19 18)Orthopaedic appliances continued(02)-Splints,Prosthosis&Orthotics(02) 19)Quadriceps contracture(03) 20)Foot deformities (03) A)Flat foot(01) B)Calcaneal spur(01) C)Plantar Fascitis(01) 21)Paraplegia ,quadriplegia(03) 22)Introduction to neurology(03) A)Structure &function of a)Cerebral cortex b)Pyramidal tracts c)Extra pyramidal tracts d)Cerebellum e)Spinal cord f)Peripheral nerve 23)Cerebral circulation & its disorders(03) A)Hemiplegia B)Coma 24)Infection & inflammation of CNS (02)

Theory Peridos :19 4)Cryotherapy (07) c)Techniques &application(04) d)Indications& contraindications(02) e)Dangers(01) 5)Medial frequency currents –IFT(12) a)Definition (02) b)Physiological effects(04) c)Techniques &application(04) d)Indications& contraindications(02)

Practical Periods : 23 IV)Description &physiotherapy

Practical Periods :23 12.Description and physiotherapy management

Practical Periods :23 3. Treatment and application of equipment on

P a g e | 458

management for:(04) B)Burns continued (04) V. Pre and post operative management of: (19) A)Cardiac surgery(10) B. respiratory surgery (09)

continued of:(23) G.Hemiplegia (04) H)Poliomyelitis(05) I)Parkinsonism(05) J.Multiple Sclerosis (05) K.GBS (04)

model(23) E)Tens (04) F)Iontophoresis(05) G)U.V.Rays (05) H. Stimulator (05) I.IFT (04)

Assignment-IV & unit test-III Assignment-IV & unit test-III Assignment-IV & unit test-III January 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods :20 c)TKR continued (01) 11)Gynaecology(08) A)Various stages of labour(02) B.clinical management of labour (02) C.physiological changes during pregnancy and physiotherapy management(04) 12.Paediatric Periods (11) A.cerebral palsy and PT Management (04) B.Developmental milestones(03) C.Hydrocephalus (02) D.Meningiocele (01) E..Polio(01)

Theory Periods :20 24)Infection & inflammation of CNS (01) 25)Extra pyramidal syndrome(03) A)Chorea B)Athetosis C)Hemiballisums D)Tremors & rigidity E)Parkinsonism 26.Syphiliis and its neurological complications(03) 27.demyelinating and degenerative disorders: (03) A.Multiple sclerosis(02) B.Motor neurone disorder(01) 28.Disorders of peripheral nerves(03) 29.Polyneropathy,GBS,Diabetic neuropathy (03) 30.Disorders of spinal cord: (03) spinabifida, syringomyelia, spinal tumours, Transverse myelitis 31.Convulsive Disorders(01)

Theory Periods :20 IFT continued(03) e)dangers &precautions(03) 6.High frequency currents: A.SWD: (09) a) Definition(01) b) Production(01) c)Physiological effects(02) d)Techniques &application(02) e)Indications& contraindications(01) f)dangers(02) B. MwD (05) a)Definition b)Production c)Physiological effects d)Techniques &applications e)Indications& contraindications C.Ultrasound therapy(03) a)Definition(01) b)Physiological effects(01) c)Techniques &application(01)

Practical Periods : 21 B.respiratory surgery continued (01) VI.Physiotherapy management for (20) A.Acne Vulgaris (10) B.psoriasis(10) Revision

Practical Periods :21 12.description and physiotherapy management of (21): K.GBS (01) L.spina bifida (05) M.Cerebral Ataxia (05) N.Head Injry (05) O.Peripheral nerve injuries(05) Revision

Practical Periods :21 3.Treatment or application of equipment on models: (21) I.IFT (01) J.Traction (05) K.SWD (05) L.US (05) M. cryotherapy (05) Revision

P a g e | 459

Pre-Final Exams -I 23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016

Pre-Final Exams-I 23.1.2016 to 30.01.2016

Pre-Final Exams-I 23.1.2016 to30.01.2016

February 2016 24 08

Theory Periods :08 12.Paediatrics continued:(03) E.Polio continued(03): causes,stages,prevention,medical and PT Management 13. Dermatology: (05) A.Dermatitis B.Eczema, C.Acne, D.psoriasis E.leucoderma F.Alopecia Revision Prefinal examination-2(2nd week of February 2016)

Theory Periods :08 31.Convulsive Disorders(02) 32.Ataxia(03) types, clinical features ,pathology, medical and PT management 33. Head injury (03) Revision Prefinal examination-2(2nd week of February 2016)

Theory Periods :08 C.Ultrasound therapy continued (04) d )Indications& contraindications(01) e)production(01) D.Laser (02) E.Differences between LFC and HFC (02) F.Differences between LFC and MFC (02) Revision Prefinal examination-2(2nd week of February 2016)

March 2016 21

Revision /I VP E 2016 Revision /I VP E 2016 Revision /I VP E 2016

P a g e | 460

MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (FEMALE)

The basic aim of the course MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (FEMALE) is to

impart the following skills in the student.

1. Bring awaereness among individuals, familes and community.

2. Able to motivate the eligible comuple to adopt family planning methods and educate

on childcare

3. Develop basis skils in immunization

4. Plans and conducts health talks.

5. Participate in prevention and control of communicable diseases.

6. Provides first aid and emergency and disaster care.

7. Able to organize health clinics, like Antenatal. Post natal and well baby clinic.

P a g e | 461

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN- 2015-16 MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (F) COURSE CODE: 615: FIRST YEAR


Community Health Nursing Theory & Practical Paper –I

Health Promotion Theory & Practical Paper –II

Primary Health Care Theory & Practical Paper-III

June 2015 25/ 23 21

Theory Periods: 23 1. Concept of Health (5)

Health and changing concepts – Dimensions of health – Determinate of health – Concept of Health for all – Primary health care, principles, elements Concepts and structure (10)

Definition of community, meaning of rural and urban community & slums – Characteristics, changes in village community development, major rural problems. Urban community characteristics, changes and adjustments to Urban environment, major Urban problems. Structure and functions of panchayat Raj – 73rd & 74th amendments to constitution, role of panchayat Raj in health. Social groups – Organisations – structure of an urban community slum, social groups organizations, leaders, community resources Community Need assessment (5) – Scope and methods of community assessment. Community survey – Principles, methods of data collection – conducting interviews, focus group discussions and case studies – analysis of data, preparation of reports. Home visit : (5)

Theory Periods : 23 NUTRITION (15) 1) Essential nutrients : Importance of nutrition in health and sickness – Essential nutrients, functions, sources and requirements classification of foods and their nutritive value – Normal requirements at different ages Balanced diet different age groups.(15) Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Explain using models and charts – Exhibit raw food item showing balanced diet (8)

Theory Periods : 23 The Hospital (5) Functions – Classification – Admission and discharge procedure of a patient – Nursing as profession

Preparation of patient unit (5) Optimum environment for patient Factors of safety – Furnishing for the patient unit – Bedmaking – different types of bed – closed – opened – occupied – operation – Cardiac – Fracture - amputation Hygiene of the Body : (10) Personal and individual Hygiene – Care of mouth, Skin, hair and nails – Sexual hygiene – Hygiene and comfort needs of the sick, - Care of pressure points, positioning and changing – Care of hair wash – Care of hand and nails, Hand washing – Care of eye wash – Mouth care, Elimination- care of bowels and bladder Optimal functioning of the body (10) Basic human needs – Rest, Sleep, activity exercise, posture etc,(3)

P a g e | 462

Importance – Principles – Planning – Bag technique – Equipment usage of bag at home

Practical Periods: 21 1. Community Health Nursing (15) A. Community Experience � Visit village, Urban slum for understanding the village mapping, physical, social and resources structure of the village/Urban slum � Conduct community need assessment Visit to SC/PHC/CHC and prepare a including organization, functions and the responsibilities of staff members. (6)

Practical Periods: 21 A. Asses Nutritional status of 25

children in a School Conduct IEC activities related to nutrition and personal hygiene (21)

Practical Periods: 21 A. Give care to sick people at Upgraded

PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital

Assess and take care of Sick patients with different diseases (21)

July 2015 26 23 23

Theory Periods: 23 - Disinfection of equipment, sputum,

Vomiting, urine, stool (2) Health problems and policies : (10) – Overview of health problem of India – Trends & development in National Health policies – National Health Programmes.

Communication and Health Education : (10) – Principles, methods, and process of communication – Inter personal relationship (IPR). Communication with different groups and health team members. Health Education – Definition uses Principles, scope, approaches – Use of A,V, aids, role of man media – BCC (Behavioral change communication), IEC (Information Education and Communication). Role and responsibilities of MPHW(F) in IEC.

Community based Rehabilitation Definition, Rehabilitation methods

Theory Periods : 23 Balance Diet(2)

Nutritional problems : (15) Nutritional deficiencies, correction, treatment and referral, anemia in women – under five nutrition – the role of MPHW (F) in supplementary food – Special diets of individuals for different age group. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Visit IOCDS project and discuss the programme Explain using models and charts – Planning diets for anemia (women and other deficiency conditions) 2) Nutritional Assessment : (15) Methods of nutritional assessment of

Theory Periods : 23 Food, eating and drinking habits – Participation in Social activities – Self actualization and spiritual need – interpersonal and human relations – life cycle and healthy habits Teaching and Learning activities : Lecture discussion, Health education regarding healthy life style. (7) Collection of specimen (5) Principles and methods of collection of specimen and handling body discharges – Collection of specimen of blood, spectrum, urine, stool – Safe disposal of body discharges. Disinfection and sterilization :(5) Principles and methods of antisepsis, disinfection and sterilization – Methods of disinfecting different equipment – Methods of sterilizing different equipments.

P a g e | 463

– Institution based and community based rehabilitation, Health condition require community based Rehabilitation community resources required – Education of individuals, family and community. Concept of disease : (5) Identification of illness (1)

individual and family, mother and child (6)

Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Visit sterilization department of a hospital. Bio-Medical Waste Management (5) Waste disposals – infections and non infections concepts, principles and methods at different levels. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration Health problems – Diseases : Fever (10) Vital signs : Temperature, pulse, respiration Blood pressure (1)

Practical Periods: 23 Visit to SC/PHC/CHC and prepare a including organization, functions and the responsibilities of staff members.(4) Home visits : 50 houses – Physical, Mental, Special assessment of Family and individual, Identification of needs providing need base care – including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (19

Practical Periods: 23 Asses Nutritional status of 25 children in a School Conduct IEC activities related to nutrition and personal hygiene (19) Nutritional assessment Identification of nutritional problems in the community (4)

Practical Periods: 23 A. Give care to sick people at

Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital

Assess and take care of Sick patients with different diseases (23)

Assignment –I Unit Test -1



August 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods : 20 – Disease causation – classification of diseases – Teaching learning activities – Lecture discussion – Explain using charts (4)

Infection (5) Meaning and types of infection – causes of infection – classification and characteristics of Micro organisms: pathogenic and Non pathogenic – Incubation period and spread of infection – transmission – factors affecting

Theory Periods : 20 Identification of local food sources and their value in enriching diet – food fats, taboos customs and their influences on health. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – field visits (7)

Promotion of nutrition : (10) Planning diets and special diets for a

Theory Periods : 20 Vital signs : Temperature, pulse, respiration Blood pressure - Temperature maintenance and the physiology of fever – Fever types, and stages – causes of fever – Common conditions causing fever, malaria, typhoid, Acute respiratory infection (ARI) etc. – Nursing Management of patient with fever – Alternate system of medicine (9)

Respiratory Problems (5)

P a g e | 464

growth and destruction of Microbes. Teaching Learing activities: - Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Explain is using Microscope. Immunity and body defence mechanisms (10) Body’s defense mechanism – Immunity – Concept- Hypersensitivity : Antigen and Antibody reaction – Types of immunity – Types of vaccines – storage and cold chain maintenance Immunization : (5) Immunization against different infections(1)

family – Methods of using locally available foods for special diets – principles and methods of cooking – Promotion of kitchen garden – Food hygiene and safe preparation – Storage and preservation – Food adulteration – Precautions during festivals and Melas Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Plan diet for the family assigned – Health education – visit a milk pasteurization plants, Demonstration of various methods of cooking – using of diet detailed chart. The Human Body (10) Structure and function of the human body (1)

Common respiratory problems types, classification – cold and cough, ARI tonsillitis, bronchitis, Pneumonia and tuberculosis – causes signs and symptoms treatment of respiratory problems – Management, Role and responsibilities of MPHW(F) in case of patients with respiratory problems including home care remedies – integrate accepted practices of AYUSH

Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Demonstration of steam inhalation, nasal drops, oxygen inhalation health education – Supervised clinical practice.

Aches and pains (5) Causes and nursing Management of tooth ache ear ache, abdominal pain, head ache, joint pains – Management as per the standing orders and protocols – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Digestive problems (5) Indigestion – anorexia (1)

Practical Periods: 19 Home visits : 50 houses – Physical, Mental, Special assessment of Family and individual, Identification of needs providing need base care – including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (19)

Practical Periods: 19 Nutrition exhibition in a village – Prepare and maintain a nutrition practical book(19)

Practical Periods: 19 Give care to sick people at Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital

Assess and take care of sick patient with different diseases (19)

P a g e | 465

Assignment –III Unit Test – II



September 2015 23 20 19

Theory Periods : 20 – Immunization schedule – injection safety – Methods of administering vaccine – sterilization of syringes and needles – Immunization in the community – Immunization Hazards – Precautions while giving vaccines – Special Immunization drives and programmes – Records and reports. (4)

Environment sanitation (10) Environment and ecology for healthy living – Basic sanitary needs – Air, Sunlight, and ventilation, Home environment – Smoke animals, drains, and toilets

Teaching Learning activities Safe water (5)

Sources of water and characteristics of safe water – Sources of contamination and prevention – purification of water for drinking – Methods – Small and large scale – disinfection of well – tube well tank and pond in a village – water borne diseases. Teaching Learning activities : Lecturer discussion Village Mapping, water sources, drains, ponds, and contamination areas – visit to a water purification plant. Disposal of excreta and waste (10) Methods of excreta disposal – types of latrine (1)

Theory Periods : 20 Body systems and their functions – digestive system, respiratory system, genitor urinary system, Cardiovascular system, nervous system, muscular system, endocrine system, special sensory organs.(9) Mental Health (10) Concept of mental health – Body mind relationship – Factors influencing Mental health – characteristics of a mentally healthy person, Developmental tasks of different age groups – Different defence mechanisms Mal adjustment : (10) Features of a Mal adjusted individual (1)

Theory Periods : 20 Vomiting, distention and constipation – Hemorrhoids, hernia – ulcers, and intestinal obstruction – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – integrate accepted practices of AYUSH.(4) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Health education Urinary Problems (5)

Signs and symptoms of renal conditions – Retention of urine, renal colic, edema – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH.

Cardio Vascular problems (5) Signs and symptoms of cardiac conditions and blood related problems, Heart attack, Chest pain, Anemia – hypertension and leukemia – care of a cardiac patient at home – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including Home care remedies – Integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Health Education. Diseases of the Nervous system (5) Signs and symptoms of neurological problems – head ache, back ache, and paralysis, care of a patient with stroke at

P a g e | 466

home – care of pressure points, back care, changing of positions, active and passive exercise, body support to prevent contractures – Role of MPHW(F) in the community including home care remedies – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH. Metabolic diseases : (5) Diabetes signs and symptoms (1)

Practical Periods: 19 Home visits : 50 houses – Physical, Mental, Special assessment of Family and individual, Identification of needs providing need base care – including H.E – Treatment of Minor ailments (19)

Practical Periods: 19 Nutrition exhibition in a village – Prepare and maintain a nutrition practical book

Practical Periods: 19 Give care to sick people at Upgraded PHC/CHC/District hospital/Area hospital

Assess and take care of sick patient with different diseases (19)

October 2015 15 12 14

Theory Periods : 12 . Handing animal excreta- Methods of waste disposal – Hazards due to waste – Maintenance of village drains, ponds and wells (9) Introduction to communicable diseases : (10) Common communicable diseases : Epidemiological concepts – incidence and prevalence – Mortality and Morbidity (3)

Theory Periods : 12 Common causes of Mal adjustment. Counseling an individual, family and community -Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration of counseling for mal adjusted individual in the community (9) Mental illness (15) abnormal behaviors (3)

Theory Periods : 12 Complications diet and medications – Skin care – foot care – urine testing and administration of insulin injections – integrated accepted practices of AYUSH.- (4) Care of Handicap (5)

Handicap – different types – counseling for prevention of certain handicaps – understanding the handicapped person. Helping family to ensure need based care. Types of drugs (5) Different systems of medicine: Allopathy and AYUSH – Classification of drugs – Forms and characteristics of drugs – Abbreviations used in medication – Administration of drugs (3)

P a g e | 467

Practical Periods: 14 Immunization – Participation in National health programmes, National health programmes, Visit to School, Anganwadi worker (14)

Practical Periods: 14 Menu Plan – for different age group children (10) Participating in Nutritional programmes (4)

Practical Periods: 14 Take care of sick patients with dfferent diseases. (3) Practice basic nursing procedures in outpatient & inpatient departments (11)

Half yearly Examinations Half yearly Examinations Half yearly Examinations

November 2015 OJT OJT OJT

December 2015

OJT OJT OJT

January 2016 22 20 18

Theory Periods : 20 – levels of prevention – Signs and symptoms, care, control and prevention of communicable diseases, General measures – Surveillance – Isolation notification reporting. Signs, symtoms, care and prevention

of the following: � Diphtheria, pestusis, tetanus,

Poliomyelitis, measles and tuberculosis � Chickenpox, Mums, rubella, enteric

fever, hepatitis, rabies, malaria, dengue, filarial, kala-azar, trachoma conjunctivitis, scabies, stds and Hiv/Aids

� Encephalitis � Leptospirosis � Acute respiratory infections � Diarrhoeal diseases � Worm infestations � Leprosy � Role & responsibilities of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture

Theory Periods : 20 Types of Mental illness and treatments – Early detection and referral of mentally ill – Prevention of Mental illness – Home care and counseling – Refer psychiatric emergencies.

Teaching Learning Activities: Lecture discussion – Visit to a mental hospital/clinic.(12) Old age care (10) Process of aging – physical, psychological changes – needs and problems – care of eldeely at home (8)

Theory Periods : 20 Policies and regulations, as per protocols and standing orders- classification of drugs. Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion, calculation of dosage and conversion – Drug study (2) Administration of drugs (5) Routes of administration – Oral, parental (intramuscular, intradermal, subcutaneous, intravenous) rectal, local and others Administration of drugs precautions, principles safety measures observation and recording – Role of MPHW(F) in the administration of drugs - Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration, Practice session – pre par atom and assisting of I.V fluids as per protocol – preparation for blood transfusion as per protocol.

Drugs used in Minor Ailments (5)

Common drugs for fever, cold and cough,

P a g e | 468

discussion – Calculation of and Mortality and Morbidity for different diseases – Visit isolation unit Surveillance – Visit infectious disease hospital/centre – Demonstration – Supervised clinical practice. (7) Care in communicable diseases (10) Care of patients with communicable diseases – Isolation methods – Standards safety measures (universal precaution) – Health education and messages for different communicable diseases – Role and responsibilities of MPHW(F) Community Health Problem :(10) Care of the sick in the community common

health conditions in the community – danger signs of illness – Health assessment Taking history (3)

aches and pains, loose motions – Drug kit in the sub centre, content and its use – Storage and care of drugs. Common Emergency Drugs (5)

I.V fluids, antibiotics, injections and magnesium Sulphate, Deriphylline, avil and other anti histamine, vitamin K, anti rabies vaccine, ante snake venoms as per the protocol, precautions for administration First aid (5) Principles of first aid – mobalization of resources – first aid kit and supplies Bandages, types, uses (3)

Practical Periods :18 Immunization – Participation in National health programmes, National health programmes, Visit to School, Anganwadi worker (18)

Practical Periods :18 Menu plan for different age group children (14) Participationing in Nutritional programmes (4)

Practical Periods :18 Practice basic nursing procedures in outpatient & inpatient departments (14) Perform immunization and first aid services(4)

Pre-Final Examinations (23.01.2016to 30.01.2016)



P a g e | 469

February 2016 24 17 21

Theory Periods : 17 Physical examination – Vital signs, weight, height – Recognition of abnormalities identification of health problems – management of the sick. Home and community nursing procedures, care of the sick – referral – health education, individual and family (7) Epidemic Management : (10) Definitions and causes of epidemics –

epidemic emery in a community and epidemic mapping – Relief well and role of MPHW(F)

Theory Periods : 17 – Rehabilitation and agencies of caring elderly. Teaching Learning Activities : Lecture discussion – If available, visit an old age home. [2]

Counseling & Guidance (15) Concept, Principles and techniques of counseling, areas of counseling in the community individualized, family, and group counseling, guidance – meaning, methods, importance- Role of counselor in counseling and guidance, Role of MPHW(F) in counseling and guidance. (15)

Theory Periods : 17 Principles and methods of bandaging (2)

Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Practice session. Minor injuries and ailments (5)

Cuts and wounds, types, principles and first aid care – Foreign bodies – Burns and scalds types, principles and first and care Health Education – referral, Role of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities: Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Practice session – Supervised clinical practices – Health education.[12] Fractures (5) Skeletal system and different bones fracture – types, causes, signs and symptoms, first aid care Methods of immobilization and transportation. Teaching and Learning activities : Lecture discussion, Demonstration – Practice session. Life threatening conditions (5) Bleeding – drowning strangulations – suffocation, and asphyxia – loss of consciousness – cardio respiratory arrest, convulsions – Foreign bodies – Chest injuries – Shock and allergic conditions – poisoning – bites and stings – stroke, heat stroke, severe burns

P a g e | 470

Pracatical Priods :21 Visit to school, Aganwadi Worker (6) Field visists – Visit to water purification

plant, Sewage plant, A.P. Diary Staughter homes. (15)

Pracatical Priods :21 Observing midday meal programme in Schools, Supplementary nutrition programme at anganwadi centre (11) Field Visits : To health museum and NIN (10)

Pracatical Priods :21 Perform immunization and first aid services(21)

Pre-Final Examinations -2 ( 2nd week of Feb.2016)

Pre-Final Examinations -2 ( 2nd week of Feb.2016)


March 2016 21

Revision/IPE-2016 Revision/IPE-2016 Revision /IPE 2016

P a g e | 471

ANNUAL ACADEMIC PLAN- 2015-16 MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER (F) COURSE CODE: 615 SECOND YEAR


Midwifery Theory & Practical Paper –I

Child Health Nursing Theory & Practical Paper –II

Health Care Management Theory & Practical Paper -III

June 2015 25/ 22 23

Theory Periods: 22 1. Human reproductive system: (3)

Female reproductive organs – structure and function – Menstrual cycle – Male reproductive organs, structure and functions process of fertilization.

2. Female pelvis and foetal skull (5) Structure of the pelvic bones – types of pelvis –pelvic diameters – Muscles and Ligaments of pelvic floor – Foetal skull : Bones diameters, sutures, size, shape, moulding skull area, fontanel’s

3. Foetus and placenta (6) Growth and development of foetus, foetal sac and amniotic fluid and foetal circulation and changes after birth – structure and functions of placenta, membranes and umbilical cord and abnormalities, (Refer SBA module of Ministry of Health and family welfare.

4. Normal pregnancy(7) Signs and symptoms of pregnancy – Various diagnostic tests for confirmation of pregnancy – physiological changes during pregnancy – Minor ailments during pregnancy & their management.

5. Antenatal care (6) Registration – taking history of pregnant

Theory Periods: 22 Growth and Development (15) Introduction to growth and development – factors affecting growth and development – Growth and development of infants and children – assessment of physical, psychological and social growth Monitoring and recording of growth and development of infants and children – play, hygiene, emotional needs, toilet training, accidents : causes precautions and prevention New born care (15) Assessment of new born, APGAR score- Neonatal resuscitation – Management of new born – Temperature maintenance, prevention of infection, care of the cord, exclusive breast feeding kangaroo mother care – immunization (7)

Theory Periods: 22 Concept of Management (5) Definition – Principles – Elements – Line of authority Health centre (10) SC/PHC/CHC – Organization of functions, facilities, records and reports Centre activity plans – Conduct of clinics and special programmes – Referral systems – conducting meetings – IEC activities Health Team (15) Concept of health team – Importance of Team approach (7)

P a g e | 472

women (1) Practical Periods: 23

A) Midwifery and nursing, care of mothers at risk

(Examine 15 pregnant women at hospital – 5 pregnant women at home) Including estimation hemoglobin and IFA treatment – Give TT injection to ten women (23)

Practical Periods: 23 Assess growth and development of children of different ages and record on chart Access health status of 20 sick children

Practical Periods: 23 Management of SC/PHC/CHC/Area hospital Management of equipment, Management drugs & Solution In directing and storage Management of Iceland refrigerators (LLR) [23]

July 2015 26 22 25

Theory Periods : 22 physical examination, investigation – routine and specific prophylactic medications – Need based health information and guidance – Nutrition in pregnancy – special needs a pregnant women – involvement of husband and family – identification of high risks cases and referral preparation of mother for delivery(5)

Normal Labour (5) Onset and stages of labour, physiological changes, changes in uterine muscles and cervix – lie, attitude, position, denominator and presentation of foetus – Foetal skull, mechanism of labour- Identification of high risk cases Foetal distress and maternal distress during labour – partograph in the management of Normal Labour – Role of MPHW(F) and referral Care during normal labour (5) History of labour – Importance of 6 ‘c’ – Monitoring progress of labour with partograph, preparation for delivery – Care of

Theory Periods : 22 care of the new born with jaundice, infection and respiratory problems, congenital – care of premature baby – small for age – post maturity (8)

Nutrition of infants and children (10) Assessment of nutritional status, Nutritional requirements – Exclusive breast feeding – complimentary feeding – weaning, problems of feeding – Infant feeding and HIV Children’s rights (5)

Rights of the child – Child abuse – child labour – Battered child syndrome – Juvenile delinquency – Protection of child rights – Female infanticide (4)

Theory Periods : 22 Staffing pattern in SC/PHC/CHC Roles and responsibilities of each member in the team. (8)

Health Administration in India (25) National/State/Local level Health care delivery systems : Public, Private National & International health agencies and NGO organizations, AYUSH, Arogya Sree services Health, planning: Five year Plans (14)

P a g e | 473

mother in first and second stage of labour preparation for delivery – care of mother in first and second stage of labour – assist and conduct child birth – immediate care of new born resuscitation, apgar score, cord care – Delivery of placenta and examination of placenta – care of m other in third and fourth stage - Recognize degree of tear and appropriate care and referral – Establishment of breast feeding, exclusive breast feeding – Kangaroo mother care – Baby friendly hospital initiative – Record child birth and ensure birth registration. Normal puerperium (5) Physiological changes during postnatal period – postnatal assessment – Minor ailments during puerperium and their management – care of mother DIET, REST, EXERCISE, HYGUENE – Management of breast feeding – prophylactic medicines – Special needs of postnatal women – Need based health education High risk New born (7) Preterm/low birth wt babies – special needs of high risk babies (2)

Practical Periods: 25 observation and assist 20 deliveries – Monitor and maintain partograph for conduct cases – Asst in storing of episiotomies and tear – 5- care of new born – 10 – resuscitate of new born 5 – perform PV examination – Five Follow up of postnatal mother 10 in the hospital Conduct health education for groups of mothers (22)

Practical Periods: 25 Give care to 15 children as per the IMNCI protocol Give care to 5 children each with diarrhea and ARI, and Malnutrition(25)

Practical Periods: 25 cold chain system[2] Organization & conducting various clinics [23]

P a g e | 474

Conduct antenatal examinations at home (3) Assignment –II

Unit Test -1 Assignment –II Unit Test -1

Assignment –II Unit Test -1

August 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

September 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

October 2015 23

OJT OJT OJT

November 2015 Half yearly Examinations Half yearly Examinations Half yearly Examinations

November 2015 23 19 23

Theory Periods : 19 care at home – referral follow up – care during asphyxia, convulsions, Vomiting – case of through, word sepsis, diarrhea (5) Trends in Midwifery (5)

Family welfare programme, C.S.S.M. – M.C.H. – RCH I & II and NRHM-SBA, JSY 104, 108 programme components, aims and objectives. Abnormalities of pregnancy (5) Common abnormalities of pregnancy hyperemesis gravidaram, leaking and bleeding per vagina – Anemia of pregnant women – preeclampsia and eclampsia and toxaemia of pregnancy – Indication of premature rupture of membranes, prolonged labour, anything requiring manual practices, UTI, obstetrical shocks, uterine abnormalities, ecUnit pregnancy – Disease complicating pregnancy – T.B, diabetes, Hypertension. Abortion (5) Types of abortion, causes of abortion – Need for safe abortion – referral – complications

Theory Periods : 19 – Special care of the girl child (1)

Care of the sick child (30)

Common child hood diseases : Signs and symptoms and management : Acute respiratory treat infections – Diarrheal diseases, vomiting, constipation – Infectious diseases : Chicken pox, Diphtheria, Tetanus(18)

Theory Periods : 19 11th PYP, National 104, 108 Ambulance Arogya Sree services. (11) Maintenance of stocks (10) Maintenance of supplies, drugs, equipment, stock indenting – calculation of indents as per population requirement – Management Information and Evaluation System (MIES) (8)

P a g e | 475

of abortions – medical termination of pregnancy – care of women who had abortion (4)

Practical periods – 23 participate in antenatal clinics in sub centre – two, identify high risk mother and refer – follow up of postnatal mother for 3 days (or) at least three home visits. Care of new born in the home – Conduct health education groups of mothers and individuals – 2 each (22) Identify high risk antenatal mothers [1]

Practical periods – 23 Give care to children with minor ailments (7) Conduct School health clinic – Assess growth and development (16)

Practical periods – 23 Organization & conducting various clinics (12) Maintenance of records & reports Preparing action plans (10) Participate & conduct meetings weekly with medical officer (1)

Assignment-III Unit Test -II



December 2015 24 19 23

Theory Periods : 19 Role of MPHW(F) (1) High risk labour (7) Common high risks of labour – Abnormal presentations – Abnormal uterine action – cephalopelvic disproportion (CPD) – Prolonged labour identification immediate management and referral – Emergency care of mother during transfer to hospital – Role of MPHW (F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Demonstration – Explain through birth atlas and charts – Explain using partograph. Abnormal puerperium (7) Postpartum Haemorrhage and its management – Retention of urine breast complications during lactation and their management – Psychiatric complications – Role of

Theory Periods : 19 Whooping cough, Measles, Mumps, Tonsillitis, Ear infections, conjunctivitis, Worm infestation – skin infections – Typhoid, Malaria (12)

Care of School Children (10) School structure location – School health – concept, objectives, components – Health assessment, regular checkups – Dental hygiene – Eye health, Nutritional problems and supplementation – Health education, treatment of minor ailments referral services Nutritional programmes (7)

Theory Periods : 19 Maintenance of stock records and reports (2)

Population Education and Family Welfare (10) Population trends in India – Vital statistics, birth and death rates, growth rate, NRR, fertility rate, couple protection rate, family size – Role of mass media and IEC – Identification of eligible couples and those need contraceptive methods – information related to contraception and importance of choice – Natural and temporary methods of contraception – Permanent methods – New methods nor plant and injectables – Emergency contraception

P a g e | 476

MPHW(F). Surgical intervention (5) Assist in the following � Induction of labour and its management forceps and vaccum extraction – Episiotomy and suturing, craniotomy, caesarian section, pre and post operative care (4)

– follow up of contraceptive users – Role of MPHW(F).

Co-ordination (10) Inter sectoral co-ordination – Co-

ordination with village health guides – School teacher, AWWs – ASHA – NGOs (7)

Practicals Periods : 23 observe caesarian section – two – prepare for caesarian section – two observe abnormal deliveries –Prepare for MTP and observe procedures –Take care of women with abortion [19] Prepare and assist number of cases may be from clinical (4)

Practicals Periods : 23 identify problems and refer (4) Conduct health education sessions for School children Demonstrations at home Baby bath, weaning foods, home care management of a child with diarrhoea and ARI, preparation of ORS (19)

Practicals Periods : 23 Participate & conduct meetings weekly with medical officer, monthly with District medical and health officer, Asha workers meeting (23)

Assignment –IV Unit - III



January 2016 22 20 21

Theory Periods : 20 Role of MPHW(F) (1) Medications used in Midwifery [7] Pain relieving drugs – Anesthetic drugs – For uterine contractions – for controlling bleeding – for preventing postnatal infection – for preventing eclampsia – Antibiotics – IV fluids – Role of MPHW(F) Teaching Learning activities : Lecture discussion – Visit labour room – Demonstration – explaining by using books.[19] Women’s Health problems [10] Complications related to child birth – VVF, RVF, prolapsed and incontinence – cervical erosion and leucorrhoea – purities Cancers, cervical, breast – papsmear for detection of

Theory Periods : 20 Pre schoolers and schoolers – ICDS, mid day meal, applied Nutrition, Special Nutrition programme Balwadi Nutrition programme – School health records & reports – Role of MPHW (F) in School health, co-ordination with teachers and parents. (3) Care of physically and mentally challenged (10) Concept – objectives – physically handicapped : causes, types, Burden as family and community – Management : Role of MPHW(F) Govt. and Private agencies Mentally challenged : Causes, IQ Types, Myths and facts – Burden on family

Theory Periods : 20 Other Governmental organizations.(3) Implementation of National Health Programme (15) National Health Programmes and role of the MPHW(F) Staff development (10) Continuing education for staff development (2)

P a g e | 477

cancer cervix – Tumors – Fibroids – Menstrual disorders, Menopause and its complications – classification and causes of infertility in male and female investigations and treatment – Identification of couples, counseling, referral and follow up. RTIs and STIs (10) Causes and signs and symptoms of STI and RTIs – Syndromic approach for treatment (2)

and community – Management of mentally challenged – Role of Government and Private agencies – Role of MPHW(F) Speech defect – Thumb sucking – Tics care – Rehabilitation Care of Adolescents (5) Growth monitoring – physical, emotional and behavioural changes in girls and boys – Special needs of adolescents – Behavioural problems of adolescents – Sex education and guidance and counseling. Care of adolescents girls (5) Secondary sexual characteristics – Menstruation and menstrual hygiene – Special nutritional needs – Ill effects of early marriages (2)

Practical Periods : 21 community sterilization of 5 female and 2 Male cases, perform number of cases may be from clinical (01) community the following Insects IUCDS – 5 Oral pills-5, condoms-5 other methods-5 Participate in D.P.L. camps Educate eligible couples on different methods contraception – perform/assist with the following contraceptive methods IUCD – Insertion – Oral pills, condoms Sterilization, other methods

Practical Periods : 21 Scabies treatment (1) Health Education on Immunization, EBF, Weaning, Personal hygiene, balanced diet, prevention of accidents, worm infestation Field visits to ICDS project, orphan homes, Institute for mentally challenged [20]

Practical Periods : 21 Asha workers meeting (1)

Visits : Observing administration of health at various levels Visit to FPAI, APSACS, DTCB – DOT ART Centres & Leprosy rehabilitation[20]




P a g e | 478

February 2016 24 08

Theory Periods : 8 RTIs and STIs (10) Referral treatment and follow up care – Information, education and communication for prevention and treatment. HIV/AIDS – epidemiological facts related to spread of infection methods of transmission, effects of immunity and signs and symptoms the AIDS pt community support and home care – counseling process and techniques – counseling of HIV positive patients and pregnant women – Standard safety measures – voluntary counseling and testing centre – Integrated counseling and testing centre (ICTC) activities – Antiretroviral Therapy (ART) – Prevention of parent to child transmission (PPTCT) – Prophylaxis and breast feeding guidelines (8)

Theory Periods : 8 Early pregnancies and abortions – Preparing for safe mother hood – Premarital counseling – MTP Act – Role of MPHW (F) in care of adolescents girls (3)

Recent trends in child health care (5)

ICDS – Baby friendly initiative – CSSM – RCH I & II – NRHM, IMNCI.

Theory Periods : 8 Methods of staff development – Intervice education programmes, circulars, handouts, journals, meetings.

Revision Revision Revision Pre-Final Examinations -2 ( 2nd week of

Feb.2016) Pre-Final Examinations -2 ( 2nd week of Feb.2016)

Pre-Final Examinations-2 ( 2nd week of Feb.2016)

March 2016 21

Revision/IPE-2016 Revision/IPE-2016 Revision/IPE-2016

P a g e | 478

LAB EQUIPMENT FOR VOCATIONAL COURSES CROP PRODUCTION

S.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required

1 Soil Testing Kits 8 2 Knapsack Sprayer 1 3 Power Sprayer 1 4 Thaiwan Sprayer 1 5 Seed Cum Fertilizer Drill 1 6 Hand Rotary Duster 1 7 Foot Rocking Sprayer 1 8 Sickle 1 9 Hand Compressor Sprayer 1

10 Spade 4 11 Crow Bar 2 12 Plastic (See Thru) Seed Sample Box 12 13 Insect Mounting Boxes 8 14 Insect Nets 8 15 Insect Cleaning Bottles 8 16 Khurpis 10

17 Winnowing Stool 1 18 Seed Treating Drum 1 19 Seed Storage Bins ( Plastic ) 2 20 Soil Color Chart 20 21 Raingauge 1 22 Wet & Dry Bulb Thermometer 1

23 Higro Meter 1

24 Physical Balance 1 25 Weight Box 1 26 Thermometer 1 27 Trays 1 28 Seedsample Divider 1

29 Sprinkler Irrigation Unit 1 30 Drip Irrigation Unit 1

31 Germination Trays 8 32 Charts Showing Symptoms Of Nutrient Deficiency 1 33 Charts Showing Symptoms Of Insect Pests And Diseases 1

34 Panel Boards 4

35 Charts And Posters 20 II. Optional Equipment 1 Refrigerator 1

2 Computer 1 3 Overhead Projector 1

4 Slide Projector 1 5 Camera 1

P a g e | 479

DAIRYING


1. Branding Iron 2

2. Tailoring Forceps 2 3. Ear Tagging Machine 2

4. Ear Tags 50 Bytes

5. Neck Chairs 2 6. Cotton Ropes 6

7. Ear Pincer 2 8. Bull Leader 1 9. Drencher 3 10. Hair Clipper 3

11. Trocar &Canula 2 12. Electric Dehorner 1

13. Forceps (Diff sizes) 4*6=24

14. Syringes 2cc, 5cc, 10cc, 20cc Each(4)

15. Milk Cans 10lit 3

16. Scissors 6

17. Measures 250, 500ml and 1 Liter 3

18. Milk Feeding Cups 4 19. Skreb Cups 2

20. Liner For Av 1

21. Av Rubbers 1

22. Stock Brushers 4 23. Floor Brushers 2

24. Insemination Cathodes 1 Packet 25. Binocular Microscope 1 26. PH Meter 2

27. Sediment Test Equipment 1

28. Adulterants Detection Kit 1

29. Preservatives Detection Kit 2

30. Frying Pan 2lt 2

31. Cooker 12 lt 2

32. Bottle Copper 1

33. Bottle Case 1

34. Sachet Sealing Machine 2

35. Knife 1

36. Milk Aquitate 1

37. Cream Separator 1

38. Khunte 1

39. Blender 1

P a g e | 480

40. Burette Stands 20

41. S P C Slide 1

42. Milk Buckets 2

Optional equipment

1 Liquid Nitrogen Container 1

2 Electric Chaff Cutter 2 3 Mixy cum Grinder 2 4 Hot Plate 2 5 Microwaveoven 1

6 Refrigerator 1

7 Butter Scoop 2

8 Rice Cooker 1

9 Measuring Tapes 1

10 Milk Tester 1

11 Electric Strifuser/ Hand Cut 1

12 Butter Charmer 1

13 Ice Cream Freezer 1

14 Deep Fridge 1

15 Karahi 1 Glass Ware

1 Butero Meters 50

2 Lacto Meters(Small Size) 20

3 Milk Pipettes 10.75ml. 30

4 Milk Pipettes 10 ml. 30

5 Pipette 1ml 30 6 Tilt Plastic 10ml 10

7 Tilt Measurers 1ml(Plastic) 10

8 Petri Dish 4

9 Test Tubes(Normal) 3 Boxes 10 Clinical Thermometer 10

11 Beakers 250 Ml 10

12 Beakers 500 Ml 6

13 Beakers 1000 Ml 4

14 Clinical Flakes 20

15 Milk Bottles 20

16 Indicator Bottles 6

17 Filter Papers 1 Packet

18 Plastic Funnels 6

19 Regulations Rinse 10

20 Rubber Stoppers 100

P a g e | 481

List Of Chemicals

1 Washing Soda 1 Kg 2 Liquid Soap 5 Litters

3 Bleaching Powder 10 Kg

4 Sulpuric Acid 1 Lt

5 Oxalic Acid 500 Ml

6 Sodium Hydroxide 1 Kg 7 Methyline Blue Tablets 20 8 Nutrient Agar 500 Ml 9 Phenopthaline Ridiculul 1 Bottle

10 Machonkeya Agar(500 gms) 2

11 Potato Dextroge Agar(500 gms) 2

12 Formaldehyde(250ml) 2

13 Boric Acid (100g) 2

14 Salicylic Aid (100g) 2

15 Starch 250 g

16 Urea 250 g

17 Resorcinal 500 Ml*2

18 Ethyl Alcohol 500 Ml*2

19 Tattooingink 500 Ml*2

20 Tincture Iodine 100 Ml*2

21 Litmus Paper 4 Packets

22 Colors And Flavors 1 Bottle

23 Godine 1 Bottle

24 Quick Lime 500 Ml

25 Termanic Paper 1 Box

26 Cultures Backerial 3

28 Whole Milk Powder 2 Kg

29 Skim Milk Powder 2 Kg

30 Baking Powder 500 gr

31 Sugar 3 Kg

32 Zinc oxide 500 ml

P a g e | 482

FISHERIES

S.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity Required

1 Refrigerator(160lts) 1

2 Ph- Meter 1

3 Sechi Disc 2

4 Aquarium With All Accessories 2

5 Dissection Box 4

6 D-81 Model Hatchery Unit 1

7 Chins Hatchery 1

8 Salinometer 1

9 Plastic Pools(6x3x,4x3),Each

1

10 Museum Specimens -Freshwater Fishes: Lbeo,Catla, Mrigal, Channa, Clarius, Heteronuestius , Wallago, Mystis, Hypothalmicthys, Ctenopharyngodon, Tilapia, Gourami, Tor Tor, Marine Fishes : Scoliodon, Torpedo, Exocetus, Hippocampus, Trygon, Amia, Anabas, Stromatus, Chanos, Etroplys ,Ompok, Notopterus, Gobius, Anguilla, Mystus, Sardinella, Trychuirrus, Belone, Pristis, Zygena, Sphyrma, Airius, Lates, Mugil, Prawns Paleomon, Paenes, Matapenaus, Aquatic Insects:Nepa, Ramtra, Notonecta, Corixa, Belostoma, Gerris, Cybister, Dragonfly Nymph, Aquatic Weeds : Pistia, Eichornia, Typha, Ipomea, Najas, Nymphea, AzollaSpirulina, Marsilla, Juncus, Nelumbo, Chara, Wollfia, Lemna, Vallisneria, Potamogeton, Hydrilla, Ornamental Fishes :Gold Fish, Guppies, Block, Mollucs, Sword, Tail,MoluscsUnio, Mytilus, Pinctada, Sepia, Loligo, Crab.

1

P a g e | 483

SERICULTURE


Ant Wells(Metal) 8

Raring Stands(Metal) 1

Raring Trays(Plastic) 10

Bill Hook 2

Iron Pans 5 Pick - Axe 5

Pruning Saw 2 Secateurs 2

Spade 5

Hydro Meter 1

Wet & Dry Bulb Thermometer 1

Dial Hygro Meter 1

Compound Microscope 4

Moth Crushiong Sets(Porcelein) 5

Water Cans 5 Electric Stove 1

Eprovettes(Metal) 5

Crow Bars(Tata) 2

Ph Meter(Electrode) 1

Gator Sprayer 1

II. Optional Equipment Humidifer 1

Acid Treatment Bath 1

Hot Air Cocoon Drier 1

Portable Sprayer 1 Cottage Basin Realing With Re-Realing 1

Tissue Culture Laminar Flow(Mini) 1

Electronic Weighting Machine 1

Dissection Microscope 1

P a g e | 484

ACCOUNTING & TAXATION / OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP /

INSURANCE & MARKETING / BANKING & FINANCIAL

SERVICES / MARKETING & SALESMANSHIP COURSES


1 Computers(@1:4) 10

2 Laser Printers 2

3 Scanner 1

4 Latest MS Office Software 2

5 Tally Accounting Package 1

6 Adobe Page Maker 1

7 Adobe Photoshop 1

8 Internet Connection 1

Optional Items 1 Online Ups 2 Kva 1

2 LCD Projector And Screen 1

3 Vacuum Cleaner 1

4 A.C(1.5 Ton)

1

Consumables

1 Print Cartridge

2 Computer Stationery

5 Boxes

3 White Papers 10 Boxes

4 Pen Drives

4 Nos

5 Forms Of Latest I.T. Returns

200 Nos

6 Dummy Vochers

200 Nos

7 Shoe Rack

1

8 Steel Cup Board

1

9 Reference Book Case 1

P a g e | 485

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY


1 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 2 -Stroke Petrol 1

2 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4-Stroke Petrol 1

3 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 2- Stroke Diesel 1

4 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Petrol 1

5 Sectionalized Model Of Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Diesel 1

6 Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Petrol Engine 1

7 Single Cylinder 4- Stroke Diesel Engine 1

8 Single Plate Clutch Assembly Of L M V 1

9 Multi Plate Clutch Assembly Of L M V 1

10 Constant Mesh Gear Box L M V (4 Speed) 1

11 Differential Unit Of L M V 1

12 Hydraulic Brake Unit 1

13 Carburetors (Su, Zenith, Solex & Nicumi In Maruthi) 1

14 Bench Vices 12 Inches 1

15 Air Compressor 1

16 High Pressure Water Pump( For Water Servicing) 1

17 Pressure Grease Guns 1

18 Mechanical Jack 5 Ton Capacity 1

19 Arc Welding Equipment Complete Set Single Phase 1

20 Portable Drilling Machine 1

21 Portable Lathe Machine 1

22 Gas Welding Equipment 1

23 Surface Plate 1 Optional Items Engineering Drawing Boards 1 Battery Charger 24 Volts 1 Different Types Of Files 1 Hack Frames 10 Snips Of Different Types 2

P a g e | 486

Consumables

1 Welding Rods 5 Pkts 2 24 Gauge Sheet Metal 20 Metres 3 4 Mm Thick Ms Flat 5 Kg 4 Hack Blades 4 Pkts

P a g e | 487

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY


1 Tapes 30 mts 2

2 Tapes 20 Mts 2 3 Mini Drafter 4 4 Plum Bob Cross Staff 4 5 Dump Level &Stand 2

6 Theodolife& Stand 1 7 Drawing Boards With Stands 10

8 Bar Bending Bench 1 9 Bar Bending Leven 1

10 Set Square ( Set) 1 Optional Items

1 Auto Level 1

2 Computer Systems 2

3 Trowels ( Set) 1

4 Gum Boots 1

5 Helmets 10

6 Drawing Model 1 7 Spirit Level 2 1 ConsumablesCement ( Bags) 7 2 Sand ( Bags) 3 3 Bricks ( 1000 No's) 1000 4 Drawing Sheets 100 5 Varnish 2 Lt

6 Paints 4 Lt 7 Pegs 20

P a g e | 488

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN


1 Regulated Power Supply 30v/2a 5

2 Analog Multi Meter 5

3 Digital Multi Meter 5 4 Audio Signal Generator 2

5 Cro-20mhz. 2

6 TVDemonstration Model(B&W) 2

7 TV Demonstration Model(Color) 2

8 Public Address Amplifier 1

9 DVD Player 2

10 Experimental Boards Demonstration Models

A TransistorsCb,Ce, Vi Characteristic Boards 2 B Oscillators:- (Common Board) Rc Phase Shift, Hantly,

Collpitts, Tuned Collector 2

C Scr/Diac,Triac(Vi Charcteristic) 2

D Fet Amplifier (Vi Characteristics) 2

E Ujt (Vi Characteristics) 2

F Diode / Zener (Vi Characteristics) 2

G Am/Fm Generated( Common Board) 2

H Class -B Push Panel Amplifier 2 I Digital Lcr Meter 2

J Rlc Single Resonance, Paralled Resonance(Same Board) 2

11 Insulation Tester 1

12 Emergency Lights 5

13 Invertors 100 V 2

14 Electronic Stationary 2

15 Digital Trainers 5

16 Ups 100 V 1 17 IcTester’s 2

18 Computer Mother Boards 2 19 Personnel Computer With One Printer 4

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 Radio Receivers 2 2 Tape Recorders 2

3 Speakers 2 4 Coaxial Cables 20 5 Baln And Others 5 6 Soldering Irons 10

7 Desoldering Pumos 10

P a g e | 489

8 Battery Elemi Meter 5 9 Server Segment Desplayer 5

10 Shift Resisters & Decodes Rach 5 11 Furniture-Waking Tables With Ac Supply Connections 4

12 Stools 24

13 Pliers:- Cutting,Nose,Nose Cutters 3 each

14 Files 10

Consumables 1 Lead 500 g

2 Paste 10 3 Papers 10

4 Pcbs 20

5 Components Passive ( Each) 5 6 Transformers Cl 6

7 Diaods, Zeners, Leds ( Dozen) 5

8 Transformers 8 Types ( Each) 10 9 Ics Analogue 10

10 Ics Digital 10 11 Wires ( Bundles) 5

P a g e | 490

ELECTIRCAL TECHNICIAN


1 Ammeters 0-1a,0-5a, 0-10a (Mi) 1

2 Voltmeters 0-300v,0-500v ( Each) 3

3 Wattmeters0-300w,0-1000w (Each) 2

4 Millimeters’ Digital, Analogue ( 2 Each) 2

5 Energy Meter 1-Ph ,3ph ( Each) 2

6 Power Factor Meter 1

7 Clamp Meter 2 8 Tongue Tester 1

9 Megger Dynamo/Electronic ( Each) 1

10 Magnet-Bar, U- Shape ( Each) 5

11 Magnetic Compass ( No's) 10

12 Battery Charging Unit ( No's) 1

13 5hp,3-Ph,400v,Squirrel Cage Induction Motor With Control Panel Containing Starter, Mcb,Tpic, Indicators Etc.

1

14 1hp Jet Pump Complete Unit With Control Panel 1

15 1hp Mono Block Pump Unit With Control Panel 1

16 1hp Submersible Pump Unit(Bore Well Type ) With Control Panel

1

17 1hp Submersible Pump Unit Sump Immersed Type With Control Panel

1

18 Motor Starters Dol, Star/Delta 1

19 Hand Drill Machine Hammer Type, 1000w 1

20 Electrician Tool Kit Standard Screw Driver, Combinational Pleir, Tester, Wire Stripper, Steel Tape 5m , Hammer 1/2 Lb, Spanner Set, Hack Saw, Drill Machine, Multi Bit Screw Driver Kit

5

21 Bench Vice 2 22 Room Heater, Immersion Heater, Geyser 15 Lit 2

23 Air Coolers Desert/Blower Type 1

24 Table Fan/Exhaust Fan 1

25 Voltage Stabilizer Automatic, Non Automatic 500V 2

26 Ceiling Fan Rewinding Machine 1

27 Engineering Drawing Boards With Stands 5

28 Personal Computer With Laser Printer, Ups With High Configuration

1

29 Wiring Practice Bin 4x4x8, Made By 12mm Ply Wood Supported With Anglers

1

P a g e | 491

30 1sq.Mm, 2.5 Sq.Mm, Copper Wire Coils 5

31 Electrical Accessories (Basic) 1 Way /2 Way Switches, 2/3/5 Pin Sockets, Lamp Holders, Ceiling Roses, Main Switch(Dp)

5

32 Switch Boards 10

33 Emergency Light 2 34 Lead Acid Battery (Car Battery 1

35 Maintenance Free Battery 1000va 1

36 25 Mm, Pvc Conduits 10

37 Rewinding Wire Copper 20 Swg, Aluminum 1.5 Mm ( Kgs) 2

P a g e | 492

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN


1 General Purpose Lathe 1

2 Power Drilling Machine 1

3 4 stroke Diesel Engine 1

4 Gas Welding Equipment 1 5 Arc Welding Equipment 1

7 Fuel Pump 1 8 Carburetor 1

9 D.C Motor 1 10 Solar Collector 1 11 Electric Iron 1 12 Lead Acid Battery Charger 1

Optional Items:

2 Refrigerator 1

3 Air Cooler 1 4 Window A/C 1 5 Ammeter 5 6 Volt Meter 5 7 Energy Meter 5

8 Pyrano Meter 1 9 Solar Water Heater 1

10 Photo Voltaic Cell (Panel) 1

11 Steering Assembly Modes 1

12 Clutches Different Types Set 1

13 Drawing Boards With Stands 10

14 Complete Spanner Set Ring And Open Type 1 15 Screw Driver Set 1

16 Hammer Different Types 1 17 Carburetor Repair Kit 1

18 Ring Spanners Set 1 19 Screw Driver(Various Sizes) 10

Consumables

1 Welding Rods 1

2 Drawing Sheets 1

3 Flur 1 4 Greafe 1

5 G.I Sheet 1

6 Metal Sheet 1

P a g e | 493

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION & MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN


1 Theodolite 4

2 Cube Testing Machine 1

3 Drawing Model Section 1

4 Carpentry Tools ( Set) 1

5 Fitter Tools ( Set) 1

6 Vicat Apparatus 1

7 Drawing Stand With Board 10

8 Tapes

4

Optional Items: 1 Auto Level 2

2 Plane Table 2 3 Helmets 10

4 Computer System 2

5 Jar Test Apparatus

2

6 Weighting Balance

1

7 Chemicals & Glassware

1

8 Bar Bending Tools 2

Consumables:

1 Drawing Sheets

40

2 Chemicals

3 Pipes

10

4 Cement ( Bags) 5

5 Sand ( Kg) 500

6 Course Aggregate ( Cff) 100

7 Steel Bars (Kgs) 50

8 Paints ( Lt)

4

9 Pegs Or Nails

1

P a g e | 494

COMMERICAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY & FASHION

GARMENT MAKING


A. Essential Items

1 Sewing Machines 10

2 ZigZag And Embriodery Machine 2

3 Fashion Maker

1

4 Over Look Machine

1

5 Cutting Tables(Size 6x4)

4

6 Meter Scales

20

7 Ironing Tables

5

8 Iron Boxes 6

9 Scissors(Large, Medium, Small) 20 each

10 Pinking Shears 5

11 L-Scale 10

12 Tracing Wheels 20

13 Measuring Wheels 20

14 Looking Mirrors 2

B. Optional Item& Consumables

1 Button Hole Making Machine

1

2 Mass Cutting Machine

1

3 Computers 5

P a g e | 495

HOTEL OPERATIONS

Sl.No. Name Of The Equipment Quantity Required

Basic Training Kitchen

1 Cooking Range ( Two Burners) 10

2 Weighting Scale 1

3 Measuring Jugs 10

4 Measuring Spoon 10

5 Aluminum Basin 6

6 Soup Strainer 6

7 Grater 5

8 Aluminum Pie- Dish 6

9 Jelly Moulds 6

10 Rolling Pins 12

11 Frying Spoon 12

12 Flat Spoon 12

13 Round Laddles 12

14 Wooden Spoon 12 15 S. S. Degchi (12" Dia) 12

16 S. S. Degchi (10" Dia) 12

17 Frying Pan (10" Dia) 10

18 Iron Tawa 6 19 S.S.Collander (12" Dia) 10

20 S.S.Kaories (Medium) 20

21 Fibre Chopping Board 12

22 S.S.Tongs 10

23 S.S.Sieve 5

24 Aluminum Trays (12''*18") 5

25 Lime Squeezer 5

26 Iron Kadai (15" Dia) 5

27 Garbage Bins 12

28 Mixer Grinder 1

29 Baking Tray 5

30 Work Table 6 31 Stainless steel Sinks 6 32 Stainless steel Plates 20

33 Cup Board (Storage Boxes ) 1

34 Knife Set 2

35 Refrigerator(165 Ltr) 1

P a g e | 496

36 Cooking Range ( High Flame ) 3

37 Gas Connections 2

Food And Beverage Service

1 Cup Board 1

2 Side Board( Side Station) 1

3 Tables (2 1/2 X 2 1/2) 2

4 Tables (2 1/2 X 4 1/2) 2

5 Chairs 17

6 Joint Plate 2 dozen

7 Half Plate 2 dozen

8 Quarter Plate 7 dozen

9 Soup Bowls 3 doz 10 Tea Cups & Saucer 7 doz

11 Coffee Cup & Saucer 3 doz

12 Egg Cup 1 doz

13 Large Knife 2 doz

14 Large Fork 2 doz

15 A.P. Knife/ Fork/ Spoon 2 doz

16 Butter Knife 1

17 Butter Dishes ( Doz) 1

18 Soup Spoon ( Doz) 4

19 Tea/Coffee/Spoons 1 Doz Each 2

20 Tea/Coffee/Spoons 1 Doz Each 1

21 Fish Knife / Fork 1 Doz Each 1 22 Water Goblets (Doz) 4

23 Ice Cream Cups ( Doz) 2

24 Juice Glasses ( Doz) 2

25 Red Wine Glass (Doz) 1

26 White Wine Glass ( Doz) 1

27 Champagne Saucer ( Doz) 1 28 Champagne Tulip ( Doz) 1

29 Beer Mugs ( Doz) 1 30 Brandy Baloon ( Doz) 1

31 Cocktail Glasses ( Doz) 1

32 High Ball Glasses ( Doz) 1

33 Salvers (Round) (Doz) 2

34 Tea Pot ( Doz) 1

P a g e | 497

35 Coffee Pot ( Doz) 1

36 Finger Bowls ( Doz) 2

37 Cork Screw ( Doz) 1 38 Peg Measure ( Doz) 1

39 Ash Tray ( Doz) 1

40 Menu Stand ( Doz) 1

41 Flower Vase ( Doz) 1

42 Pastry Tongs 6 43 Ice Cream Scoop 1

44 Cheffing Dish ( No;S) 8

45 Cret Set ( Doz) 1

P a g e | 498

PRE SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING


Essential Equipment -Furniture

1 Tables (Decolam Top) 2

2 Chairs For Staff & Parents 4

3 Steel Almairah 4

4 Steel Open Racks 2 5 Display Boards 2

6 Cradles 5

7 Baby Cots 5 8 Rubber Squeeze Toys 10

9 Pull And Push Toys 10 10 Mechanical Toys 10

11 Soft Toys 10

12 Puzzles 5

13 Picture Books 10

14 Nail Cutters And Combs 6

15 Weighing Machine 1

16 Rubber Balls 10

17 Wooden / Plastic Beads ( Sets) 4

18 Tape Recorder 2

19 Steel Plates 10

20 Steel Glasses (Small & Big) 10 each

21 Steel Spoons 10

22 Refrigerator ( 165 Godrej/ LG/Samsung) 1

23 Gas Stove And Cylinder 1

24 Color TV And DVD Player 1

Optional Equipment

1 Mattresses And Bed Sheets 4 2 Pillows And Covers, Blankets 7 3 Tricycles 4

4 Wall Clock 1

5 Aqua Water Filter 1

6 Water Drum ( Plastic) 1

P a g e | 499

TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUES


1 Computer Pentium Iv I3 Core Processor 10

Hard Disk:500 Gb-Ram-2gb & Above 01

Dvd Drive,Tft 17" Screen & Key Board 01

2 Hp - Laser Jet - Printer 2

3 Software For Windows 7/8, Ms Office 2007/10 1

4 Manual For Various Software / Assorted Reference Books 02

5 Stationery Items

Computer Stationary & Printer Peripherals 5

6 Demonstration Stand 7 File Covers

8 Cupboards

9 Labour Saving Devices Suppliers Punch Machines Staples

10 Overhead Projector 1

11 Documentary Films Can Be Borrowed From Department Of Tourism, Travel Offices And Hotels

12 Time Tables. Tim, Air Tariff

13 Tourist Guides Etc.

P a g e | 500

DENTAL TECHNICIAN


1 Lathe Machines 2 2 Hanging Motors 1

3 Amylizer 1

4 Hydraulic Benchpress 2

5 Lab Hand Pieces With Micromotor 2

6 Curing Versels 2

7 Dental Flashes With Clamps

8 Dewaxing Unit .

9 Gas Stove With Regulator And Continuous Supply Of Cylinder

10 Model Trimmers 6bags Of 25kg Each

11 Model Plaster 6bags Of 25kg Each

12 Stone Plaster 15 Boxes

13 Base Plates 30 Boxes

14 Wax Sheets 20 Boxes

15 Teeth Sets(Full) 20 16 Partial Teeth Sets(Anterior) 20

17 Partial Teeth Sets(Posterior) 20

18 Self Cure(Lab Pack) Powder And Liquid 5kg

19 Heat Cure(Lab Pack) Powder And Liquid 2rolls

20 Adhesive Bandage 20

21 Amylic Trimming Stones 5

22 Polishing Cakes

23 Pumice 5kg

24 Die Stone 5 Each 5x5=25

25 Stainless Steel Wires 19,20,21,22,23 Gauzes 2boxes

26 Blue Inlay Wax 5 Boxes

27 Sticky Wax 10 Boxes

28 Carving Wax Blocks 5 Kg

29 Vaseline 5

30 Polishing Buffs 5

31 Polishing Cones 2 Pairs Each

32 Rubber Moulds- Dentulous And Edentulous 02

33 Investment Materials 02

P a g e | 501

34 Casting Meterials 3 Packets

35 Alginate Impression Material 4 Each

36 All Types Of Dental Cements 10 Lts 37 Spirit (400 Ml) 02

38 Vibrator 7

39 Student Sitting Benches 4

40 Chains And Tables For Staff 2

41 Students Locker Almirahs 2

42 Almirahs For Staff 01

Optional Equipment 1 Plaster Bowls 2 Curved ,2- Straight

2 Plaster Spatulas 2

3 Wax Knife 2

4 Plaster Knife 2

5 Wax Spatulas 1

6 Spirit Lamps 1

7 Articulators Each 5

8 Sand Papers 05 9 Straight Fissure Burs 03

P a g e | 502

DENTAL HYGENIST

Sl.No. Name Of The Equipment

Quantity Required

1 Dental Chair

4

2 Ultra Sanic Scalars

4

3 Sharpening Stones

4

4 Suction Apparatus

1

5 Supra Ginginal Scales

10

6 Tweegers

10

7 Mouth Mirrors

10

8 Slide Protectors’

1

9 Auto Clave

2

10 Instrument Trays

10

11 Explorers & Probes

10

12 Micro Motors

2

13 Micro Scopes

1

Optional Equipment

14 X-Ray Unit

1

15 O.P.G Unit

1

16 Van With Mobile Dental Chair For Dental Camps 1

P a g e | 503

MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN


1 Gas Cylinder With Burner 2

2 Spirit Lamps 5 3 Electrical Centrifuges 1

4 Refrigerator 165 Lt 1

5 Colorimeter 1

6 Hot Air Over 1

7 Water Bath 1

8 Simple Balance 1

9 Incubator 1

10 Test Tubes Of Different Sizes 300

11 Centrifuge Tubes(15mm) 20

12 Beakers-250ml 5

13 Volumetric Pipettes(2ml,5ml) 5

14 Serological Pipettes(2ml/1/100) 5

15 Reagent Bottles(60ml/120ml) 10

16 Dropper Bottles(30ml) 5

17 Volumetric Flasks(25ml/50ml) 10

18 Stoppard Graduated Test Tubes 5

19 Filter Paper ( Ream) 1

20 What man Filter Paper (1-20 Sheets) 20

21 Cotton ( 1 Kg) 1

22 Glass Slides 100

23 Plastic Wash Bottles 10

24 Motor And Pestle 2

25 Student Microscope 2

26 Autoclave 1

27 Pipette Washer 1

28 Anaerobic Jar(Plastic) 1 29 Analytical Balance 1

30 Water Bath 1

31 VdrlTotaror 1

32 Spatulas 12

33 Measuring Cylinders 50 Ml 5

34 Compound Microscope 2

P a g e | 504

35 Stop Watch 2

36 Haemometer 3

37 Haemocytometer 2

38 Esr Stand 5

39 Esr Tubes 5

40 Urino Meter 2

41 Syringes(5ml / 2ml) 10

42 Trays 5

43 Syringe Dispenser To Crush Needles

44 Glass Slides & Cover Slips 50

B. Optional Items 1 Flame Photometer 1

2 Spectrophotometer 1

3 Flourimeter 1 4 Electophoresis Apparatus 1

5 Semi Auto Analyzer

1

P a g e | 505

OPTHLAMATIC TECHNICIAN


1 Essential

2 Torch Light 5

3 Vision Drum 2

4 Trial Box 2

5 Retinoscope 2

6 Trial Frame 4

7 Near Vision Reading Charts 5

8 Near Reading Charts With Figures 2

9 Lens meter 2

10 Ophthalmoscope 2

11 Slit-Lamp 2

12 Color Vision Testing Charts 2

13 Keratometer 2

14 Testing Chair For Patient 2

15 Chair For Examiner 2

16 Model Eye (Dummy-For Practice) 4

II. Optional Equipment

1 Edging Machine With Motot And Diamond Stone

2

2 Essential Pliers, Like Chipping Pliers, Smoothing Pliers, Adj. Pliers

2

3 Lens Marking Pencils 60

4 Axis Marking Charts (Metal)

10

5 Dummy Lens Of Both Glass And Resin (Cr39) And Frames (Shell And Metal) Fro Practicing

2

6 Screw Drivers, Nose Pliers And Curvature Pliers Etc. 4

7 Frane Warmers

2

8 Optician Ruler

10

P a g e | 506

PHYSIOTHERAPHY

S.No. NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT Quantity Required

1 Wheel Chair 01

2 Goniometer

3 Inch Tape

4 Knee Hammer

5 BP Apparatus 02

6 Aneriod 7 Examination Table 8 Shoulder Wheel

9 Quadriceps Table

10 Static Bicycle

11 Supination- Pronation Board

12 Ankle Exercises

13 Swiss Ball, Medicine Balls

14 Traction Table

15 Finger Ladder

16 Parallel Bars

17 All Types Of Walkers(Each)

18 All Types Of Stick

19 All Types Of Crutches

20 Ropes And Pulleys

21 Springs, Slings

22 Cervical, Collar, Ls Belt

23 Equilibrium Board

24 Re-Education Board

25 Splints

26

Crepe Bandage

27 Electro theraphy Equipment

I. Wax Bath

Ii. Auto Tract(Cervical & Lumbar Traction Machine

Iii. Us(Ultra Sound)

P a g e | 507

Iv. Electrical Muscle Stimulator

V. Interferential Therapy

Vi. Short Wave Diathermy

Vii. Ultra Violet Radiation Viii. Tens

Ix. Massager(Vibrator)

X. Infra Red (Luminous/Non-Luminious)

Xi. Hydro Collator Packs

Xii.Heat Pads

P a g e | 508

MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER [FEMALE]


Charts

1 Chart For Carbohydrates 1

2 Chart For Proteins 1

3 Chart For Vitamins 1

4 Chart On Balanced Diet 1

5 Chart On AIDS 1

6 Chart On Skelton System 1

7 Chart On Muscular System 1 8 Chart On Neruous System 1

9 Chart On Circulatory System 1

10 Chart Digestive System 1

11 Chart On Respiratory System 1

12 Chart Excretory System 1

13 Chart On First Aid 1

14 Chart On Skin 1 15 Chart On Skull With Brain 1 16 Eye Structure Chart 1 17 Chart On Heart Structure 1

18 Charts On Ear 1 19 Reproductive System Female Chart 1

20 Reproductive Male Chart 1

21 Chart On Kidney 1

Stainless Steel Equipment

22 Trolly Iron 3 23 Back Rest 2 24 Knee Hammer With Pin And Basins 1

25 Wash Basin Stand With Basins 1

26 Foetus Scope 1 27 Bedside Lockers Iron 1 28 Enamel Cans 1 29 Medium Enamel Basins 2

30 Medium Trays 5

31 Spirit Lamps 5 32 Dressing Scissors 6

33 Myo'sscissors 6 34 Tounge Dipresser 6

35 Cusco's Speculum 3

36 Sims Speculum 3

P a g e | 509

37 Kiellands Forceps 1pair

38 Wriglis Forceps 1pair

39 Ulterine Retractors 1pair

40 Abdominal Retractors 1pair

41 D&C Dilators All Sizes 1set

42 Vulsulum 1

43 Uterine Sound 1

44 Toothed Forceps 2

45 Current 2

46 Straight Scissors 3

47 Curved Scissors 3

48 Straight Artery Forceps 5

49 Curved Artery Forceps 5

50 Sponge Holders 5

51 Chittle Forceps 5

52 Amupule Cutter 5

53 Suture Removal 5

54 Kidney Trays 10

55 Auto Clave 1

56 Stainless Steel Bowls 5

57 Aluminum Trays 5

58 Iron Saline Stands 5

59 No toothed Forceps 4

60 Dummy Baby Dolls 2

Rubber Articles

61 Nylon Tubes 3

62 Mucus Suckers 3

63 Rubber Catheters 3

64 Ice Caps 2 65 Hot Water Bag 2

66 Makein Tosh Sheet 5

67 Ambu Bag 1

68 I/V Canulas All Sizes 1packet

69 Syringes All Sizes 1box

70 Droppers Plastic 1 Box Bandages

71 Adhesive Plaster 3 rolls

72 Cotton Rolls 3 rolls

P a g e | 510

73 Crape Bandages 3

74 Kelly's Pad 4

75 Plastic Jugs With Cap 5

76 Plastic Bed Pans 5

77 Rectal Catheter 5

78 Finger Glove Set 1box 79 Breast Pumps 5

80 Bandage Cloth 1packet Machines

81 Oral Thermometer 5

82 Rectal Thermometer 5

83 Weight Scale 1

84 Urinals Plastic 3

85 Nelson Inhaler 3

86 Height Measuring Scales 1

87 Test Tube Stands 5

88 Projector With Screen 1

89 Electrical Bp Appratus 1

90 Electrical Gluco Meter 1

91 Bp Apparatus 3

92 Stethoscope 5

93 Community Bags With Articles 5

94 Pillows 4

95 Mattresses 5

96 Towels 10 97 Small Stainless Steel Basins 20cm 5

98 Bowls 10cm 10

99 All Types Of Needles Sets 1set

100 Hypo Dermic Needle 5

Chemicals 101 Benedict's Solutions 1000ml 2bottles

102 Surgical Spirit 1000ml 2bottles

103 Hydrogen Peroxide(H2O2) 1000ml 2bottles

104 Sterileum 1000ml 2bottles

105 White Fields Ointment 2bottles

106 Betadine Solution 2bottles

P a g e | 511

V ALIDATION RULES -COURSE CODES - PAPER CODES

LIST OF VOCATIONAL COURSE FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16 S.No. Old

Course Code


Name of The Course

1 English 2 General Foundation Course AGRICULTURE 3 101 105 Crop Production & Management (C.P & M) 4 102 106 Dairying (Dairy) 5 103 107 Fisheries (Fish) 6 104 108 Sericulture (Seri) BUSINESS & COMMERCE COURSES 7 201 206 Accounting & Taxation (A&T) 8 202 207 Marketing & Salesmanship (M&S) 9 203 208 Office Assistantship (O.A) 10 204 209 Banking & Financial Services ( BFS) 11 205 210 Insurance & Marketing ( I&M) 12 211 Retail Management ( R.M)

w.e.f. the Academic year - 2013-14 [ Old Name- Marketing & Salesmanship (M&S) ]

ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY COURSES 13 301 309 Automobile Engineering Technician (A.E.T) 14 302 310 Construction Technology (C.T) 15 303 311 Computer Science & Engineering ( C.S.E) 16 304 312 Electronics Engineering Technician (E.E.T) 17 305 313 Electrical Technician (ET )

[Old Name-Electrical Wiring & Servicing of Electrical Appliances (E.W&S.E.A)]

18 306 314 Mechanical Engineering Technician (MET) [Old Name-Rural Engineering Technician (R.E.T)]

19 307 315 Building Construction & Maintenance Technician ( BC&MT) [Old Name-Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering (W.S&S.E)]

20 308 316 Printing Technology (PTG) [Old Name- DTP & Printing Technology ]

HOME SCIENCE COURSES 21 401 405 Commercial Garment Technology ( C.G.T)

[Old Name-Commercial Garment Designing & Making (C.G.D&M)]

22 402 406 Fashion & Garment Making (F&G.M) 23 403 407 Hotel Operations (H.O) 24 404 408 Pre-School Teacher Training (P.S.T.T) HUMANITIES & OTHERS 25 501 503 Computer Graphics & Animation (C.G.A) 26 502 504 Tourism & Travel Techniques (T.T.T) HEALTH & PARAMEDICAL COURSES

P a g e | 512

S.No. Old Course Code


Name of The Course

27 601 610 Dental Technician (D.T) 28 602 611 Dental Hygienist (D.H) 29 603 612 Medical Lab Technician (M.L.T) 30 605 613 Ophthalmic Technician (O.T) 31 606 614 Physiotherapy (P.T) 32 609 615 Multipurpose Health Worker (Female) MPHW (F) BRIDGE COURSE I YEAR 33 04 04 Mathematics 34 05 05 Physical Sciences (Physics & Chemistry) 35 06 06 Biological Sciences (Botany & Zoology) BRIDGE COURSE II YEAR 36 54 54 Mathematics 37 55 55 Physical Sciences (Physics & Chemistry) 38 56 56 Biological Sciences (Botany & Zoology) 39 57 57 Physical Sciences Practicals 40 58 58 Biological Sciences Practicals

P a g e | 513

COURSE CODE: 105 CROP PRODUCTION & MANAGEMENT

FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2012-2013

S. L NO.

Q.P. Code Subject P.C. Code

Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Principles of Crop Production 2. Soil and Water Management 3. Farm Management and Agricultural Extension. PRACTICALS 1. Principles of Crop Production 2. Soil and Water Management 3. Farm Management and Agricultural Extension PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 514

COURSE CODE: 105 CROP PRODUCTION & MANAGEMENT (C.P

& M) SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-14

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9103 9104 9105 9106 9107 9108 9109

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Management of Field & Commercial Crops 2. Management of Horticulture Crops 3. Seed Production and Processing PRACTICALS 1. Mgt. of Field & Commercial Crops 2. Management of Horticulture Crops 3. Seed Production and Processing PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 515

COURSE CODE: 106 DAIRYING FIRST YEAR FROM THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8110 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117

PART – A 1.English - I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Animal Production and Management 2. Feeds and feeding of Animals. 3. Animal Health. PRACTICALS 1. Animal Production and Management 2. Feeds and Feeding of Animals 3. Animal Health PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 516

COURSE CODE: 106 DAIRYING SECOND YEAR FROM THE


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9110 9112 9113 9114 9115 9116 9117

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Quality Control of Milk and Processing 2. Milk Products 3. Dairy Economics, Extension & Entrepreneurship PRACTICALS 1. Quality Control of Milk and Processing 2. Milk Products 3. Dairy Economics, Extension & Entrepreneurship PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 517

COURSE CODE: 107 FISHERIES FIRST YEAR FROM THE


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123 8124

PART – A 1. English - I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Taxonomy, Ecology & Biology of Fishes. 2. Principles of Fisheries and Acqua culture. . 3. Seed Production Technology. PRACTICALS 1Taxonomy, Ecology & Biology of Fishes. 2. Principles of Fisheries and Acqua culture. . 3. Seed Production Technology PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 518

COURSE CODE: 107 FISHERIES SECOND YEAR FROM THE


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9118 9119 9120 9121 9122 9123 9124

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Pond Management 2. Acqua Culture 3. Reservoir Fisheries and Post harvest Technology. PRACTICALS 1. Pond Management 2. Acqua Culture 3. Reservoir Fisheries and Post harvest Technology. PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 519

COURSE CODE: 108 SERICULTURE FIRST YEAR FROM THE


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8125 8126 8127 8128 8129 8130 8131

PART – A 1. English - I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Mulberry Cultivation 2. Farm Management & Seri-Biotechnology. 3. Silkworm Seed Technology. PRACTICALS 1. Mulberry Cultivation 2. Farm Management & Seri-Biotechnology. 3. Silkworm Seed Technology. PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 520

COURSE CODE: 108 SERICULTURE SECOND YEAR FROM THE


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9125 9126 9127 9128 9129 9130 9131

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Rearing Requirements and Silkworm Pathology. 2. Silkworm Rearing Technology 3. Post Cocoon Technology PRACTICALS 1. Rearing Requirements and Silkworm Pathology. 2. Silkworm Rearing Technology 3. Post Cocoon Technology PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 521

COURSE CODE: 206 ACCOUNTING & TAXATION (A & T) FIRST

YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8163 8164 8165 8166 8167 8168 8169

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Taxation-I PRACTICALS 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Taxation-I PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 522

COURSE CODE: 206 ACCOUNTING & TAXATION (A & T)

SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9163 9164 9165 9166 9167 9168 9169

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Auditing 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Taxation-II PRACTICALS 1. Auditing 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Taxation-II PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 523

COURSE CODE: 207 MARKETING & SALESMANSHIP ( M&S)


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8163 8164 8170 8166 8167 8171 8172

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Elements of Marketing. PRACTICALS 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Elements of Marketing. PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 524

COURSE CODE: 207 MARKETING & SALESMANSHIP ( M&S)


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9170 9164 9171 9172 9167 9173 9174

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Retail Management 2. Accountancy 3. Elements of Salesmanship PRACTICALS 1. Retail Management 2. Accountancy 3. Elements of Salesmanship PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 525

COURSE CODE: 209 OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP (O.A) FIRST YEAR

FROM THEACADEMIC YEAR –2012-13

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8163 8164 8173 8166 8167 8174 8175

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Fundamentals in Shorthand and Typewriting PRACTICALS 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Typewriting. PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 526

COURSE CODE: 209 OFFICE ASSISTANTSHIP ( OA) SECOND


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9175 9164 9176 9177 9167 9178 9179

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Shorthand 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Office Management PRACTICALS 1. Shorthand 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Office Management PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 527

COURSE CODE: 209 BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRST


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8163 8164 8176 8166 8167 8177 8178

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Banking-I PRACTICALS 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Banking-I PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 528

COURSE CODE: 209 BANKING & FINANCIAL SERVICES

(B.F.S.)SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-2014

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9180 9164 9181 9182 9167 9183 9184

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Financial Services 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Banking –II PRACTICALS 1. Financial Services 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Banking –II PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 529

COURSE CODE: 210 INSURANCE & MARKETING FIRST YEAR

FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8163 8164 8179 8166 8167 8180 8181

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Principles of Insurance PRACTICALS 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Principles of Insurance PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 530

COURSE CODE: 210 INSURANCE & MARKETING SECOND YEAR


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9170 9164 9185 9172 9167 9186 9187

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Retail Marketing 2. Accountancy & Tally. 3. Principles of General Insurance. PRACTICALS 1. Retail Marketing 2. Accountancy & Tally. 3. Principles of General Insurance. PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 531

COURSE CODE: 309 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8213 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Workshop Technology 2. Basic Mechanical & Electrical Engineering 3. Automobile Power Plant PRACTICALS 1. Workshop Practice 2. Engineering Drawing 3. Automobile Engine lab PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 532

COURSE CODE: 309 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9213 9214 9215 9216 9217 9218 9219

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Auto Transmission & Electrical Systems 2. Automobile Chassis & Body Engineering 3. Automobile Servicing & Maintenance PRACTICALS 1. Auto Transmission & Electrical System Lab 2. Automobile Chassis & Body Engineering Lab 3. Automobile Servicing & Maintenance Lab PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 533

COURSE CODE: 310 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY FIRST


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8220 8221 8222 8223 8224 8225 8226

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Construction Materials 2. Surveying Theory 3. Engineering Mechanics PRACTICALS 1. Construction Material Lab 2. Surveying Lab-I 3. Engineering Drawing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 534

COURSE CODE: 310 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY SECOND


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9220 9221 9222 9223 9224 9225 9226

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Construction Practice 2. Estimating & Costing 3. Highways & Construction Management PRACTICALS 1. Construction Practice Lab 2. Surveying Lab-II 3. Auto CAD lab. PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 535

COURSE CODE: 311 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8227 8228 8229 8230 8231 8225 8232

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Computer Fundamentals & MS-Office. 2. Programming in ‘C’ 3. Accountancy & Tally. PRACTICALS 1. Windows & MS-Office 2. C-Programming. 3. Engineering Drawing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 536

COURSE CODE: 311 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9227 9228 9229 9230 9231 9232 9233

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. OOPS and JAVA 2. Relational Data Base Management System (RDBMS) 3. Data Communication & Computer Networks PRACTICALS 1. OOPS and JAVA 2. SQL, Photoshop & PageMaker. 3. Internet Technologies. PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 537

COURSE CODE: 312 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

TECHNICIAN FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8233 8234 8235 8236 8237 8225 8238

PART – A 1.English - I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Circuits theory & Electronics Components 2. Electronic Devices & Circuits 3. Digital Electronics & Computer Fundamentals PRACTICALS 1. Electronic Devices & Circuits Lab 2. Digital Electronics & Computer Fundamentals Lab -II 3. Engineering Drawing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 538

COURSE CODE: 312 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

TECHNICIAN SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

Sl. No.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9234 9235 9236 9237 9238 9239 9240

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Communication Engineering 2. T.V. & Modern Communication Systems 3. Measuring Instruments, Consumer & Power Electronics PRACTICALS 1. Communication Engineering Lab - I 2. T.V. servicing Lab - II 3. Measuring Instruments & Servicing Lab –III PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 539

COURSE CODE: 313 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN [OLD NAME

ELECTRICAL W IRING & SERVICING OF ELECTRICAL A PPLIANCES ]


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8239 8240 8241 8242 8243 8225 8244

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Elements of Electrical Engineering 2. Electrical Engineering Materials & Wiring 3. Electrical Measuring Instruments & Electronics Devices. PRACTICALS 1. Elements of Electrical Lab 2. Electrical Wiring & Workshop 3. Engineering Drawing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 540

COURSE CODE: 313 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIANS [OLD NAME

ELECTRICAL WIRING & SERVICING OF ELECTRICAL

APPLIANCES (E.W & S.E.A)] SECOND YEAR FROM THE


Sl. No.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9241 9242 9243 9244 9245 9246 9247

PART – A 1. English-II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Electrical Machines & Power Systems 2. Domestic Appliances & Re-winding 3. Electrical Estimation & Utilization PRACTICALS 1. Electrical Machines Lab 2. Domestic Appliances Lab 3. Electrical Estimation & Utilization Lab PART - C On the Job Training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 541

COURSE CODE: 314 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN [OLD NAME -RURAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN ]FIRST YEAR


S. L NO

Q.P. Code

Subject P.C. Code

Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8245 8246 8247 8248 8249 8250 8251

PART – A 1. English - I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Basic Workshop Technology 2. Mechanical Technology 3. Electrical Technology PRACTICALS 1. Workshop Practice 2. Engineering Drawing 3. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Lab PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 542

COURSE CODE: 314MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

TECHNICIAN[O LD NAME -RURAL ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN ]


Sl. No.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9248 9249 9250 9251 9252 9253 9254

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Energy Sources and Power Plant 2. Light Motor Vehicles. 3. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning. PRACTICALS 1. Energy Sources Lab 2. Light Motor Vehicles Servicing Lab. 3. Refrigeration & Air conditioning Lab. PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 543

COURSE CODE: 315 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION &

MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN [O LD NAME - W ATER SUPPLY &

SANITARY ENGINEERING ] FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC

YEAR 2015-16

Sl. No.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8252 8221 8222 8253 8224 8225 8254

PART – A 1. English-I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Water Supply Engineering 2. Surveying Theory 3. Engineering Mechanics PRACTICALS 1. Civil Engineering Laboratory - 1 2. Surveying Practice 3. Engineering Drawing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 544

COURSE CODE: 315 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION &

MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN [OLD NAME- WATER SUPPLY &

SANITARY ENGINEERING ]SECOND YEAR FROM THE


Sl. No.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9255 9256 9257 9258 9259 9260 9261

PART – A 1. English-II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Environmental Engineering 2. Building Materials & Maintenance 3. Estimating and Costing PRACTICALS 1. Civil Engineering Laboratory - II 2. Civil Engineering Drawing 3. CAD Lab PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 545

COURSE CODE: 316 PRINTING TECHNOLOGY [O LD NAME -DTP &

PRINTING TECHNOLOGY] FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC

YEAR 2012-13

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8255 8256 8257 8258 8259 8260 8261

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. DTP & Pre-Press-1 2. Press work & Finishing – 1 3. Information Technology. PRACTICALS 1. DTP & Pre-Press Operations-I 2. Press work & Finishing – 1 3. Information Technology. PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 546

COURSE CODE: 316 PRINTING TECHNOLOGY [ OLD NAME-DTP

& PRINTING TECHNOLOGY ] SECOND YEAR FROM THE


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9262 9263 9264 9265 9266 9267 9268

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. DTP & Pre-Press –II 2. Press work & Finishing – 1I 3. Basic Engineering (Theory) PRACTICALS 1. DTP & Pre-Press Operations-II 2. Press work & Finishing – 1I 3. Engineering Drawing PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 547

COURSE CODE: 405 COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY

[ OLD NAME- COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING AND

MAKING ] FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8292 8293 8294 8295 8296 8297 8298

PART – A 1. English - I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Principles of Garment Making 2. Textile Science 3. Garment Construction PRACTICALS 1. Principles of Garment Making 2. Textile Science 3. Garment Construction PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 548

COURSE CODE: 405 COMMERCIAL GARMENT TECHNOLOGY [

OLD NAME - COMMERCIAL GARMENT DESIGNING AND M AKING SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.

Q.P. Code

Subject P.C. Code

Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9292 9293 9294 9295 9296 9297 9298

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Apparel Manufacture 2. Fabric Embellishment 3. Apparel & Fashion Designing PRACTICALS 1. Apparel Manufacture 2. Fabric Embellishment 3. Apparel & Fashion Designing PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 549

COURSE CODE: 406 FASHION & GARMENT MAKING (F.G.M)


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8299 8300 8301 8302 8303 8304 8305

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Fundamentals of Garment Construction 2. Fundamentals of Textiles 3. Fashion & Apparel Designing PRACTICALS 1. Fundamentals of Garment Construction 2. Fundamentals of Textiles 3. Fashion & Apparel Designing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 550

COURSE CODE: 406 FASHION & GARMENT MAKING (F.G.M)


S. L NO.

Q.P. Code

Subject P.C. Code

Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9299 9300 9301 9302 9303 9304 9305

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Advanced Dress Designing 2. Traditional Textiles 3. Fashion Garment Designing PRACTICALS 1. Advanced Dress Designing 2. Traditional Textiles 3. Fashion Garment Designing PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 551

COURSE CODE: 407 HOTEL OPERATION (H.O)FIRST YEAR FROM

THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8306 8307 8308 8309 8310 8311 8312

PART – A 1.English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Food Production - I 2. Food and Beverage Service - I 3. Room Division Operation - I PRACTICALS 1. Food Production - I 2. Food and Beverage Service - I 3. Room Division Management - I PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 552

COURSE CODE: 407 HOTEL OPERATION (H.O) SECOND YEAR


S. L NO.

Q.P. Code

Subject P.C. Code

Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9306 9307 9308 9309 9310 9311 9312

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Food Production - II 2. Food and Beverage Service - II 3. Room Division Operation - II PRACTICALS 1. Food Production - II 2. Food and Beverage Service - II 3. Room Division Management - II PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 553

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 554

COURSE CODE: 408 PRE – SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING

(P.S.T.T)FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.

Q.P. Code

Subject P.C. Code

Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8313 8314 8315 8316 8317 8318 8319

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Introduction to Child Development 2. Organization & Management of Crèches 3. Heath & Nutrition PRACTICALS 1. Introduction to Child Development 2. Organization & Management of Crèches 3. Heath & Nutrition PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 555

COURSE CODE: 408 PRE – SCHOOL TEACHER TRAINING

(P.S.T.T) SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.

Q.P. Code

Subject P.C. Code

Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9313 9314 9315 9316 9317 9318 9319

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Early Childhood Care & Education 2. Organization & Management of Pre – School 3. Parent Education, Nutrition & Health PRACTICALS 1. Early Childhood Care & Education 2. Organization & Management of Pre – School 3. Parent Education, Nutrition & Health PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 556

COURSE CODE: 503 COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION

(C.G.A) FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8227 8228 8320 8230 8231 8321 8322

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Computer Fundamentals and MS-Office 2. Programming in ‘C’ 3. Fundamentals of Computer Graphics and Animation PRACTICALS 1. Windows and MS-Office 2. C-Programming 3. Engineering Drawing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 557

COURSE CODE: 503 COMPUTER GRAPHICS & ANIMATION

(C.G.A) SECOND YEAR FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO


Max Marks

30%

35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9350 9351 9352 9353 9354 9355 9356

PART – A 1.English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Graphic Design. 2. 3-D Animation 3. Internet Technologies PRACTICALS 1. Graphic Design. 2. 3-D Animation 3. Internet Technologies PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 558

COURSE CODE: 504 TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUES

(T.T.T) FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8357 8358 8359 8360 8361 8362 8363

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Fundamentals of Tourism and Travel 2. Tourism Geography, Cultural Heritage 3. Tourism Products. PRACTICALS 1. Fundamentals of Tourism and Travel 2. Tourism Geography, Cultural Heritage 3. Tourism Products. PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 559

COURSE CODE: 504 TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUES

(T.T.T) SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9357 9358 9359 9360 9361 9362 9363

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Tourism Profile in A.P. 2. Travel Agency, Tour Operations 3. Application of Computer for Tourism and Travel. PRACTICALS 1. Tourism Profile in A.P. 2. Travel Agency, Tour Operations 3. Application of Computer for Tourism and Travel. PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 560

COURSE CODE: 610 DENTAL TECHNICIAN (DT) FIRST YEAR


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 8400

PART – A 1.English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Applied Oral Anatomy 2. Dental Mechanics (Primary) 3. Dental Materials PRACTICALS 1. Applied Oral Anatomy 2. Dental Mechanics (Primary) 3. Dental Materials PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 561

COURSE CODE: 610 DENTAL TECHNICIAN (DT) SECOND YEAR


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9394 9395 9396 9397 9398 9399 9400

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Dental Mechanics (Final) 2. Orthodontics 3. Dental Metallurgy PRACTICALS 1. Dental Mechanics (Final) 2 Orthodontics 3. Dental Metallurgy PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 562

COURSE CODE:611 DENTAL HYGINIEST (DH) FIRST YEAR


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407

PART – A 1.English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Dental Anatomy, Physiology &Histology 2. Oral Pathology, Bacteriology & Dental Pharmacology 3. Dental Radiology, Food & Nutrition PRACTICALS 1. Dental Anatomy, Physiology & Histology 2. Oral Pathology, Bacteriology & Dental Pharmacology 3. Dental Radiology, Food & Nutrition PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 563

COURSE CODE:611 DENTAL HYGINIEST (DH) SECOND YEAR


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9401 9402 9403 9404 9405 9406 9407

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Dental Hygiene & Oral Prophylaxis 2. Public Health & Dental Public Health 3. Chair Side Assistance, Dental ethics jurisprudence & Dental Material PRACTICALS 1. Dental Hygiene & Oral Prophylaxis (Clinical Training on Patients) 2. Public Health & Dental Public Health 3. Chair Side Assistance, Dental ethics jurisprudence & Dental Materials PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 564

COURSE CODE: 612MEDICAL LAB TECHNICIAN FIRST YEAR


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414

PART – A 1. English - 1 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Bio Chemistry-I 2. Microbiology & Pathology 3. Anatomy and Physiology PRACTICALS 1. Bio Chemistry-I 2. Microbiology & Pathology 3. Anatomy and Physiology PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 565

COURSE CODE: 612 M EDICAL L AB TECHNICIAN SECOND YEAR


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9408 9409 9410 9411 9412 9413 9414

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Bio Chemistry-II 2. Microbiology 3. Pathology PRACTICALS 1. Bio Chemistry-II 2. Microbiology 3. Pathology PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 566

COURSE CODE:613 OPHTHALMIC TECHNICIAN FIRST YEAR


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8422 8423 8424 8425 8426 8427 8428

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology 2.Physical & Physiological aspects of Spectacles 3. Community Ophthalmology and Health Education PRACTICALS 1. Anatomy, Physiology & Pharmacology 2.Physical & Physiological aspects of Spectacles 3. Community Ophthalmology and Health Education PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 567

COURSE CODE:613 OPHTHALMIC TECHNICIAN SECOND YEAR


S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9422 9423 9424 9425 9426 9427 9428

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Spectacle Lens Grinding, dispensing of Spectacles 2. Common Ocular diseases & Primary Operation Theatre Procedures 3. Refractive Errors, Maintenance of Investigative Instruments & Equipments PRACTICALS 1. Spectacle Lens Grinding, dispensing of Spectacles 2. Common Ocular diseases & Primary Operation Theatre Procedures 3. Refractive Errors, Maintenance of Investigative Instruments & Equipments PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 568

COURSE CODE: 614 PHYSIOTHERAPY FIRST YEAR FROM THE


S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8429 8430 8431 8432 8433 8434 8435

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Anatomy & Physiology 2. Psychology and Abnormal Psychology 3. Biomechanics & Exercise Therapy PRACTICALS 1. Anatomy & Physiology 2. Psychology and Abnormal Psychology 3. Biomechanics & Exercise Therapy PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 569

COURSE CODE: 614 PHYSIOTHERAPY SECOND YEAR FROM

THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO.


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9429 9430 9431 9432 9433 9434 9435

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Medical & Surgical Condition 2. Orthopedics and Neurology 3. Electro Therapy PRACTICALS 1. Medical & Surgical Condition 2. Orthopedics and Neurology 3. Electro Therapy PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 570

COURSE CODE: 615 MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER

(FEMALE)IRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2012-13

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 8456

PART – A 1.English - I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Community Health Nursing 2. Health Promotion 3. Primary Health Care Nursing PRACTICALS 1. Community Health Nursing 2. Health Promotion 3. Primary Health Care Nursing PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 571

COURSE CODE: 615 MULTIPURPOSE HEALTH WORKER

(FEMALE) SECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9450 9451 9452 9453 9454 9455 9456

PART – A 1. English -II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Midwifery 2. Child Health Nursing 3. Health Centre Management PRACTICALS 1. Midwifery 2. Child Health Nursing 3. Health Centre Management PART - C On the job training

51 52 61 62 63 71 72 73 81

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

P a g e | 572

COURSE CODE: 211

RETAIL MANAGEMENT FIRST YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC

YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

8001 8002 8163 8164 8182 8166 8167 8183 8184

PART – A 1. English -I 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Retail Marketing. PRACTICALS 1. Business Organization 2. Accountancy & Computers 3. Retail Marketing. PART - C On the job training

01 02 11 12 13 21 22 23 31

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 35

P a g e | 573

COURSE CODE: 207

RETAIL MANAGEMENTSECOND YEAR FROM THE ACADEMIC

YEAR 2015-16

S. L NO


Max Marks

30% 35%

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

9001 9002 9175 9164 9171 9176 9167 9173 9177

PART – A 1. English - II 2.General Foundation Course PART - B (Vocational Theory & Practical) THEORY 1. Retail Management 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Elements of Salesmanship PRACTICALS 1. Retail Management 2. Accountancy & Tally 3. Elements of Salesmanship PART - C On the job training

51 52

61

62

63

71

72

73

81

50 50

50

50

50

50

50

50

100

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30

18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 35

Date post:	23-Mar-2023
Category:	Documents
Upload:	khangminh22
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times